FIELD INSTRUCTIONS
FOR THE ANNUAL INVENTORY OF
CALIFORNIA, OREGON, AND WASHINGTON
2010
FOREST INVENTORY AND ANALYSIS
RESOURCE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT PROGRAM
PACIFIC NORTHWEST RESEARCH STATION
USDA FOREST SERVICE
THIS MANUAL IS BASED ON:
FOREST INVENTORY AND ANALYSIS
NATIONAL CORE FIELD GUIDE
VOLUME I: FIELD DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURES FOR PHASE 2 PLOTS
VERSION 4.0
Cover image by Gretchen Bracher
I
pg.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 1.1 Organization of this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Section 1.2 The Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Section 1.3 Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Section 1.4 Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Section 1.5 Plot Design General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Subsection 1.5.1 Plot Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Subsection 1.5.2 Data are Collected on Field Plots at the Following Levels: . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 1.6 Quality Assurance/Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Subsection 1.6.1 General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Chapter 2 Locating the Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Section 2.1 Locating an Established Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Subsection 2.1.1 Navigating with Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Subsection 2.1.2 Navigating with GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Subsection 2.1.3 Navigating with Reference Point Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Section 2.2 Established Plot Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Subsection 2.2.1
Subsection 2.2.2
Subsection 2.2.3
Subsection 2.2.4
Subsection 2.2.5
Subsection 2.2.6
Subsection 2.2.7
Difficulty Finding Established Plots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Incorrectly Installed Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Incorrectly Installed Subplot or Microplot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PC Stake or Subplot/Microplot Pin Missing or Moved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Lost Subplot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Lost Plot (Replacement Plot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
P3 Plots Installed without Declination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 2.3 Other Plots Established Using the 4-Subplot Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Subsection 2.3.1 Forest Health Monitoring and Eastern Oregon Juniper Plots . . . . . . . . . . 8
Subsection 2.3.2 Region 1 and Region 4 Plots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 2.4 Locating New Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Subsection 2.4.1 Locating Plots Using Photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Section 2.5 Circumstances Precluding Plot Establishment/Measurement . . . . .10
Chapter 3 Plot Layout and Referencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 3.1 Plot Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Section 3.2 Plot Establishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Subsection 3.2.1 Plot Establishment Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Subsection 3.2.2 Plot Establishment Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Section 3.3 Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Subsection 3.3.1 The Reference Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Table of Contents
Subsection 3.1.1 Plot Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Subsection 3.1.2 Plot Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
pg.
II
Subsection 3.3.2 Witness Trees/Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Subsection 3.3.3 Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Section 3.4 Monumenting and Referencing Subplots 2 Through 4 . . . . . . . . . . .15
Subsection 3.4.1 Locate and Monument Subplot Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Subsection 3.4.2 Establishing Subplots when Plot Center is Inaccessible. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Subsection 3.4.3 Locate and Monument the Microplot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Section 3.5 Monumenting and Referencing Entirely Nonforest Plots . . . . . . . . .16
Subsection 3.5.1 Nonforest Plots on Region 5 or Region 6 Forest Service Administered
Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Subsection 3.5.2 Nonforest Plots Located on All Other Ownerships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Section 3.6 Monumenting and Referencing Plots in Wilderness Areas . . . . . . . .16
Subsection 3.6.1 Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management Wilderness Areas . . . 16
Section 3.7 Monumenting and Referencing Plots in National Parks . . . . . . . . . .17
Subsection 3.7.1 National Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Chapter 4 Plot Level Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Section 4.1 Lost Plot/Replacement Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Subsection 4.1.1 Lost Annual Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Subsection 4.1.2 Replacement Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Section 4.2 Plot Level Data Downloaded to the PDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Table of Contents
Subsection 4.2.1 Plot Level Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 4.2.1.1 STATE (CORE 1.1) [STATECD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 4.2.1.2 COUNTY (CORE 1.2) [COUNTYCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 4.2.1.3 PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.3) [PLOT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 4.2.1.4 CYCLE (PNW) [CYCLE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Item 4.2.1.5 SUBCYCLE (PNW) [SUBCYCLE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Item 4.2.1.6 PERIODIC PLOT NUMBER (PNW) [PERIODIC_PLOT_NBR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Item 4.2.1.7 NFS PLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [NFS_PLT_NUM_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Item 4.2.1.8 FIELD GUIDE VERSION (CORE 1.9) [MANUAL]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Item 4.2.1.9 PDR STARTING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) [PDR_START_VERSION] . 21
Item 4.2.1.10 PDR ENDING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) [PDR_END_VERSION] . . . . 22
Item 4.2.1.11 DECLINATION (CORE OPTIONAL 1.11) [DECLINATION] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Item 4.2.1.12 MACROPLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER (CORE OPTIONAL 1.17)
[MACROPLOT_BREAKPOINT_DIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Item 4.2.1.13 NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN (PFSL) [NWFP_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Item 4.2.1.14 HECTARE PLOT (PFSL) [HECT_MEAS_YN] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Item 4.2.1.15 HECTARE PLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER (PFSL) [HECT_TREE_SZ_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . 23
Item 4.2.1.16 INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS (PNW) [SAMPLE_STATUS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Item 4.2.1.17 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE (PNW)
[SPECIMEN_COLLECTION_RULE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Item 4.2.1.18 YEAR OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PREV_INV_YEAR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Item 4.2.1.19 MONTH OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PREV_INV_MONTH_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Item 4.2.1.20 PREVIOUS GROUND LAND CLASS (PFSL) [PREV_GLC_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Item 4.2.1.21 ECOLOGICAL UNIT (PFSL) [ECO_UNIT_PNW] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Subsection 4.2.2 Special Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Item 4.2.2.1 FIRE PLOT (PNW) [FIRE_PLOT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Item 4.2.2.2 SPECIAL STUDY 2002A: PLATFORM AND MOSS ABUNDANCE (PFSL)
[SPEC_STDY_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Section 4.3 Plot Level Data Collected in the Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Subsection 4.3.1 Crew Visit Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Item 4.3.1.1 SAMPLE METHOD CODE (PNW) [DATA_SOURCE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Item 4.3.1.2 QA STATUS (CORE 1.14) [QA_STATUS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
pg.
III
Item 4.3.1.3 CREW TYPE (PNW) [CREW_TYPE?] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Item 4.3.1.4 CREW NUMBER (CORE 1.15) [CREWNBR1, CREWNBR2, CREWNBR3, CREWNBR4,
CREWNBR5]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Subsection 4.3.2 Current Date of Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Item 4.3.2.1 YEAR (CORE 1.10.1) [MEASYEAR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Item 4.3.2.2 MONTH (CORE 1.10.2) [MEASMON] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Item 4.3.2.3 DAY (CORE 1.10.3) [MEASDAY] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Subsection 4.3.3 Time Spent on Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Item 4.3.3.1 TRAVEL TIME TO PLOT (PNW) [TIME_TO_PLOT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Item 4.3.3.2 MEASUREMENT TIME ON PLOT (PNW) [TIME_ON_PLOT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Item 4.3.3.3 TRAVEL TIME FROM PLOT (PNW) [TIME_FROM_PLOT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Subsection 4.3.4 Plot Level Fundamentals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Item 4.3.4.1 STOCKING PLOT TYPE (PFSL) [STOCKING_PLOT_TYPE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Item 4.3.4.2 PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.4) [PLOT_STATUS_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Item 4.3.4.3 PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.5) [PLOT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] . . . . . . . . . 29
Item 4.3.4.4 SUBPLOTS EXAMINED (CORE 1.6) [SUBP_EXAMINE_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Item 4.3.4.5 SAMPLE KIND (CORE 1.7) [KINDCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Item 4.3.4.6 PNW PLOT KIND (PNW) [PLOT_KIND_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Item 4.3.4.7 PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.8) [REPLACED_PLOT_NBR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Subsection 4.3.5 Additional Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Item 4.3.5.1 LANDOWNER PLOT SUMMARY REQUEST (PNW) [LAND_OWN_REQ_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . 32
Item 4.3.5.2 TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (PNW) [TOPO_POSITION_PNW]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Item 4.3.5.3 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO IMPROVED ROAD (CORE 1.12) [RDDISTCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Item 4.3.5.4 WATER ON PLOT (CORE 1.13) [WATERCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Item 4.3.5.5 PLOT NOTES (CORE 1.18) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Subsection 4.3.6 Reference Point Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Item 4.3.6.1 RP TYPE (PNW) [RP_TYPE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Item 4.3.6.2 RP SPECIES (PNW) [RP_SPCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Item 4.3.6.3 RP DIAMETER (PNW) [RP_DIA_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Item 4.3.6.4 RP AZIMUTH (PNW) [RP_AZIMUTH_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Item 4.3.6.5 RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (PNW) [RP_DIST_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Item 4.3.6.6 RP AZIMUTH/DISTANCE TO SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) [RP_SUBP_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . 35
Item 4.3.6.7 RP NOTES (PNW) [RP_NOTES_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Subsection 4.3.7 Items Recorded on the Plot Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Section 4.4 GPS Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Subsection 4.4.1 GPS Unit Settings, Datum, and Coordinate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Item 4.4.1.1 GPS UNIT TYPE (CORE 1.16.3) [GPS_TYPE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Item 4.4.1.2 GPS SERIAL NUMBER (CORE 1.16.4) [GPS_SERIAL_NBR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Item 4.4.1.3 GPS DATUM (CORE 1.16.5) [GPS_DATUM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Item 4.4.1.4 COORDINATE SYSTEM (CORE 1.16.6) [GPS_COORD_SYS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Item 4.4.1.5 GPS LOCATION TYPE (PNW) [GPS_LOC_TYPE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Subsection 4.4.2 Collecting Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Subsection 4.4.3 Correction For Offset Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Item 4.4.3.1 AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.16.13) [GPS_AZM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Item 4.4.3.2 DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.16.14) [GPS_DIST] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Subsection 4.4.4 Downloaded Plot Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 4.4.4.1 PREVIOUS UTM ZONE (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_ZONE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 4.4.4.2 PREVIOUS EASTING (X) (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_EASTING_X_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 4.4.4.3 PREVIOUS NORTHING (Y) (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_NORTHING_Y_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 4.4.4.4 PREVIOUS COORDINATES METHOD (PNW) [PREV_COORD_METHOD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . 40
Table of Contents
Item 4.4.2.1 UTM ZONE (CORE 1.16.9) [UTM_ZONE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.2 EASTING (X) UTM (CORE 1.16.10) [UTM_EASTING_X] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.3 NORTHING (Y) UTM (CORE 1.16.11) [UTM_NORTHING_Y] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.4 GPS ELEVATION (CORE 1.16.15) [GPS_ELEV]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.5 GPS ERROR (CORE 1.16.16) [GPS_ERROR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.6 NUMBER OF READINGS (CORE 1.16.17) [GPS_NBR_READINGS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Item 4.4.2.7 GPS FILENAME (CORE OPTIONAL 1.16.18) [GPS_FILENAME] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Item 4.4.2.8 GPS NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
pg.
IV
Chapter 5 Condition Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Section 5.1 Determination of Condition Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Section 5.2 Condition Class Status Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Subsection 5.2.1
Subsection 5.2.2
Subsection 5.2.3
Subsection 5.2.4
Subsection 5.2.5
Accessible Forest Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Nonforest Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Noncensus Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Census Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Nonsampled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Section 5.3 Delineating Condition Classes Differing in Condition Class Status .45
Section 5.4 Delineating Condition Classes within Accessible Forest Land. . . . .48
Section 5.5 Condition Class Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Subsection 5.5.1 General Condition Class Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Item 5.5.1.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 2.4.1) [CONDID]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Item 5.5.1.2 CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.2) [COND_STATUS_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Item 5.5.1.3 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS (PNW) [PREV_COND_STATUS_CD_PNWRS] . . 51
Subsection 5.5.2 Accessible Forest Land Delineating Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Item 5.5.2.1 RESERVED STATUS (CORE 2.5.1) [RESERVCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Item 5.5.2.2 OWNER GROUP (CORE 2.5.2) [OWNGRPCD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Item 5.5.2.3 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP (PNW) [PREV_OWNGRPCD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Item 5.5.2.4 FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) [FLDTYPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Item 5.5.2.5 STAND SIZE CLASS (CORE 2.5.4) [FLDSZCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Item 5.5.2.6 REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5) [STDORGCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Item 5.5.2.7 TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6) [MAPDEN]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Table of Contents
Subsection 5.5.3 Ancillary (Non-Delineating) Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Item 5.5.3.1 OWNER CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 2.5.7) [OWNCD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Item 5.5.3.2 ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE (PNW) [ADFORCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Item 5.5.3.3 PRIVATE OWNER INDUSTRIAL STATUS (CORE 2.5.8) [FORINDCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Item 5.5.3.4 ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (CORE 2.5.9) [STDORGSP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Item 5.5.3.5 AGE BASIS CODE (PNW) [AGE_BASIS_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Item 5.5.3.6 STAND AGE (CORE 2.5.10) [FLDAGE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Item 5.5.3.7 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (CORE 2.5.23) [PHYSCLCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Item 5.5.3.8 CURRENT GROUND LAND CLASS (PFSL) [GROUND_LAND_CLASS_PNW] . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Item 5.5.3.9 SOIL DEPTH (PFSL) [SOIL_ROOTING_DEPTH_PNW] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Item 5.5.3.10 STAND STRUCTURE (PFSL) [STND_STRUC_CD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Item 5.5.3.11 STAND CONDITION / STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT (PFSL) [STND_COND_CD_PNWRS] . 64
Item 5.5.3.12 DISTURBANCE 1 (CORE 2.5.11) [DSTRBCD1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Item 5.5.3.13 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.12) [DSTRBYR1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Item 5.5.3.14 DISTURBANCE 2 (CORE 2.5.13) [DSTRBCD2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.15 DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.14) [DSTRBYR2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.16 DISTURBANCE 3 (CORE 2.5.15) [DSTRBCD3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.17 DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.16) [DSTRBYR3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.18 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.19 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.20 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 2 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.21 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.22 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 3 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD3_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Item 5.5.3.23 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR3_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Item 5.5.3.24 TREATMENT 1 (CORE 2.5.17) [TRTCD1] (PFSL) [TRTCD1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Item 5.5.3.25 TREATMENT YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.18) [TRTYR1]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.26 TREATMENT 2 (CORE 2.5.19)” [TRTCD2] (PFSL) [TRTCD2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.27 TREATMENT YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.20) [TRTYR2]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.28 TREATMENT 3 (CORE 2.5.21) [TRTCD3] (PFSL) [TRTCD3_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.29 TREATMENT YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.22) [TRTYR3]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.30 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.31 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 1 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
V
pg.
Item 5.5.3.32 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 2 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.33 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 2 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Item 5.5.3.34 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 3 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD3_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Item 5.5.3.35 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 3 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR3_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Item 5.5.3.36 EVIDENCE OF STUMPS (PFSL) [STUMP_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Item 5.5.3.37 EVIDENCE OF FIRE (PFSL) [FIRE_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Item 5.5.3.38 PLANT ASSOCIATION (PFSL) [HABTYPCD1; PREV_HABTYPCD1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . 70
Item 5.5.3.39 PLANT ASSOCIATION NONSAMPLED REASON (PFSL)
[HABTYPCD1_NSMP_REASN_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Item 5.5.3.40 PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION (PFSL) [HABTYPECD1_PUB_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Subsection 5.5.4 Determining Condition Classes on Nonforest Land. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Item 5.5.4.1 PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE (CORE 2.5.24) [PRESNFCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Subsection 5.5.5 Nonsampled Condition Class Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Item 5.5.5.1 CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.3)
[COND_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Item 5.5.5.2 ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE (PNW) [EST_NON_SAMP_LCT_PNWRS] .
77
Item 5.5.5.3 NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE (PNW) [FLDTYPCD_NON_SAMP_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Section 5.6 Stockability in Oregon and California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Subsection 5.6.1 Stockability Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Item 5.6.1.1 STOCKABILITY INDICATOR SPECIES (PFSL) [PLANT_SP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Item 5.6.1.2 SPECIES CONDITION CLASS (PFSL) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Item 5.6.1.3 OREGON STOCKABILITY DISCOUNT FACTOR (PFSL)
[PLANT_STOCKABILITY_FACTOR_PNW] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Section 5.7 Condition Class Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Subsection 5.7.1 Condition Class Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Item 5.7.1.1 CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Chapter 6 Subplot Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Section 6.1 Recording Subplot Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Subsection 6.1.1 Subplot Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Item 6.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 3.1) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Item 6.1.1.2 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.2) [SUBP_STATUS_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Item 6.1.1.3 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.3)
[POINT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Item 6.1.1.4 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW)
[PREV_SUBPCOND_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Item 6.1.1.5 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.4) [SUBPCOND] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Item 6.1.1.6 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION CLASS STATUS CHANGE(PNW)
[SUBCOND_CHG_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Item 6.1.1.7 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CONDITION LIST (CORE 3.9) [CONDLIST]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Item 6.1.1.8 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.5) [MICRCOND] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Subsection 6.1.2 Physiographic Class Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Subsection 6.1.3 Water Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Item 6.1.3.1 WATER ON MACROPLOT (PFSL) [WATERCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Item 6.1.3.2 WATER PROXIMITY (PFSL) [WATER_PROX_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Subsection 6.1.4 Subplot Disturbance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Item 6.1.4.1 BURN ASSESSMENT (PFSL) [BURN_ASSESS_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Item 6.1.4.2 MECHANICAL MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT (PFSL) [MECH_ASSESS_CD_PNWRS] . . . . 85
Table of Contents
Item 6.1.2.1 MACROPLOT PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (PFSL) [PHYSCLCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Item 6.1.2.2 SUBPLOT SLOPE (CORE 3.6) [SLOPE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Item 6.1.2.3 SUBPLOT ASPECT (CORE 3.7) [ASPECT]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Item 6.1.2.4 SNOW/WATER DEPTH (CORE 3.8) [WATERDEP]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Item 6.1.2.5 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
pg.
VI
Section 6.2 Subplot/Macroplot Nonforest Inclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Subsection 6.2.1
Subsection 6.2.2
Subsection 6.2.3
Subsection 6.2.4
Mapping and Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Estimating Nonforest Inclusion Area Percentages by Condition Class . 87
Previous Estimates of Nonforest Inclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Nonforest Inclusion Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Item 6.2.4.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF NONFOREST INCLUSION (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Item 6.2.4.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF NONFOREST INCLUSION (PFSL) [CONDID]. . . . . . . . . . 88
Item 6.2.4.3 PERCENT NONFOREST INCLUSION THE SUBPLOT (PFSL) [NONFR_INCL_PCT_SUBP] . 88
Item 6.2.4.4 PERCENT NONFOREST INCLUSION MACROPLOT (PFSL) [NONFR_INCL_PCT_MACRO] 88
Section 6.3 Root Disease Mapping/Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Subsection 6.3.1
Subsection 6.3.2
Subsection 6.3.3
Subsection 6.3.4
Subsection 6.3.5
Subsection 6.3.6
Subsection 6.3.7
Root Disease Mapping and Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Western Oregon/Washington, and California (North Coast Only). . . . . . 89
Eastern Oregon/Washington, and California (Except the North Coast) . 90
Estimating Root Disease Area Percentages by Condition Class . . . . . . 90
Previous Estimates of Root Disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Guide for Identifying Root Disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Root Disease Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Item 6.3.7.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF ROOT DISEASE (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Item 6.3.7.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF ROOT DISEASE (PFSL) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Item 6.3.7.3 ROOT DISEASE CODE (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Item 6.3.7.4 PERCENT ROOT DISEASE ON THE MACROPLOT (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_PCT] . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Item 6.3.7.5 ROOT DISEASE SEVERITY RATING (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_SEV_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Chapter 7 Boundary References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Section 7.1 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Section 7.2 Reference Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Subsection 7.2.1 Hectare Plot Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Subsection 7.2.2 Boundaries on Remeasurement Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Subsection 7.2.3 Boundary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Item 7.2.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 4.2.1) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Item 7.2.3.2 PLOT TYPE (CORE 4.2.2) [SUBPTYP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Item 7.2.3.3 BOUNDARY CHANGE (CORE 4.2.3) [BNDCHG] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Item 7.2.3.4 CONTRASTING CONDITION (CORE 4.2.4) [CONTRAST] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Item 7.2.3.5 LEFT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.5) [AZMLEFT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Item 7.2.3.6 CORNER AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.6) [AZMCORN] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Item 7.2.3.7 CORNER DISTANCE (CORE 4.2.7) [DISTCORN]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Item 7.2.3.8 RIGHT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.8) [AZMRIGHT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Item 7.2.3.9 BOUNDARY NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Chapter 8 Tree and Sapling Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Section 8.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Table of Contents
Section 8.2 Selecting Tally Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Subsection 8.2.1 Where to Tally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Subsection 8.2.2 Within Plot Area Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Section 8.3 Conducting the Tree Tally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Subsection 8.3.1 Subplot Witness Trees/Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Subsection 8.3.2 Subplots/Conditions without Tally Trees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Subsection 8.3.3 Hectare Plot Special Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
pg.
VII
Section 8.4 Tree Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Subsection 8.4.1 Tree Tracking Data Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Item 8.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 5.1) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Item 8.4.1.2 TREE RECORD NUMBER (CORE 5.2) [TREE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Item 8.4.1.3 TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [TAG_NO_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Item 8.4.1.4 PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [PREV_TAG_NO_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Item 8.4.1.5 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) [CONDID; PREVCOND; PREV_CONDID_P2A] 104
Item 8.4.1.6 PREVIOUS TREE STATUS (CORE 5.6) [PREV_STATUS_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Item 8.4.1.7 PRESENT TREE STATUS(CORE 5.7)[STATUSCD_PNWRS;NON_TALLY_TREE_PNWRS]105
Item 8.4.1.8 SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS (PNW) [SUBP_WITNESS_FLAG_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . 106
Item 8.4.1.9 STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2) [STANDING_DEAD_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Item 8.4.1.10 RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1) [RECONCILECD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Item 8.4.1.11 SPECIES (CORE 5.8) [SPCD; PREV_SPCD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Item 8.4.1.12 AZIMUTH (CORE 5.4) [AZIMUTH; PREV_AZM_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Item 8.4.1.13 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE 5.5) [DIST; PREV_HORIZ_DIST_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . 110
Item 8.4.1.14 SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT (PNW)
[SLOPE_DIST_TO_WITNESS_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Section 8.5 Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Subsection 8.5.1 Marking Current Diameter: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Subsection 8.5.2 Diameter on Stumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Subsection 8.5.3 Diameter at Breast Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Item 8.5.3.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.1) [PREVDIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Item 8.5.3.2 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.2) [DIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Item 8.5.3.3 SNAG ESTIMATED DIAMETER (PNW) [DIA_EST_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Subsection 8.5.4 Diameter at Root Collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Item 8.5.4.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT ROOT COLLAR (CORE 5.9.3) [PREVDIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Item 8.5.4.2 DRC STEM DIAMETER (CORE 5.9.4.1) [DIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Item 8.5.4.3 DRC STEM STATUS (CORE 5.9.4.2) [STATUSCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Item 8.5.4.4 PAST NUMBER OF STEMS (CORE 5.10) [PREV_WDLDSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Item 8.5.4.5 CURRENT NUMBER OF STEMS (CORE 5.11) [WDLDSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Subsection 8.5.5 Additional Diameter Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Item 8.5.5.1 DIAMETER CHECK (CORE 5.12) [DIACHECK_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Section 8.6 Tree Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Subsection 8.6.1 Tree Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Item 8.6.1.1 TREE AGE (PFSL) [BHAGE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Item 8.6.1.2 TREE AGE METHOD (PFSL) [BORED_CD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Item 8.6.1.3 NUMBER OF RINGS (PFSL) [RING_COUNT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Item 8.6.1.4 NUMBER OF RINGS IN INNER 2 IN (PFSL) [RING_COUNT_INNER_2INCHES_PNWRS] . 124
Item 8.6.1.5 LENGTH OF MEASURED CORE (PFSL) [CORE_LENGTH_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Item 8.6.1.6 10-YEAR INCREMENT (PNW) [INC10YR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Item 8.6.1.7 5-YEAR INCREMENT (PFSL) [INC5YR_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Item 8.6.1.8 5-YEAR HEIGHT GROWTH (PFSL) [INC5YRHT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Subsection 8.6.2 Tree Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Subsection 8.6.3 Tree Live Crown Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Item 8.6.3.1 COMPACTED CROWN RATIO (CORE 5.19) [CR]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Item 8.6.3.2 CROWN CLASS (CORE 5.17) [CCLCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Section 8.7 Tree Damage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Subsection 8.7.1 Identifying and Recording Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Subsection 8.7.2 Damage Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Item 8.7.2.1 DAMAGE LOCATION 1 (PFSL) [DAMLOC1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table of Contents
Item 8.6.2.1 PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH (PNW) [PREV_ACTUALHT_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Item 8.6.2.2 ACTUAL LENGTH (CORE 5.15) [ACTUALHT]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Item 8.6.2.3 PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH (PNW) [PREV_HT_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Item 8.6.2.4 TOTAL LENGTH (CORE 5.14) [HT]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Item 8.6.2.5 LENGTH METHOD (CORE 5.16) [HTCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Item 8.6.2.6 PREVIOUS LENGTH METHOD (PNW) [PREV_HTCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
pg.
VIII
Item 8.7.2.2 DAMAGE AGENT 1 (PFSL) [DMG_AGENT1_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Item 8.7.2.3 DAMAGE SEVERITY 1A (PFSL) [SEVERITY1A_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Item 8.7.2.4 DAMAGE SEVERITY 1B (PFSL) [SEVERITY1B_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Item 8.7.2.5 UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 1 (PFSL) [UNKNOWN_DAMTYP1_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Subsection 8.7.3 Recording Additional Damages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.1 DAMAGE LOCATION 2 (PFSL) [DAMLOC2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.2 DAMAGE AGENT 2 (PFSL) [DMG_AGENT2_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.3 DAMAGE SEVERITY 2A (PFSL) [SEVERITY2A_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.4 DAMAGE SEVERITY 2B (PFSL) [SEVERITY2B_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.5 UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 2 (PFSL) [UNKNOWN_DAMTYP2_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.6 DWARF MISTLETOE CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 5.26) [MIST_CL_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Item 8.7.3.7 ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (CORE 5.13) [CULL_FLD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Item 8.7.3.8 ROUGH CULL (CORE OPTIONAL 5.25) [ROUGHCULL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Section 8.8 Miscellaneous Tree Measured Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Subsection 8.8.1 Live Tree Measured Data Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Item 8.8.1.1 CAVITY PRESENCE (PFSL) [CAVITY_USE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Item 8.8.1.2 REMNANT TREE (PFSL) [REMNANT_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Item 8.8.1.3 HARDWOOD CLUMP (PFSL) [HRDWD_CLUMP_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Item 8.8.1.4 FORM CLASS (PFSL) [FORMCL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Subsection 8.8.2 Standing Dead or Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Item 8.8.2.1 CAUSE OF DEATH (CORE 5.21) [AGENTCD_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Item 8.8.2.2 MORTALITY YEAR (CORE OPTIONAL 5.22) [MORTYR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Item 8.8.2.3 DECAY CLASS (CORE 5.23) [DECAYCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Item 8.8.2.4 SNAG REASON FOR DISAPPEARANCE (PNW) [SNAG_DIS_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Item 8.8.2.5 CULTURALLY KILLED (PNW) [CULTURALLY_KILLED_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Section 8.9 Special Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Subsection 8.9.1 Special Study 2002a Platform and Moss Abundance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Item 8.9.1.1 PLATFORM ABUNDANCE (PFSL) [PLAT_ABUN_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Item 8.9.1.2 MOSS ABUNDANCE (PFSL) [MOSS_ABUN_CD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Section 8.10 Mortality and Growth Assessment on Periodic Inventory Plots . .146
Subsection 8.10.1 Mortality and Growth Assessment Items Downloaded to the PDR. . . 147
Item 8.10.1.1 MORTALITY LINE NUMBER (PFSL) [MORT_LINE_NUMBER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Item 8.10.1.2 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SBPLT_ID_IN_PLT]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Item 8.10.1.3 PREVIOUS REFERENCE TREE FLAG (PFSL) [REF_TREE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Item 8.10.1.4 PREVIOUS SPECIES (PFSL) [SPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Item 8.10.1.5 PREVIOUS AZIMUTH (PFSL) [AZIMUTH] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Item 8.10.1.6 PREVIOUS DISTANCE (PFSL) [SLOPE_DIST_FT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Item 8.10.1.7 PREVIOUS DIAMETER (PFSL) [PREV_DIA_IN] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Item 8.10.1.8 PREVIOUS HEIGHT (PFSL) [PREV_HT_FT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Item 8.10.1.9 MORTALITY TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [MORT_TREE_TAG] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Subsection 8.10.2 Mortality and Growth Assessment Items Collected in the Field . . . . . 149
Item 8.10.2.1 MORTALITY TREE HISTORY (PFSL) [TREE_HIST_CODE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Item 8.10.2.2 CAUSE OF DEATH / DAMAGING AGENT (PFSL) [CAUSE_DEATH_CODE] . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Item 8.10.2.3 REMEASURED DIAMETER (PFSL) [DIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Item 8.10.2.4 REMEASURED DIAMETER CHECK (PFSL) [DIACHECK] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Item 8.10.2.5 MORTALITY TREE NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table of Contents
Section 8.11 Tree Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Subsection 8.11.1 Tree Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Item 8.11.1.1 TREE NOTES (CORE 5.27) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Chapter 9 Seedling Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Section 9.1 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Subsection 9.1.1 Seedling Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Item 9.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 6.1) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Item 9.1.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 6.3) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
IX
pg.
Item 9.1.1.3 SPECIES (CORE 6.2) [SPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Item 9.1.1.4 SEEDLING COUNT (CORE 6.4) [TREECOUNT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Item 9.1.1.5 SEEDLING NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Chapter 10 Site Tree Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Section 10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Section 10.2 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Subsection 10.2.1 Plots with Site Trees Collected Previously . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Section 10.3 Site Index Equation Selection Method: How To Decide Method . .155
Subsection 10.3.1 King’s Selection Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Subsection 10.3.2 Primary Selection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Subsection 10.3.3 California Mixed Conifer Selection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Section 10.4 Site Tree Selection Hierarchy for Primary and California Mixed
Conifer Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Section 10.5 Site Tree Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Subsection 10.5.1 Site Tree Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Item 10.5.1.1 SITE TREE NUMBER (CORE) [TREE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Item 10.5.1.2 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.7) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Item 10.5.1.3 SITE TREE STATUS (PNW) [SITE_AGE_TREE_STATUS_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Item 10.5.1.4 QUESTIONABLE SITE TREE FLAG (PNW) [QUESTION_SITE_AGE_TREE_PNWRS] . . . 160
Item 10.5.1.5 CONDITION CLASS LIST (CORE 7.2.1) [CONDLIST]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Item 10.5.1.6 TREE TAG NUMBER (PNW) [TALLY_TREE_NBR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Item 10.5.1.7 AZIMUTH (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.8) [AZIMUTH] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Item 10.5.1.8 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.9) [DIST]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Item 10.5.1.9 SPECIES (CORE 7.2.2) [SPCD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Item 10.5.1.10 DIAMETER (CORE 7.2.3) [DIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Item 10.5.1.11 SITE TREE LENGTH (CORE 7.2.4) [HT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Item 10.5.1.12 TREE AGE AT DIAMETER (CORE 7.2.5) [AGEDIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Item 10.5.1.13 SITE TREE SELECTION METHOD (PFSL) [SITE_TREE_METHOD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . 161
Item 10.5.1.14 SITE INDEX (PNW) [FLD_SITREE_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Item 10.5.1.15 SITE INDEX EQUATION BASE AGE (PNW) [SIBASE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Item 10.5.1.16 SITE INDEX EQUATION NUMBER (PNW) [SITREE_EQU_NO_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Item 10.5.1.17 SITE TREE NOTES (CORE 7.2.6) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Chapter 11 Down Woody Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Section 11.1 Definition of Down Woody Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Subsection 11.1.1 Coarse Woody Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Subsection 11.1.2 Fine Woody Debris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Section 11.2 Locating and Establishing Line Transects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Subsection 11.2.1 CWD Transects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Subsection 11.2.2 FWD Transects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Subsection 11.2.3 Transect Line Segmenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Subsection 11.2.4 Sampling Methods for Coarse Woody Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Subsection 11.2.5 Marking Coarse Woody Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Table of Contents
Item 11.2.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Item 11.2.3.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Item 11.2.3.3 SEGMENT NUMBER (PFSL) [SEGMNT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Item 11.2.3.4 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PFSL) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Item 11.2.3.5 BEGINNING DISTANCE (PFSL) [BEGNDIST] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Item 11.2.3.6 SLOPE PERCENT (PFSL) [SLOPE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Item 11.2.3.7 ENDING DISTANCE (PFSL)[ENDDIST]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
pg.
X
Subsection 11.2.6 Recording Procedures for Coarse Woody Debris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Item 11.2.6.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Item 11.2.6.2 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS ID (PFSL) [CWDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Item 11.2.6.3 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Item 11.2.6.4 CWD SLOPE DISTANCE (PFSL) [SLOPDIST] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Item 11.2.6.5 CWD DECAY CLASS (PFSL) [DECAYCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Item 11.2.6.6 SPECIES (PFSL) [SPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Subsection 11.2.7 Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Item 11.2.7.1 DIAMETER AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (PFSL) [TRANSDIA]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Item 11.2.7.2 DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END (PFSL) [SMALLDIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Item 11.2.7.3 DIAMETER AT THE LARGE END (PFSL) [LARGEDIA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Item 11.2.7.4 CWD TOTAL LENGTH (PFSL) [LENGTH] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Item 11.2.7.5 HOLLOW (PFSL) [HOLLOWCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Item 11.2.7.6 PERCENT OF LOG CHARRED BY FIRE (PNW) [CHRCD_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Item 11.2.7.7 CWD HISTORY (PFSL) [CWDHSTCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Item 11.2.7.8 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Subsection 11.2.8 Sampling Methods for Fine Woody Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Item 11.2.8.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Item 11.2.8.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Item 11.2.8.3 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PFSL) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Item 11.2.8.4 SMALL FWD COUNT (PFSL) [SMALLCT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Item 11.2.8.5 MEDIUM FWD COUNT (PFSL) [MEDIUMCT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Item 11.2.8.6 LARGE FWD COUNT (PFSL) [LARGECT]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Item 11.2.8.7 HIGH COUNT REASON (PFSL) [RSNCTCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Item 11.2.8.8 RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT (PFSL) [PILESCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Item 11.2.8.9 FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Section 11.3 Duff, Litter, and Fuelbed Depth Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Subsection 11.3.1
Subsection 11.3.2
Subsection 11.3.3
Subsection 11.3.4
Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Overview of Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Duff and Litter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Fuelbed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Item 11.3.4.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Item 11.3.4.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Item 11.3.4.3 DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED SAMPLE (PFSL) [SMPLDCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Item 11.3.4.4 DUFF DEPTH (PFSL) [DUFFDEP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Item 11.3.4.5 LITTER DEPTH (PFSL) [LITTDEP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Item 11.3.4.6 FUELBED DEPTH (PFSL) [FUELDEP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Item 11.3.4.7 DUFF, LITTER, FUELBED NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Table of Contents
Subsection 11.3.5 Fuel Loading on the Microplot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Item 11.3.5.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Item 11.3.5.2 LIVE SHRUB PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LVSHRBCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Item 11.3.5.3 LIVE SHRUB HEIGHT (PFSL) [LVSHRBHT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Item 11.3.5.4 DEAD SHRUB PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [DSHRBCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Item 11.3.5.5 DEAD SHRUB HEIGHT (PFSL) [DSHRBHT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Item 11.3.5.6 LIVE HERBS PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LVHRBCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Item 11.3.5.7 LIVE HERBS HEIGHT (PFSL) [LVHRBHT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Item 11.3.5.8 DEAD HERBS PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [DHRBCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Item 11.3.5.9 DEAD HERBS HEIGHT (PFSL) [DHRBHT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Item 11.3.5.10 LITTER PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LITTERCD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Item 11.3.5.11 FUEL LOADING NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Section 11.4 Sampling Residue Piles within the 58.9-Foot Macroplot . . . . . . . .186
Subsection 11.4.1 Selection Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Item 11.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Item 11.4.1.2 PILE NUMBER (PFSL) [PILE] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Item 11.4.1.3 CONDITION CLASS (PFSL) [CONDID] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Item 11.4.1.4 PILE AZIMUTH (PFSL) [AZIMUTH] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Item 11.4.1.5 PILE SHAPE (PFSL) [SHAPECD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Item 11.4.1.6 PILE LENGTH 1 (PFSL) [LENGTH1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
XI
pg.
Item 11.4.1.7 PILE LENGTH 2 (PFSL) [LENGTH2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Item 11.4.1.8 PILE WIDTH 1 (PFSL) [WIDTH1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Item 11.4.1.9 PILE WIDTH 2 (PFSL) [WIDTH2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Item 11.4.1.10 PILE HEIGHT 1 (PFSL) [HEIGHT1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Item 11.4.1.11 PILE HEIGHT 2 (PFSL) [HEIGHT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Item 11.4.1.12 PILE DENSITY (PFSL) [DENSITY]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Item 11.4.1.13 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO PILE (PNW) [HORIZDIST_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Item 11.4.1.14 RESIDUE PILE NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Chapter 12 Vegetation Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Section 12.1 Vegetation Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Subsection 12.1.1 Species Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Item 12.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Item 12.1.1.2 SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (PNW) [GROW_HAB_CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Item 12.1.1.3 SPECIES (PNW) [VEG_FLD_SPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Item 12.1.1.4 SPECIES LIFEFORM (PNW) [VEG_TYPE_CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Item 12.1.1.5 SPECIES HEIGHT (PNW) [HT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Item 12.1.1.6 SPECIES COVER (PNW) [CVR_PCT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Item 12.1.1.7 STAGE OF SHRUB DEVELOPMENT (PNW) [DEV_STAGE_CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Subsection 12.1.2 Lifeform and Total Vegetation Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Item 12.1.2.1 PERCENT TREE SEEDLING COVER (PNW) [PCT_TREE_CVR_PNWRS]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Item 12.1.2.2 PERCENT SHRUB COVER (PNW) [PCT_SHRUB_CVR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Item 12.1.2.3 PERCENT FORB COVER (PNW) [PCT_FORB_CVR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Item 12.1.2.4 PERCENT GRAMINOID COVER (PNW) [PCT_GRASS_CVR_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Item 12.1.2.5 PERCENT BARE SOIL (PFSL) [PCT_BARE_SOIL_PNWRS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Item 12.1.2.6 PERCENT TOTAL VEGETATION COVER (PFSL) [TOT_PCT_VEG_CVR_PNWRS] . . . . . 199
Subsection 12.1.3 Vegetation Profile Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Item 12.1.3.1 VEGETATION PROFILE NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Section 12.2 Collection and Identification of Unknown Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Section 12.3 Region 6 Indicator Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Subsection 12.3.1 Region 6 Indicator Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Section 12.4 Literature Cited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Chapter 13 Invasive Plant Species. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Item 13.0.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Item 13.0.0.2 SPECIES (PNW) [VEG_FLDSPCD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Item 13.0.0.3 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (PNW) [UNIQUE_SP_NBR] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Item 13.0.0.4 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (PNW) [SUBP_(1,2,3,4)_SP_CANOPY_CVR_TTL_PNWRS] . 202
Item 13.0.0.5 INVASIVE PLANT NOTES (PNW) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Chapter 14 Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Section 14.1 Ground Cover Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Subsection 14.1.1 Ground Cover Data Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Table of Contents
Item 14.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Item 14.1.1.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Item 14.1.1.3 SEGMENT ID (PFSL) [GRND_CVR_SEG] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Item 14.1.1.4 GROUND COVER TYPE (PNW) [GRND_CVR_TYP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Item 14.1.1.5 COVER (PFSL) [CVR_PCT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Item 14.1.1.6 GROUND COVER NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
pg.
XII
Appendix A Plots on Forest Service Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Section A.1 Region 1 and Region 4 Reference Information for FIA Plots on Forest
Service Administered Lands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Subsection A.1.1 Region 1 Plot Measurement Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Subsection A.1.2 Region 4 Plot Measurement Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Section A.2 Region 5 Reference Information for FIA Plots on Forest Service
Administered Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Subsection A.2.1
Subsection A.2.2
Subsection A.2.3
Subsection A.2.4
Region 5 Tree Species Codes and PNW-FIA Code Equivalent . . . . . .
Region 5 Chaparral Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Region 5 Weed List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northwest Forest Plan Area in Region 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
208
208
208
Section A.3 Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on Forest Service
Administered Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Subsection A.3.1
Subsection A.3.2
Subsection A.3.3
Subsection A.3.4
Subsection A.3.5
Subsection A.3.6
Subsection A.3.7
Subsection A.3.8
Region 6 Plant Indicator Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
NW Oregon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
SW Oregon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Central Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
NE Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
NW Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
SW Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
NE Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Appendix B Historical Inventory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Section B.1 The Inventory of California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
Subsection B.1.1
Subsection B.1.2
Subsection B.1.3
Subsection B.1.4
California Inventory Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Inventory Dates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Inventory Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occasion 3 Plot Layout in California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
237
237
237
238
Section B.2 The Inventory of Oregon and Washington. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Subsection B.2.1
Subsection B.2.2
Subsection B.2.3
Subsection B.2.4
Subsection B.2.5
Oregon and Washington Inventory Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oregon/Washington Inventory Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oregon and Washington Previous Plot Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
238
238
239
239
239
Section B.3 PNW Tree History Codes/Definitions from Periodic Inventories . . .240
Section B.4 Forest Health Monitoring Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Subsection B.4.1 California Forest Health Monitoring Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Subsection B.4.2 Oregon/ Washington Forest Health Monitoring Program . . . . . . . . . . 241
Table of Contents
Section B.5 Additional Sources of Documentation for Periodic Inventories . . .241
Subsection B.5.1 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Subsection B.5.2 Oregon and Washington. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Section B.6 Forest Service Administered Lands: Previously Used References,
Procedures, and Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
Subsection B.6.1 Region 1 and Region 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Subsection B.6.2 Region 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Subsection B.6.3 Region 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
pg.
XIII
Section B.7 Previous Ground Land Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Appendix C Reference Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Section C.1 State Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
Section C.2 County Codes and Declinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
Subsection C.2.1
Subsection C.2.2
Subsection C.2.3
Subsection C.2.4
Subsection C.2.5
California County Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oregon County Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washington County Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nevada County Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Idaho County Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
253
254
255
256
256
Section C.3 Slope Correction Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Section C.4 Metric Equivalents and Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
Appendix D Plant Association Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Section D.1 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Subsection D.1.1 California Plant Association Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Subsection D.1.2 California Reference Plant ID Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Section D.2 Oregon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Subsection D.2.1 County Plant Association Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Subsection D.2.2 Oregon Plant Association Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Subsection D.2.3 Oregon Indicator Plant ID Guides: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Section D.3 Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Subsection D.3.1 County Plant Association Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Subsection D.3.2 Washington Plant Association Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Subsection D.3.3 Washington Indicator Plant ID Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Appendix E Forest Type Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Appendix F Tree Species List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Appendix G Tree Coding Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Appendix H Site Index Equation Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Appendix I Invasive Species Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Section I.1 California Invasive Species. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Section J.1 All Tallied Trees on the Four Subplots/Microplots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Section J.2 All Trees Tallied on the Subplot Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Section J.3 All Trees < 7 Inches Observed on the Four Subplots Only . . . . . . . 292
Section J.4 All Trees ≥5.0 Inches Observed on the Four Subplots Only . . . . . . 293
Table of Contents
Appendix J Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification 287
pg.
XIV
Section J.5 All Trees <7 Inches Observed on One Acre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Section J.6 All Trees ≥5.0 Inches Observed on One Acre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Section J.7 Minimum Number of Trees Per Acre for Forest Land Based on
Largest Tally Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Appendix K Northwest Forest Plan Area in Region 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Appendix L Stockability Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Section L.1 Stockability Indicators for Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Section L.2 Stockability Indicators for California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Appendix M Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Appendix N Disease Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Section 14.2 General Root Disease Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Section N.1 Individual Disease Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Section N.2 Listing of Disease-Tolerant Species by Root Disease . . . . . . . . . . .306
Appendix O Quality Assurance/Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Section O.1 Check Plots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Subsection O.1.1 Check Plot Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Subsection O.1.2 Check Plot Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Subsection O.1.3 Types of Check Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Section O.2 Blind Plot Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Subsection O.2.1
Subsection O.2.2
Subsection O.2.3
Subsection O.2.4
What are Blind Plots? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Plot Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State Coordinator Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
308
308
309
309
Appendix P GPS Operating Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Section P.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Table of Contents
Section P.2 Magellan Meridian GPS Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Subsection P.2.1 Keypad Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.2 Navigation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.3 Customizing Navigation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.4 Setup Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.5 Operating the GPS on Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.6 Creating a Waypoint (When Coordinates are Provided) . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.7 Marking (Storing) Current Location as a Waypoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.8 Navigating to a Waypoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.9 Other Information on Navigation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsection P.2.10 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
311
312
313
313
314
315
316
316
316
317
XV
pg.
Section P.3 Garmin Oregon GPS Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Subsection P.3.1
Subsection P.3.2
Subsection P.3.3
Subsection P.3.4
Subsection P.3.5
Subsection P.3.6
Subsection P.3.7
Subsection P.3.8
Button Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Navigation Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Setup Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Operating the GPS on Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Creating a Waypoint (When Coordinates are Provided) . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Marking (Storing) Your Current Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Navigating to a Waypoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Section P.4 Collecting GPS Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
Subsection 14.2.1 GPS Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Appendix Q Laser 200 Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Section Q.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Section Q.2 Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Section Q.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Section Q.4 Filter and Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
Section Q.5 Distance and Percent Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
Section Q.6 Tree Heights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
Section Q.7 Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
Section Q.8 Cumulative Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
Appendix R Plot Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Section R.1 Plot Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
Section R.2 Plot Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
Subsection R.2.1
Subsection R.2.2
Subsection R.2.3
Subsection R.2.4
Subsection R.2.5
Subsection R.2.6
Subsection R.2.7
Subsection R.2.8
Subsection R.2.9
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RP Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plot Access Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plot Narrative Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plot Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plot Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record Percentage of Nonforest Inclusion and Root Disease . . . . . .
326
326
326
327
329
329
329
329
329
Section R.3 Photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Section R.5 Plot Edit Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
Section R.6 Tree DBH vs. Length Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Section R.7 Boundary Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Section R.8 Field Data Manager (FDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Table of Contents
Section R.4 Landowner Contact Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
pg.
XVI
Appendix S Plot Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Section S.1 Plot Level Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
Section S.2 Condition Class Attributes Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Section S.3 Stockability Indicators Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
Section S.4 Subplot Information Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Section S.5 Fuel Loading on the Microplot Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
Section S.6 Boundary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Section S.7 Tree Tracking Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Section S.8 Seedling Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Section S.9 Site Tree Information Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Section S.10 Vegetation Profile Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Section S.11 Invasive Plant Species Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Section S.12 Woodland Stem Diameter at Root Collar (DRC) Data Form . . . . . 343
Section S.13 Transect Line Segmenting Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Section S.14 Coarse Woody Debris (CWD) Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Section S.15 Sampling Residue Piles on the Macroplot Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
Section S.16 Fine Woody Debris (FWD) Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Section S.17 Duff, Litter, and Fuelbed Depth Measurements Form . . . . . . . . . . .346
Section S.18 Mortality and Growth Assessment Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Section S.19 Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Section S.20 Plot Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Appendix T Important Phone Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Section T.1 PNW - FIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Section T.2 Regional Insect and Disease Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
Section T.3 24-Hour Emergency Sheriff Dispatch Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
Table of Contents
Subsection T.3.1 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Subsection T.3.2 Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Subsection T.3.3 Washington. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Appendix U Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Appendix V Changes from Core Phase 2 Field Guide Version 3.0 to 4.0 . . 363
Appendix W Summary of Manual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
pg.
1
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
This manual documents data collection procedures, codes, standards, and definitions used by the Pacific
Northwest Research Station, Forest Inventory and Analysis (PNW-FIA) program in the 2010 annual forest
inventory of California, Oregon, and Washington. PNW-FIA is one of four United States Department of
Agriculture (USDA) Forest Service, FIA programs across the country which conducts forest inventories in
most of the 50 states and in the Pacific Islands. PNW-FIA is responsible for inventorying the forest
resources of Alaska, California, Oregon, Washington, and the Pacific Islands. Field data collection within
PNW-FIA is completed by two data collection units: the Portland Forestry Sciences Laboratory (PFSL) and
the Anchorage Forestry Sciences Laboratory (AFSL). PFSL is based in Portland, Oregon and is
responsible for California, Oregon, and Washington. AFSL is based in Anchorage, Alaska and is
responsible for Alaska and the Pacific Islands.
Nationally consistent and uniform Core data measurements are assured by following the procedures
outlined in the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide. In addition to the Core data items
required by the national FIA program, PNW-FIA measures regional data items that are of interest to the
clients and customers of the PNW Research Station.
SECTION 1.1 ORGANIZATION OF THIS MANUAL
This manual is structured primarily for use by field personnel. Each chapter corresponds either to a
separate function that must be performed in locating and measuring a field plot, or to a particular aspect of
data recording that must be completed. Procedures are ordered to coincide, as much as possible, with the
order in which field data are collected and entered into the data recorder.
Core field data collection procedures, listed in the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide,
Version 4.0, have been incorporated into this manual. Instructions that are single underlined, tables that are
shaded, and data item names followed by CORE and the Core chapter/section number in bold and
parentheses, describe data items or field procedures included in the Core field guide. Any regional
adjustments are noted in italic font within the underlined text or shaded table. Note: all scientific names are
shown in italic font. Portions of this manual that are not underlined or shaded describe regional procedures
which supplement national Core data. Regional data item names are followed, in bold and parentheses, by
the specific lab (i.e., PFSL) or by PNW if the data item applies to both PNW labs. When data items are
referenced within chapter text, the data item name will appear in all capital letters (e.g., “Record the
CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class in which each tree is located.”).
Database codes have been included in brackets following the data item name. National Information
Management System (NIMS) codes are listed for Core data items and regional database codes are listed
for regional data items. Note: Core data items containing regional additions (e.g., values, codes) will list
“CORE” as the source, but brackets will contain regional database codes; national database codes will be
populated from the regional database.
The following examples show how data items will be displayed depending on the source (i.e., Core or
regional) of the data item:
ITEM NUMBER; DATA ITEM NAME; (SOURCE); [DATABASE CODE]
ITEM X.X.X.X CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) [CONDID]........................Core
ITEM X.X.X.X PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH (PNW) [PREV_HT_PNWRS]..............AFSL and PFSL
ITEM X.X.X.X TREE AGE METHOD (PFSL) [BH_AGE_FLAG_PNWRS]...................PFSL only
In addition, the following information is given for each data item:
Chapter 1: Introduction
When collected: Specific criteria for when data item is recorded
Field width: X digits
Tolerance: Acceptable range of measurement
Values: Legal values/codes for data items
pg.
2
SECTION 1.2 THE INVENTORY
The national FIA program consists of three phases. Phase 1 (P1) is a remote sensing phase aimed at
classifying all land into forest and nonforest. Phase 2 (P2) consists of a set of field sample locations
distributed across the landscape with approximately one sample location (FIA plot) for every 6,000 acres at
standard intensification. Forested sample locations are visited by field crews that collect a variety of forest
ecosystem data. Nonforest locations are visited, as necessary, to quantify rates of land use change or to
measure regional data items, when specified. This field manual describes the P2 process. Phase 3 (P3)
consists of a subset of the phase 2 plots (approximately one every 96,000 acres), which are visited during
the growing season in order to collect an extended suite of ecological data including full vegetation census,
tree and crown condition, soil data, lichen diversity, coarse woody material, and ozone injury. Data are
collected on a subset of plots in all states every year (i.e., annual inventory), as opposed to the historical
FIA approach of sampling states sequentially in a cycle (i.e., periodic inventory).
SECTION 1.3 PRODUCTS
PNW-FIA reports on the status and trends of forests in Alaska, Washington, Oregon, California, and the
Pacific Islands, and provides information sought by resource planners, policy analysts, and others involved
in forest resource decision-making. Data collected in PNW-FIA inventories are summarized, interpreted,
analyzed, and published in analytical reports and research articles of national, state, regional, and subregional scope. Information is presented by forest land and owner classes for land use change; timber
volume, growth, mortality, and removals; potential forest productivity; opportunities for silvicultural
treatment; and type and area of wildlife habitats.
The data collected in these inventories represent a wealth of information that can answer questions about
the status and trend of forest ecosystems, distribution of plant species and their relationship to the
environment, the incidence of insects and disease in relation to forest type and condition, changes in forest
structure and productivity resulting from disturbance, and improved prediction of forest growth and
development on different sites and in response to management.
SECTION 1.4 UNITS OF MEASURE
The PNW-FIA program uses ENGLISH units as the measurement system. Previous inventories used metric
units. For commonly used conversion factors, see the Metric Equivalents and Aids section in Appendix C
(Reference Information).
SECTION 1.5 PLOT DESIGN GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Core ground plot consists of four subplots approximately 1/24 acre in size with a radius of 24.0 feet.
The center subplot is subplot 1. Subplots 2, 3, and 4 are located 120.0 feet horizontal at azimuths of 360,
120, and 240 degrees, respectively, from the center of subplot 1 (see Figure 1.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram).
Field plots also include macroplots that are ¼ acre in size with a radius of 58.9 feet; each macroplot center
coincides with the subplot’s center. Macroplots are numbered in the same way as subplots. Throughout this
field guide, the use of the word ‘plot’ refers to the entire set of four subplots/macroplots. ‘Plot center’ is
defined as the center of subplot 1.
Section 1.2: The Inventory
Each subplot contains a microplot of approximately 1/300 acre in size with a radius of 6.8 feet. The center
of the microplot is offset 90 degrees and 12.0 feet horizontal from each subplot center. Microplots are
numbered in the same way as subplots.
Plots located on qualifying federal lands include a hectare plot with a radius of 185.1 feet from the plot
center (subplot 1). Selection criteria for hectare plots can be found in Section 8.2, Selecting Tally Trees.
In the PNW-FIA annual inventory, the four subplots/macroplots are laid out in the pattern shown in Figure
1.1; subplots are never “substituted” or “moved” in order to keep the entire subplot/macroplot within a
homogeneous condition.
pg.
3
SUBSECTION 1.5.1 PLOT LAYOUT
Figure 1.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram
SUBSECTION 1.5.2 DATA ARE COLLECTED ON FIELD PLOTS AT THE FOLLOWING
LEVELS:
Plot- Data that describe the entire cluster of four subplots.
Microplot - Data that describe a small area within a subplot.
Subplot - Data that describe a single subplot of a cluster.
Macroplot- Data that describe a single subplot plus an additional annular ring (from 24.0 feet to 58.9 feet)
around that subplot center. There are four macroplots on a plot.
Hectare Plot- Data that describe the entire cluster of four macroplots; certain criteria must be met for a
hectare plot to be installed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
CONDITION CLASS STATUS
RESERVED STATUS
OWNER GROUP
FOREST TYPE
STAND SIZE CLASS
REGENERATION STATUS
TREE DENSITY
Chapter 1: Introduction
Condition Class - A discrete combination of landscape attributes that describe the environment on all or
part of the plot. These attributes include:
pg.
4
Boundary - An approximate description of the demarcation line between two condition classes that occur
on a single subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare. There is no boundary recorded when the demarcation
occurs beyond the fixed-radius plots.
Tree - Data describing live saplings with a diameter 1.0 inch through 4.9 inches, and live or dead trees with
diameter greater than or equal to 5.0 inches.
Seedling - Data describing live trees with a diameter less than 1.0 inch and greater than or equal to 0.5 feet
in length (conifers) or greater than or equal to 1.0 feet in length (hardwoods).
Site Tree - Data describing site index trees.
Vegetation - Data describing plant composition and cover.
Invasive Species - Data describing presence and abundance of invasive plant species.
Down Woody Materials - Data describing abundance and stage of decay of down and suspended dead
material.
SECTION 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL
SUBSECTION 1.6.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The goal of the FIA Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) program is to ensure that all resource
inventory data are scientifically sound, of known quality, and are thoroughly documented. Measurement
quality objectives (MQO) are established as standards to define data quality.
The PNW-FIA QA/QC staff works to continually improve the PNW-FIA inventory process by controlling,
identifying, and documenting errors and sources of variability that could be detrimental to the quality of
PNW-FIA inventory results. Emphasis is placed on extensive crew training, field inspections, and
documentation of protocols and procedures used in the inventory.
Measurement quality and consistency are assessed by using three methods: hot checks, cold checks, and
blind plots (see Appendix O for inspection plot descriptions). Periodic on-site inspections of field locations
are conducted to ensure that the field work is being performed with the required accuracy and precision.
Specifically, objectives of field checking are:
Section 1.6: Quality Assurance / Quality Control
1. To obtain uniform and consistent interpretation and application of field instructions among all field
crews.
2. To minimize technique errors.
3. To check the performance of each individual crew member.
4. To reveal inadequacies in the instructions and in the training program.
5. To assess and document the quality (accuracy, precision, completeness) of field data.
pg.
5
CHAPTER 2 LOCATING THE PLOT
This chapter describes the steps taken to locate and establish new FIA plots, and to locate and remeasure
previously established FIA plots.
Establishing the plot location is the crucial first step in collecting valid field data. While measurements at
each location are used to compile statistical information for the entire inventory, each location is also
compared to information derived from processing remotely sensed (e.g., satellite, aircraft) data for the same
location. Because these two sampling layers must measure attributes on the same location, the ground
sample must be located as accurately as possible.
SECTION 2.1 LOCATING AN ESTABLISHED PLOT
Established plots include:
•
Annual inventory (P2) remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2).
•
Field plots established by Forest Health Monitoring (P3) crews using the 4-subplot design
•
Periodic revisited plots (PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3) installed with a different design (Appendix B,
Historical Inventory Information, for various plot designs)
The first step in relocating a previously established plot is to find the ground location of plot center (PC)
marked on the photos; use resources such as photos, maps/drawings, written descriptions, GPS
coordinates (Subsection 4.4.4), and reference point (RP) data. Each field crew should have a map with the
location of the plots marked and identified with the plot number, and a plot jacket for each plot that may be
visited. The county, plot number, and legal description (township, range, and section) are printed on the
ownership label on the plot jacket. Use the available resources to reach the general vicinity of the plot. All
previously established plots should have an RP from which a slope distance and azimuth to the PC was
recorded. This distance and azimuth can be followed from the RP to relocate the PC.
SUBSECTION 2.1.1 NAVIGATING WITH PHOTOGRAPHY
The plot jacket for each field plot will usually contain photos, supplemental imagery, and maps. The plot
center is pinpricked and circled on the old photos and should be transferred to all new photos. Photo
pinpricks must be transferred without error. Use both new and old photos to proceed to the plot area when
revisiting established plots.
Some photos will be marked with a point-of-departure (POD). They are usually near a road and indicate
how the crew approached the plot at a previous visit. In some cases, it may be easier to locate an
established plot by heading directly to the plot rather than to the RP because within the plot area there may
be numerous "signs" to detect (e.g., trees with reference tags, tree numbers, diameter nails). In searching
for the plot, you may find a tagged/numbered tree on one of the subplots, use the plot data from previous
visits to determine which subplot you are on.
SUBSECTION 2.1.2 NAVIGATING WITH GPS
Plots visited previously will, in most cases, have field collected GPS coordinates. When using GPS
coordinates to navigate, ensure coordinates are entered accurately into the GPS unit and follow your
progress on the photo. Compare the GPS navigation readings to other plot location data such as RP to PC
distance and azimuth to confirm direction of travel.
Refer to Appendix P, GPS Operating Guide, for operation instructions for specific GPS units used by PFSL.
Chapter 2: Locating the Plot
If during GPS navigation to the plot you encounter anything that could affect a future crew’s travel or safety
(e.g., passage around cliffs, shallow stream crossings, illicit activities, game trails, etc.) create a waypoint.
Record the waypoint coordinates (Subsection 4.4.2) and provide an explanation in the electronic GPS
NOTES.
pg.
6
SUBSECTION 2.1.3 NAVIGATING WITH REFERENCE POINT (RP) DATA
Reference points have been established on most previously visited plots; slope distance and azimuth from
the RP to the PC were recorded. On some plots, the previous RP referenced a subplot center other than
subplot 1, the pinpricked location; on these plots, the plot center monument was still installed at the
pinpricked location. See Section 3.3 for monumentation details.
Species, diameter at breast height (DBH) (to the nearest centimeter on periodic PNW-FIA plots), azimuth
from RP to PC, and slope distance from RP to PC (in meters on periodic PNW-FIA plots), were recorded on
the plot card and on the photo used at the previous visit, and will be in the previous data printout.
The RP will be monumented with square aluminum tags (non-tree RP monumentation will vary). An RP tree
will have three square aluminum tags; two at approximately six feet above ground (facing crew’s approach),
and one below stump height (facing plot center).
Though measuring the distance and azimuth from the RP to the PC may be time consuming, if done
carefully, it is a reliable method for relocating field plots.
Before measuring from the RP to the plot center, check photos to see if the azimuth and distance seem
reasonable. If reliable GPS coordinates exist, GPS distance and azimuth can be compared to RP data
distance and azimuth.
SECTION 2.2 ESTABLISHED PLOT ISSUES
See Section 2.1, Locating an Established Plot, for definition of established plots.
SUBSECTION 2.2.1 DIFFICULTY FINDING ESTABLISHED PLOTS
If an established plot cannot be found, follow these steps:
1. Return to the last known point on the route to the plot. Plan a route to the pinpricked plot center; divide
the route into stages with a physical feature at the end of each stage which can be identified on the
photos and confirmed on the ground. Proceed stage by stage, confirming the endpoint of the previous
stage before proceeding to the next. The endpoint of the last stage should correspond with the
pinpricked location, and be monumented with a center stake and witness trees/snags/stumps/objects. If
the plot cannot be found, continue with the following steps.
2. Look for stream confluences, ridges, openings, groups of large trees, old skid roads, large snags, etc. on
the ground, to confirm you are at the pinpricked location.
Section 2.2: Established Plot Issues
3. Try to locate the area where previous crews might have been when they thought they were at the
pinpricked location. Check the previous plot card for remarks providing insight on plot location such as:
"Plot center moved back 20 feet on same azimuth to agree with photo pinprick". Look for other indicators
such as:
•
Stand type and size of trees
•
The size and species of the RP and subplot 1 witness trees
•
Direction of travel from the RP (it could be 180 degrees off)
•
Slope and aspect
4. Previous plot access information (Route to RP and RP Information) should be compared with the
original photo pinprick. If these two plot references do not correlate to the same location:
•
Begin a spiral search from where the RP to PC traverse ended; extend up to a 500-foot radius
around the ground location.
•
At the same time, use all photos, drawings/maps, previous data, and/or GPS coordinates to aid in
relocating.
•
If the ground location of the pinprick is found then begin a spiral search of that area, extending up to
a 500-foot radius.
5. If no sign of the plot can be found after an extensive search (at least a day) using all the data and tools
available, the plot will be considered lost. See Section 4.1, Lost Plot / Replacement Plot.
pg.
7
SUBSECTION 2.2.2 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED PLOT
Incorrectly installed plots will be relocated or remeasured based on the following criteria:
•
Periodic revisited plots (SAMPLE KIND = 1): If the periodic plot center is found or re-established using
monumentation, and determined to be installed at an incorrect location (i.e., not at the original photo
pinpricked location and off by more than 500 feet), install a new [annual] plot at the original photo
pinpricked location. Note: If a plot was installed during the 1980s and has not been visited since, install
the new [annual] plot at the pinpricked location (even if plot center was established at a different
location).
•
Remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2): Plot is remeasured in its current location, regardless of location
errors (i.e., incorrect initial plot location). In this situation, pinprick the actual plot center location on the
photos and label the new pinprick on the back of the photo (e.g., “actual plot location”); draw an “X” over
the previous pinprick and label (e.g., “initial pinprick location--plot not installed here“). Electronic PLOT
NOTES (Item 4.3.5.5) must be recorded, and a written explanation/description included on the plot card.
SUBSECTION 2.2.3 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED SUBPLOT OR MICROPLOT
Subplots and microplots are remeasured where they were installed at the previous annual visit, regardless
of installation error (see Subsection 3.2.2, Plot Establishment Tolerances).
SUBSECTION 2.2.4 PC STAKE OR SUBPLOT/ MICROPLOT PIN MISSING OR MOVED
If the PC stake or a subplot/microplot pin is missing or has moved, re-establish the PC stake, subplot pins,
or microplot pin at the previously established location using all available information (e.g., previous crew's
data sheets, plot card diagrams and descriptions, downloaded tree data in PDR, and any monumentation
on the ground). The location of the plot center stake and subplot pins is critical for ensuring that trees do not
arbitrarily move in or out of tally between surveys. When a crew has exhausted all efforts to find the PC
stake or subplot/microplot pin, use the following guidelines to re-establish plot/subplot/microplot center:
1. If the PC stake or a subplot pin is not in the previous location (i.e., pulled out of ground or moved) or
is missing:
• Locate the witness trees and any trees that are located nearest to the limiting distances of 24.0
feet and 58.9 feet. Use the slope distances and horizontal distances of these trees to ensure
proper stake or pin re-establishment.
• To ensure optimal precision, the crew should measure out the previous slope/horizontal distances
along the back-azimuths from the trees nearest the limiting distances to where PC or subplot
center should be. The location where the measured distances converge should be the reestablished stake/pin position.
• If the measured distances do not intersect at one point after verifying the distances and backazimuths, re-establish the stake/pin at the average point, and record the discrepancies in the
electronic PLOT NOTES.
For example: Tree A has a horizontal distance of 23.4 feet and a back-azimuth of 270 degrees.
Tree B has a horizontal distance of 23.2 feet and a back-azimuth of 90 degrees. Although the
measuring tapes extending from the two trees should meet at center, there is a gap of 0.4 feet
between them. Re-establish center at the average point between the two tapes, and record the
discrepancies the electronic PLOT NOTES.
Chapter 2: Locating the Plot
2. If the microplot pin is not in the previous location (i.e., pulled out of ground or has moved), or is
missing:
• Locate any previously tallied saplings using the printout and downloaded data in the PDR. Locate
saplings on the edge of the 6.8-foot limiting distance and use them to re-establish the center of
the microplot.
• If there is only one tally sapling on the microplot, measure out 12 feet at 90-degrees from subplot
center to temporarily mark the location of microplot center. Measure back to this location from the
pith of the sapling using previous distance and azimuth and re-establish the microplot pin based
on the temporary pin location and previous tally sapling data.
• If there are no tally saplings on the microplot, re-establish microplot center 12 feet from subplot
center at 90-degrees.
pg.
8
SUBSECTION 2.2.5 LOST SUBPLOT
When an individual subplot is lost (cannot be relocated), re-establish the subplot center pin. CONDITION
CLASS STATUS (Item 5.5.1.2) of the new subplot must be updated (if necessary) and previous tree data
must be reconciled. See Section 8.4, Tree Tracking, for specific instructions for closing out downloaded tree
records on lost subplots.
SUBSECTION 2.2.6 LOST PLOT (REPLACEMENT PLOT)
If a previously established annual inventory (4-subplot design) plot (SAMPLE KIND = 2) cannot be found
following an extensive search (at least a day) using all the data and tools available, the plot is considered
lost; certain procedures must be followed to “close out” the old (lost) plot and replace it with a new plot. See
Section 4.1, Lost Plot / Replacement Plot, for specific procedures.
SUBSECTION 2.2.7 P3 PLOTS INSTALLED WITHOUT DECLINATION
If the plot was established as a P3 only (FHM) plot and is now a P2/P3 co-located plot, there is a slight
chance the subplots were installed without using declination. If this is the case, remeasure the subplots at
the location they were installed. Correct all azimuths on any tally trees or witness objects with new
measurements using current rules for declination adjustment (see Appendix C, Reference Information).
Recognizing that a plot may have been installed without using declination may also help the crew to reestablish the pins if they are missing.
SECTION 2.3 OTHER PLOTS ESTABLISHED USING THE 4-SUBPLOT DESIGN
SUBSECTION 2.3.1 FHM AND EASTERN OREGON JUNIPER PLOTS
Section 2.3: Other Plots Established Using the 4-Subplot Design
Prior to the annual inventory, FHM (i.e., P3 plots) and eastern Oregon juniper plots were established using
the 4-subplot design. In Washington and Oregon most, but not all, of these FHM plots were co-located with
periodic inventory and Continuous Vegetation Survey (CVS) plots. In California, this occurred less
frequently. Some of these plots were mistakenly installed at different ground locations near the periodic
inventory location. When a crew encounters this situation, install the plot as follows:
1. New P2 annual inventory installations located on Region 5 (R5) or Region 6 (R6) Forest Service
administered lands in which the CVS, FHM, or Eastern Oregon Juniper inventory plots were established
at a different ground location: Install the new annual inventory (P2) plot at the CVS plot center (PC).
Note: The existing P3 plot will be treated as a "lost" plot and re-established with the new annual P2 plot
at the old CVS plot center.
2. New P2 annual inventory installations located on all other ownerships where the co-located periodic and
FHM plots were established at different ground locations: Install the new annual inventory (P2) plot at
the existing P3 plot location. Mortality will be measured at the nearby periodic plot when specified (see
Section 8.10, Mortality and Growth Assessment on Periodic Inventory Plots).
SUBSECTION 2.3.2 REGION 1 AND REGION 4 PLOTS
PNW field crews measure plots on Region 1 (R1) Forest Service administered lands in Washington (Idaho
Panhandle National Forest) and Region 4 (R4) Forest Service administered lands in California (Toiyabe
National Forest).
Established annual inventory plots (4-subplot design) on these forests were installed by crews from either
PNW or the Rocky Mountain Research Station (RMRS), using protocol from each respective region.
Determine whether or not the plot was installed using declination (RMRS does not use declination), and
measure the plot and tally trees using the protocol by which the plot was installed; do not move subplots.
If an annual inventory plot has not been established, install a new annual inventory plot (SAMPLE KIND =
1) at the old periodic plot center (if the plot was visited at a previous inventory by either RMRS or PNW) and
measure the plot using PNW protocol (i.e., with declination).
Plots on these national forests are only considered remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) when
previous data are downloaded into the PDR (i.e., plot was installed or measured by a PNW crew
previously). Appendix B, Historical Inventory Information, for old R1/R4 plot layouts.
pg.
9
Note: Special rules for R5/R6 Forest Service administered lands do not apply when a plot lands on R1/R4
Forest Service administered lands (i.e., do not measure nonforest condition classes, hectare plots, or
ground cover on these lands).
SECTION 2.4 LOCATING NEW PLOTS
Annual inventory plots installed for the first time where no periodic P2 plot previously existed should have
digital orthophoto quadrangle (DOQ) or better imagery printouts with the plot center marked—either
pinpricked or marked with a dot. Some plots may also have coordinates obtained by digitizing USGS
topographic maps. Some plots may contain photos and supplemental imagery, which can be used as an aid
in locating plot center. When you arrive at the point you believe to be the PC, carefully check the location on
the new photos/imagery against the surrounding terrain and pattern of tree crowns and vegetation to
confirm the location on the photo/imagery and your location on the ground are the exact same spot. The
new plot should be installed accurately: within +/- 10.0 feet of pinprick on a 1:12,000 or finer scale photo
(e.g., 1:5,000), and within +/- 30.0 feet if the photo scale is 1:12,000 or broader (e.g., 1:15,840).
SUBSECTION 2.4.1 LOCATING PLOTS USING PHOTOS
To accurately establish the field location the crew will need to know:
•
Photo scale reciprocal (PSR), or scale, to determine ground distances
•
Baseline azimuth, an azimuth reference on photo to determine compass bearing
Establishing the photo scale reciprocal (PSR) and a baseline azimuth:
If the photo scale or azimuth reference is not included on the photo it will need to be determined using a
baseline (see instructions below)
1. Identify and pinprick two objects on the aerial photo that can also be identified on the ground. The points
on the photo should be as close as possible to the center of the photo due to distortion near the edges of
aerial photography not orthorectified.
2. Measure the horizontal distance between the objects on the ground to the nearest foot (ground
distance).
Note:
•
The pinpricked objects on the ground should be at least 500 feet apart.
•
The sighting between the pinpricked objects should be straight (such as along a road or across a
large opening).
•
The elevation of the pinpricked objects on the ground should be similar to the elevation of the plot.
3. Draw a line on the backside of the aerial photo between the two pinpricked objects (the baseline).
4. With a ruler (map units), measure the length of the baseline (map distance).
5. Calculate the photo scale reciprocal (PSR): PSR = ground distance/map distance.
6. Determine the baseline azimuth with a compass by sighting between the two pinpricked objects on the
ground. Record the correct azimuth. On the backside of the aerial photo, draw a straight line between a
known object (i.e., one of the pinpricked baseline objects) to the pinpricked plot center.
Chapter 2: Locating the Plot
Determine the azimuth and the horizontal distance from the known object to the pinpricked plot center;
convert map units to feet using the PSR. Navigate to the plot center using the calculated azimuth and
horizontal distance to the pinpricked plot center (will be the center of subplot 1 on the standard layout). If
this is a new plot, carefully check the photos against the surrounding terrain and vegetation to make sure
you are actually at the location pinpricked on the new photo.
pg.
10
SECTION 2.5 CIRCUMSTANCES PRECLUDING PLOT ESTABLISHMENT/
MEASUREMENT
Active Logging: If the plot area is being actively logged (timber is being felled, bucked, or yarded), do not
establish/measure the plot. Note the status of the logging operation on the plot jacket and return to the
plot when logging activity has ceased.
Plot center (subplot 1) cannot be physically occupied (e.g., Census water, noncensus water, denied
access, or hazardous): The subplot will not be installed/measured or referenced; the entire subplot is
classified as the subplot center condition, even though a portion of it may be in another condition class.
Other subplots are installed/measured using normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2, Establishing
Subplots when Plot Center is Inaccessible).
Section 2.5: Circumstances Precluding Plot Establishment/ Measurement
•
Note: If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in Census or noncensus water do not install or
measure the subplot, even if it can be occupied safely.
pg.
11
CHAPTER 3 PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING
This chapter describes the Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) plot design, establishment guidelines, and
tolerances, and procedures used to monument and reference plots and subplots.
SECTION 3.1 PLOT DESIGN
The Core ground plot consists of four subplots with a radius of 24.0 feet. The center subplot is subplot 1.
Subplots 2, 3, and 4 are located 120.0 feet (horizontal) at azimuths of 360, 120, and 240 degrees,
respectively, from the center of subplot 1 (see Figure 3.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram). Throughout this field
manual, the use of the word ‘plot’ refers to the entire set of four subplots/macroplots. ‘Plot center’ is defined
as the center of subplot 1.
Each subplot contains a microplot with a radius of 6.8 feet. The center of the microplot is offset 90 degrees
and 12.0 feet horizontal from each subplot center. Microplots are numbered in the same way as subplots.
Ground plots also include macroplots with a radius of 58.9 feet; each macroplot center coincides with the
subplot’s center. Macroplots are numbered in the same way as subplots.
Plots located on qualifying federal lands include a hectare plot with a radius of 185.1 feet from the plot
center (subplot 1). See Subsection 8.2.1 and Subsection 8.3.3, for specific installation criteria.
SUBSECTION 3.1.1 PLOT LAYOUT
The following table can assist in locating subplots 2 through 4 from a subplot other than subplot 1.
Subplot
From
2
2
3
Numbers
To
3
4
4
Azimuth
150
210
270
Backsight
degrees
330
030
090
Distance
feet
207.8
207.8
207.8
Chapter 3: Plot Layout and Referencing
Figure 3.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram
pg.
12
SUBSECTION 3.1.2 PLOT DIMENSIONS
A. Macroplot – for sample intensification or sampling relatively rare events:
•
Radius = 58.9 feet
•
Area = 10,899 square feet or 0.25 acre or 1/4 acre
B. Subplot – for sampling landscape-level characteristics, assessing vegetation, tallying trees meeting a
minimum diameter at breast height or diameter at root collar:
•
Radius = 24.0 feet
•
Area = 1,809.56 square feet or approximately 0.04 acre or approximately 1/24 acre
C. Microplot – for assessing fuel loading, counting tree seedlings and tallying tree saplings:
•
Radius = 6.8 feet
•
Area = 145.27 square feet or approximately 0.003 acre or approximately 1/300 acre
D. Annular plot – outer ring of the macroplot; adds area to the subplot for sampling relatively rare events:
•
Radius = from 24.0 feet to 58.9 feet
•
Area = 9088.4 square feet or approximately 0.21 acre or 5/24 acre
E. Hectare plot – for tallying additional very large trees (measured only on qualifying federal lands, see
Subsection 8.2.1, Where to Tally, for specific hectare plot installation criteria):
•
Radius = 185.1 feet (fixed-radius plot centered around subplot 1)
•
Area = 1 hectare (2.471 acres)
SECTION 3.2 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT
SUBSECTION 3.2.1 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT GUIDELINES
Establish the ground plot at the location corresponding to the pinprick on the photo, as described in Section
3.1, Plot Design. In the annual inventory the four subplots are laid out in the pattern shown in Figure 3.1:
FIA Phase 2 plot diagram.
When the crew cannot occupy the plot center because safety hazards exist, or the plot center is
inaccessible or out of the sample, the crew should check the other subplots. See Section 2.5
Circumstances Precluding Plot Establishment/ Measurement, for installation instructions when a safety
hazard exists. If any subplot centers can be occupied and are in the sample, the subplots that can be
occupied should be established and sampled following normal procedures. When a subplot center or
microplot center cannot be occupied, no measurements will be taken on that subplot or microplot; instead,
the entire subplot or microplot should be classified according to the condition preventing occupancy. See
SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS (Item 6.1.1.2) for examples of coding data items in specific situations.
Section 3.2: Plot Establishment
Note: If a subplot center (including subplot 1) is classified as noncensus water (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 3) or Census water (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 4), no measurements are taken on that
subplot, even if it can be occupied safely (i.e., regardless of water level, a subplot center covered by
noncensus or Census water cannot be “occupied”).
If a remeasurement plot (SAMPLE KIND = 2) was installed incorrectly at the previous visit, the current crew
should remeasure the plot in its present location and contact the data manager (see Subsection 2.2.2,
Incorrectly Installed Plot). Periodic revisited plots (SAMPLE KIND = 1 and PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3; see
Appendix B, Historical Inventory Information) will be remeasured using the current plot center location
unless placement exceeds tolerance (i.e., ground plot is more than 500 feet from the original pinpricked
location on the photo). Notes are required, both on the plot card and in PLOT NOTES (Item 4.3.5.5), when
previously mislocated plots are encountered.
If a remeasurement subplot was installed incorrectly at the previous visit, the current crew should
remeasure the subplot in its present location and contact the data manager. Notes are required, both on the
plot card and in PLOT NOTES, when previously mislocated subplots are encountered.
In cases where individual subplots are lost (cannot be relocated), see Subsection 2.2.5, Lost Subplot, for
instructions.
13
pg.
SUBSECTION 3.2.2 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT TOLERANCES
Plot center (center of subplot 1): +/- 10.0 feet of pinprick on a 1:12,000 or finer scale photo (e.g.,
1:5,000); +/- 30.0 feet if the photo scale is 1:12,000 or broader (e.g., 1:15,840)
Subplot 2, 3, or 4: +/- 5 feet
Microplot: +/- 0.1 feet
SECTION 3.3 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOT CENTER
All ground visited plots are monumented at plot center and referenced by a reference point (RP) and two
witness trees/objects. Install a cedar stake at the plot center (PC, center of subplot 1); see Subsection
3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center, for valid exceptions to this rule. Use a small aluminum nail
to attach a round tag (yellow-side up) to the top of the cedar stake.
If previously established, the plot was monumented at last visit with a cedar or plastic stake in the ground at
PC, and was referenced by an RP and two nearby witnesses—marked distinctively with square or round
tags. If necessary (e.g., stake is broken), remove the old stake, and install a new cedar stake at exactly the
same location as the old stake, and update witness measurements.
Note: Monumenting and referencing protocol for entirely nonforest plots and plots in wilderness areas or
national parks differs from standard protocol; see Section 3.5 (Monumenting and Referencing Entirely
Nonforest Plots) through Section 3.7 (Monumenting and Reference Plots in National Parks) for
monumenting and referencing guidelines for these areas.
SUBSECTION 3.3.1 THE REFERENCE POINT
The reference point references the plot center monument, a cedar stake marking PC, on all field visited
plots. It is an object (usually a tree) that is easily identified on the aerial photo and on the ground, and apt to
be present at the next visit. Do not reference a subplot other than the one with the plot center monument
just because that subplot is closer to the RP. The RP may reference a subplot other than subplot 1 only
when there is a significant obstacle or other obstruction between the RP and subplot 1, or when a subplot
other than subplot 1 has the center monumentation (see Subsection 3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot
Center).
Select an RP: The RP should be distinctive both on the ground and on the aerial imagery. The previous RP
tree may be reused, if it is still suitable. If the old RP tree is dead, missing, or difficult to identify on the
ground or on the photo, select a new RP and leave the tags on the old RP. If possible, it should be a tree
that is not likely to die or be cut before the next inventory, although a snag or other object may be selected
as an RP (e.g., a distinctive fence post, building corner). If such an RP is utilized, describe it on the back of
the plot photo and under Plot Access Description on the plot card.
In addition to monumenting the RP, the following must be completed:
•
RP data and written description (to the RP and to the plot) recorded on the plot card. See Appendix
R, Plot Jacket, for specific guidelines.
•
RP pinpricked on the plot photo, and the pinprick labeled with RP data on the back of the photo,
noting any irregularities. See the Plot Jacket appendix for specific guidelines.
•
RP data recorded in the data recorder, noting any irregularities in the RP NOTES. See Subsection
4.3.6, Reference Point Attributes, for specific guidelines and data items.
Chapter 3: Plot Layout and Referencing
Tag the RP: Attach three square aluminum tags to the RP tree; old tags may be reused, if suitable. Nail two
tags six feet above ground line; facing the direction(s) from which you expect future crews to approach the
RP. Nail one square tag below stump height on the side of the tree facing the plot center monument. Nails
should be driven in only enough to anchor them firmly into the wood. If the RP is a building, rock, or other
item that should not be tagged, include a description in the Plot Access Description on the plot card and in
the RP NOTES (Item 4.3.6.7).
pg.
14
SUBSECTION 3.3.2 WITNESS TREES/OBJECTS
All ground visited plots will have two witness trees/objects referencing plot center (see Subsection 3.3.3,
Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center, for exceptions to this rule); witness the PC monument and subplot
pins as follows:
A. Selecting witnesses: Select two trees/objects near the subplot center which form, as closely as
possible, a right angle with the center marker. Trees/objects within six feet of the subplot center are
preferable. If live trees are not available, use similarly sturdy objects that have a low likelihood of moving
or rapidly decaying. On previously established subplots, reuse the previous witnesses unless better
trees/objects are available.
B. Monumenting witnesses: Monumentation procedures vary depending on the subplot being witnessed;
plot center (PC, center of subplot 1) has different monumentation than subplots 2 through 4 (see Table
3.1: Subplot witness monumentation). When attaching a tag to a live witness tree, drive the nail into the
tree only enough to anchor the nail firmly into the wood. On previously established subplots, renew old
witness tags as needed. If a witness is replaced, remove old tags to avoid confusion at subsequent
visits.
Section 3.3: Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center
Plot Center
(PC, Subplot 1)
Nail a square (silver)
aluminum tag well
below stump height
(< 0.5 feet above
ground level) on each
witness tree on the
side facing plot
center. If the
witnesses are also
numbered tally trees,
attach the tree
number tags with the
same nails (i.e.,
numbered tag on top
of square tag).
At two locations on
each witness tree,
nail a square
aluminum tag six feet
above ground height
facing the direction of
expected approach to
plot.
Table 3.1:Subplot witness monumentation
Subplots 2 through 4
(Note: All round [two-color] aluminum tags are placed with the yellow side out.)
If the witness is a live tally tree ≥3.0 inches DBH/DRC: attach one or two yellow
round aluminum tag(s) six feet above ground height facing the direction of anticipated
approach to the subplot. Note: avoid using tally saplings unless no other trees are
available. If saplings must be used, place the yellow round aluminum tag behind the
number tag and wire them to an ancillary branch.
If the witness is a dead tally tree: attach one or two yellow round aluminum tag(s) six
feet above ground height facing the direction of anticipated approach to the subplot.
Pound nails flush with the bole of the snag.
If a witness is a non-tally tree: attach one yellow round aluminum tag below stump
height facing subplot center, and one or two yellow round aluminum tag(s) six feet
above ground height facing the direction of anticipated approach to the subplot. If the
witness is a live tree ≥3.0 inches DBH/DRC, attach an aluminum nail at the diameter
measurement point. If saplings must be used, wire the yellow round aluminum tag to an
ancillary branch facing subplot center.
If the witness is a stump (i.e., < 4.5 feet tall): attach a yellow round aluminum tag
below stump height facing plot center. Attach another yellow round aluminum tag
centered on the top/cut face of the stump. When nailing tags to stumps, pound nails
flush to the bole. Tags nailed to stumps stay attached longer if bark is removed prior to
nailing the tag.
If the witness is a shrub: nail or wire a yellow round aluminum tag to the base of the
shrub facing subplot center. If possible, nail or wire an additional round higher in the
shrub facing the direction of expected approach to the subplot.
If the witness is another object: monument as appropriate for the object.
SUBSECTION 3.3.3 EXCEPTIONS TO MONUMENTING PLOT CENTER
The plot center monument is not placed at the center of subplot 1 (plot center) if either of the following
situations occur:
•
The center of subplot 1 is too hazardous to visit (e.g., subplot center 1 is in the middle of a pond, or
the middle of a freeway, or on the side of a cliff)
OR
•
Placing the plot center monument at the center of subplot 1 is likely to irritate a landowner (e.g.,
subplot 1 center is in the middle of someone's front lawn).
THEN: Reference the center of the lowest-numbered subplot on which the above exceptions do not apply.
Circle the pinprick with a red sharpie pen on the back of the photo; write "RP to subplot X” (insert
appropriate number) and required RP data near the circle. Record an electronic PLOT NOTE stating which
subplot was monumented.
15
pg.
SECTION 3.4 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING SUBPLOTS 2 THROUGH 4
Accessible subplots that have a forest land condition class present on the 58.9-foot fixed-radius macroplot,
and accessible subplots with a measurable nonforest condition class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2
and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699) present on the macroplot, also require referencing
(see Table 3.1: Subplot witness monumentation).
SUBSECTION 3.4.1 LOCATE AND MONUMENT SUBPLOT CENTER
Subplots 2, 3 and 4 are located at 360, 120, 240 degrees respectively (see Subsection 3.1.1, Plot Layout).
Mark subplot center: Place a metal pin and aluminum round, yellow side up, at the ground location of
subplot center. Tie a small piece of flagging to the pin under the aluminum round.
Reference witnesses: Reference the metal pin to two nearby witnesses (see Table 3.1: Subplot witness
monumentation).
SUBSECTION 3.4.2 ESTABLISHING SUBPLOTS WHEN PLOT CENTER IS INACCESSIBLE
When plot center is inaccessible (e.g., hazardous due to cliffs, falls in census water), but one or more of the
other subplot centers is accessible, establish all accessible subplots by using the offset procedures
described below.
In the following example, plot center (PC) is inaccessible, but subplots 2 and 3 are in accessible forest land.
All of subplots 1 and 4 are classified as CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 (nonsampled). Subplot 2 and
subplot 3 must be established since they are in accessible forest land (see Figure 3.2: Inaccessible plot
center).
Example: The course from RP to PC is 235 degrees for 230 feet. The cliff is encountered at 198 feet—
32 feet short of PC. To establish subplot 2, proceed 360 degrees for 120 feet, then proceed on the
original azimuth (235 degrees) for the remaining 32 feet to the center of subplot 2. To establish subplot
3: start where the original course from RP to PC ended; go 120 degrees for 120 feet; then go 235
degrees for 32 feet to the center of subplot 3.
Chapter 3: Plot Layout and Referencing
Figure 3.2: Inaccessible plot center
pg.
16
SUBSECTION 3.4.3 LOCATE AND MONUMENT THE MICROPLOT
The center of each 6.8-foot fixed-radius microplot is located 12 feet horizontal from each subplot center at
90 degrees (see Subsection 3.1.1, Plot Layout). Place a metal pin with aluminum round (white side up) at
microplot center. Tie a small piece of flagging to the pin under the aluminum round.
SECTION 3.5 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING ENTIRELY NONFOREST
PLOTS
SUBSECTION 3.5.1 NONFOREST PLOTS ON REGION 5 (R5) OR REGION 6 (R6) FOREST
SERVICE ADMINISTERED LANDS
Plots on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered lands that are entirely nonforest and are ground visited must
be referenced on all four subplots. Follow the steps in Section 3.3 (Monumenting and Referencing Plot
Center) and Section 3.4 (Monumenting and Referencing Subplots 2 through 4).
SUBSECTION 3.5.2 NONFOREST PLOTS LOCATED ON ALL OTHER OWNERSHIPS
Plots that are entirely nonforest and are ground visited must be referenced at plot center. Follow the steps
in Section 3.3 (Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center) to reference the plot center. Subplots 2 through
4 do not need to be referenced if the entire plot is nonforest.
SECTION 3.6 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOTS IN WILDERNESS
AREAS
Section 3.5: Monumenting and Referencing Entirely Nonforest Plots
Plots located in wilderness areas require special monumenting procedures to be sensitive to the existing
character of these areas and to leave as few signs of human disturbance as possible.
The crew should prepare a very detailed plot diagram, showing the RP, other physical features, and a well
defined route-to-plot narrative to facilitate relocation and to mitigate the lack of visual reference points
normally used to reference plots.
SUBSECTION 3.6.1 FOREST SERVICE AND BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT
WILDERNESS AREAS
All plot monumentation materials (nails, pins, tags) must be painted with non-glossy brown paint (black
and gray are also acceptable in Forest Service wilderness areas). Any flagging used to facilitate plot
measurements, or entry and exit from the plot area, must be removed upon completion of the plot
measurements.
The RP is not monumented.
Plot center (subplot 1) is monumented with a cedar stake and/or a rock cairn. It is referenced from two
permanent witness features (trees or rocks), but no round aluminum or square tags may be used on trees.
Subplots 2, 3, and 4 centers are monumented with a regular metal pin and a painted round aluminum tag.
Where rocks are available, rock cairns are used to obscure these markers on the ground; make natural
appearing cairns, to hide the monumentation. The microplot is not monumented with a metal pin.
All tally trees over 5.0 inches DBH/DRC are tagged with a painted aluminum tree number tag at the base,
and with a painted nail at DBH/DRC. Mark tally saplings over 3.0 inches DBH/DRC with similarly painted
nail at DBH. Trees <3.0 inches DBH/DRC are not marked.
17
pg.
SECTION 3.7 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOTS IN NATIONAL PARKS
Plots located in national parks require special monumenting procedures to be sensitive to the existing
character of these areas and to leave as few signs of human disturbance as possible. The procedures for
national parks are part of a formal agreement between PNW-FIA and the National Park Service (NPS),
called a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU).
SUBSECTION 3.7.1 NATIONAL PARKS
Prior to visiting a plot within a national park, refer to Section F of FS Agreement no. 06-SU-11132652-044
(MOU) for general guidelines for research plots on NPS lands. A copy of the MOU can be obtained from the
state coordinator. All agreements are based upon the MOU, however, individual parks may apply additional
requirements and monumentation guidelines which must be followed. Refer to the collections permit for the
specific national park, or the approved procedures agreed upon between PNW-FIA and the individual park
unit, for instructions on how to monument plots on all NPS lands. It is the crews' responsibility to read the
entire permit and to verify monumentation protocol with the administrator of the permit for that park.
Chapter 3: Plot Layout and Referencing
Section 3.7: Monumenting and Referencing Plots in National Parks
pg.
18
19
pg.
CHAPTER 4 PLOT LEVEL DATA
Plot attributes record information about the plot location, the field crew visit, and landowner contact/
requests. This information aids future crews in plot relocation, sets up date and inventory cycle information
in the data recorder, and makes it possible to analyze the relationship of plot data to other mapped data
(e.g., rivers).
All data items listed in this chapter are collected on plots with at least one accessible forest land condition
(PLOT STATUS = 1) and all nonforest/nonsampled plots (PLOT STATUS = 2 or PLOT STATUS = 3). In
general, plot level data apply to the entire plot and are recorded from the center of subplot 1. A plot is
considered nonforest if no part of it is currently located in forest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1). A
plot is nonsampled if the entire plot is not sampled for one of the reasons listed in PLOT NONSAMPLED
REASON.
If a forest plot has been converted to nonforest or becomes a nonsampled plot, the previous data are
reconciled and an attempt is made to visit the plot during the next inventory. If a nonforest plot becomes
forest or access is gained to a previously nonsampled plot, a new forest ground plot is installed. All
nonforest and nonsampled plots are visited if there is any reasonable chance that they might include some
forest land condition class.
Trees on previously forest land plots will be reconciled during data processing. There is a distinction
between plots that have been clearcut, and plots that have been converted to another land use. A clearcut
plot is considered forest land until it is actively converted to another land use. Additional information
concerning land use classifications is contained in Section 5.5, Condition Class Attributes.
SECTION 4.1 LOST PLOT / REPLACEMENT PLOT
Plots that cannot be relocated by using the guidelines in Section 2.2, Established Plot Issues, are
considered lost; certain procedures must be followed to “close out” the old (lost) plot and replace it with a
new plot.
•
Periodic revisited plots - Install a new annual plot at the location of the pinprick; plot is assigned PNW
PLOT KIND = 5 (periodic replacement plot). Locating and laying out the replacement plot should be
performed as if installing the plot for the first time. Note: Periodic plots include any FIA, R1, R4, R5, R6,
or BLM plots.
•
Remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) - See Section 4.1 for specific procedures.
SUBSECTION 4.1.1 LOST ANNUAL PLOT
If a previously established annual inventory (four-subplot design) plot (SAMPLE KIND = 2) cannot be found,
the plot is considered lost and the state coordinator must be notified.
1. Close out the lost annual plot:
If no trees exist: Use photos, maps, and GPS to verify plot location and treat plot as remeasurement.
•
If a major disturbance has occurred with no trees or monumentation remaining: Use photos, maps,
and GPS to verify the plot location and consider it a remeasurement plot.
•
If some monumentation is present, but not all the trees are found: The plot should be re-established
and remeasurement protocol followed.
•
If trees were recorded: Use coding procedures for lost plots listed under PLOT NONSAMPLED
REASON (Item 4.3.4.3).
•
If trees were recorded and there is no evidence of disturbance: Document factors you believe
contributed to the plot being lost on the plot card and in the electronic PLOT NOTES (Item 4.3.5.5).
•
If trees were recorded and there is evidence of disturbance: efforts to locate plot must be
documented and the state coordinator notified. Document factors you believe contributed to the plot
being lost on the plot card and in the electronic PLOT NOTES. An explicit description of the
percentage of mortality and cause of death of trees must be recorded; the plot will be reviewed by
analysts at the end of the season.
2. Install a replacement plot (see Subsection 4.1.2, Replacement Plot).
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
•
pg.
20
SUBSECTION 4.1.2 REPLACEMENT PLOT
Once a lost annual plot is closed out (see Subsection 4.1.1, Lost Annual Plot), a replacement plot must be
installed at the ground location marked by the pinprick on the photo. Create a new plot file for the
replacement plot (SAMPLE KIND = 3); a new (or surrogate) PLOT NUMBER will be assigned (see Item
4.2.1.3).
Locating and laying out a replacement plot should be performed as if installing the plot for the first time.
Notify the data manager before sending any replacement plots to the office.
SECTION 4.2 PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR
Do not change the downloaded code for the following data items. If instructed, verify the code is correct and
if it isn't, contact the PDR programmer.
SUBSECTION 4.2.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA ITEMS
Item 4.2.1.1 STATE (CORE 1.1) [STATECD]
The unique Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) code identifying the State where the plot
center is located.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code State
06
California
16
Idaho (used for R6 administered plots in Idaho)
32
Nevada (used for R5 administered plots in Nevada)
41
Oregon
53
Washington
Item 4.2.1.2 COUNTY (CORE 1.2) [COUNTYCD]
Section 4.2: Plot Level Data Downloaded to the PDR
The unique FIPS code identifying the county where the plot center is located.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix C
Item 4.2.1.3 PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.3) [PLOT]
The identification number, unique within the state, assigned to each plot; this item is populated when the
plot file is created or extracted in the data recorder. If SAMPLE KIND = 3 (Replacement Plot), the plot
number will be assigned by the mobile integrated data acquisition system (MIDAS). If the MIDAS number is
not readily available, 99999 will be used as a surrogate number until a new PLOT NUMBER can be
appropriately assigned.
Note: If a replacement plot file needs to be created (see Subsection 4.1.2, Replacement Plot), the new plot
number assigned by MIDAS (or 99999 as a surrogate) will be entered when opening the new plot file. Do
not change the downloaded code within plot attributes.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 5 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 00001 to 99999
21
pg.
Item 4.2.1.4 CYCLE (PNW) [CYCLE]
This code identifies the cycle number of the current plot.
When collected: All Plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 01-99
Item 4.2.1.5 SUBCYCLE (PNW) [SUBCYCLE]
This code identifies the subcycle of the plot.
When collected: All Plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 01-10
Item 4.2.1.6 PERIODIC PLOT NUMBER (PNW) [PERIODIC_PLOT_NBR_PNWRS]
This code identifies the plot number (if any) used for this location at previous periodic inventories. Do not
change the downloaded/printed code. Verify downloaded code with the code on the label of the plot jacket.
Notify the PDR programmer if a difference exists.
When collected: Downloaded when plot has been assigned a plot number at previous periodic
inventories
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 000-999
Item 4.2.1.7 NFS PLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [NFS_PLT_NUM_PNWRS]
Downloaded for all plots on R5 and R6 Forest Service administered lands, including those with an FIA
PLOT NUMBER (Item 4.2.1.3). Confirm the downloaded value is correct. If the downloaded NFS PLOT
NUMBER does not match the one on the plot jacket, contact the PDR programmer.
When collected: Downloaded when condition class 1 has ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 699
Field width: 5 digits when ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE is 501 - 599
7 digits when ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE is 601 - 699
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 0000001 to 6999999
Item 4.2.1.8 FIELD GUIDE VERSION (CORE 1.9) [MANUAL]
This code identifies the version number of the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide that
was used to collect the annual inventory data on this plot. This will be used to match collected data to the
proper version of the field guide. The 2010 FIELD GUIDE VERSION is 4.0.
Item 4.2.1.9 PDR STARTING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) [PDR_START_VERSION]
A 30-digit field identifying the version number of the data recorder program used at the current visit to
collect data on the plot on the day the plot was started, in the format a.b.c.d.REGION.e. The a signifies the
national field guide version, and b signifies the minor national field guide version. The c represents the main
national MIDAS build version, and the d represents the main national MIDAS revision number. The
REGION code will be PNW for our region. The e represents the regional version number of MIDAS. As an
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
When collected: All plots
Field width: 3 digits (x.y)
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 4.0
pg.
22
example 4.0.1.3.PNW.5 represents version 4.0 of the national manual, and it is the first major build of
MIDAS, and the 3rd national revision. It also signifies the 5th update of the MIDAS application for PNW. The
regional version number will be recycled back to “0” when the main national field guide version is updated,
for example, when Core Field Guide 5.0 is implemented.
When collected: Generated for all plots
Field width: 30 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: a.b.c.d.REGION.e (starting at 4.0.2.3.PNW.1)
Item 4.2.1.10 PDR ENDING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) [PDR_END_VERSION]
A 30-digit field identifying the version number of the data recorder program used at the current visit to
collect data on the plot on the day the plot was completed. See Item 4.2.1.9, PDR STARTING DATA
RECORDER VERSION NUMBER, for a description of the naming convention of values for this data item.
When collected: Generated for all plots
Field width: 30 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: a.b.c.d.REGION.e (starting at 4.0.2.3.PNW.1)
Item 4.2.1.11 DECLINATION (CORE OPTIONAL 1.11) [DECLINATION]
The azimuth correction used to adjust magnetic North to true North is downloaded into the PDR. All
azimuths are assumed to be magnetic azimuths unless otherwise designated. This field carries a decimal
place because the USGS corrections are provided to the nearest half degree.
DECLINATION is defined as: DECLINATION = (TRUE NORTH - MAGNETIC NORTH)
Section 4.2: Plot Level Data Downloaded to the PDR
For plots in California, Oregon, and Washington, azimuths are always in relation to true North. The
declination adjustment used for each plot will be downloaded/printed, and is listed by county in Appendix C.
This adjustment is made in the field by setting the declination for the plot to “East declination” on the
compass. Do not change the downloaded/printed code.
When collected: Downloaded for all plots
Field width: 5 digits including sign (+xxx.y)
Tolerance: No errors
Values: -015.0 to -017.0 (Oregon)
-016.0 to -018.0 (Washington)
-012.0 to -016.0 (California)
-014.5 to -016.5 (Idaho)
-013.0 to -015.0 (Nevada)
Item 4.2.1.12 MACROPLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER (CORE OPTIONAL 1.17)
[MACROPLOT_BREAKPOINT_DIA]
A macroplot breakpoint diameter is the diameter (either DBH or DRC) above which trees are measured on
the plot extending from 0.1 to 58.9 feet (horizontal distance) from the center of each subplot. The Pacific
Northwest FIA unit uses breakpoint diameters of 24 inches and 30 inches (24 inches throughout California;
and 24 inches on the east side, 30 inches on the west side of the Cascade Range in Oregon and
Washington). Breakpoint diameter will be downloaded for each plot.
When collected: Downloaded for all plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 24, 30
23
pg.
Item 4.2.1.13 NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN (PFSL) [NWFP_PNWRS]
This code identifies whether or not the plot is within the Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP) area in California
(see Appendix K, Northwest Forest Plan Area in Region 5, for a diagram of the NWFP area in California).
Do not change the downloaded code, but notify your supervisor if you believe it is incorrect.
When collected: Downloaded for all plots in California (STATE = 06)
Field width: 1 letter
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Y, N
Item 4.2.1.14 HECTARE PLOT (PFSL) [HECT_MEAS_YN]
This code identifies when condition classes on qualifying federal lands on a plot are scheduled for hectare
measurements at the current visit (see Section 8.2, Selecting Tally Trees, for qualification criteria); it is
calculated by the PDR when at least one condition class on Region 6 Forest Service administered lands, or
on Region 5 (R5) Forest Service administered lands or BLM land within the Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP)
area in California, is recorded. A map of the NWFP area in R5 can be found in Appendix K, Northwest
Forest Plan Area in Region 5. Do not change the code displayed, but notify the state coordinator if you
believe it is incorrect.
Note: The hectare plot is installed on each condition class within the hectare plot radius that meets the
criteria for a qualifying federal land (see Section 8.2 and Subsection 8.3.3); it is not installed on condition
classes on non-qualifying lands.
When collected: HECTARE PLOT = Y when at least one condition class has: ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 601-699; OR
OWNER CLASS = 22, NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN = Y, and STATE = 06; OR
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-599 and NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN =
Y
Field width: 1 letter
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Y, N
Item 4.2.1.15 HECTARE PLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER (PFSL) [HECT_TREE_SZ_PNWRS]
When condition classes on the hectare plot are sampled for large trees (HECTARE PLOT = Y), this code
indicates the minimum size sampled (> 32 inch or > 48 inch diameter). Breakpoint diameter is downloaded
based on COUNTY in Oregon and Washington, and on PLOT NUMBER (i.e., plot location) in California
(see Appendix K, Northwest Forest Plan Area in Region 5, to view the breakpoint boundary in California).
Do not change the downloaded code.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 32, 48
Item 4.2.1.16 INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS (PNW) [SAMPLE_STATUS]
When collected: Downloaded for all plots when at least one condition class has ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501 - 599
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
This is a downloaded code identifying if invasive plant data are being collected (see Chapter 13, Invasive
Plant Species, for invasive plant protocol). All plots on Region 5 Forest Service administered lands
(ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 599) are sampled for invasive species.
pg.
24
Values:
Code
0
1
2
Description
Not collecting invasive plant data
Invasive plant data collected only on accessible forest land conditions
(CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Invasive plant data collected on all ground-visited, accessible land
conditions (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1 or 2)
Item 4.2.1.17 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE (PNW)
[SPECIMEN_COLLECTION_RULE]
This is a downloaded code indicating if collection of specimens of unknown (or suspected) invasive species
is required (INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2; see Item 4.2.1.16)
When collected: Downloaded for all plots when INVASIVE PLANT DATA SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or
2
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Value Description
0
Specimen collection for invasive plants is not required
1
Specimen collection for invasive plants is required
Item 4.2.1.18 YEAR OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PREV_INV_YEAR_PNWRS]
This code is downloaded if plot was visited previously. It indicates the year of the previous periodic or
annual inventory. Do not change the downloaded date.
When collected: Downloaded if plot was visited previously
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Year
Item 4.2.1.19 MONTH OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PREV_INV_MONTH_PNWRS]
Section 4.2: Plot Level Data Downloaded to the PDR
This code is downloaded if plot was visited previously. It indicates the month of the previous periodic or
annual inventory. Do not change the downloaded date.
When collected: Downloaded if plot was visited previously
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Month (1 -12)
Item 4.2.1.20 PREVIOUS GROUND LAND CLASS (PFSL) [PREV_GLC_PNWRS]
This code identifies the ground land class at the previous inventory. Do not change the downloaded code.
When collected: Downloaded for plots that were classified within inventoried area at the previous
inventory
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix B, Historical Inventory Information, for PREVIOUS GROUND LAND
CLASS codes and their definitions
Item 4.2.1.21 ECOLOGICAL UNIT (PFSL) [ECO_UNIT_PNW]
This code identifies one of eight ecological units in California for which separate stockability equations have
been developed. Ecological units in California are shown in Appendix L, Stockability Indicators. Do not
change the downloaded code.
When collected: Downloaded for most counties in California (STATE = 06)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 - 8, null
25
pg.
SUBSECTION 4.2.2 SPECIAL STUDIES
Item 4.2.2.1 FIRE PLOT (PNW) [FIRE_PLOT]
This is a downloaded code identifying if plot has been selected as a Fire Effects and Recovery Study
(FERS) plot; protocol can be found in the Fire Effects and Recovery Study manual supplement.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 character
Tolerance: n/a
Values: Code Definition
Y
Plot has been selected as a FERS plot
N
Plot is not a FERS plot
Item 4.2.2.2 SPECIAL STUDY 2002A: PLATFORM AND MOSS ABUNDANCE (PFSL)
[SPEC_STDY_CD_PNWRS]
This is a downloaded code identifies whether or not the plot area is within the sample area for Special Study
2002a (this area is within [roughly] 50 miles of the coast), and if qualifying trees on this plot are sampled for
Platform and Moss Abundance. Do not change the downloaded code, but notify the state coordinator if you
believe it is incorrect.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
Y
Qualifying trees are sampled for Platform and Moss Abundance
N
Trees are not sampled for Platform and Moss Abundance
SECTION 4.3 PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD
SUBSECTION 4.3.1 CREW VISIT INFORMATION
Item 4.3.1.1 SAMPLE METHOD CODE (PNW) [DATA_SOURCE_PNWRS]
Record the code that describes the source for the data collected on the plot location.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Sample Method Description
Core codes
(office use only)
1
2
3
All data collected from a ground visit by a
field crew.
Viewed from a Location was flown over or viewed from a
distance
distance (e.g., viewed from a road or
adjacent ridgeline).
Photo
Information for the location was
Interpretation determined using photo interpretation.
Other–specify Specify source of data in PLOT NOTES
and on the plot card.
1
1
2
2
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
4
Ground
pg.
26
Item 4.3.1.2 QA STATUS (CORE 1.14) [QA_STATUS]
Electronic data files are automatically named by the data recorder using the PLOT NUMBER and File
Name Code. Electronic data files for plots with QA STATUS 2 through 6 are saved as separate files so that
the original standard production plot data is preserved and can be used for quality control and statistical
analysis.
Record the code to indicate the type of plot data collected, using the following codes:
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Standard production plot
2
Cold check
3
Reference plot (off grid)
4
Training/practice plot (off grid)
5
Botched plot file (disregard during data processing)
6
Blind check
7
Hot check (production plot)
Item 4.3.1.3 CREW TYPE (PNW) [CREW_TYPE?]
Record the code to specify what type of crew is measuring the plot.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Crew Type
1
Standard Forest Service field crew
2
QA crew (any QA crew member present collecting data, regardless of plot
QA Status)
3
Standard Contractor field crew
Item 4.3.1.4 CREW NUMBER (CORE 1.15) [CREWNBR1, CREWNBR2, CREWNBR3, CREWNBR4,
CREWNBR5]
Section 4.3: Plot Level Data Collected in the Field
Record up to five crew numbers as assigned to individual field crew members; always record the crew
leader first. The first 2 digits are for the responsible unit’s station number (NRS – 24XXXX, SRS – 33XXXX,
RMRS – 22XXXX, and PNW – 26XXXX).
When collected: All plots
Field Width: 6 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
PNW 260001 - 269999
SUBSECTION 4.3.2 CURRENT DATE OF INVENTORY
Item 4.3.2.1 YEAR (CORE 1.10.1) [MEASYEAR]
Record the year in which the plot was completed.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: > 2010
27
pg.
Item 4.3.2.2 MONTH (CORE 1.10.2) [MEASMON]
Record the month in which the plot was completed.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
Month
January
February
March
April
Code
1
2
3
4
Month
May
June
July
August
Code
5
6
7
8
Month
September
October
November
December
Code
9
10
11
12
Item 4.3.2.3 DAY (CORE 1.10.3) [MEASDAY]
Record the day of the month on which the plot was completed.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 31
SUBSECTION 4.3.3 TIME SPENT ON PLOT
Basic information about time spent collecting plot data is needed. The time it takes to measure plots will
help determine possible cost and time savings of changes or deletions to data collected, or cost and time
expenditures of proposed new items. The following data items are recorded when a plot is field visited
(SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1).
Item 4.3.3.1 TRAVEL TIME TO PLOT (PNW) [TIME_TO_PLOT_PNWRS]
Record the number of hours it took for the crew to reach and find the plot. Include time spent driving, flying,
getting keys from landowners, changing flat tires, hiking, searching for the plot location, etc. This should
include the time driving from the previous night’s lodging and hiking to the plot. If multiple days were
required to reach the plot, include travel time from all days. If additional plots are measured from a single
campsite, use travel time from the campsite for the additional plots. If time differs among crew members,
use the crew leader’s travel time. If the plot was visited on subsequent days, only use travel time to reach
the plot on the initial visit. Estimate travel time to the nearest half hour.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 3 digits (xx.y)
Tolerance: 1 hour
Values: 00.0 to 99.5
Item 4.3.3.2 MEASUREMENT TIME ON PLOT (PNW) [TIME_ON_PLOT_PNWRS]
Record the number of person-hours it took to measure all items on the plot (number of people on plot X
number of hours on plot). If multiple days were required, add times for a total. Include all time on plot
including breaks (if any), equipment repair, etc., as well as actual measurement time. Estimate
measurement time on plot to the nearest half hour.
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 3 digits (xx.y)
Tolerance: 1 hour
Values: 00.0 to 99.5
pg.
28
Item 4.3.3.3 TRAVEL TIME FROM PLOT (PNW) [TIME_FROM_PLOT_PNWRS]
Record the number of hours you think it will take to travel back from the plot. Do not include time for
anticipated stops or delays. Typically this will be from the plot to the lodging where you are staying. If
multiple days are required to return, use total travel time anticipated. If additional plots have been measured
from a single campsite, use only travel time to the campsite for the additional plots. Estimate travel time to
the nearest half hour.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 3 digits (xx.y)
Tolerance: 1 hour
Values: 00.0 to 99.5
SUBSECTION 4.3.4 PLOT LEVEL FUNDAMENTALS
Item 4.3.4.1 STOCKING PLOT TYPE (PFSL) [STOCKING_PLOT_TYPE_PNWRS]
Record a code to indicate whether or not stocking subplots must be installed to determine if minimum
stocking for accessible forest land is met. If minimum stocking is questionable and stocking subplots are
required, refer to the Determination of Crown Cover Values for Land Use Classification manual supplement
for specific protocol.
When collected: When PLOT STATUS = 1 or 2
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
Stocking subplots were not required
1
One 118-foot radius plot installed
2
Four 58.9-foot radius plots installed
Item 4.3.4.2 PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.4) [PLOT_STATUS_CD]
Record the code describing the sampling status of the plot. In cases where a plot is inaccessible, record
PLOT STATUS = 3.
Section 4.3: Plot Level Data Collected in the Field
If an inaccessible plot (access denied or hazardous) is obviously nonforest (e.g., viewed from a distance),
code PLOT STATUS, PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON, CONDITION STATUS, CONDITION
NONSAMPLED REASON, NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE, and PRESENT NONFOREST LAND
USE as follows:
PLOT STATUS = 3 (nonsampled possibility of forest land)
PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON = 2 or 3 (access denied or hazardous)
CONDITION STATUS = 5 (nonsampled)
CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON = 2 or 3 (access denied or hazardous)
NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE = 2 (nonforest)
PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE will be recorded for the condition class at plot center
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Sampled – at least one accessible forest land condition present on plot
2
Sampled – no accessible forest land condition present on plot (use this
code if accessible forest land condition is present only on the hectare plot)
3
Nonsampled – possibility of forest land
29
pg.
Item 4.3.4.3 PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.5) [PLOT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD]
For entire plots that cannot be sampled, record one of the following reasons.
When collected: When PLOT STATUS = 3
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
01
Outside U.S. boundary – Entire plot is outside of the U.S. border.
02
Denied access – Access to the entire plot is denied by the legal owner, or
by the owner of the only reasonable route to the plot. Because a deniedaccess plot can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample
and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available.
There are no minimum size or width requirements for a condition class
delineated by denied access.
03
Hazardous – Entire plot cannot be accessed because of a hazard or
danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance
plantations, high water, etc. Although most hazards will not change over
time, a hazardous plot remains in the sample and is re-examined at the
next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. There are no
minimum size or width requirements for a condition class delineated by a
hazardous condition.
05
06
07
08
09
10
Lost data – Plot data file was discovered to be corrupt after a panel was
completed and submitted for processing. This code is applied at the time of
processing after notification to the units. This code is for office use only.
Lost plot – Entire plot cannot be found.Whenever this code is assigned, a
replacement plot is required. The plot that is lost is assigned SAMPLE
KIND = 2 and NONSAMPLED REASON = 6. The replacement plot is
assigned SAMPLE KIND = 3.
Wrong location – Previous plot can be found, but its placement is beyond
the tolerance limits for plot location. Whenever this code is assigned, a
replacement plot is required. The plot being relocated is assigned
SAMPLE KIND = 2 and NONSAMPLED REASON = 7. Its replacement plot
is assigned SAMPLE KIND = 3. (Note: All SAMPLE KIND = 2 plots will be
remeasured in their current location even if it is the wrong location; this
code is not valid when SAMPLE KIND = 2.)
Skipped visit – Entire plot skipped. Used for plots that are not completed
prior to the time a panel is finished and submitted for processing. This code
is for office use only.
Dropped intensified plot – Intensified plot dropped due to a change in grid
density. This code used only by units engaged in intensification. This code
is for office use only.
Other – Entire plot not sampled due to a reason other than one of the
specific reasons already listed. An electronic PLOT NOTE is required to
describe the situation.
Item 4.3.4.4 SUBPLOTS EXAMINED (CORE 1.6) [SUBP_EXAMINE_CD]
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Only subplot 1 center condition examined and all other subplots assumed
(inferred) to be the same (remote sensing use only)
4
All four subplots fully described (no assumptions/inferences) (for field
visited plots and plots viewed from a distance)
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
Record the number of subplots examined. By default, PLOT STATUS = 1 plots have all 4 subplots
examined.
pg.
30
Item 4.3.4.5 SAMPLE KIND (CORE 1.7) [KINDCD]
This is a downloaded code that describes the kind of plot being installed. Update if incorrect and contact the
office (supervisor or data manager) immediately.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Sample Kind Definition
1
Initial 4-subplot plot establishment - the initial establishment and sampling
of a national design plot (FIA Field Guide versions 1.1 and higher).
SAMPLE KIND 1 is assigned under the following circumstances:
•
Initial activation of a panel or subpanel
•
Reactivation of a panel or subpanel that was previously
dropped
•
2
3
Resampling of established plots that were not sampled at
the previous visit. No 4-subplot FIA (P2 or P3) plot was
previously established.
Remeasurement – remeasurement of a national design plot that was
sampled at the previous [annual] inventory.
Replacement plot – a replacement plot for a previously established annual
inventory plot. All attempts to locate the plot have failed. Crew collects all
data as if this were a new plot. Assign SAMPLE KIND = 3 if a plot is reinstalled at a location other than the original location (i.e., plots that have
been lost, moved, or otherwise replaced). Note that replacement plots
require a separate plot file for the replaced plot. Replaced (lost) plots are
Section 4.3: Plot Level Data Collected in the Field
assigned PLOT STATUS = 3, PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON CODE = 6, and
SAMPLE KIND = 2. Lost plots retain the original plot number. For the
replacement (new) plot, open a new file in the PDR with a plot number
generated by MIDAS (or 99999 until the replacement plot number can be
generated); assign PLOT STATUS = 1 or 2, SAMPLE KIND = 3, and tie it to
the replaced plot by entering the PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER.
31
pg.
Item 4.3.4.6 PNW PLOT KIND (PNW) [PLOT_KIND_PNWRS]
The PNW PLOT KIND code identifies annual inventory plots installed at old periodic plot locations (periodicto-annual) so that estimates of forest change can be made. Although substantial differences exist between
periodic and annual inventories, paired plots (annual-to-periodic) can be used to estimate annual net
change for 5-year reports, and to estimate mortality, growth, and net change for 10-year reports if
“remeasured” periodic plots are clearly identified.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code PNW PLOT KIND Definition
1
New plot: No previous periodic plot installed at this location, and plot is not
a revisited plot or replacement plot.
2
Periodic revisited plot – exact: Annual plot of 4-subplots is being
established over a periodic plot and the center stake of subplot 1 is at the
same position as for the periodic plot. Periodic plots include any FIA, R1,
R4, R5, R6, or BLM plots; most of these had 5-subplots (see Appendix B,
Historical Inventory Information, for periodic plot designs). See Section
8.10 to determine if PNW mortality and growth assessment should be
collected.
3
Periodic revisited plot – remonumented: Annual plot of 4-subplots is being
established over a periodic plot, but ground disturbance (e.g., logging
activities, fire, landslide) required re-establishing subplot 1 in the same
location, as best as could be done. Code 3 should also be used when the
center stake is no longer in the ground but can be accurately reestablished using witness trees, boundary trees, RP, etc. See Section 8.10
to determine if PNW mortality and growth assessment should be collected.
When code 3 is used, provide explanation in the electronic PLOT NOTES.
4
Periodic replacement plot – wrong location: Previous crew established
periodic plot in incorrect location. Current crew is putting in this new annual
plot at the correct location. Do not relocate an incorrectly installed plot to
the correct location unless 1) it is more than 500 feet from the correct
location or 2) it appears that the crew avoided the correct location because
of the difficulty of measurement at the correct location. A new plot is
installed in the correct location only when at least one of the above
conditions is applicable. Crew should not complete PNW mortality and
growth assessment protocols, and collection of data at new (correct)
location should follow new plot procedures.
5
Periodic replacement plot – could not find / lost periodic plot: All attempts
to locate the previous plot have failed. Crew is unable to complete PNW
mortality and growth assessment protocols. Collect all data for this newly
installed annual inventory plot.
6
Periodic plot – first ground plot installation: plot was classified in the office
using remotely sensed imagery during the periodic inventory; this is the
first ground plot installation.
The following examples describe how to code PNW PLOT KIND and associated data items.
A. Crew installs a new annual plot – no corresponding periodic plot.
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 1
• No remeasurement protocols apply
Annual inventory installation at previous periodic plot location:
A. Crew installs a new annual plot at the same location as an old periodic plot by finding monumentation
from the previous crew.
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 2
• Mortality and growth assessment protocols may apply
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
Annual inventory initial installation:
pg.
32
B. Crew attempts to install a new annual plot at the same location of an old periodic plot but because of
ground disturbance (e.g., logging, fire, landslide), no monumentation from the previous crew can be
found. Establish the center of annual inventory subplot 1 in the same location, as best as could be
done, using all available tools (aerial photos, previous crew's write-up and location map, etc).
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 3
• Mortality and growth assessment protocols may apply
C. Crew attempts to install a new annual plot at the same location as an old periodic plot, but the old
periodic plot was in the incorrect location relative to the aerial photo. The correct location for the
center of subplot 1 is based on the pinprick of the oldest air photo for the plot. Do not relocate an
incorrectly installed plot to the correct location unless 1) it is more than 500 feet from the correct
location or 2) it appears that the crew avoided the correct location because of the difficulty of
measurement at the correct location. A new plot is installed in the correct location only when at least
one of the above conditions is applicable.
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 4
• No remeasurement protocols apply
D. Crew attempts to install a new annual plot at the same location as an old periodic plot and cannot
find the old periodic plot. See Section 2.2, Established Plot Issues, for more instructions.
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 5
• No remeasurement protocols apply
E. Crew installs a new annual plot at the same location as an old periodic plot that was remotely sensed
previously; no ground plot exists.
• SAMPLE KIND = 1
• PNW PLOT KIND = 6
• No remeasurement protocols apply
Item 4.3.4.7 PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.8) [REPLACED_PLOT_NBR]
Record the identification number for the plot that is being replaced.
Section 4.3: Plot Level Data Collected in the Field
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 3
Field width: 5 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 00001 to 99999
SUBSECTION 4.3.5 ADDITIONAL ITEMS
Item 4.3.5.1 LANDOWNER PLOT SUMMARY REQUEST (PNW) [LAND_OWN_REQ_CD_PNWRS]
Record a 1-digit code which indicates if a landowner of the plot area requests a summary of the data
collected on their land. If a plot summary is requested by the owner of subplot 1, verify that the printed
name/address is correct. Make any special comments relevant to the data request (e.g., landowner does
not own all four subplots, the owner of subplot 2 wants data, etc.) in the electronic PLOT NOTES and use
code 2.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Landowner Plot Summary Request
No data request
0
Plot summary requested
1
2
Special case request
33
pg.
Item 4.3.5.2 TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (PNW) [TOPO_POSITION_PNW]
Record a 1-digit code for the TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION that best describes the plot area. Use the
common shape of slope listed in the table below as a guide. Record the code that best fits the
TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (Figure 4.1).
If the plot straddles a canyon bottom or on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side hill
record the topographic position of the side hill.
Figure 4.1: Illustration of TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION codes
When collected: All plots with at least one accessible forest land condition class (PLOT STATUS = 1);
OR, all plots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE 501-699).
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: One class for codes 3, 4, and 5. No errors for other codes.
Values: Code
Topographic Position
Common shape of slope
1
Ridge top or mountain peak over 130 feet
Flat
2
Narrow ridge top or peak less than 130 feet wide Convex
3
Convex
Side hill – upper 1/3
4
Side hill – middle 1/3
No rounding
5
Side hill – lower 1/3
Canyon bottom less than 660 feet wide
Bench, terrace or dry flat
Broad alluvial flat over 660 feet wide
Swamp or wet flat
Concave
6
7
8
9
Concave
Flat
Flat
Flat
Item 4.3.5.3 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO IMPROVED ROAD (CORE 1.12) [RDDISTCD]
Record the straight-line distance from plot center (subplot 1) to the nearest improved road. An improved
road is a road of any width that is maintained as evidenced by pavement, gravel, grading, ditching, and/or
other improvements.
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
When collected: All plots with at least one accessible forest land condition class (PLOT STATUS = 1);
OR, all plots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE 501-699).
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
100 feet or less
1
101 to 300 feet
2
301 to 500 feet
3
501 to 1000 feet
4
1001 feet to 1/2 mile
5
1/2 to 1 mile
6
1 to 3 miles
7
3 to 5 miles
8
Greater than 5 miles
9
pg.
34
Item 4.3.5.4 WATER ON PLOT (CORE 1.13) [WATERCD]
Record the water source that has the greatest impact on the area within the accessible forest land portion
of any of the four subplots. The coding hierarchy is listed in order from large permanent water to temporary
water. This variable can be used for recreation, wildlife, hydrology, and timber availability studies.
When collected: All plots with at least one accessible forest land condition class (PLOT STATUS = 1);
OR, all plots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE 501-699).
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
None – no water sources within the accessible forest land CONDITION
0
CLASS
Permanent streams or ponds too small to qualify as noncensus water
1
Permanent water in the form of deep swamps, bogs, marshes without
2
standing trees present and less than 1.0 acre in size, or with standing trees
Ditch/canal – human-made channels used as a means of moving water,
3
such as irrigation or drainage which are too small to qualify as noncensus
water
Temporary streams
4
Flood zones – evidence of flooding when bodies of water exceed their
5
natural banks
Other temporary water – specify in PLOT NOTES
9
Item 4.3.5.5 PLOT NOTES (CORE 1.18) [NOTES]
Use these fields to record notes pertaining to the entire plot. If the notes apply only to a specific subplot or
other specific aspect of the plot, then make that clear in the notes.
When collected: All plots
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: English language words, phrases and numbers
Section 4.3: Plot Level Data Collected in the Field
SUBSECTION 4.3.6 REFERENCE POINT ATTRIBUTES
Record the following items which describe the reference point (RP) and the course from the RP to the plot
as described in the Subsection 3.3.1, The Reference Point. These data items should match what is
recorded on the plot card and on the back of the photo.
Note: All ground visited plots (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1) require an RP and two witness trees/objects
(see Subsection 3.3.2, Witness Trees/Objects).
Item 4.3.6.1 RP TYPE (PNW) [RP_TYPE_PNWRS]
Record the type of object chosen as the reference point (RP).
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code RP TYPE
1
Tree or stump
2
Rock
3
Shrub
4
Other – specify in RP notes
35
pg.
Item 4.3.6.2 RP SPECIES (PNW) [RP_SPCD_PNWRS]
If the RP is a tree or stump record the species code.
When collected: When RP TYPE = 1
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix F, Tree Species List for species codes.
Item 4.3.6.3 RP DIAMETER (PNW) [RP_DIA_PNWRS]
If the RP is a tree or a stump, measure and record the DBH/DRC to the nearest inch (see Section 8.5,
Diameter).
When collected: When RP TYPE = 1
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001 to 999 to the nearest inch
Item 4.3.6.4 RP AZIMUTH (PNW) [RP_AZIMUTH_PNWRS]
Record, in degrees, the azimuth from the RP to the plot center. When azimuth is determined using a GPS,
include this information in the electronic RP NOTES and on the back of the photo.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 4 degrees
Values: 001 to 360
Item 4.3.6.5 RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (PNW) [RP_DIST_PNWRS]
Record, to the nearest foot, the horizontal distance from the RP to the plot center; an RP should be within
5000 feet of plot center. When horizontal distance is collected using a GPS, include this information in the
electronic RP NOTES and on the back of the photo.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 5 percent
Values: 0000 to 5000 feet
Item 4.3.6.6 RP AZIMUTH/DISTANCE TO SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) [RP_SUBP_PNWRS]
Record the 1-digit number of the subplot which is referenced from the RP. Always reference to subplot 1
unless it is inaccessible (e.g., hazardous, denied access, census/non-census water). If subplot 1 center is
inaccessible, the PC stake should be installed at the lowest numbered subplot that is accessible.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance; No errors
Values: 1 to 4
Record notes to explain any special RP situation that may need clarification for future plot visits. (e.g., shrub
species, height/size of rock, RP not visited, RP AZIMUTH and RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE collected with
a GPS, etc.) Required if RP TYPE = 4 - other.
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1: as needed to describe a special situation with
the plot RP
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Value: Single words or abbreviated sentences
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
Item 4.3.6.7 RP NOTES (PNW) [RP_NOTES_PNWRS]
pg.
36
SUBSECTION 4.3.7 ITEMS RECORDED ON THE PLOT CARD
The following items are collected and recorded on the paper plot card; see Appendix R, Plot Jacket, for
descriptions of these items and detailed instructions:
•
Plot Information (plot number, state, county, date, crew)
•
RP Data (species, diameter, azimuth, horizontal distance, to subplot number)
•
Plot Access Description (travel route)
•
Plot Narrative Description (condition[s], disturbance[s], treatment[s], hazard[s], and issues not
evident in the data)
•
Plot Diagram (landforms, hazards, special features)
•
Plot Access (location sketch map)
•
Is the Documented Owner Correct?
•
Mapping (conditions, root disease, nonforest inclusions)
SECTION 4.4 GPS COORDINATES
Use a global positioning system (GPS) unit to determine the plot coordinates and elevation of all plot
locations, including nonforest and nonsampled plot locations when SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1.
Multiple records per plot may exist in the GPS screen; records are differentiated by GPS LOCATION TYPE
(Item 4.4.1.5). Typically a set of coordinates will only be collected for the PC; additional GPS records (i.e.,
waypoints) may be recorded and should include a brief description in GPS NOTES (Item 4.4.2.8).
SUBSECTION 4.4.1 GPS UNIT SETTINGS, DATUM, AND COORDINATE SYSTEM
Consult the GPS unit operating manual or other regional instructions to ensure that the GPS unit internal
settings, including datum and coordinate system, are correctly configured.
Use the NAD83 datum and the UTM coordinate system. See Appendix P, GPS Operating Guide, for
instructions on setting up and using the GPS unit.
Item 4.4.1.1 GPS UNIT TYPE (CORE 1.16.3) [GPS_TYPE]
Record the kind of GPS unit used to collect coordinates. If suitable coordinates cannot be obtained, record
”0”.
Section 4.4: GPS Coordinates
When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code GPS UNIT TYPE
0
GPS coordinates not collected, including nonsampled plots (requires GPS
NOTES)
1
Rockwell Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver (PLGR)
2
Other brand capable of field-averaging
3
Other brands capable of producing files that can be post-processed
4
Other brands not capable of field-averaging or post-processing
Item 4.4.1.2 GPS SERIAL NUMBER (CORE 1.16.4) [GPS_SERIAL_NBR]
Record the last six digits of the serial number on the GPS unit used.
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE > 0
Field width: 6 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 000001 to 999999
37
pg.
Item 4.4.1.3 GPS DATUM (CORE 1.16.5) [GPS_DATUM]
This is an auto-generated code indicating the map datum that the GPS coordinates are collected in (i.e., the
map datum selected on the GPS unit to display the coordinates)
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE > 0
Field width: 5 characters (cccnn)
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
NAD83 North American Datum of 1983
Item 4.4.1.4 COORDINATE SYSTEM (CORE 1.16.6) [GPS_COORD_SYS]
This is an auto-generated code indicating the type of coordinate system used to obtain readings.
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE > 0
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
UTM coordinate system
2
Item 4.4.1.5 GPS LOCATION TYPE (PNW) [GPS_LOC_TYPE]
Record the location type for coordinates collected on the ground.
When collected: All GPS records
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Type
1
LZ/TR
2
RP
3
4
5
6
7
PC
Subplot 2
Subplot 3
Subplot 4
Other
Description
Landing zone / Truck parking spot
Reference point
Plot center (PC) (required)
Use only if PC not possible
Use only if PC not possible
Use only if PC not possible
Describe in GPS NOTES and on plot card
SUBSECTION 4.4.2 COLLECTING READINGS
Collect at least 180 GPS readings at the plot center. These may be collected in a file for post-processing or
averaged by the GPS unit. Each individual position should have an error of less than 70 feet if possible (the
error of all the averaged readings is far less).
Soon after arriving at plot center, use the GPS unit to attempt to collect coordinates. If suitable positions
(180 readings at error less than or equal to 70 feet) cannot be obtained, try again before leaving the plot
center.
Coordinates may be collected further than 200 feet away from the plot center if a laser measuring device is
used to determine the horizontal distance from the “offset” location to plot center. Record the azimuth and
horizontal distance to plot center as described in Item 4.4.3.1 and Item 4.4.3.2.
In all cases try to obtain at least 180 positions before recording the coordinates.
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
If it is still not possible to get suitable coordinates from plot center, attempt to obtain them from a location
within 200 feet of plot center. Obtain the azimuth and horizontal distance from the “offset” location to plot
center. Record the azimuth and horizontal distance to the plot center as described in Item 4.4.3.1 and Item
4.4.3.2.
pg.
38
Item 4.4.2.1 UTM ZONE (CORE 1.16.9) [UTM_ZONE]
Record a 2-digit and 1 character field UTM ZONE as determined by GPS. For California, Oregon, and
Washington: 32 degrees North to 40 degrees North is “S”; 40 degrees North to 48 degrees North is “T”; and
north of 48 degrees North is “U”.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 10, 11, and U, T, or S
Item 4.4.2.2 EASTING (X) UTM (CORE 1.16.10) [UTM_EASTING_X]
Record, in meters, the Easting coordinate as determined by GPS.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 7 digits
Tolerance: +/- 140 feet
Values: 0000000 – 9999999
Item 4.4.2.3 NORTHING (Y) UTM (CORE 1.16.11) [UTM_NORTHING_Y]
Record, in meters, the Northing coordinate as determined by GPS.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 7 digits
Tolerance: +/- 140 feet
Values: 0000000 – 9999999
Item 4.4.2.4 GPS ELEVATION (CORE 1.16.15) [GPS_ELEV]
Record the elevation above mean sea level, in feet, as determined by GPS.
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 1, 2 or 4
Field width: 6 digits (1st digit is + or -, last 5 digits are numeric)
Tolerance: +/- 280 feet
Values: -00100 to +20000
Item 4.4.2.5 GPS ERROR (CORE 1.16.16) [GPS_ERROR]
Record the error as shown on the GPS unit to the nearest foot. As described in Subsection 4.4.2, make
every effort to collect readings only when the error is less than or equal to 70 feet. However, if after trying
several different times during the day, at several different locations, this is not possible, record readings with
an error of up to 999 feet.
Section 4.4: GPS Coordinates
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 1 or 2
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 000 – 999
(071 to 999 if an error of less than 70 cannot be obtained)
Item 4.4.2.6 NUMBER OF READINGS (CORE 1.16.17) [GPS_NBR_READINGS]
Record a 3-digit code indicating how many readings were averaged by the GPS unit to calculate the plot
coordinates. Collect at least 180 readings if possible.
The PDR requires the number of averaged readings to be entered. GPS units used by PFSL do not have a
number of readings counter, instead they utilize timers. The timer is displayed on the position screen. It
displays in hours/minutes/and seconds. The GPS receiver collects one reading per second while
averaging. To correctly enter the number of readings in the PDR, the time in minutes and seconds must be
converted to number of readings. Since the unit collects 60 readings per minute of averaging crews must
39
pg.
remember to multiply the number of minutes by 60 and then add the number of seconds shown to that
figure. For example, if the Magellan receiver averages for three minutes and twelve seconds it will display
00:03:12. To convert this to number of readings multiply three minutes by sixty and add twelve (3 X 60 =
180 + 12 = 192). Crews would enter “192” for the NUMBER OF READINGS in the PDR.
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 1 or 2
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 001 to 999
Item 4.4.2.7 GPS FILENAME (CORE OPTIONAL 1.16.18) [GPS_FILENAME]
Record the filename containing the GPS positions collected on the plot.
When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 3
Field width: 15 characters
Tolerance: No errors
Values: English words, phrases and numbers
Item 4.4.2.8 GPS NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation in the particular GPS record being defined.
When collected: As needed; required with GPS LOCATION TYPE = 7 or GPS UNIT TYPE = 0
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Words and abbreviated sentences
SUBSECTION 4.4.3 CORRECTION FOR OFFSET LOCATION
As described in Subsection 4.4.2, coordinates may be collected at a location other than the plot center (an
“offset” location). Record the two data items below.
Item 4.4.3.1 AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.16.13) [GPS_AZM]
Record the azimuth from the location where coordinates were collected to actual plot center. If coordinates
are collected at plot center, record 000.
When collected: When GPS UNIT = 2, 3 or 4
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 3 degrees
Values: 000 when coordinates are collected at plot center
001 to 360 when coordinates are not collected at plot center
Item 4.4.3.2 DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.16.14) [GPS_DIST]
Record the horizontal distance in feet from the location where coordinates were collected to the actual plot
center. If coordinates are collected at plot center, record 000. As described in Subsection 4.4.2, if a laser
range finder is used to determine DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER, offset locations may be up to 999 feet
from the plot center. If a range finder is not used, the offset location must be within 200 feet.
Chapter 4: Plot Level Data
When collected: When GPS UNIT = 2, 3 or 4
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 6 feet
Values: 000 when coordinates are collected at plot center
001 to 200 when a Laser range finder is not used to determine distance
001 to 999 when a Laser range finder is used to determine distance
pg.
40
SUBSECTION 4.4.4 DOWNLOADED PLOT COORDINATES
For most plots, previous estimates of plot coordinates (pinprick location) will be available. These estimates
come from several sources and will be of undocumented accuracy, but can be used as an aid in plot
location. If available, the approximate plot coordinates will be downloaded to the data recorder and will be
printed on the previous plot data sheets (see note below). They can be saved as a waypoint on the GPS
unit and used to help locate the plot. Do not change any of the downloaded/printed plot coordinates codes.
Note: PFSL began using the NAD83 datum in 2010 (previous datum was NAD27). Plot coordinates
printed on previous plot data printouts are in the previous datum; coordinates downloaded into the
PDR have been converted to NAD83.
Item 4.4.4.1 PREVIOUS UTM ZONE (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_ZONE_PNWRS]
A 2-digit and 1 character field indicating in which UTM ZONE the plot is located.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 10, 11, and U, T, or S
Item 4.4.4.2 PREVIOUS EASTING (X) (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_EASTING_X_PNWRS]
This field indicates the Easting as determined from USGS maps, aerial photos, or a previous plot visit.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 7 digits
Tolerance: +/- 140 feet
Values: 0000000 – 9999999
Item 4.4.4.3 PREVIOUS NORTHING (Y) (PFSL) [PREV_UTM_NORTHING_Y_PNWRS]
This field indicates the Northing as determined from USGS maps, aerial photos, or a previous plot visit.
When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2
Field width: 7 digits
Tolerance: +/- 140 feet
Values: 0000000 – 9999999
Item 4.4.4.4 PREVIOUS COORDINATES METHOD (PNW) [PREV_COORD_METHOD_PNWRS]
Section 4.4: GPS Coordinates
This field indicates the method by which previous plot coordinates were obtained.
When collected: Downloaded for most plots
Field width: 1 character
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code PREVIOUS COORDINATES METHOD
D
Digitized from USGS maps
M
Digitized (MDSD) from PI photography (usually small [broad] scale)
P
Coordinates taken from old PI tables - sometimes computer generated and
plotted on maps or digitized from quad maps
G
Collected at the plot location using a GPS unit
T
Target (TGT) coordinates originally derived from Albers meters projection
I
Image (IMG) coordinates derived from ortho photo and rectified to match
location of the pinprick
S
Digitized from SPOT imagery
N
Coordinates provided by national forests (R5 and R6) - of unknown origin
41
pg.
CHAPTER 5 CONDITION CLASS
The Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) plot is a cluster of four subplots arranged in a fixed pattern. A plot
may straddle more than one condition class; subplots are never moved or reconfigured in order to confine
all four subplots to a single condition class. Every plot has at least one condition class: the condition class
present at plot center (PC, the center of subplot 1). Condition class attributes record information about
forest structure, composition, and disturbance. This information allows researchers to group and analyze
similar forest types, understand management practices used by different landowners, examine the effects
of disturbance, and classify land types.
SECTION 5.1 DETERMINATION OF CONDITION CLASS
Step 1. Delineate the plot area by CONDITION CLASS STATUS
The first attribute considered when defining a condition class is CONDITION CLASS STATUS. The area
sampled by a plot is assigned to condition classes based upon the following differences in CONDITION
CLASS STATUS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Accessible forest land
Nonforest land
Noncensus water
Census water
Nonsampled
Forest land and measurable nonforest land define the population of interest for FIA purposes. These are
the areas where most of the data collection is conducted.
Step 2. Further subdivide accessible forest land by six delineation variables
Any condition class sampled as accessible forest land may be further subdivided, in order of listed
priority, into smaller condition classes if distinct, contrasting condition classes are present because of
variation in any of the following attributes within the sampled area:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
RESERVED STATUS
OWNER GROUP
FOREST TYPE
STAND SIZE CLASS
REGENERATION STATUS
TREE DENSITY
No other attribute shall be the basis for recognizing contrasting accessible forest land condition classes.
For each condition class recognized, several "ancillary attributes" that help describe the condition will be
collected, but will not be used for delineation purposes. See Subsection 5.5.3, Ancillary (NonDelineating) Data Items, for more information.
Note: All condition classes delineated within the 58.9-foot fixed-radius are mapped on the plot card.
See Chapter 7, Boundary References, for instruction on how to map condition class boundaries.
SECTION 5.2 CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS
Accessible forest land is land that is within the population of interest, is accessible, is on a subplot that can
be occupied at subplot center, can safely be visited, and meets the following criteria:
The condition is at least 10-percent stocked by trees of any size (Appendix F, Tree Species List) or has
been at least 10-percent stocked in the past. Additionally, the condition is not subject to nonforest use(s)
that prevent normal tree regeneration and succession such as regular mowing, intensive grazing, or
recreation activities.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
SUBSECTION 5.2.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND
pg.
42
To qualify as forest land, the prospective condition must be at least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide
measured stem-to-stem from the outer-most edge. Forested strips must be 120.0 feet wide for a continuous
length of at least 363.0 feet in order to meet the acre threshold. Forested strips that do not meet these
requirements are classified as part of the adjacent nonforest land.
Transition zones and forest/nonforest
encroachment – When an accessible forest land
condition encroaches into a nonforest land
condition, the border between forest and
nonforest is often a gradual change in tree cover
or stocking with no clear and abrupt boundary. In
addition, it may be difficult to determine exactly
where the forested area meets the minimum
stocking criteria and where it does not. For these
cases, determine where the land clearly meets
the 10 percent minimum forest land stocking,
and where it clearly is less than required
stocking; divide the zone between these points
in half, and determine the side of the zone on
which the subplot center is located. Classify the
condition class of the subplot based on this line
(Figure 5.1).
For example, at measurement time 1, a clear
and distinct boundary existed between the
forest and nonforest land condition classes. Figure 5.1: Example of classifying the condition class of
At time 2, however, there now exists a zone the subplot in a transition zone with forest/nonforest
encroachment.
of regeneration or small diameter trees
between the previous forest condition and
where the nonforest clearly remains. If the zone of encroachment is clearly stocked where it meets the
nonforest, classify the entire zone as forest. If the zone is clearly nonforest up to the original stand, call it
all nonforest. If the encroachment or transition zone is not clearly stocked where it meets the nonforest,
determine where it is clearly stocked (forest) and where it is clearly not stocked (nonforest); divide this
zone in half, and classify the entire subplot based on which side of the line the subplot center falls.
Section 5.2: Condition Class Status Definitions
Treated strips – Occasionally, crews will come across plantations of trees, in which rows of trees alternate
with strips of vegetation that have been bulldozed, mowed, tilled, treated with herbicide, or crushed.
Because these strip treatments are conducted to optimize growth or to release the stand, the areas are
considered forest land, and the treatment is considered a timber stand improvement operation. Do not
confuse these practices with similar treatments on nonforest lands such as yards or rights-of-way. Contact
with the landowner may help determine the intent of a treatment.
Indistinct boundary due to the condition minimum-width definition – Do not subdivide subplots where a
condition class may change due only to the forest vs. nonforest minimum width (120.0 feet) definition.
Although the point where the definition changes from forest to nonforest creates an invisible "line" between
conditions, this definitional boundary is not distinct and obvious. See Figure 5.2 and Figure 5.3. Where
the point of the definition change occurs on the subplot, determine only if the subplot center is on the forest
or nonforest side of that approximate boundary, and classify the entire subplot based on the condition of the
subplot center. If the boundary crosses through the center of the subplot, classify the subplot as the
condition it most resembles. If the boundary occurs between subplots, classify each subplot based on its
relation to the definitional boundary.
43
pg.
Figure 5.2: Forest condition narrows within a
nonforest land condition. Examine the location of
the subplot center in reference to the approximate
line where the forest narrows to 120.0 feet wide. In
this example the entire subplot is classified as
forest.
Figure 5.3: Nonforest land condition narrows
within a forest condition. Examine the location of
the subplot center in reference to the
approximate line where the nonforest narrows to
120.0 feet wide. In this example the entire
subplot is classified as forest.
Conditions that meet the 10-percent tree stocking threshold may be considered nonforest based on land
use. Indications of nonforest use may include current extreme grazing, the absence of forest vegetation,
and evidence of human habitation and use around maintained structures such as landscaping, gardens,
fences, lawns, and play areas. The absence of forest vegetation means that some or all layers of the
species present – trees, shrubs, and forbs – differ from what one would expect on forest land undisturbed
by nonforest use. For example, a fenced farm lot may have forest trees present, but if extreme sustained
grazing has severely diminished or eliminated forest shrub and forb communities and tree regeneration is
stifled, the farm lot is likely nonforest (in Washington, Oregon, and California: grazing, common on forest
lands, is rarely reason to classify a plot as “developed for nonforest use" unless a situation similar to the
example is encountered).
SUBSECTION 5.2.2 NONFOREST LAND
Nonforest land is any land within the sample that does not meet the definition of accessible forest land or
any of the other CONDITION CLASS STATUS values defined in Subsection 5.2.3 or Subsection 5.2.4 as
noncensus or Census water. To qualify, the area must be at least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide, with
five exceptions discussed in Section 5.4, Delineating Condition Classes within Accessible Forest Land. Do
not consider evidence of "possible" or future development or conversion. A nonforest land condition will
remain in the sample and will be examined at the next occasion to see if it has become forest land.
Note: When a condition class is within Region 5 or Region 6 Forest Service administered land
boundaries (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699), land meeting the nonforest land definition
(CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) that is accessible and within the fixed-radius hectare plot is
considered a measurable nonforest condition class. Certain data items are recorded in measurable
nonforest conditions that are not typically measured in nonforest conditions; these are identified in the
associated “when collected” field for individual data items.
Delineate all nonforest condition classes on ground visited subplots when an accessible forest land
condition or a measurable nonforest condition class is present within the 58.9-foot fixed-radius plot
(see Subsection 5.5.4, Determining Condition Classes on Nonforest Land).
Example: If accessible forest land, nonforest urban land, and nonforest cropland are all present
within a 58.9-foot fixed-radius plot, map the forest land condition and map each nonforest land use
as a separate condition class.
When no accessible forest land condition or measurable nonforest condition classes exist within
the 58.9-foot fixed-radius, record only the nonforest land use at the subplot center.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1); or
all measurable nonforest condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699)
pg.
44
Plots that are entirely nonforest fall into one of the following three categories:
1. The plot is visited on the ground (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1).
A plot file is created in the field data recorder.
GPS coordinates are collected.
PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE is collected at each subplot center.
If measurable nonforest land, additional data items are collected.
Invasive plant protocol is completed.
2. The plot is viewed from a distance (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 2 or 4)
A plot file is created in the field data recorder.
No GPS coordinates are collected.
PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE is collected for each subplot center.
3. The plot is not field visited or viewed from a distance. (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 3 or 4)
A plot data file is created in the office.
No GPS coordinates are collected.
PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE is collected for each subplot center.
SUBSECTION 5.2.3 NONCENSUS WATER
Noncensus water includes lakes, reservoirs, ponds, and similar bodies of water 1.0 acre to 4.5 acres in
size; and rivers, streams, canals, etc. 30.0 feet to 200.0 feet wide. The width of a water feature is measured
between points on either side up to which water prevents the establishment and survival of trees (where
nonforest land is mapped next to water, use the point where water prevents the establishment of woody
vegetation).
If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in noncensus water do not install the point, even if it can be
occupied safely.
•
No field measurements are made on that subplot/macroplot.
•
Establish and measure other subplots following normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2,
Establishing Subplots when Plot Center is Inaccessible, for instructions on how to install a plot
without access to plot center).
Section 5.2: Condition Class Status Definitions
If the macroplot has an accessible condition at subplot center and has noncensus water present anywhere
else within its 58.9-foot fixed-radius boundary:
•
Map the noncensus water area as a separate condition class.
•
Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes.
•
Record the segment lengths of any down woody material (DWM) transects that extend into the
noncensus water condition (see Subsection 11.2.3, Transect Line Segmenting). No other field
measurements are made within the noncensus condition class.
SUBSECTION 5.2.4 CENSUS WATER
Census water includes ocean, lakes, reservoirs, ponds, and similar bodies of water 4.5 acres in size and
larger; and rivers, streams, canals, etc. more than 200 feet wide (1990 U.S. Census definition). The width of
a water feature is measured between points on either side up to which water prevents the establishment
and survival of trees (where nonforest land is mapped next to water, use the point where water prevents the
establishment of woody vegetation).
If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in Census water do not install the point, even if it can be
occupied safely.
•
No field measurements are made on that subplot/macroplot.
•
Establish and measure other subplots following normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2,
Establishing Subplots when Plot Center is Inaccessible, for instructions on how to install a plot
without access to plot center).
45
pg.
If the macroplot has an accessible condition at subplot center and has Census water present anywhere
else within its 58.9-foot fixed-radius boundary:
•
Map the Census water area as a separate condition class.
•
Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes.
•
Record the segment lengths of any DWM transects that extend into the Census water condition (see
Subsection 11.2.3, Transect Line Segmenting). No other field measurements are made within the
Census condition class.
SUBSECTION 5.2.5 NONSAMPLED
See CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.5.5.1) for descriptions of land that qualifies as
nonsampled.
Nonsampled land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5) may be subdivided into condition classes that are
based on differences in nonsampled reason.
If a subplot center (including subplot 1) is located in any nonsampled area, as described in CONDITION
NONSAMPLED REASON, the entire subplot is considered to be nonsampled. Record the attributes as
described in Subsection 5.5.5, Nonsampled Condition Class Attributes. Establish and measure other
subplots following normal procedures. A plot, subplot, or portion of a subplot is hazardous according to the
crew's judgment.
If an entire plot is nonsampled, record only one nonsampled condition: the condition at plot center.
If the center of a subplot is accessible, but there is a nonsampled area within the 58.9-foot fixed-radius
boundary:
•
Map the nonsampled area as a separate condition class.
•
Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes.
•
Record the segment lengths of any DWM transects that extend into the nonsampled condition (see
Subsection 11.2.3, Transect Line Segmenting) and complete the nonsampled condition class
attributes described in Subsection 5.5.5.
SECTION 5.3 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES DIFFERING IN CONDITION
CLASS STATUS
The first step in delineating condition classes is to recognize differences in CONDITION CLASS STATUS.
The most common difference is adjacent accessible forest land and nonforest land. Adjacent accessible
forest land and nonforest land condition classes are recognized only if each of the two prospective
condition classes is at least 1.0 acre in size, and each is at least 120.0 feet in width. These size and width
minimums apply to both accessible forest land and nonforest land.
Within an accessible forest land condition class, unimproved roads, rock outcrops, and natural nonforest
openings less than 1.0 acre in size and less than 120.0 feet in width are considered forest land and are not
delineated as a separate nonforest land condition class (yet may qualify as a nonforest inclusion, see
Subplot/Macroplot Nonforest Inclusions (Section 6.2) for further instruction).
Within a nonforest land condition class, forested areas or linear strips of trees less than 1.0 acre in size and
less than 120.0 feet in width are considered part of the nonforest land condition class.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
pg.
46
Five exceptions to these size and width requirements apply:
1. Developed nonforest land condition: human-caused
nonforest land condition classes such as homes or cabins
that are less than 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet in width
and are surrounded by forest land. There are three kinds of
developed nonforest land conditions that do not have to
meet area or width requirements (see Figure 5.4 and Figure
5.5).
Forest
StripStrip
<120.0
Forest
<120 Feet
ft wideWide
Improved Road, Development, or
R.O.W.
Right-of-Way
<120feet
ft wide
<120.0
wide
Accessible Forest Land Condition
Section 5.3: Delineating Condition Classes Differing in Condition Class Status
Figure 5.4: Example with a
developed nonforest strip <120 feet
wide. Forest strip, while <120 feet
wide, is still part of the accessible
forest land condition.
A. Improved roads: paved roads, gravel
roads, or improved dirt roads regularly
Forest
maintained for long-term continuing use
>1acre
and
> 120.0 feet wide
by normal passenger vehicles.
Generally constructed using machinery.
Improved Road
The area where the original topography
has been disturbed by cutbanks and fill
Area <120.0 feet wide between switchbacks
is considered part of the road, if that
<120.0 feet wide
area is maintained. Unimproved traces
and roads created for skidding logs are
Area <120.0 feet wide between switchbacks
not considered improved roads.
B. Maintained rights-of-way: corridors
created for railroads, power lines, gas
lines, and canals that are periodically
Forest
treated to limit the establishment and
>1acre and > 120.0 feet wide
growth of trees and shrubs. Areas under
power lines are considered maintained
Figure 5.5: Example of a switchback road where the
rights-of-way even if no current
area between the switchbacks is still forest land.
vegetation treatment is evident.
C. Developments: structures and the
maintained area next to a structure, all less than 1.0 acre in size and surrounded by forest land.
Examples of developments are houses or trailers on very small lots, communication installations
in a small cleared area within forest land, and barns and sheds.
2. Distinct, alternating strips of forest and nonforest land: this situation occurs when a plot or subplot
samples a condition class that is less than 1.0 acre in size and less than 120.0 feet in width. The
condition class is one of a series of parallel strips of forest and nonforest land in which none of the
strips meet the minimum width requirement. This exception applies only to nonforest land conditions
that are not listed under exception number 1, e.g., improved roads, maintained rights-of-way, and
developments.
For many small intermingled strips, determine the total area that the alternating strips occupy, and
classify according to the CONDITION CLASS STATUS (forest land or nonforest land) that occupies
the greater area. If the area of alternating strips is so large or indistinct as to make a total area
determination impractical, then classify the sample as forest land.
47
pg.
For two alternating
strips of forest and
nonforest between two
qualifying areas of
nonforest land and
forest land, see Figure
5.6. This figure
delineates the boundary
between the forest and
nonforest land condition
classes for four different
examples. The plot
center defines the plot
condition for all strips
covered by the arrow.
Any subplot that falls in
the alternating strips
uses this rule. Any
subplot that falls in
assigned nonforest /
forest is assigned that
Figure 5.6: Example of alternating strips of forested and nonforested
type. Again, this
conditions. PC is the plot center (center of subplot 1).
exception applies only
to nonforest land
conditions that are not listed under exception number 1, e.g., improved roads, maintained rights-ofway, and developments.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
3. The 120.0-foot minimum width
for delineation does not apply
when a corner angle is 90
degrees or greater (see Figure
5.7).
4. Linear water features: natural
water features that are linear in
shape such as streams and
rivers. A linear water feature
must meet the definition for
Census or noncensus water to
be a separate condition class.
Therefore, a linear water
feature must be at least 30.0
feet wide and cover at least 1.0
acre. The width of a linear water
feature is measured across its
channel between points on
either side up to which water
prevents the establishment and
survival of trees (or other woody Figure 5.7: Illustration of the 90 degree corner rule. The dotted
lines do not create nonforest land conditions.
vegetation if the adjacent
condition is nonforest). To
determine whether a linear water feature qualifies as a separate condition class, rely on all available
information on hand such as aerial photos, topographic maps, past survey land calls, and ocular
estimates at the current survey visit. Linear water features that do not meet the definition for Census
or noncensus water should be classified as forest land only if bounded by forest land on both shores
(and may qualify as a nonforest inclusion, see Subplot/Macroplot Nonforest Inclusions (Section 6.2)
for further instruction. Crews are not expected to measure the length of a linear water feature to
determine if it meets the 1.0 acre requirement; use professional judgment and common sense on any
linear water feature. A 30-foot wide stream needs to be 1452 feet long to be an acre in size.
5. Nonsampled conditions within accessible forest land are delineated, regardless of size, as a
separate condition.
pg.
48
SECTION 5.4 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES WITHIN ACCESSIBLE
FOREST LAND
Accessible forest land is subdivided into condition classes that are based on differences in RESERVED
STATUS, OWNER GROUP, FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS, and TREE
DENSITY. Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class, applies when delineating contrasting forest
condition classes. Specific criteria apply for each of the six attributes and are documented by attribute in
Item 5.5.2.1 (RESERVED STATUS) through Item 5.5.2.7 (TREE DENSITY). “Stands” are defined by the
plurality of stocking for all live trees that are not overtopped.
Additionally, each separate forest condition class recognized within accessible forest land must be at least
1.0 acre in size and at least 120.0 feet in width. If prospective contrasting forest land condition classes do
not each meet these minimum size and width requirements, the most similar prospective conditions should
be combined until these minimums are attained.
No other attribute shall be the basis for recognizing contrasting condition classes within accessible forest
land. For each condition class recognized, many “ancillary attributes” that help describe the condition will be
collected, but will not be used for delineation purposes (see Ancillary [Non-Delineating] Data Items,
Subsection 5.5.3).
General instructions for delineating condition classes within accessible forest lands:
Section 5.4: Delineating Condition Classes within Accessible Forest Land
1. Distinct boundary within a macroplot, subplot, or microplot – Separate condition classes ARE
recognized if, within a macroplot, subplot, or microplot, two (or more) distinctly different condition
classes are present and delineated by a distinct, abrupt boundary. The boundary is referenced (see
Boundary References, Chapter 7).
2. Indistinct boundary within a subplot – Separate condition classes are NOT recognized if the
prospective condition classes abut along an indistinct transition zone, rather than on an abrupt,
obvious boundary. Only one condition is recognized, and the subplot is classified entirely as the
condition it most resembles.
Example: The four subplots all sample only accessible forest land. Subplots 1, 3, and 4 sample
what is clearly a stand of large-diameter trees. Subplot 2 falls in the middle of a stand-size
transition zone. In the zone, the large-diameter stand phases into a sapling stand.
Subplot 2 must not be divided into two condition classes on the basis of stand size. Instead, it is
treated entirely as part of the large-diameter condition class or is assigned entirely to a new
condition class that is classified as a seedling-sapling stand. The latter occurs only if the crew
thinks the entire subplot is more like a stand of seedlings-saplings than a stand of large-diameter
trees; then the boundary between the large- and small-diameter stands is assumed to occur
between and not on the subplots.
3. A boundary or transition zone between fixed-radii plots that sample distinctly different condition
classes – Separate condition classes are recognized and recorded when a valid attribute obviously
differs between two fixed-radius plots, but a distinct boundary or indistinct transition zone exists
outside the sampled (fixed-radius) area of the macroplots. In such cases, a boundary, if present, is
not referenced.
Example: The northernmost subplot (2) samples entirely accessible forest land. The other three
subplots (1, 3, and 4) fall clearly in a nonforest meadow. Between subplot 1 and 2 is a transition
zone; the number of trees present goes from none to what clearly represents at least 10-percent
tree stocking. Two condition classes are sampled: accessible forest land sampled on subplot 2,
and nonforest land sampled on the other subplots.
4. Riparian forest area – A riparian forest area is defined as a forest area between 30.0 and 120.0 feet
wide, and 1.0 acre or more in size (cumulative) and adjacent to but not necessarily present on both
sides of a naturally occurring or artificially created body of water or watercourse with continuous or
intermittent flow. Riparian forest areas may be associated with but not limited to streams, rivers,
lakes, sloughs, seeps, springs, marshes, bogs, beaver ponds, sink holes, cypress domes and ponds,
human-made ditches and canals. A riparian forest area must be associated “within forest” (i.e., must
be surrounded by forest on at least one side) and contain at least one distinct and obvious change in
a condition class delineation attribute from its adjacent accessible forest land condition class. Figure
5.8 through Figure 5.13 provide examples of when to delineate riparian forest area as a separate
49
pg.
condition class. This special size allowance for an accessible riparian forest land condition class only
applies if the riparian area would otherwise meet the definition for accessible forest land (i.e., the
riparian area meets stocking requirements and is not subject to nonforest land uses as described in
Subsection 5.5.4).
Note: When the width of forest adjacent to a stream is between 120.0 feet and 150.0 feet and the
width of the riparian forest is at least 30.0 feet wide, the rules for identifying the non-riparian forest (at
least 30.0 feet but less than 120.0 feet) need to be modified. The non-riparian forest can be between
30.0 feet and 120.0 feet and mapped as a separate condition as long as it meets the criteria for
delineating a separate condition class, otherwise it will be an inclusion in the riparian forest condition
class.
A riparian forest area (i.e., a band of alder trees along a creek within a Douglas-fir condition class) is
typically different from the surrounding forest because of forest type. However, a change in any of the
six condition class delineating variables may make it a candidate for a riparian area condition class.
An area 30 feet wide needs to be 1452 feet long to be an acre in size. An area 60 feet wide needs to
be 726 feet long, and an area 90 feet wide needs to be 484 feet long to be an acre in size.
Because chaparral is considered nonforest, riparian areas through chaparral must qualify as
accessible forest land (120 feet wide and 1-acre in size) on their own in order to be delineated as a
separate condition class.
Figure 5.9: (CORE) Forest type B is a separate
condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between
30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size.
Figure 5.10: (CORE) If the stream is < 30.0 feet wide,
forest type B is a separate condition class (riparian) if
the sum of the two widths of the bands including the
stream falls between 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide,
and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size.
Figure 5.11: (CORE) If the stream is > 30.0 feet wide,
forest type B is a separate condition class (riparian) if
either of the two widths of the bands falls between 30.0
feet and 120.0 feet wide and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size
Chapter 5: Condition Class
Figure 5.8: (CORE) Forest type B is separate
condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between
30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size.
pg.
50
Figure 5.12: (CORE) Forest type B is a separate
condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between
30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is > 1.0 acre in size.
Figure 5.13: (CORE) In a nonforested area, a band of
forest type B that is < 120.0 feet wide is NOT
considered a riparian area. It is not a separate
condition class at all.
SECTION 5.5 CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES
A CONDITION CLASS NUMBER and a classification for CONDITION CLASS STATUS are required for
every condition class sampled on a plot. For each condition class classified as accessible forest land, a
classification is required for each of the following attributes:
5.5.2.1
5.5.2.2
5.5.2.4
5.5.2.5
5.5.2.6
5.5.2.7
RESERVED STATUS
OWNER GROUP
FOREST TYPE
STAND SIZE CLASS
REGENERATION STATUS
TREE DENSITY
ATTRIBUTES WHERE A CHANGE CAUSES
A SEPARATE ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND
CONDITION CLASS
5.5.3.1
5.5.3.2
5.5.3.3
5.5.3.4
5.5.3.5
5.5.3.6
5.5.3.7
5.5.3.8
5.5.3.9
5.5.3.10
5.5.3.11
5.5.3.12
5.5.3.13
OWNER CLASS
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE
PRIVATE OWNER INDUSTRIAL STATUS
ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES
AGE BASIS CODE
STAND AGE
PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS
CURRENT GLC
SOIL DEPTH
STAND STRUCTURE
STAND CONDITION
DISTURBANCE (UP TO THREE CODED)
DISTURBANCE YEAR (ONE PER
DISTURBANCE)
HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE (UP TO THREE
CODED)
HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR (UP TO
THREE CODED)
TREATMENT (UP TO THREE CODED)
TREATMENT YEAR (ONE PER TREATMENT)
HISTORICAL TREATMENT (UP TO THREE
CODED)
HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR (ONE PER
TREATMENT)
EVIDENCE OF STUMPS
EVIDENCE OF FIRE
PLANT ASSOCIATION
PLANT ASSOCIATION NONSAMPLED
ANCILLARY - CHANGES DO NOT
DELINEATE A NEW ACCESSIBLE FOREST
LAND CONDITION CLASS
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
5.5.3.18
5.5.3.19
5.5.3.24
5.5.3.25
5.5.3.30
5.5.3.31
5.5.3.36
5.5.3.37
5.5.3.38
5.5.3.39
When classifying CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP, RESERVED STATUS, and PRESENT
NONFOREST LAND USE, base the classification on what is present within the area defined by the fixedradius plot (macroplot, subplot, or microplot).
51
pg.
All other data items including: FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS, STAND
AGE, TREE DENSITY, DISTURBANCE, TREATMENT, and PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS, should be
determined over the entire condition, including but not exclusive to what is encountered within the subplot/
microplot fixed-radius.
Remeasurement plots: The downloaded condition class delineation data items should always be reviewed
and updated as necessary. If changes have occurred, reassess the condition class boundaries mapped by
the previous crew. On remeasurement plots use the plot card and the boundary viewer printout located in
the plot jacket to review the previous condition class layouts and assess whether any change has occurred.
See Chapter 7, Boundary References, for further instruction regarding boundary mapping
SUBSECTION 5.5.1 GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES
General attributes such as CONDITION CLASS NUMBER and a classification for CONDITION CLASS
STATUS are required for every condition class sampled on a plot.
Item 5.5.1.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 2.4.1) [CONDID]
On a plot, assign and record a number for each condition class. The condition class at plot center (the
center of subplot 1) is designated condition class 1. Number condition classes sequentially as encountered
going from subplot 1 through 4, numerically. For remeasurement plots retain the previous CONDITION
CLASS NUMBER assignments whenever possible, even if they were assigned in the wrong order.
When collected: All condition classes
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 5.5.1.2 CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.2) [COND_STATUS_CD]
Record the code that describes the status of the condition. The instructions in Delineating Condition
Classes Differing in Condition Class Status (Section 5.3) and Condition Class Attributes (Section 5.5) apply
when delineating condition classes that differ by CONDITION CLASS STATUS.
When collected: All condition classes
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Accessible forest land
2
Nonforest land
3
Noncensus water
4
Census water
5
Nonsampled
Item 5.5.1.3 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS (PNW) [PREV_COND_STATUS_CD_PNWRS]
Downloaded code indicating sampling status of the condition class recorded at the previous inventory. Do
not change the downloaded code.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Accessible forest land
2
Nonforest land
3
Noncensus water
4
Census water
5
Nonsampled
pg.
52
SUBSECTION 5.5.2 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND DELINEATING DATA ITEMS
Data items described in this subsection determine if accessible forest land qualifies to be subdivided into
separate condition classes, with the exception of PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP CORRECTED which
serves as a code to confirm changes in owner group. Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class,
applies when delineating contrasting forest condition classes based on these data items.
Some of these data items are collected regardless of condition status (e.g., RESERVED STATUS and
OWNER GROUP are collected on nonforest conditions).
Item 5.5.2.1 RESERVED STATUS (CORE 2.5.1) [RESERVCD]
Record the code that identifies the reserved designation for the condition. Reserved land is withdrawn by
law(s) prohibiting the management of land for the production of wood products (not merely controlling or
prohibiting wood-harvesting methods). Such authority is vested in a public agency or department, and
supersedes rights of ownership. The prohibition against management for wood products cannot be
changed through decision of the land manager (management agency) or through a change in land
management personnel, but rather is permanent in nature. Such areas include: Congressionally designated
wilderness areas, national parks, state parks, and other lands protected by law or deed.
Private owners such as The Nature Conservancy may have areas of land on which timber harvest is
prohibited by deed. Record land as reserved only if the landowner has verified this status or if somehow it is
otherwise clearly defined (e.g., posted sign).
Note: The value for this data item may be downloaded (at least for condition class 1) for all plots. However,
when field visited, check to be sure the value is correct for the condition.
When collected: All plots (CONDITION STATUS is not null)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
Not reserved
1
Reserved
Item 5.5.2.2 OWNER GROUP (CORE 2.5.2) [OWNGRPCD]
Record the OWNER GROUP code identifying the ownership of the land in the condition class. Separate
conditions because of changes in OWNER GROUP are recognized only where differences can be clearly
identified on the ground when visiting the plot (e.g., blazed trees or posted boundary signs). When federal
land is owned and administered by two separate entities (e.g., BLM and Forest Service), this data item
records the legal owner of the land, not the administrator.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
Note: The value may be downloaded (at least for condition class 1 from the current field season review
tables); however, check to be sure it is correct.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) and
nonforest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2 or 5)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Value: Code Description
10
Forest Service
20
Other Federal
30
State and Local Government
40
Private
53
pg.
Item 5.5.2.3 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP (PNW) [PREV_OWNGRPCD_PNWRS]
On remeasurement plots this item will be populated directly from the previous visits OWNER GROUP data
item. Examine the PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP field and determine if it was correctly coded at the
previous visit. If the OWNER GROUP of the condition actually changed, do not update this field;
change will be captured by comparing OWNER GROUP at the prior visit to OWNER GROUP at the at the
current visit. If the OWNER GROUP recorded at the previous inventory (i.e., PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP)
was coded incorrectly use codes 10 through 40 to correct the downloaded code (indicating an error was
made at the previous visit). An update to this field requires an explanatory note in the electronic
CONDITION CLASS NOTES.
When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Value: Code Description
10
PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 10 (Forest Service)
20
PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 20 (Other Federal)
30
PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 30 (State and Local)
40
PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 40 (Private)
Item 5.5.2.4 FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) [FLDTYPCD]
Record the code corresponding to the FOREST TYPE (see Appendix E, Forest Type Codes) that best
describes the species with the plurality of stocking for all live trees in the condition class that are not
overtopped.
FOREST TYPE 371 — California Mixed Conifer, is only applicable when the plot is in California (STATE =
06). To classify as a mixed conifer forest type the condition class must be capable of being stocked with
greater than 70-percent conifers and one of the following must be true:
1. Douglas-fir predominates and the COUNTY is not Del Norte (015), Humboldt (023), Marin (041),
Mendocino (045), Napa (055), San Mateo (081), Santa Clara (085), Santa Cruz (087), or Sonoma
(097)
2. Sugar pine (117) or incense-cedar (081) predominates.
3. Ponderosa pine (122) and/or Jeffrey pine (116), either singly or in combination, predominate but
make up less than 80-percent of the conifer stocking.
4. White fir (015), and/or red fir (020) and/or Shasta red fir (021) either singly or in combination
predominate, but make up less than 80-percent of the conifer stocking.
On a mixed conifer site a complex association of ponderosa pine, sugar pine, Douglas-fir, white fir and
red fir may exist. Incense-cedar may also be a component. Generally these five or six conifer species
are intermixed either as single trees or in small groups. Vertical mixing is also common with one to three
species in the overstory and one or two species in the understory. Mixed conifer sites are often on east
facing slopes of the Coast Range, and on the west facing and higher elevation east facing slopes of the
Cascade Range and the Sierra Nevada Range.
If STAND SIZE CLASS is nonstocked, then FOREST TYPE is determined by the following hierarchy:
For SAMPLE KIND = 2 plots, record the FOREST TYPE of the condition at the previous inventory.
For all other plots:
The instructions in Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class and Section 5.5, Condition Class
Attributes apply when delineating, within accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences
in FOREST TYPE.
When collected: All accessible forestland condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors in group or type
Values: See Appendix E, Forest Type Codes
Chapter 5: Condition Class
1. Evaluate any seedlings available to determine the FOREST TYPE.
2. If no seedlings exist, use adjacent stands and your best professional judgment to determine
FOREST TYPE.
pg.
54
Item 5.5.2.5 STAND SIZE CLASS (CORE 2.5.4) [FLDSZCD]
Record the code that best describes the predominant size class of all live trees in the condition class.
The instructions in Section 5.1 and Section 5.5 apply when delineating, on accessible forest land,
contrasting conditions based on differences in STAND SIZE CLASS.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
Within the sampled area on a microplot, subplot, or macroplot, recognize only very obvious contrasting
stands of different mean diameter with an abrupt boundary. Example: an obvious abrupt boundary exists
within the sampled (fixed-radius) area of a subplot and demarcates a STAND SIZE CLASS change. When
in doubt, do not split conditions. Use tree stocking of all live trees that are not overtopped to differentiate
between stand-size classes.
When collected: All accessible forestland condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Stand Size Class
Definition
0
Nonstocked
Meeting the definition of accessible forest land, and
the following applies:
Less than 10 percent stocked by trees of any size,
and not classified as cover trees (see Code 6)
1
< 4.9 inches
At least 10 percent stocking in trees of any size; and
(seedling, sapling) at least 2/3 of the crown cover is in trees less than 5.0
inches DBH/DRC
2
5.0 - 8.9 inches
At least 10 percent stocking in trees of any size; and
(softwoods)
at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than
5.0 - 10.9 inches
5.0 inches DBH/DRC and the plurality of the crown
(hardwoods)
cover is in softwoods between 5.0 - 8.9 inches
diameter and/or hardwoods between 5.0 - 10.9
inches DBH, and/or woodland trees 5.0 - 8.9 inches
DRC.
3
9.0 - 19.9 inches
At least 10 percent stocking in trees of any size; and
(softwoods)
at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than
11.0 - 19.9 inches 5.0 inches DBH/DRC and the plurality of the crown
(hardwoods)
cover is in softwoods between 9.0 - 19.9 inches
diameter and/or hardwoods between 11.0 - 19.9
inches DBH, and for woodland trees 9.0 - 19.9 inches
DRC.
4
20.0 - 39.9 inches At least 10 percent stocking in trees of any size; and
at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than
5.0 inches DBH/DRC and the plurality of the crown
cover is in trees between 20.0 - 39.9 inches DBH
5
40.0 + inches
At least 10 percent stocking in trees of any size; and
at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than
5.0 inches DBH/DRC and the plurality of the crown
cover is in trees > 40.0 inches DBH
6
(Office Use Only)
(Office Use Only) Less than 10 percent stocking by
Cover trees (trees trees of any size, and greater than 5 percent crown
not on species list, cover of species that comprise cover trees
used for plots
classified as
nonforest)
55
pg.
Item 5.5.2.6 REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5) [STDORGCD]
Record the code that best describes the artificial regeneration that occurred in the condition.
The instructions in Section 5.1 and Section 5.3 apply when delineating, within accessible forest land,
contrasting conditions based on differences in REGENERATION STATUS.
For a forest land condition to be delineated and/or classified as artificially regenerated, the condition must
show distinct evidence of planting or seeding. If it is difficult to determine whether or not a stand has been
planted or seeded, then use code 0. If no distinct boundary exists within the sampled (fixed-radius) area on
any subplot/macroplot, then do not recognize separate conditions. In many regions of the West, trees are
not planted in rows, and planted stands do not differ in physical appearance from natural conditions. In
these cases, there is no need to differentiate conditions based on stand origin.
Note: Plot records or verbal evidence from landowner are acceptable criteria for determining regeneration
status.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Regeneration Description
0
Natural
Present stand shows no clear evidence of artificial
regeneration. Includes unplanted, recently cut lands.
1
Artificial
Present stand shows clear evidence of artificial
regeneration.
Item 5.5.2.7 TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6) [MAPDEN]
Record a code to indicate the relative tree density classification. Base the classification on the number of
stems/unit area, basal area, tree cover, or stocking of all live trees in the condition that are not overtopped,
compared to any other condition class TREE DENSITY recorded on the plot.
The instructions in Section 5.1 and Section 5.3 apply when delineating, within accessible forest land,
contrasting conditions based on differences in TREE DENSITY.
Codes 2 and higher are used ONLY when all other attributes used to delineate separate condition classes
are homogenous, i.e., when a change in density is the ONLY difference within what would otherwise be
treated as only one forest condition. Otherwise, code 1 for all condition classes. Codes 2 and higher are
usually, but not always, used to demarcate areas that differ from an adjacent area due to forest disturbance,
e.g., a partial harvest or heavy, but not total tree mortality due to a ground fire. Delineation by density
should only be done when the less-dense condition is 50 percent or less as dense as the more dense
condition.
Do not distinguish between low-stocked stands or stands of sparse and patchy forest.
In order to qualify as a separate condition based on density, there MUST be a distinct, easily observed
change in the density of an area's tree cover or basal area.
Examples of valid contrasting conditions defined by differences in tree density are:
the eastern half of an otherwise homogeneous, 20-acre stand has many trees killed by a bark beetle
outbreak,
•
one portion of a stand is partially cut over (with 40 square feet basal area per acre) while the other
portion is undisturbed (with 100 square feet basal area per acre).
Note: In these examples, RESERVED STATUS, OWNER GROUP, FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS,
and REGENERATION STATUS are the same.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Initial density class
2
Density class 2 - density different than 1
3
Density class 3 - density different than 1 and 2
Chapter 5: Condition Class
•
pg.
56
SUBSECTION 5.5.3 ANCILLARY (NON-DELINEATING) DATA ITEMS
Item 5.5.3.1 OWNER CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 2.5.7) [OWNCD]
Record the OWNER CLASS code that best corresponds to the ownership of the land in the condition class.
Conditions will NOT be delineated based on changes in OWNER CLASS. If multiple owner classes within
an OWNER GROUP occur on a single condition class, record the OWNER CLASS closest to the plot
center. Note: When federal land is owned and administered by two separate entities (e.g., BLM and Forest
Service), this data item records the legal owner of the land, not the administrator.
The value for this field should be downloaded for condition class 1 and indicates the owner classification
collected in the county courthouse for subplot 1 center (the pinpricked field grid location). However, check
to be sure the value is correct for the plot and update this code if incorrect. If the difference is due to a
change in ownership since the last field visit, record the date of the ownership change (if known), and make
a note in CONDITION CLASS NOTES (Item 5.7.1.1).
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) and
nonforest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2 or 5)
2
Field width: digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
Owner Classes within Forest Service lands (OWNER GROUP = 10):
11 National Forest
12 National Grassland
13 Other Forest Service
Owner Classes within Other Federal lands (OWNER GROUP = 20):
21 National Park Service
22 Bureau of Land Management
23 Fish and Wildlife Service
24 Departments of Defense/Energy
25 Other Federal
Owner Classes within State and Local Government lands (OWNER GROUP = 30):
31 State
32 Local (County, Municipality, etc.)
33 Other Non Federal Public
Owner Classes within Private lands (OWNER GROUP = 40):
41 Corporate
42 Non Governmental Conservation / Natural Resources Organization –
examples: Nature Conservancy, National Trust for Private Lands, Pacific
Forest Trust, Boy Scouts of America, etc.
43 Unincorporated Partnerships / Associations / Clubs – examples: Hunting
Clubs that own, not lease property, recreation associations, 4H, etc.
44 Native American (Indian) - within reservation boundaries
45 Individual
57
pg.
Item 5.5.3.2 ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE (PNW) [ADFORCD]
Downloaded code identifying the administrative unit (Forest Service region and national forest/grassland/
management unit) in which the condition is located. The first two digits of the four digit code are for the
region number and the last two are for the administered national forest number. Verify the downloaded
code; update if incorrect.
Note: For federal land owned by one entity (e.g., BLM) and administered (managed) by another entity (e.g.,
Siskiyou National Forest), the ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE of the administrating unit is recorded
(0611 - Siskiyou NF in this example). Additional measurements are taken when a condition class is located
on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered lands (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699); this
includes other federal lands (OWNER GROUP = 20) administered by R5 or R6 Forest Service units. The
PDR will generate a warning when this situation exists; crews must verify that ownership and administrating
unit are indeed different (i.e., owner and administrator are separate entities).
When collected: Downloaded for all accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION STATUS
= 1) and nonforest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2 or 5)
located on Forest Service administered lands (OWNER GROUP = 10 or 20)
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 0104 Idaho Panhandle National Forest 0602 Fremont National Forest
0417 Toiyabe National Forest
0603 Gifford Pinchot National Forest
0501 Angeles National Forest
0604 Malheur National Forest
0502 Cleveland National Forest
0605 Mt. Baker Snoqualmie National
Forest
0503 Eldorado National Forest
0606 Mt. Hood National Forest
0504 Inyo National Forest
0607 Ochoco National Forest
0505 Klamath National Forest
0608 Okanogan National Forest
0506 Lassen National Forest
0609 Olympic National Forest
0507 Los Padres National Forest
0610 Rogue River National Forest
0508 Mendocino National Forest
0611 Siskiyou National Forest
0509 Modoc National Forest
0612 Siuslaw National Forest
0510 Six Rivers National Forest
0614 Umatilla National Forest
0511 Plumas National Forest
0615 Umpqua National Forest
0512 San Bernardino National Forest
0616 Wallowa-Whitman Nat. Forest
0513 Sequoia National Forest
0617 Wenatchee National Forest
0514 Shasta-Trinity National Forest
0618 Willamette National Forest
0515 Sierra National Forest
0620 Winema National Forest
0516 Stanislaus National Forest
0621 Colville National Forest
0517 Tahoe National Forest
0622 Columbia River Gorge NSA
0519 Lake Tahoe Basin Mgmt. Unit
0650 Crooked River National Grassland
0601 Deschutes National Forest
0000 Other federal land (OWNER
GROUP = 20) not administered by
the Forest Service
Chapter 5: Condition Class
pg.
58
Item 5.5.3.3 PRIVATE OWNER INDUSTRIAL STATUS (CORE 2.5.8) [FORINDCD]
Record the code identifying the status of the owner with regard to being considered industrial as
determined by whether or not they own and operate a primary wood processing plant. A primary wood
processing plant is any commercial operation which originates the primary processing of wood on a regular
and continuing basis. Examples include: pulp or paper mill, sawmill, panel board mill, post or pole mill, etc.
Cabinet shops, "mom & pop" home-operated businesses, etc., should not be considered as industrial
plants. If any doubt exists with the determination by the field crew about the owner's industrial status due to
name, commercial plant size, type plant, etc., choose code 0.
Note: FIA unit or state headquarters may have to maintain a list of recognized industrial owners within a
State for crews to use when making these determinations.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
when the OWNER GROUP is private (OWNER GROUP = 40)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
Land is not owned by industrial owner with a wood processing plant
1
Land is owned by industrial owner with wood processing plant
Item 5.5.3.4 ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (CORE 2.5.9) [STDORGSP]
Record the species code of the predominant tree species for which evidence exists of artificial regeneration
in the stand. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting condition classes are never delineated based on
variation in this attribute.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) with
evidence of artificial regeneration (REGENERATION STATUS = 1)
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix F, Tree Species List
Item 5.5.3.5 AGE BASIS CODE (PNW) [AGE_BASIS_CD_PNWRS]
Record the code that indicates the method used to determine STAND AGE (Item 5.5.3.6).
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
Core Code
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
(office use only)
00
Stand is nonstocked
10
11
20
30
Weighted average of trees bored for age (on macroplot)
Weighted average of trees bored for age (off macroplot)
Whorl counted only (on or off macroplot)
Mixed method of whorl-count and/or bored age (on or off
macroplot)
Time since last inventory - years added to previously
n/a
recorded stand age
Age based on documentary evidence or landowner
n/a
discussion
Age based on crew call considering site and tree diameters
n/a
All trees in the condition are of a species which cannot be STAND AGE =
bored
998
Tree cores not counted in the field, but taken to field office STAND AGE =
to count
999
STAND AGE >997 years
STAND AGE =
997
40
50
51
60
70
80
STAND AGE =
000
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
59
pg.
Item 5.5.3.6 STAND AGE (CORE 2.5.10) [FLDAGE]
Record the average total age, to the nearest year, of the overstory trees (plurality of all live trees not
overtopped) in the predominant STAND SIZE CLASS of the condition, determined using local procedures.
Record ”000” for non-stocked stands.
An estimate of STAND AGE is required for every forest land condition class defined on a plot. Stand age is
usually highly correlated with stand size and should reflect the average age of all trees that are not
overtopped. Unlike the procedure for site tree age (TREE AGE AT DIAMETER), estimates of STAND AGE
should estimate the time of tree establishment (i.e., not age at the point of diameter measurement). Note:
For planted stands, estimate age based on the year the stand was planted (i.e., do not add in the age of the
planting stock).
To estimate STAND AGE, select two or three dominant or codominant trees from the overstory. If the
overstory covers a wide range of tree sizes and species, try to select the trees accordingly but it is not
necessary to core additional trees in such stands. Core each tree just below the point of diameter
measurement and count the rings between the outside edge and the core to the pith. Add in the number of
years that passed from germination until the tree reached the point of core extraction to determine the total
age of the tree (use the guidelines below and adjust as needed for site variation and observed growth
rates).
General regional guidelines for converting breast height age to total age by species:
Years to add:
west side: conifers + 5, hardwoods + 4
east side: conifers + 8, hardwoods + 5
The field crew should use their best judgment in estimating a STAND AGE by taking the average total age
of the predominant overstory trees in the stand, using tree ages for guidance. For example, if three trees
aged 34, 62, and 59 years represent 25 percent, 60 percent, and 15 percent of the overstory, respectively,
the weighted stand age would be:
(34 x 0.25) + (62 x 0.60) + (59 x 0.15) = 55 years.
In some cases, it may be possible to avoid coring trees to determine age. If a stand has not been seriously
disturbed since the previous survey, simply add the number of years since the previous inventory to the
previous STAND AGE. In other situations, cores collected from site trees can be used to estimate STAND
AGE when they are representative of the overstory.
For seedling/sapling sized forested conditions count the number of whorls or branch nodes to help in
getting an estimate. Determine age by whorl count for the following species only: Douglas-fir; pines; and
true firs. This is only an acceptable practice in young, fast-growing stands (e.g., plantations, regenerating
clearcuts); it is almost never acceptable where the environment limits vigorous tree growth (e.g., subalpine
areas, bogs).
If all of the trees in the overstory are of a species which, by regional standards, cannot be bored for age
(e.g., black oak, Pacific madrone) examine ancillary information to provide a stand age (see Subsection
8.6.1, Tree Age for list of species that regionally are restricted from being bored for age).
Note: If tree cores are not counted in the field, but are collected and taken to the field office for counting,
leave values field blank (i.e., null).
When collected: When AGE BASIS CODE < 60
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10percent
Values: Null, 000 to 999
Chapter 5: Condition Class
Use ancillary information that provides clues about STAND AGE, such as planting date estimates offered
by the landowner and disturbance dates implied by perusal of multi-date aerial imagery. If estimated age
can be determined for hardwoods not bored (for example, counting rings on a nearby stump) then use this
information to estimate STAND AGE.
pg.
60
Item 5.5.3.7 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (CORE 2.5.23) [PHYSCLCD]
Record the code that best describes the PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS of the condition within the plot area;
land form, topographic position, and soil generally determine physiographic class.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS will be downloaded for
all accessible forest land condition classes. Crews should check the value and make corrections only if a
physical change has occurred or if the previous crew made an error. A related CONDITION CLASS NOTE
is required when correcting a previous crew error.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1); or
measurable nonforest condition classes when NONFOREST LAND USE is
rangeland, other, naturally nonvegetated, or chaparral (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699, and NONFOREST
LAND USE = 20, 40, 41, or 45). When SAMPLE KIND = 2, downloaded previous
PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS must be verified.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Xeric
Sites that are normally low or deficient in moisture available to support vigorous tree
growth. These areas may receive adequate precipitation, but experience a rapid loss of
available moisture due to runoff, percolation, evaporation, etc.
Code Physiographic class Description
Ridge tops with thin rock outcrops and considerable
11 Dry Tops
exposure to sun and wind.
Slopes with thin rock outcrops and considerable exposure
12 Dry Slopes
to sun and wind. Includes most mountain/steep slopes with
a southern or western exposure.
Deep
Sands
Sites with a deep, sandy surface subject to rapid loss of
13
moisture following precipitation. Typical examples include
sand hills, sites along the beach and shores of lakes and
streams and many deserts.
All dry physiographic sites not described above. Describe
19 Other Xeric
in electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTES.
Mesic
Sites that have moderate but adequate moisture available to support vigorous tree
growth except for periods of extended drought. These sites may be subjected to
occasional flooding during periods of heavy or extended precipitation.
Code Physiographic class Description
Flat or fairly level sites outside flood plains. Excludes deep
21 Flatwoods
sands and wet, swampy sites.
Hills and gently rolling, undulating terrain and associated
22 Rolling Uplands
small streams. Excludes deep sands, all hydric sites, and
streams with associated floodplains.
Moist slopes and coves with relatively deep, fertile soils.
23 Moist Slopes and
Coves
Often these sites have a northern or eastern exposure and
are partially shielded from wind and sun. Includes moist
mountain tops and saddles.
24 Narrow Floodplains/ Flood plains and bottomlands less than 1/4-mile in width
Bottomlands
along rivers and streams. These sites are normally well
drained but are subjected to occasional flooding during
periods of heavy or extended precipitation. Includes
associated levees, benches, and terraces within a 1/4 mile
limit. Excludes swamps, sloughs, and bogs
61
pg.
25
Broad Floodplains
29
Other Mesic
Flood plains and bottomlands 1/4 mile or wider in width
along rivers and streams. These sites are normally well
drained but are subjected to occasional flooding during
periods of heavy or extended precipitation. Includes
associated levees, benches, and terraces. Excludes
swamps, sloughs, and bogs with year-round water
problems.
All moderately moist physiographic sites not described
above. Describe in electronic CONDITION CLASS
NOTES.
Hydric
Sites that generally have a year-round abundance or over-abundance of moisture. Hydric
sites are very wet sites where excess water seriously limits both growth and species
occurrence.
Code Physiographic class Description
Low, wet, flat forested areas usually quite extensive that
31 Swamps/Bogs
are flooded for long periods of time except during periods
of extreme drought. Excludes cypress ponds and small
drains.
Narrow, stream-like, wet strands of forest land often
32 Small Drains
without a well-defined stream channel. These areas are
poorly drained or flooded throughout most of the year and
drain the adjacent higher ground.
Low, wet, boggy sites characterized by peaty or organic
33 Bays and Wet
Pocossins
soils. May be somewhat dry during periods of extended
drought. Examples include the Carolina bays in the
southeast US.
34 Beaver Ponds
35 Cypress Ponds
All other hydric physiographic sites. Describe in electronic
39 Other Hydric
CONDITION CLASS NOTES.
Item 5.5.3.8 CURRENT GROUND LAND CLASS (PFSL) [GROUND_LAND_CLASS_PNW]
Record the 3-digit code that corresponds to the best ground land class (GLC) description listed below. GLC
should be collected on all accessible and nonsampled forest lands. When SAMPLE KIND = 2 (remeasured
plot), previous GLC will be downloaded (in the CURRENT GROUND LAND CLASS field) for all accessible
forest land condition classes. Crews should check the value and make corrections only if a physical change
has occurred or if the previous crew made an error. A related CONDITION CLASS NOTE is required when
correcting a previous crew error.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1); and
all nonsampled forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 and
ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE = 1)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No error
Chapter 5: Condition Class
pg.
62
Description
Values: Code GLC
120 Timberland Forest land which is potentially capable of producing at least 20 cubic feet/
141 Other forestrocky
142 Other forestunsuitable
site
(wetland,
subalpine or
coastal
conifer
scrub) (CA
only)
143 Other forestpinyonjuniper
144 Other forestoak
(formally
oak
woodland)
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
146 (OR & WA
only) Other
forestunsuitable
site
acre/year at culmination in fully stocked, natural stands (1.4 cubic meters/
hectares/year) of continuous crops of trees to industrial roundwood size
and quality. Industrial roundwood requires species that grow to size and
quality adequate to produce lumber and other manufactured products
(exclude fence posts and fuel wood which are not considered
manufactured). Timberland is characterized by no severe limitations on
artificial or natural restocking with species capable of producing industrial
roundwood.
Other forest land which can produce tree species of industrial roundwood
size and quality, but which is unmanageable because the site is steep,
hazardous, and rocky, or is predominantly nonstockable rock or bedrock,
with trees growing in cracks and pockets. Other forest-rocky sites may be
incapable of growing continuous crops due to inability to obtain adequate
regeneration success.
Other forest land which is unsuited for growing industrial roundwood
because of one of the following environment factors: willow bogs, spruce
bogs, sites with high water tables or even standing water for a portion of
the year, and harsh sites due to extreme climatic and soil conditions. Trees
present are often extremely slow growing and deformed. Examples:
whitebark pine, lodgepole, or mountain hemlock stands at timberline;
shore pine along the Pacific Ocean (Monterey, Bishop, and Douglas-Fir);
willow wetlands with occasional cottonwoods present; Sitka spruce-shrub
communities bordering tidal flats and channels along the coast. Includes
aspen stands in high-desert areas.
Areas currently capable of 10 percent or more tree stocking with forest
trees, with juniper species predominating. These areas are not now, and
show no evidence of ever having been, 10 percent or more stocked with
trees of industrial roundwood form and quality. Stocking capabilities
indicated by live juniper trees or juniper stumps and juniper snags less
than 25 years dead or cut.
Areas currently 10 percent or more stocked with forest trees, with low
quality forest trees of oak, gray pine, madrone, or other hardwood species
predominating, and which are not now, and show no evidence of ever
having been, 10 percent or more stocked with trees of industrial
roundwood form and quality. Trees on these sites are usually short, slow
growing, gnarled, poorly formed, and generally suitable only for fuel wood.
The following types are included: blue oak, white oak, live oak, oak-gray
pine.
Other forest land which is unsuited for growing industrial roundwood
because of one of the following environment factors: willow bogs, spruce
bogs, sites with high water tables or even standing water for a portion of
the year, and harsh sites due to climatic conditions. Trees present are
often extremely slow growing and deformed. Examples: whitebark pine or
mountain hemlock stands at timberline, shore pine along the Pacific
Ocean, willow wetlands with occasional cottonwoods present, and sitka
spruce-shrub communities bordering tidal flats and channels along the
coast. Aspen stands in high-desert areas are considered other forestunsuitable site.
Forest land with forest trees with cypress predominating. Shows no
evidence of having had 10 percent or more cover of trees of industrial
roundwood quality and species.
148 Other forestcypress (CA
only)
149 Other forest- (this code will be calculated in the office; field crews should never use this
code)
low
productivity Forest land capable of growing crops of trees to industrial roundwood
(office use quality, but not able to grow wood at the rate of 20 cubic feet/acre/year.
Included are areas of low stocking potential and/or very low site index.
only)
63
pg.
Item 5.5.3.9 SOIL DEPTH (PFSL) [SOIL_ROOTING_DEPTH_PNW]
Record a code to describe SOIL DEPTH (the depth to which tree roots can penetrate) within each forest
land condition class. Required for all forest condition classes. Code this item "1" when more than half of
area in the condition class is estimated to be less than 20 inches deep. Ground pumice, decomposed
granite, and sand all qualify as types of soil. Use clues such as abundance of rock outcrops, root wads, and
soil depth on cutbanks to make the estimate.
When SAMPLE KIND = 2 (remeasured plot), previous SOIL DEPTH will be downloaded for all accessible
forest land condition classes. Crews should check the value and make corrections only if a physical change
has occurred or if the previous crew made an error. (If previous error, electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTE
is required)
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
< 20 inches
2
> 20 inches
Item 5.5.3.10 STAND STRUCTURE (PFSL) [STND_STRUC_CD_PNWRS]
Record the code that best represents the overall structure of the stand.
When collected: When STATE = 06, 41, or 53: all accessible forest land condition classes
(CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No error
Values: Code Stand Structure
Description
1 Even-aged single- A single even canopy characterizes the stand. The greatest
number of trees are in a height class represented by the
storied
Even-aged twostoried
3
Uneven-aged
4
Mosaic
Chapter 5: Condition Class
2
average height of the stand; there are substantially fewer trees
in height classes above and below this mean. The smaller
trees are usually tall spindly members that have fallen behind
their associates. The ages of the trees usually do not differ by
more than 20 years.
Stands composed of two distinct canopy layers, such as an
overstory with an understory sapling layer possibly due to seed
tree and shelterwood operations. This composition may also
be found in older plantations where shade-tolerant trees have
become established. Two relatively even canopy levels can be
recognized in the stand. Understory or overtopped trees are
common. Neither canopy level is necessarily continuous or
closed, but both canopy levels tend to be uniformly distributed
across the stand. The average age of each level differs
significantly from the other.
Theoretically, these stands contain trees of every age on a
continuum from seedlings to mature canopy trees. In practice,
uneven-aged stands are characterized by a broken or uneven
canopy layer. Usually the largest number of trees are in the
smaller diameter classes. As trees increase in diameter, their
numbers diminish throughout the stand. Many times, instead of
producing a negative exponential distribution of diminishing
larger diameters, uneven-aged stands behave irregularly with
waves of reproduction and mortality. Consider any stand with 3
or more structural layers as uneven-aged. Some kinds of
logging disturbances (for example, selection, diameter limit,
and salvage cutting) will give a stand an uneven-aged
structure.
At least two distinct size classes are represented and these are
not uniformly distributed but are grouped in small repeating
aggregations, or occur as stringers less than 120 feet wide,
throughout the stand. Each size class aggregation is too small
to be recognized and mapped as an individual condition. The
aggregations may or may not be even-aged.
pg.
64
Item 5.5.3.11 STAND CONDITION / STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT (PFSL) [STND_COND_CD_PNWRS]
A 1-digit code that best describes the condition of the stand within accessible forest land condition classes.
Stand condition is defined here as "the size, density, and species composition of a plant community
following disturbance and at various time intervals after disturbance." Information on stand condition is used
in describing wildlife habitat. The code is downloaded for each condition class if recorded at the previous
field visit. Update this downloaded code if obviously incorrect and explain in an electronic CONDITION
CLASS NOTE.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Stand Condition Definition
0
Not applicable
Condition class is juniper or chaparral forest type.
1
Grass-forb
Shrubs less than 40 percent crown cover and less than 5
feet tall; plot may range from being largely devoid of
vegetation to dominance by herbaceous species (grasses
and forbs); tree regeneration generally less than 5 feet tall
and 40 percent cover.
2
Shrub
Shrubs 40 percent crown canopy or greater, of any height;
trees less than 40 percent crown canopy and less than
1.0 inches DBH/DRC. When average stand diameter
exceeds 1.0 inches DBH/DRC, plot is "open sapling" or
"closed sapling."
3
Open saplingAverage stand diameter 1.0-8.9 inches DBH/DRC, and
poletimber
crown cover is less than 60 percent.
4
Closed sapling, Average stand diameter is 1.0-21.0 inches DBH/DRC and
pole, sawtimber crown cover is 60 percent or greater.
5
Open sawtimber Average stand diameter is 9.0-21.0 inches DBH/DRC,
and crown cover is less than 60 percent.
6
Large sawtimber Average stand diameter exceeds 21.0 inches DBH/DRC;
crown cover may be less than 100 percent; decay and
decadence required for old-growth characteristics is
generally lacking, successional trees required by oldgrowth may be lacking, and dead and down material
required by old-growth is lacking.
7
Old-growth
Average stand diameter exceeds 21.0 inches DBH/DRC.
Stands over 200 years old with at least two tree layers
(overstory and understory), decay in living trees, snags,
and down woody material. Some of the overstory layer
may be composed of long-lived successional species (i.e.,
Douglas-fir, western redcedar).
Item 5.5.3.12 DISTURBANCE 1 (CORE 2.5.11) [DSTRBCD1]
Record the code corresponding to the presence of the following disturbances. Disturbance can connote
positive or negative effects. The area affected by any natural or human-caused disturbance must be at least
1.0 acre in size. Record up to three different disturbances per condition class from most important to least
important as best as can be determined. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting conditions are never
delineated based on variation in this attribute.
For initial forest plot establishment (initial grid activation of the annual inventory or newly forested plots), the
disturbance must be within the last 5 years. For remeasured plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) recognize only
those disturbances that have occurred since the previous inventory.
The following disturbance codes require "significant threshold" damage, which implies mortality and/or
damage to 25 percent of all trees in a stand or 50 percent of an individual species' count. Additionally, some
disturbances affect forests but initially may not affect tree growth or health (e.g., grazing, browsing,
flooding). In these cases, a disturbance should be coded when at least 25 percent of the soil surface or
understory vegetation has been affected.
65
pg.
Use the general disturbance codes (i.e., 10, 20, etc) only if one of the more specific codes (i.e., 41, 42, etc)
does not apply. When coding fire (30), it is important to distinguish ground fire (31) from crown fire (32)
where possible. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 1 is observed.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Disturbance Definition
00 None
No observable disturbance
10 Insect damage
11 Insect damage to understory vegetation
12 Insect damage to trees, including seedlings and saplings
20 Disease Damage
21 Disease damage to understory vegetation
22 Disease damage to trees, including seedlings and saplings
30 Fire
Crown or ground fire, either prescribed or natural
31 Ground fire
32 Crown fire
40 Animal Damage
41 Beaver – Includes flooding caused by beaver
42 Porcupine
43 Deer/Ungulate
44 Bear
45 Rabbit
46 Domestic animal or livestock – Includes grazing
50 Weather
51 Ice
52 Wind – Includes hurricane, tornado
53 Flooding – weather induced
54 Drought
60 Vegetation
Suppression, competition, vines
70 Unknown /
Describe in electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTES
unsure / other
80 Human
Any significant threshold of human caused damage not
caused
described in the DISTURBANCE codes listed or in the
damage
TREATMENT codes listed. Must include a an electronic
CONDITION CLASS NOTE to describe further.
90 Geological Disturbances
91 Landslide
92 Avalanche Track
93 Volcanic Blast Zone
94 Other Geologic Event
95 Earth movements/avalanches
Item 5.5.3.13 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.12) [DSTRBYR1]
When collected: When DISTURBANCE 1 > 00
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years
+/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years
Values: Year that is the same as or since the previous annual inventory plot visit, or within
the past 5 years for plots visited for the first time; 9999
Chapter 5: Condition Class
Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 1 occurred. If the disturbance occurs continuously over a period
of time, record 9999.
pg.
66
Item 5.5.3.14 DISTURBANCE 2 (CORE 2.5.13) [DSTRBCD2]
If a stand has experienced more than one disturbance, record the second disturbance here. See
DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 2 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.15 DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.14) [DSTRBYR2]
Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 2 occurred. See DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.
Item 5.5.3.16 DISTURBANCE 3 (CORE 2.5.15) [DSTRBCD3]
If a stand has experienced more than two disturbances, record the third disturbance here. See
DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 3 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.17 DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.16) [DSTRBYR3]
Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 3 occurred. See DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.
Item 5.5.3.18 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD1_PNWRS]
Record the corresponding disturbance code for disturbances which occurred more than 5 years prior to the
installation of the new annual inventory plot. This data item is only recorded on new annual inventory plots
(SAMPLE KIND = 1). If the plot has been measured previously as a periodic plot, use previous plot writeups and records as guides to code the important historical disturbances affecting the current stand
(including those which originated the stand). Use the same procedures and codes used for DISTURBANCE
1.
Note: Null is erroneous for this data item; code “00” if no HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1 is observed.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes on new installations (SAMPLE KIND = 1
and CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See DISTURBANCE 1 (Item 5.5.3.12)
Item 5.5.3.19 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR1_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1 occurred.
When collected: When HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1 > 00
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years
+/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years
Values: Year that is prior to the previous plot visit, or > 5 years ago for plots visited for the
first time
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
Item 5.5.3.20 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 2 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD2_PNWRS]
If a stand has experienced more than one historical disturbance, record the second disturbance here. Use
the same procedures and codes used for HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 1. Code “00” if no HISTORICAL
DISTURBANCE 2 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.21 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR2_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 2 occurred. Use the same procedures and codes
used for HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 1.
Item 5.5.3.22 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 3 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBCD3_PNWRS]
If a stand has experienced more than two historical disturbances, record the third disturbance here. Use the
same procedures and codes used for HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 1. Code “00” if no HISTORICAL
DISTURBANCE 3 is observed.
67
pg.
Item 5.5.3.23 HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (PNW) [HIST_DSTRBYR3_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE 3 occurred. Use the same procedures and codes
used for HISTORICAL DISTURBANCE YEAR 1.
Item 5.5.3.24 TREATMENT 1 (CORE 2.5.17) [TRTCD1] (PFSL) [TRTCD1_PNWRS]
Forestry treatments are a form of disturbance. These human caused disturbances are recorded separately
here for ease of coding and analysis. The term treatment further implies that a silvicultural application has
been prescribed. This does not include occasional stumps of unknown origin or sparse removals for
firewood, Christmas trees, or other miscellaneous purposes. The area affected by any treatment must be at
least 1.0 acre in size (codes 14 and 15 may not seem to meet this area size requirement, yet almost always
reflect a localized treatment applied or allowed across a large enough landscape to qualify). If a tree on the
plot has been cut (removed or not) there should be a corresponding “best fit” code for a condition class
treatment. Record up to three different treatments per condition class from most important to least
important as best as can be determined. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting conditions are never
delineated based on variation in this attribute.
For initial forest plot establishment (initial grid activation of the annual inventory or newly forested plots), the
treatment must be within the last five years. For remeasured plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) recognize only
those treatments that have occurred since the previous inventory.
Code the general treatment codes (i.e., 10, 20, etc) only if one of the more specific codes (i.e., 11, 12, etc)
does not apply. Code “00” if no TREATMENT 1 is observed.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Treatment
Description
Core codes
(office use only)
00 None
10 Cutting
00
10
10
10
10
10
Chapter 5: Condition Class
No observable treatment.
The removal of one or more trees from a
stand.
11 Clearcut
Residual trees of all sizes have < 25 percent
crown cover.The residual trees usually are cull
trees and low-value hardwoods. Not a
firewood or local use harvest.
12 Partial cut
Remaining trees comprise > 25 percent crown
(heavy) (>20
cover and >20 percent of the trees live and 5.0
percent removed) inches DBH/DRC or larger were harvested.
The residual stand usually consists of
commercially desirable trees.Not a firewood or
local use harvest.
13 Partial cut (light) Remaining trees comprise > 25 percent crown
(<20 percent
cover and < 20 percent of the trees live and
removed)
5.0 inches DBH/DRC or larger were
harvested. The residual stand usually consists
of commercially desirable trees.Not a firewood
or local use harvest.
14 Firewood or local The harvest of trees for firewood, or the
use cut
harvest of trees for products manufactured
and used locally by “do-it-yourselfers”, often
on the ownership of origin, for improvements
such as buildings, bridges and fences. This
code does not require a 1.0-acre minimum
size.
pg.
68
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
15 Incidental cut
Includes 1) the haphazard, seemingly random
harvest of occasional trees in an otherwise
undisturbed stand, or 2) any harvest activity
that does not qualify as another kind of
disturbance. Trees may have been cut and left
on site or cut and transported off site.This
code does not require a 1.0-acre minimum
size.
16 Precommercial An intermediate harvest in which excess
thin
growing stock are cut but not removed.
17 Improvement cut Cutting of commercial-sized, unsalable trees
to free crop trees from competition.
Improvement cutting differs from a commercial
thinning in that the trees cut are not
marketable.
20 Site preparation Clearing, slash burning, chopping, disking,
bedding, or other practices clearly intended to
prepare a site for either natural or artificial
regeneration.
30 Artificial
Following a disturbance or treatment (usually
regeneration
cutting), a new stand where at least 50
percent of the live trees present resulted from
planting or direct seeding.
31 Planting through- Planting the area to establish a manageable
out the stand
stand.
32 Planting within
Planting of nonstocked openings to fill-in or
nonstocked holes create a manageable stand
in the stand
33 Underplanting
Planting under a sawtimber overstory.
40 Natural
Following a disturbance or treatment (usually
regeneration
cutting), a new stand where at least 50
percent of the live trees present (of any size)
were established through the growth of
existing trees and/or natural seeding or
sprouting.
50 Other silvicultural The use of fertilizers, herbicides, girdling,
treatment
pruning or other activities (not already listed
above) designed to improve the commercial
value of the residual stand, or chaining, which
is a practice used on woodlands to encourage
wildlife forage.
51 Stand conversion Killing of low-value or unmarketable treesoften hardwoods-and planting of the area to
establish a manageable stand. Most
commonly, low-value hardwood stands are
converted to conifer stands.
52 Clean and
Killing or suppression of undesirable,
release
competing vegetation-usually brush or
hardwoods-from a manageable stand. A
herbicide treatment in young, regenerated
stands is one method of clean and release.
60 Chaining
Removal or killing of undesired woody
species, not a silvicultural treatment.
10
10
10
20
30
30
30
30
40
50
50
50
60
69
pg.
Item 5.5.3.25 TREATMENT YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.18) [TRTYR1]
Record the year in which TREATMENT 1 occurred.
When collected: When TREATMENT 1 > 00
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years
+/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years
Values: Year that is the same or since the previous annual inventory plot visit, or within the
past five years for plots visited for the first time
Item 5.5.3.26 TREATMENT 2 (CORE 2.5.19)” [TRTCD2] (PFSL) [TRTCD2_PNWRS]
If a stand has experienced more than one treatment, record the second treatment here. See TREATMENT
1 for coding instructions. Code ”00” if no TREATMENT 2 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.27 TREATMENT YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.20) [TRTYR2]
Record the year in which TREATMENT 2 occurred. See TREATMENT YEAR 1 for coding instructions.
Item 5.5.3.28 TREATMENT 3 (CORE 2.5.21) [TRTCD3] (PFSL) [TRTCD3_PNWRS]
If a stand has experienced more than two treatments, record the third treatment here. See TREATMENT 1
for coding instructions. Code ”00” if no TREATMENT 3 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.29 TREATMENT YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.22) [TRTYR3]
Record the year in which TREATMENT 3 occurred. See TREATMENT YEAR 1 for coding instructions.
Item 5.5.3.30 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD1_PNWRS]
Record the corresponding treatment that occurred more than 5 years prior to the installation of the new
annual inventory plot (SAMPLE KIND = 1); this data item is not recorded on remeasurement plots
(SAMPLE KIND = 2). If the plot has been measured previously as a periodic plot, use previous plot writeups and records as guides to code the important historical treatments affecting the current stand (including
those which originated the stand). Note: Null is erroneous for this variable. Code “00” if no HISTORICAL
TREATMENT 1 is observed.
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes on new installations (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1 and SAMPLE KIND = 1)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Use the same procedures and codes used for TREATMENT 1 (Item 5.5.3.24)
Item 5.5.3.31 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 1 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR1_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1 occurred.
Item 5.5.3.32 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 2 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD2_PNWRS]
If the stand has experienced more than one historical treatment, record the second treatment here. Use the
same procedures and codes used for HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1. Code “00” if no HISTORICAL
TREATMENT 2 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.33 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 2 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR2_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL TREATMENT 2 occurred. Use the same procedures and codes
used for HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1.
Chapter 5: Condition Class
When collected: When HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1 > 00
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years
+/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years
Values: >5 years prior to current date
pg.
70
Item 5.5.3.34 HISTORICAL TREATMENT 3 (PNW) [HIST_TRTCD3_PNWRS]
If the stand has experienced more than two historical treatments, record the third treatment here. Use the
same procedures and codes used for HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1. Code “00” if no HISTORICAL
TREATMENT 3 is observed.
Item 5.5.3.35 HISTORICAL TREATMENT YEAR 3 (PNW) [HIST_TRTYR3_PNWRS]
Record the year in which HISTORICAL TREATMENT 3 occurred. Use the same procedures and codes
used for HISTORICAL TREATMENT 1.
Item 5.5.3.36 EVIDENCE OF STUMPS (PFSL) [STUMP_CD_PNWRS]
Record a “Y” if the condition class has been harvested for wood production in the past or present (any signs
of past cutting such as old stumps). Record an “N” if there is no evidence of past cutting or management.
When collected: When State = 06, 41, or 53: all accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Y, N
Item 5.5.3.37 EVIDENCE OF FIRE (PFSL) [FIRE_CD_PNWRS]
Record a “Y” if the condition class has evidence of a past or present fire occurrence. Record an “N” if there
is no evidence of fire.
When collected: When State = 06, 41, or 53: all accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Y, N
Item 5.5.3.38 PLANT ASSOCIATION (PFSL) [HABTYPCD1; PREV_HABTYPCD1_PNWRS]
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
Plant associations describe the climax or mature plant community on a site based on the combined
abundance of all vascular plant species (trees, shrubs, and forbs). They are used to infer climate conditions
and to link plots to other information on suitability for management, productivity, and habitat.
Oregon, Washington, and R6 Forest Service administered lands in California (Siskiyou NF and
Rogue River NF): Most of the land in these areas have plant association guides applicable to forested
lands (see maps in Appendix D for which guides to use where). Some areas on R6 Forest Service
administered lands also have nonforest plant associations available (e.g., the Oregon Dunes). In these
areas, the plant association code is a 6-digit code that describes the predominant plant association of the
site. The first two digits describe the series, defined by the climax (most shade tolerant) tree species found
in the reproduction layer, the third and fourth digits relate to the dominant lifeform in the understory (e.g.,
shrub, forb, or grass) and the fifth and sixth digits relate to understory vegetation composition. The code is
downloaded for condition class 1 if recorded at the previous visit. If the downloaded code is a 4-letter code,
it should be updated to the full 6-letter association if at all possible.
If no guide exists to cover the area a plot is in, or if a stand is too young (less than 30 years old) or too
disturbed to determine the full plant association, keep the previous 4-letter code if available or record the
first two digits of the plant association series from the table below. In these situations, PLANT
ASSOCIATION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.5.3.39) must be recorded.
Code
CA
CC
CD
CS
CE
CF
CH
CJ
Plant Community Association
Sub-alpine fir, Mountain hemlock, Whitebark pine (open forest)
Western redcedar
Douglas-fir
Sitka spruce
Sub-alpine fir, Englemann spruce (closed forest)
Silver fir, Noble fir
Western hemlock
Juniper, Pinyon pine
71
pg.
CL
CM
CP
CW
CX
HX
HA
HB
HC
HO
HQ
HT
Lodgepole pine (climax or seral)
Mountain hemlock
Ponderosa pine, Jeffrey pine
White fir, Grand fir
Coniferous forest
Hardwood forest
Alder
Bigleaf maple
Cottonwood, Ash bottomland, Overflow bottomland
Oregon white oak
Quaking aspen
Tanoak
R5 Forest Service administered lands in California: In forested and nonforested areas in Region 5 in
California covered by regional or forest-type specific plant association guides (see Appendix D, Plant
Association Reference), enter the appropriate code from the guide that describes the vegetation on the plot.
If no guide is available for the region, then no PLANT ASSOCIATION is needed.
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous PLANT ASSOCIATION will be downloaded if
one was recorded at the last visit. Field crews are required to verify that the downloaded code is reasonable
for the condition class. Updates to the downloaded code should be made only if one of the following
situations applies:
1. No code was entered previously but now there is one that describes the stand.
2. The code can be more specific (i.e., a 2- or 4-digit code was used in Oregon or Washington, but a 6letter code is available)
3. The previous code is an obvious error or typo.
4. The previous code is from the wrong plant association series.
5. The previous code is from the wrong plant association guide book.
When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
0500-0699, and plant association guides are available; or
When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, STATE = 41 or 53, ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null, and plant association guides are available; or
Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PLANT ASSOCIATION was recorded at
the previous visit.
Field width: 6-digits (2- or 4-digits in some situations) in Washington, Oregon, and on all R6
Forest Service administered lands; 8-digits on R5 Forest Service administered lands
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Null (California only); specific for each guide (see Appendix D, Plant Association
Reference)
Chapter 5: Condition Class
pg.
72
Item 5.5.3.39 PLANT ASSOCIATION NONSAMPLED REASON (PFSL)
[HABTYPCD1_NSMP_REASN_CD_PNWRS]
If a PLANT ASSOCIATION was not collected, or the recorded PLANT ASSOCIATION code is not a valid 6character code (i.e., a 2- or 4-letter code was recorded), record the appropriate reason.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
0500-0599, and PLANT ASSOCIATION code was not collected; or
When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
0600-0699, and PLANT ASSOCIATION code was not collected or is not a valid 6character code; or
When STATE = 41 or 53, CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null, and PLANT ASSOCIATION code was not collected or is not
a valid 6-character code.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Plot is in California (STATE = 06) and plant community doesn’t match
available plant association guides; or plot is in Oregon (STATE = 41) or
Washington (STATE = 53) and no guide covers the area the plot is in.
Note: Code 1 should be used if a 2- or 4-letter code was recorded for
PLANT ASSOCIATION.
2
Stand is too young (e.g., <30 years old)
3
Stand is too disturbed (e.g., site disturbed within 10 years and dominated
by weedy species, native plants in low abundance so determining relative
abundance is not reliable.)
4
Other (explain in the electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTES)
73
pg.
Item 5.5.3.40 PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION (PFSL) [HABTYPECD1_PUB_CD]
Record the code identifying the PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION used to determine a PLANT
ASSOCIATION for the plot.
When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
0501-0699, and plant association guides are available; or
When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, STATE = 41 or 53, ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null, and plant association guides are available
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values Code Plant Association Publication:
504 Ecological Guide to Eastside Pine Plant Associations; Northern California: Modoc,
506
509
511
512
513
608
610
613
614
615
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
626
641
642
647
648
653
Chapter 5: Condition Class
627
639
Lassen, Klamath, Shasta-Trinity, Plumas, and Tahoe National Forests. 1988.
A Classification of Upper Montane Forests in the Central and Southern Sierras of
California, Zone 5 (R5-ECOL-TP-003)
Ecological Guide to Mixed Conifer Plant Associations. Northern Sierra Nevada and
Southern Cascades: Lassen, Plumas, Tahoe, and El Dorado National Forests (R5ECOL-TP-001)
Ecological Guide to Southern California Chaparral Plant Series. Transverse and
Peninsular Ranges: Angeles, Cleveland, and San Bernadino National Forests
A Field Guide to Serpentine Plant Associations and Sensitive Plants in Northwestern
California (R5-ECOL-TP-006)
A Field Guide to the Tanoak and the Douglas-fir Plant Associations in Northwestern
California (R5-ECOL-TP-009)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Pacific Silver Fir Zone, Gifford
Pinchot National Forests (R6-ECOL-130A-1983)
Plant Associations of The Crooked River National Grassland, Ochoco National
Forest (R6-ECOL-133-1983)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Western Hemlock Zone, Gifford
Pinchot National Forest (R6-ECOL-230A-1986)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Western Hemlock Zone, Mt. Hood
National Forest (R6-ECOL-232A-1986)
Plant Associations of the Wallowa-Snake Province, Wallowa-Whitman National
Forest (R6-ECOL-TP-255B-86)
Riparian Zone Associations, Deschutes, Ochoco, Fremont, and Winema National
Forests (R6-ECOL-TP-279-87)
Forested Plant Associations of the Olympic National Forest (R6-ECOL-TP-001-88)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Ponderosa Pine, Douglas-fir, and
Grand Fir Zones, Mt. Hood National Forest (R6-ECOL-TP-004-88)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Grand Fir Zone, Gifford Pinchot
National Forest (R6-ECOL-TP-006-88)
Field Guide to the Forested Plant Associations of the Mt. Baker-Snoqualmie National
Forest (R6-ECOL-TP-028-91)
Plant Associations of the Blue and Ochoco Mountains (R6-ERW-TP-036-92)
Plant Association and Management Guide for the Mountain Hemlock Zone, Gifford
Pinchot and Mt. Hood National Forests (R6-MTH-GP-TP-08-95)
Field Guide for Forested Plant Associations of the Wenatchee National Forest
(PNW-GTR-359)
Forested Plant Associations of the Colville National Forest (PNW-GTR-360)
Pacific Northwest Ecoclass Codes for Seral and Potential Natural Communities
(Nonforest plant association guide: PNW-GTR-418)
Field Guide to the Forested Plant Associations of Southwestern Oregon (R6-NRECOL-TP-17-96)
Plant associations of the Oregon Dunes National Recreation Area (R6-NR-ECOLTP-09-98)
Field guide to the forested plant associations of the westside central Cascades of
northwest Oregon (R6-NR-ECOL-TP-02-02)
Field guide to the forested plant associations of the northern Oregon Coast Range
(R6-NR-ECOL-TP-03-02)
Forested Plant Associations of the Oregon East Cascades (R6-NR-ECOL-TP-2007)
pg.
74
SUBSECTION 5.5.4 DETERMINING CONDITION CLASSES ON NONFOREST LAND
Nonforest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) may be subdivided into condition classes that are based
on differences in nonforest land uses. See Subsection 5.2.2, Nonforest Land, for information on plots that
are entirely nonforest.
Item 5.5.4.1 PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE (CORE 2.5.24) [PRESNFCD_PNWRS]
Record the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE for all nonforest conditions (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2). In addition, nonforest nonsampled conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5,
ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE = 2) should have an estimated PRESENT
NONFOREST LAND USE. Use the codes and classifications listed below.
If a macroplot has an accessible forest land or measurable nonforest land condition class present within the
58.9-foot radius, map each nonforest land condition class present. Do not combine nonforest condition
classes. Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes (i.e., Census water,
noncensus water, and nonsampled conditions, CONDITION STATUS = 3, 4, or 5).
Example: If accessible forest land, nonforest urban land, and nonforest cropland are all present within a
58.9-foot fixed-radius plot, map the forest land condition and map each nonforest land use as a separate
condition class (size and width requirements for condition class delineation must be met, or one of five
exceptions to the delineation rules must apply).
If there is no accessible forest land or measurable nonforest land condition class present within a
macroplot’s 58.9-foot radius, then the only nonforest condition class delineated will be the one present at
the subplot center ignoring any other nonforest condition classes that may be present. Use normal
procedures to map and measure other condition classes (i.e., Census water, noncensus water, and
nonsampled conditions, CONDITION STATUS = 3, 4, or 5).
Example: If nonforest urban land and nonforest cropland make up the entirety of a 58.9-foot fixed-radius
macroplot, record only the condition class which occupies the subplot center.
For remeasured plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous NONFOREST LAND USE will be downloaded for all
nonforest land condition classes. Crews should check the value and make corrections only if a physical
change has occurred or if the previous crew made an error. A related CONDITION CLASS NOTE is
required when updating data item.
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
When collected: All nonforest conditions and nonsampled nonforest conditions (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 or 5 and ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE = 2)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
75
pg.
Values: Code Land Use
Definition
Core Codes
(office use
only)
10 Agricultural land
Land managed for crops, pasture, or other
agricultural use; the area must be at least 1.0
acre in size and 120.0 feet wide. Use code 10
only for cases not better described by one of
the following:
i.e., mint, wheat, rye, corn, planted berry
fields
Improved through cultural practices such as
grading and mowing
10
13 Idle farmland
14 Orchard
15 Christmas tree
plantation
20 Rangeland (Grass/ Land primarily composed of grasses, forbs, or
Forb/Shrub land) shrubs. This includes lands vegetated
naturally or artificially to provide a plant cover
managed like native vegetation and does not
meet the definition of pasture, vegetated
wetlands or chaparral. The area must be at
least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide
30 Developed
Land used primarily by humans for purposes
other than forestry or agriculture. Use the
code 30 only for land not better described by
one of the following:
31 Cultural or
Business, residential, and other places of
Urban:
intense human activity
32 Rights-of-way: Improved roads, railway, power lines,
maintained canal
33 Recreation:
Parks, skiing, golf courses
40 Other
Land parcels greater than 1.0 acre in size and
greater than 120.0 feet wide, that do not fall
into one of the uses described above or
below. Examples include undeveloped
beaches, barren land (rock, sand), marshes,
bogs, ice, and snow. Use code 40 only for
land not better described by codes 41, 42, or
45.
41 Naturally
Barren rock, sand, lava, glaciers (ice),
nonvegetated: undeveloped beaches, glacial outwash
42 Vegetated
Vegetated lands where at some period in the
Wetlands
year, the water table is usually at or near the
surface, or the land is covered by shallow
water. Includes: swamps, peatlands (bogs,
fens, muskegs), marshes, and tidal flats
45 NonforestAreas covered with heavily branched dwarfed
chaparral:
trees or shrubs, usually evergreen, the crown
canopy of which currently covers greater than
10 percent of the ground. The principal
species are dwarf Quercus, Cercocarpus,
Garrya, Ceanothus, Arctostaphylos,
Baccharis, and Adenostoma. Areas in which
the predominant cover is Artemisia, Purshia,
Gutierrezia, Opuntia, or semi-desert species
are considered rangeland (code 20).
13
14
15
11 Cropland
12 Pasture
11
12
20
30
31
32
33
40
40
40
Chapter 5: Condition Class
40
pg.
76
SUBSECTION 5.5.5 NONSAMPLED CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES
Nonsampled land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5) may be subdivided into condition classes that are
based on differences in nonsampled reason. See Subsection 5.2.5, Nonsampled, for information on plots
that are entirely nonsampled.
When encountering an area where CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.5.5.1) is constant but
attributes differ, record attributes that apply to the greater part of the area within the nonsampled condition
class.
Example: subplot center is accessible forestland, but there is a hazardous area delineated on the
macroplot: RESERVED STATUS, OWNER GROUP, GROUND LAND CLASS, estimated LAND COVER
TYPE, and estimated FOREST TYPE will be recorded for the nonsampled condition. If there is an
ownership boundary between two OWNER GROUPS on plot within the nonsampled area, the difference in
OWNER GROUP is ignored and the OWNER GROUP is assigned based on the condition that covers more
area on the macroplot.
Item 5.5.5.1 CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.3)
[COND_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD_PNWRS]
For portions of plots that cannot be sampled (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5), record one of the
following reasons.
When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Non-sampled Reason
Core code
(office use only)
Section 5.5: Condition Class Attributes
01
Outside U.S. boundary – Assign this code to condition
classes beyond the U.S. border.
02 Denied access area – Any area within the sampled area of a
plot to which access is denied by the legal owner, or to which
an owner of the only reasonable route to the plot denies
access. There are no minimum area or width requirements
for a condition class delineated by denied access. Because a
denied-access condition can become accessible in the
future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the
next occasion to determine if access is available.
03 Hazardous situation – Any area within the sampled area on
plot that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger,
for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance
plantations, temporary high water, etc. Although the hazard
is not likely to change over time, a hazardous condition
remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next
occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. There are
no minimum size or width requirements for a condition class
delineated by a hazardous condition.
10 Other – This code is used whenever a plot or condition class
is not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific
reasons listed. An electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTE is
required to describe the situation.
20 Off-grid – Not on Forest Service administered lands (i.e., plot
(office is part of an intensified sample [not on the FIA grid] and the
use condition class is not located on Forest Service administered
only) lands [ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null])
01
02
03
10
10
77
pg.
Item 5.5.5.2 ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE (PNW) [EST_NON_SAMP_LCT_PNWRS]
Record the land cover type best representing the condition class, as determined from the air, ground, or
some form of remote sensing. Use your best judgment in estimating which cover type is present. This
estimation should be based on the plurality of the cover type present for the entire condition class. When
land cover type is inferred using remote sensing, include the type and date of imagery used in the electronic
CONDITION CLASS NOTES.
When collected: When CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON = 2, 3, or 10
Field width: 1 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Forest land
2
Nonforest land
3
Noncensus water
4
Census water
Item 5.5.5.3 NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE (PNW) [FLDTYPCD_NON_SAMP_PNWRS]
When the ESTIMATED NONSAMPLED LAND COVER TYPE appears to be forest land, further describe it
by determining the forest type.
When collected: When ESTIMATED NONSAMPLE LAND COVER TYPE = 1
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix E, Forest Type Codes
SECTION 5.6 STOCKABILITY IN OREGON AND CALIFORNIA
In Oregon and California, some plots have forest land condition classes low in site productivity incapable of
attaining normal levels of stocking. For such condition classes, potential productivity (mean annual
increment at culmination) must be discounted; and the individual tree contribution to stocking increased to
account for the lower stocking capacity. For each such condition, the presence of key indicators is required
to determine the discount factor (see tables in Appendix L, Stockability Indicators).
For plots, new or revisited, having one or more mapped accessible forest land condition classes, record
each indicator species found in these classes. An indicator does not have to be within the 58.9-foot radius
of a macroplot, but only within the greater area of the condition class to be coded. To be included as a new
indicator, trees and shrubs have to be alive. Forbs and grasses (annual and perennial) have to have been
alive sometime in the current year, but can be senesced at the time the crew visits. Do not code for the
presence of indicators on forest land other than accessible forest land. Do not code the presence of plants
in isolated microsites within the plot area, such as in small seeps or springs, or on an isolated rock outcrop.
On some previously visited plots, the previous indicator species list may be downloaded. Do not delete
these records. If an indicator was already recorded but seems to be a clear error in species identification,
then make a comment in the electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTES (Item 5.7.1.1) explaining why the
species may be in error. Do not remove pre-existing species records, even if the indicator plant is presently
dead.
Item 5.6.1.1 STOCKABILITY INDICATOR SPECIES (PFSL) [PLANT_SP]
Record the appropriate code indicating the presence of a stockability indicator species. Refer to the tables
in Appendix L, Stockability Indicators, for stockability indicator species and California ecological unit
descriptions.
When collected: When STATE = 06 and ECOLOGICAL UNIT = 1-7; OR when STATE = 41 and
COUNTY = 19, 29, or 33
Field width: 8 alphanumeric characters
Tolerance: No error in Indicator identification
Values: See tables in Appendix L (Stockability Indicators)
Chapter 5: Condition Class
SUBSECTION 5.6.1 STOCKABILITY DATA ITEMS
pg.
78
Item 5.6.1.2 SPECIES CONDITION CLASS (PFSL) [CONDID]
Record the condition class represented by the STOCKABILITY INDICATOR SPECIES.
When collected: All STOCKABILITY INDICATOR SPECIES
Field width: 1 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 - 9
Item 5.6.1.3 OREGON STOCKABILITY DISCOUNT FACTOR (PFSL)
[PLANT_STOCKABILITY_FACTOR_PNW]
For plots in Douglas county, Oregon, record the most appropriate stockability discount factor. If more than
one condition class is present, assign a discount factor for each. Use the following guidelines:
When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes when CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
STATE = 41, and COUNTY = 19
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No error in Indicator identification
Plant community
Values: Stockability
Discount
Factor
1.00
.27
Peridotite/serpentine;
elevation is 3000 feet or less
.62
Very xeric; non-peridotite/
serpentine
.70
White oak; elevation is 1000
feet or less
.86
Canyon live oak
Indicators
None
Jeffrey pine and/or serpentine pod fern
Pussytoes and/or woolly sunflower
and/or squirreltail (if Jeffrey pine and/
or serpentine pod fern present, use
discount of 0.27; any others may be
present without changing the factor)
Oregon white oak and/or coastal wood
fern (canyon live oak may be present,
but not Jeffrey pine, serpentine pod
fern, everlasting, woolly sunflower, or
squirreltail)
Canyon live oak (there must not be
other indicators present)
SECTION 5.7 CONDITION CLASS NOTES
SUBSECTION 5.7.1 CONDITION CLASS NOTES
Section 5.7: Condition Class Notes
Item 5.7.1.1 CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation in the particular condition class being
defined.
When collected: All plots, use when clarification is needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
79
pg.
CHAPTER 6 SUBPLOT INFORMATION
Each subplot/macroplot is described by a series of area parameters relating to topographic features and
existing cover type. These data also relate to the microplot, since the microplot is contained within the
subplot perimeter. This information is used for a variety of topics, including: identifying potential limits to
management (e.g., topography), and relating physical site features to forest composition and productivity.
SECTION 6.1 RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION
SUBSECTION 6.1.1 SUBPLOT INFORMATION
Item 6.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 3.1) [SUBP]
Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot.
When Collected: All subplots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 6.1.1.2 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.2) [SUBP_STATUS_CD]
Indicate whether or not this subplot/macroplot currently has at least one accessible forest land condition
class.
Examples for coding SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS, SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NONSAMPLED
REASON, SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION, and CONDITION CLASS STATUS coding
follow:
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
1. If the condition at subplot/macroplot center is Census or noncensus water, do not install the point,
even if it can be occupied safely. Do not delineate any other conditions on the subplot/macroplot, and
code as follows:
• SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 2 (sampled, no accessible forest condition present on
subplot/macroplot)
• SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION = n (arbitrary condition class number)
• CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 3 for noncensus water or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 4
for Census water
2. If the subplot center cannot be safely occupied because of a hazard (e.g., over edge of cliff), do not
install the point and do not delineate any other conditions. The entire area of the subplot/macroplot is
assigned to a nonsampled condition (hazardous).
• SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 3 (nonsampled)
• SUBPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON = 3 (hazardous)
• SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION = n (arbitrary condition class number)
• CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 (nonsampled)
• CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON = 3 (hazardous)
When collected: All subplots/macroplots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
pg.
80
Values:
Code
1
2
3
4
Definition
Sampled – at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot
Sampled – no accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot
Nonsampled - possibility of forest land
Sampled – QA crew only measured condition, boundary and some subplot
level data. For use only on check plots (QA STATUS = 2 through 6). Not a
legal entry on production plots (QA STATUS = 1 or 7).
Item 6.1.1.3 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.3)
[POINT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD]
Section 6.1: Recording Subplot Information
For entire subplots/macroplots that cannot be sampled, record one of the following reasons.
When collected: When SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 3
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
01
Outside U.S. boundary – Assign this code to condition classes beyond the
U.S. border.
02
Denied access area – Any area within the sampled area of a plot to which
access is denied by the legal owner, or to which an owner of the only
reasonable route to the plot denies access. There are no minimum area or
width requirements for a condition class delineated by denied access.
Because a denied-access condition can become accessible in the future, it
remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to
determine if access is available.
03
Hazardous situation – Any area within the sampled area on a plot that
cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs,
quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, temporary high water,
etc. Although the hazard is not likely to change over time, a hazardous
condition remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to
determine if the hazard is still present. There are no minimum size or width
requirements for a condition class delineated by a hazardous condition.
04
Time limitation – This code applies to full subplots that cannot be sampled
due to a time restriction. This code is reserved for areas with limited
access, and in situations where it is imperative for the crew to leave before
the plot can be completed (e.g., scheduled helicopter rendezvous). Use of
this code requires notification to the field supervisor. This code should not
be used for an entire plot (use code 8 [skipped visit] when an entire plot is
skipped; see Item 4.3.4.3, PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON).
05
Lost data – The plot data file was discovered to be corrupt after a panel
was completed and submitted for processing. This code is assigned to
entire plots or full subplots that could not be processed, and is applied at
the time of processing after notification to the region. Note: This code is for
office use only.
10
Other – This code is used whenever a plot or condition class is not
sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons already
listed. An electronic SUBPLOT NOTE is required to describe the situation.
81
pg.
Item 6.1.1.4 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW)
[PREV_SUBPCOND_PNWRS]
Downloaded code indicating the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the subplot/
macroplot center recorded at the previous visit.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: All subplots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 6.1.1.5 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.4) [SUBPCOND]
Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the subplot center.
When collected: All subplots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 6.1.1.6 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION CLASS STATUS CHANGE(PNW)
[SUBCOND_CHG_PNWRS]
This data item is used to describe why a change occurs in the CONDITION CLASS STATUS of the subplot
center between inventories. It distinguishes physical change from differences attributed to procedural
change when CONDITION STATUS changes from forest land to nonforest land, Census or noncensus
water, and vice versa. Record the code which describes the cause of the change.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS at subplot
center = 1 and the current CONDITION CLASS STATUS at subplot center = 2, 3 or
4; or
When SAMPLE KIND = 2: PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS at subplot
center = 2, 3, or 4 and current CONDITION CLASS STATUS at subplot center = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION has been changed to
reflect a physical change in the condition, resulting in a difference from the
subplot condition previously recorded.
2
SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION has been changed to
correct an error from previous crew.
3
SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CENTER CONDITION has been changed to
reflect a change in data item definition.
Item 6.1.1.7 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CONDITION LIST (CORE 3.9) [CONDLIST]
When collected: All plots
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1000 to 9876
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
This is a listing of all condition classes located within the 58.9-foot radius around the subplot/macroplot
center. A maximum of four conditions is permitted at any individual subplot/macroplot (a maximum of nine
condition classes can be recorded on a plot). If a condition class has already been defined at a previously
completed subplot/macroplot, use the same condition class number whenever that condition is
encountered. Define new condition classes as they are encountered. If more than one condition class is
listed here, boundary data are required. If only one condition class is listed, this condition is automatically
assigned to the subplot center and microplot center. If fewer than four condition classes occur on this
subplot, complete the remainder of this field with zeros. For example, if condition 1 is the only condition
class on a subplot, record 1000.
pg.
82
Item 6.1.1.8 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.5) [MICRCOND]
Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the microplot center.
When collected: All microplots
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
SUBSECTION 6.1.2 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS INFORMATION
Item 6.1.2.1 MACROPLOT PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (PFSL) [PHYSCLCD_PNWRS]
Record the code best describing the physiographic class of the macroplot. Land form, topographic position,
and soil generally determine physiographic class. Look over the 58.9-foot radius macroplot area to
determine MACROPLOT PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS.
When collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots/macroplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (Item 5.5.3.7)
Item 6.1.2.2 SUBPLOT SLOPE (CORE 3.6) [SLOPE]
Record the angle of slope across the 24.0-foot radius subplot to the nearest 1-percent. SUBPLOT SLOPE
is determined by sighting the clinometer along a line parallel to the average incline (or decline) of each
subplot. This angle is measured along the shortest pathway down slope before the drainage direction
changes. To measure SUBPLOT SLOPE, Observer 1 should stand at the uphill edge of the subplot and
sight Observer 2, who stands at the downhill edge of the subplot. Sight Observer 2 at the same height as
the eye-level of Observer 1. Read the slope directly from the percentage scale of the clinometer:
•
If slope changes gradually across the subplot, record an average slope.
•
If slope changes across the subplot but the slope is predominantly of one direction, code the
predominant slope percentage rather than the average.
•
If the subplot falls directly on or straddles a canyon bottom or narrow ridge top, code the average
slope of the side hill(s).
Section 6.1: Recording Subplot Information
If the subplot falls on a canyon bottom or on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side hill,
code the slope of the side hill where most of the area lies.
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on
subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS=2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 000 to 155
83
pg.
Item 6.1.2.3 SUBPLOT ASPECT (CORE 3.7) [ASPECT]
Record the aspect across the 24.0-foot radius subplot, to the nearest 1 degree. SUBPLOT ASPECT is
determined along the direction of slope for land surfaces with at least 5-percent slope in a generally uniform
direction. SUBPLOT ASPECT is measured with a hand compass along the same direction used to
determine slope.
•
If aspect changes gradually across the subplot, record an average aspect.
•
If aspect changes across the subplot but the aspect is predominately of one direction, code the
predominate direction rather than the average.
•
If the subplot falls on or straddles a canyon bottom or narrow ridge top, code the aspect of the ridge
line or canyon bottom.
•
If the subplot falls on a canyon bottom or on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side
hill, code the aspect of the side hill.
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on
subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS=2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: Code Definition
000 no aspect, slope < 5-percent
001 1 degree
002 2 degrees
.....
.................
360 360 degrees, due north
Item 6.1.2.4 SNOW/WATER DEPTH (CORE 3.8) [WATERDEP]
Record, to the nearest 0.1 foot, the average approximate depth of water or snow covering the 24.0-foot
radius subplot at the time of data collection. This data item is used to indicate subplots where some data
items (e.g., seedling count, total lengths) may be measured with less certainty because of conditions at the
time of measurement.
This item is intended for water/snow/ice which covers substantial portions of subplots. Record “00” for
streams contained within their banks and not affecting any measurements.
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on
subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS=2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 2 digits (x.y)
Tolerance: +/- 0.5 feet
Values: 0.0 to 9.9
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered on the subplot.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
Item 6.1.2.5 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
pg.
84
SUBSECTION 6.1.3 WATER INFORMATION
Item 6.1.3.1 WATER ON MACROPLOT (PFSL) [WATERCD_PNWRS]
Record the water source with the greatest impact on the area within the accessible forest land portion of
any of the four (58.9-foot) macroplots. The coding hierarchy is listed in order from large permanent water to
temporary water. This data item may be used for recreation, wildlife, hydrology, and timber availability
studies.
If no water evidence occurs on the 58.9-foot macroplot, then record the code for any water source that
occurs within 215 horizontal feet of subplot center. An individual water source may be recorded on two or
more subplots.
Section 6.1: Recording Subplot Information
See the definitions for noncensus water (Subsection 5.2.3) and Census water (Subsection 5.2.4) for
additional information.
When collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS = 1; or
All subplots/macroplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Water on subplot
0
None – no water sources within the accessible forest land condition class
1
Permanent (year-round) streams or ponds too small to qualify as
noncensus water
2
Permanent water in the form of deep swamps, bogs, marshes with or
without standing trees present and less than 1.0 ac in size, or with standing
trees
3
Ditch/canal – human-made channels used as a means of moving water,
such as irrigation or drainage which are too small to qualify as noncensus
water
4
Temporary (intermittent) streams that flows only part time because it
receives water from seasonal sources such as springs and bank storage
as well as precipitation
5
Flood zones – evidence of flooding when bodies of water exceed their
natural banks
8
Census or noncensus water outside of the macroplot – Census/noncensus
water within 215 feet, but not within the 58.9-foot macroplot (Census/
noncensus water within the 58.9-foot radius macroplot is already
delineated in Subplot Mapping; use this code only for Census/noncensus
water between 58.9 feet and 215 feet.). Note: Not valid on P3 only plots.
9
Other temporary water – specify in field notes
Item 6.1.3.2 WATER PROXIMITY (PFSL) [WATER_PROX_CD_PNWRS]
Record the horizontal distance, in feet, from the edge of the recorded water source to the subplot center. If
the subplot center is in the water source, record “001”. If there is no water within 215 feet horizontal
distance of subplot center, record “000”.
When collected: When WATER ON MACROPLOT > 0
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 000 to 215
85
pg.
SUBSECTION 6.1.4 SUBPLOT DISTURBANCE
The following data items are only collected on Region 5 Forest Service administered lands when specific
criteria are met.
Item 6.1.4.1 BURN ASSESSMENT (PFSL) [BURN_ASSESS_CD_PNWRS]
Record the code for the percentage of the 24.0-foot subplot showing evidence of having been burned since
the previous inventory. On plots visited for the first time record evidence of burn within the past 5 years.
When Collected: When at least one condition class on the subplot has ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 501-599, PLOT STATUS = 2, CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, and
NONFOREST LAND USE = 45
Field Width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
0
No evidence of fire
1
1 to 50-percent of subplot burned
2
51 to 100-percent of subplot burned
Item 6.1.4.2 MECHANICAL MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT (PFSL) [MECH_ASSESS_CD_PNWRS]
Record the code for the percentage of the 24.0-foot subplot that shows evidence of having been affected by
mechanical manipulation such as tractor use, shear, bulldozer, etc. since the previous inventory (periodic or
annual), or within the last 5 years on new plots.
When Collected: When at least one condition class on the subplot has ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 501-599, PLOT STATUS = 2, CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, and
NONFOREST LAND USE = 45
Field Width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
0
No evidence of mechanical manipulation
1
1 to 50-percent of subplot affected
2
51 to 100-percent of subplot affected
SECTION 6.2 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NONFOREST INCLUSIONS
Nonforest inclusions are nonforest areas that are too small by definition to qualify as a separate condition
class. These inclusions are incapable of supporting tree stocking at 10 percent or more of normal full
stocking for the life of a stand. Examples of nonforest inclusions can be unimproved dirt lanes, small
streams, sites with standing or running water, a high water table, a rock outcropping occupying at least 65
square feet, severe soil compaction (e.g., an old landing), or areas of continual mass soil movement (slips,
slides, or slumps). A stream which qualifies as noncensus or Census water and improved roads which
qualify as nonforest land should be recognized as a separate condition class and not as a nonforest
inclusion.
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
pg.
86
The following figures illustrate examples of when and when not to map areas as nonforest inclusions.
Figure 6.1: Large, scattered boulders cover 25-percent of the 58.9-foot fixed-radius macroplot. However, tree
roots can fully utilize the space beneath the boulders and thus have no effect on potential tree stocking. The
item is coded "00" and the rocks are not mapped on the subplot/macroplot diagram as nonforest inclusions.
Section 6.2: Subplot/Macroplot Nonforest Inclusions
Figure 6.2: A swampy meadow less than 1.0 acres is surrounded by forest land larger than 1.0 acres in area. The
meadow is a nonforest inclusion, and the portion of the meadow within the macroplot is mapped as a nonforest
inclusion on the subplot diagram.
Figure 6.3: In the above example each nonforest area is classified as accessible forest land because each is not
120.0 feet wide and 1.0 acres in size (see Subsection 5.2.2). Instead, they would be mapped as nonforest
inclusions. Where the nonforest area becomes greater than 120.0 feet wide it is classified as a part of the
nonforest condition class and would not be mapped as a nonforest inclusion.
87
pg.
SUBSECTION 6.2.1 MAPPING AND RECORDING
Nonforest inclusions are mapped and recorded by subplot, macroplot and condition class. This is done only
if the nonforest inclusion is present within an accessible forest land condition class, and is partially or
entirely within the macroplot. Map and label nonforest inclusions on the back of the plot card and describe
them under "Plot Narrative Description" on the front of the plot card.
For each accessible forest land condition class present, estimate the area of the subplot occupied by the
nonforest inclusion(s); then separately estimate the area of the macroplot (including the 24.0-foot subplot)
occupied by the nonforest inclusion(s). See Subsection 6.2.2, Estimating Nonforest Inclusion Area
Percentages by Condition Class, below for instructions on how to estimate nonforest inclusion area
percentages on the plot card. Once calculated, record these percentages on the back of the plot card under
"Record Percentage of Nonforest Inclusion". This information should also be entered into the PDR.
Record "000" in the "percentage” column for each forest condition class without nonforest inclusions.
Example:
% NF Inclusion
% NF Inclusion
CC
1
Subplot 1
24.0
12
58.9
53
CC
2
Subplot 2
24.0
000
58.9
15
SUBSECTION 6.2.2 ESTIMATING NONFOREST INCLUSION AREA PERCENTAGES BY
CONDITION CLASS
Use the following steps to estimate, by condition class, the percentage of each subplot and macroplot area
mapped as a nonforest inclusion.
The following refers to mapping on the dot map on the back of the plot card:
Step 1. Each dot represents 1.45 percent of the area within the 24.0-foot subplot.
Step 2. Each dot represents 0.23 percent of the area within the entire 58.9-foot macroplot.
Step 3. Draw the nonforest inclusion boundary and count the number of dots within the 24.0-foot subplot
boundary within each condition class. Count every other dot of those which fall directly on a
boundary.
Step 4. Multiply the number of dots from step 3 by 1.45 to get percentage of the 24.0-foot subplot in that
condition class. Alternatively, count the number of dots from step 3; divide by 69 (total number of
dots) and multiply by 100 to get the percentage of the subplot in that condition class. See the
legend on the diagram plot card.
Step 5. Count the number of dots within the 58.9-foot macroplot boundary within each condition class.
Include any dots previously counted in the subplot. Count every other dot of those which fall
directly on a boundary.
Step 6. Multiply the number of dots from step 5 by 0.23 to get percentage of the 58.9-foot macroplot
(including the subplot) in that condition class. Alternatively, count the number of dots from step
5; divide by 437 (total number of dots) and multiply by 100 to get the percentage of the
macroplot in that condition class.
SUBSECTION 6.2.3 PREVIOUS ESTIMATES OF NONFOREST INCLUSIONS
SUBSECTION 6.2.4 NONFOREST INCLUSION DATA ITEMS
Item 6.2.4.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF NONFOREST INCLUSION (PFSL) [SUBP]
Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot.
When Collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
Nonforest inclusions, when present, were mapped and recorded by subplot/macroplot on plots visited last
occasion. This information can be found on the old plot cards and data printouts, and may assist the
present crew in mapping nonforest inclusions. When the current plot is remeasured, nonforest inclusion
data should be collected and revised to reflect the situation at the current visit.
pg.
88
Values:
1
2
3
4
Center subplot
North subplot
Southeast subplot
Southwest subplot
Item 6.2.4.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF NONFOREST INCLUSION (PFSL) [CONDID]
Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class the nonforest inclusion is in.
When collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 6.2.4.3 PERCENT NONFOREST INCLUSION ON THE SUBPLOT (PFSL)
[NONFR_INCL_PCT_SUBP]
Record the estimated area the nonforest inclusion represents on the subplot.
When collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 15 percent
Values: 000 to 100
Item 6.2.4.4 PERCENT NONFOREST INCLUSION ON THE MACROPLOT (PFSL)
[NONFR_INCL_PCT_MACRO]
Record the estimated area the nonforest inclusion represents on the macroplot.
When collected: All subplots/macroplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class
present on the subplot/macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 15 percent
Values: 000 to 100
SECTION 6.3 ROOT DISEASE MAPPING/ RATING
Section 6.3: Root Disease Mapping/ Rating
Root diseases, especially laminated root rot in western Oregon, are serious forest pathogens. Estimates of
the total area affected can be combined with other data from the inventory to analyze their impact on forest
land.
SUBSECTION 6.3.1 ROOT DISEASE MAPPING AND RECORDING
Root diseases are mapped and recorded separately within each accessible forest land condition class
present on each macroplot, when the area of infection is partially or entirely within the 58.9-foot fixed-radius
plot. Map and label each disease present on the dot map on the back side of the plot card and estimate the
percentage of the macroplot area affected by each one; see Subsection 6.3.4, Estimating Root Disease
Area Percentages by Condition Class. Record these percentages by associated forest land condition class
number and root disease code in the PDR. When none are present, record "000" in the "percentage"
column and "NO" as the disease code, for each condition class. This information must also be written on
the plot card under the "Record Area of Nonforest Inclusion/Root Disease" in the same manner as
described above. Leave all root disease records blank when all condition classes on the macroplot are
nonforest and not located within a Region 5 or Region 6 national forest. When a condition class is nonforest
and is located within a Region 5 or Region 6 national forest, map and record the root diseases in the
manner described above.
89
pg.
SUBSECTION 6.3.2 WESTERN OREGON, WESTERN WASHINGTON, AND CALIFORNIA
(NORTH COAST ONLY)
When in western Oregon, western Washington, or California (north coast only) define the boundary of an
infection zone using straight lines connecting the boles of healthy-appearing trees on the perimeter of a root
disease center. A healthy-appearing tree is defined by the following criteria:
A. The tree lacks crown symptoms of root disease (e.g., reduced terminal growth increment, thinning or
yellowing crown, or a distress cone crop present);
B. The tree has a root disease-infected tree as its nearest neighbor on the side facing the infection
center; and
C. The tree has a healthy tree as its nearest neighbor on the side facing away from the infection center.
When determining the area infected by a root disease, do not exclude an island of healthy-appearing trees
inside the infected area unless the trees in the island are all of non-host species; susceptible trees in an
"island" are likely to be infected. Tally trees may require a damaging agent and severity coding for root
disease; this includes cases where a tally tree is not within the boundary of a mapped infection zone but,
because of proximity to an infected tree or stump, requires a root disease agent code with a severity rating
of “1” (see Section 8.7, Tree Damage).
Figure 6.4: Diagram showing how infection center boundaries would be defined in several situations.
Mapped areas of infection should include conifer sites with no conifers present due to root disease. When
mapping areas of infection, do not include areas of nonforest inclusions or areas not able to support
susceptible host species.
Map and estimate percentage of cover only if a disease is a primary cause of tree death. Do not map and
estimate percent age of cover for secondary infections (e.g., Armillaria invaded a tree killed by Phellinus). If
you find evidence of a secondary agent, note the situation in the “Plot Narrative Description” on the plot
card.
Sketch the boundaries on the subplot map diagram on the back of the plot card; shade the infected area,
and label with the appropriate code:
Causal fungus
Phellinus weirii
Ceratocystis wagneri
Fomes annosus
Armillaria ostoyae(mellea)
Unknown
None present
Disease
laminated root disease
black stain root disease (do not map)
annosus root disease
armillaria (shoestring) root disease
---
If there is evidence of root disease, but the specific disease cannot be identified, enter "UK" (unknown) for
the disease code. Do not map or record Phytophthora lateralis (Port-Orford-cedar root rot) on the subplot
diagram.
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
Code
PW
CW
FA
AM
UK
NO
pg.
90
SUBSECTION 6.3.3 EASTERN OREGON, EASTERN WASHINGTON, AND CALIFORNIA
(EXCEPT THE NORTH COAST)
When in eastern Oregon, eastern
Washington, or California (except the north
coast), map a 30-foot radius circle around all
trees and stumps infected with root disease.
These circles may overlap. Include area
within 30-feet of an infected tree or stump in
the percentage estimate for the macroplot
even if that tree/stump is outside the
macroplot being evaluated.
Use the disease codes described above.
Estimate the percentage of area within the
subplot/macroplot boundary (indicated by
dashed lines in Figure 6.5).
Figure 6.5: Root disease mapped within a plot boundary
SUBSECTION 6.3.4 ESTIMATING ROOT DISEASE AREA PERCENTAGES BY CONDITION
CLASS
Use the following steps to estimate, by condition class, the percentage of the macroplot area mapped with
a root disease.
The following refers to mapping on the dot map on the back of the plot card:
Step 1. Each dot represents 0.23-percent of the area within the entire 58.9-foot macroplot.
Step 2. Draw the root disease area boundary and count the number of dots within the macroplot
boundary within each condition class. Count every other dot of those which fall directly on a
boundary.
Step 3. Multiply the number of dots from Step 2 by 0.23 to get percentage of the macroplot (including the
subplot) in that condition class. Alternatively, count the number of dots from Step 2; divide by
437 and multiply by 100 to get the percentage of the macroplot in that condition class.
Step 4. Root disease mapping percentages are not divided into separate percentages for the subplot
and macroplot.
SUBSECTION 6.3.5 PREVIOUS ESTIMATES OF ROOT DISEASE
Section 6.3: Root Disease Mapping/ Rating
Root diseases, when present, were mapped and recorded individually by subplot on plots visited last
occasion. This information can be found on the old plot cards and data printouts, and may be helpful when
mapping at the current occasion. When the current plot is remeasured, root disease data should be
collected and revised to reflect the situation at the current visit.
SUBSECTION 6.3.6 GUIDE FOR IDENTIFYING ROOT DISEASE
Root disease identification information can be found in Appendix N, Disease Keys.
91
pg.
SUBSECTION 6.3.7 ROOT DISEASE DATA ITEMS
Item 6.3.7.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF ROOT DISEASE (PFSL) [SUBP]
Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot.
When Collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 6.3.7.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF ROOT DISEASE (PFSL) [CONDID]
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 1 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 6.3.7.3 ROOT DISEASE CODE (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_CD]
Record the code identifying the root disease species present on the macroplot for each condition class.
When no root diseases are present, use code “NO”.
Item 6.3.7.4 PERCENT ROOT DISEASE ON THE MACROPLOT (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_PCT]
Record the estimated percentage of area of the macroplot covered by root disease in each condition class
obtained from the mapping on the plot card. When none are present, record "000" in the "%" column.
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 15 percent
Values: 000 to 100
Chapter 6: Subplot Information
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 2 characters
Tolerance: no errors
Values: Code Causal fungus
Disease
PW Phellinus weirii
laminated root disease
CW Ceratocystis wagneri
black stain root disease (do not map)
FA
Fomes annosus
annosus root disease
AM
Armillaria ostoyae(mellea)
armillaria (shoestring) root disease
UK
Unknown
-NO
None present
--
pg.
92
Item 6.3.7.5 ROOT DISEASE SEVERITY RATING (PFSL) [ROOT_DIS_SEV_CD_PNWRS]
Section 6.3: Root Disease Mapping/ Rating
In addition to the root disease mapping described above, the macroplot is assigned a ROOT DISEASE
SEVERITY RATING. Evaluate all accessible forest land and measurable nonforest land area within the
58.9-foot radius macroplot boundary in Oregon, Washington, and California, and assign the ROOT
DISEASE SEVERITY RATING best describing the degree of root disease severity present.
When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot/
macroplot (SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or
All subplots with at least one measurable nonforest condition class present on the
subplot/macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Values: Code Root disease severity rating
0
No evidence of root disease visible within 50 feet of the 58.9-foot
macroplot.
1
Root disease present within 50 feet of the macroplot, but no evidence of
disease on the macroplot.
2
Minor evidence of root disease on the macroplot, such as suppressed tree
killed by root disease, or a minor part of the overstory showing symptoms
of infection. Little or no detectable reduction in canopy closure or volume.
3
Canopy reduction evident, up to 20-percent; usually as result of death of
one codominant tree on an otherwise fully-stocked site. In absence of
mortality, numerous trees showing symptoms of root disease infection.
4
Canopy reduction at least 20-percent; up to 30-percent as a result of root
disease mortality. Snags and downed trees removed from canopy by
disease as well as live trees with advance symptoms of disease contribute
to impact.
5
Canopy reduction of 30- to 50-percent as a result of root disease. At least
half of the ground area of macroplot considered infested with evidence of
root disease-killed trees. Macroplots representing mature stands with half
of their volume in root disease-tolerant species usually do not go much
above severity “5” because of the ameliorating effect of the diseasetolerant trees.
6
50- to 75-percent reduction in canopy with most of the ground area
considered infested as evidenced by symptomatic trees. Much of the
canopy variation in this category is generally a result of root diseasetolerant species occupying infested ground.
7
At least 75-percent canopy reduction. Macroplots reaching this severity
level usually are occupied by only the most susceptible species. There are
very few of the original overstory trees remaining although infested ground
is often densely stocked with regeneration of susceptible species.
8
The entire macroplot falls within a definite root disease pocket with only
one or very few susceptible overstory trees present.
9
The entire macroplot falls within a definite root disease pocket with no
overstory trees of the susceptible species present.
93
pg.
CHAPTER 7 BOUNDARY REFERENCES
SECTION 7.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Boundary reference data are used to compute the area for the condition classes sampled on a plot and to
remeasure plots. Record all boundaries between condition classes that occur within the sampled (fixedradius) area on microplots, subplots, macroplots, and hectare plots (when sampled). Boundaries outside
sampled (fixed-radius) areas are not referenced.
In addition to using the recording procedures described herein, sketch maps of condition class boundaries
onto the pre-printed plot diagrams on the back of the plot card, accurately representing the shape of each
boundary as it is on the ground (boundary data recorded in the PDR should represent the condition class
area, but may not accurately represent the shape).
SECTION 7.2 REFERENCE PROCEDURE
Within the sampled area on each microplot, macroplot, and hectare plot, reference the approximate
boundary of each condition class that differs from the condition class at the center. Trees selected on these
fixed-radius plots are assigned to the actual condition in which they lie regardless of the recorded
approximate boundary delineated.
Boundary referencing is done by recording azimuths and distances from subplot or microplot center to the
reference points (Figure 7.1 and Figure 7.2). Each boundary is marked by a maximum of three points –- two
where the boundary intersects the respective fixed-radius plot circumference, and one "corner" point
between the two end points, if necessary. Only the corner point requires a distance, since the distance from
the center to the circumference is always equal to the fixed plot radius.
Figure 7.2: How to measure a boundary with a corner
on a fixed-radius plot.
Microplot boundaries are referenced to the microplot center, and macroplot boundaries are referenced to
the subplot center in the same manner described for subplots. Hectare plot boundaries are always
referenced to the center of subplot 1. Note that the larger the fixed-radius plot, the greater likelihood of a
need for a boundary corner to record boundaries that are not straight lines.
Refer to Section 5.1 and Section 5.3 for general condition class delineation guidelines. The following
additional rules apply when referencing a boundary within a fixed-radius plot:
1. When a boundary between accessible forest land and nonforest land or between two contrasting
accessible forest land condition classes is clearly marked, use that feature to define the boundary.
Examples of clear demarcation are a fence line, plowed field edge, sharp ridge line, defined stem
line, and water's edge along a stream course, ditch, or canal.
2. When a boundary between forest land and nonforest land is not clearly marked by an obvious
feature, the boundary should follow the nonforest side of the stems of the trees at the forest edge.
Chapter 7: Boundary References
Figure 7.1: How to measure a straight boundary on a
fixed-radius plot.
pg.
94
3. When a boundary between two contrasting forest land condition classes is not clearly marked, map
along the stems of the contrasting condition. When the boundary between two contrasting forest land
condition classes is separated by a narrow linear inclusion (creek, fire line, narrow meadow,
unimproved road), establish the boundary at the far edge of the inclusion relative to subplot center.
4. Although individual tolerances are specified for the azimuths and distances, in practice a crew will be
considered ‘correct’ when the difference in areas as mapped by the original crew and by the QA crew
is less than-10 percent of the fixed-radius plot area. This allows for slight variations in azimuths or
distances due to the approximate nature of mapping procedures.
Figure 7.3: How to map subplot 1.
SUBSECTION 7.2.1 HECTARE PLOT MAPPING
Boundaries on the hectare fixed-radius plot are mapped when an accessible forest or nonforest condition
class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2) is located on qualifying federal lands (see Section 8.2,
Selecting Tally Trees). All qualifying condition classes present on the hectare plot are mapped from
subplot 1 and sketched onto the back of the plot card using the procedures outlined above; condition
classes on non-qualifying lands are not mapped unless they are within the macroplot area.
Section 7.2: Reference Procedure
If a plot straddles a boundary between qualifying federal land and non-qualifying land (e.g., private, state
lands, national parks, Fish and Wildlife Service lands, etc), condition class boundaries are used to
determine attributes collected on forest and nonforest land and for mapping the hectare plot.
Previously installed hectare plots will be remeasured and boundaries must be verified.
SUBSECTION 7.2.2 BOUNDARIES ON REMEASUREMENT PLOTS
When a plot is remeasured, the crew will examine the boundaries referenced at last inventory and reassess
the condition class delineating data items. If no change has occurred, the current crew will retain the
boundary data that were recorded at last inventory. If a boundary has changed, a new boundary is present,
a procedural change has altered the boundary, or the previous crew made an obvious error; record new or
updated boundary data. Record the reason for the change in BOUNDARY CHANGE (Item 7.2.3.3). Delete
boundaries that are no longer distinct. If in doubt about whether or not a boundary change has occurred,
leave boundary as delineated at the previous inventory.
95
pg.
SUBSECTION 7.2.3 BOUNDARY DATA
Record the appropriate values for each boundary mapped on the subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare
as follows:
Item 7.2.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 4.2.1) [SUBP]
Generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot.
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 7.2.3.2 PLOT TYPE (CORE 4.2.2) [SUBPTYP]
Record the code to specify whether the boundary data are for a subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare
plot.
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Plot Type
0
No boundaries are recorded for the subplot
1
Subplot boundary
2
Microplot boundary
3
Macroplot boundary
4
Hectare plot boundary (coded from subplot 1 only)
Item 7.2.3.3 BOUNDARY CHANGE (CORE 4.2.3) [BNDCHG]
Remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2) locations only. Record the appropriate code to indicate the
relationship between previously recorded and current boundary information.
Item 7.2.3.4 CONTRASTING CONDITION (CORE 4.2.4) [CONTRAST]
Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class that contrasts with the condition class
located at the subplot center (for boundaries on the subplot, macroplot, or hectare plot) or at the microplot
center (for boundaries on the microplot), i.e., the condition class present on the other side of the boundary
line.
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Chapter 7: Boundary References
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: All boundaries
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
0
No change – boundary is the same as indicated on plot map and/or data
collected by a previous crew.
1
New boundary, or boundary data has been changed to reflect an actual onthe-ground physical change resulting in a difference from the boundaries
recorded.
2
Boundary has been changed to correct an error from previous crew.
3
Boundary has been changed to reflect a change in variable definition.
pg.
96
Item 7.2.3.5 LEFT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.5) [AZMLEFT]
Record the azimuth from the subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare center to the farthest left point (facing
the contrasting condition) where the boundary intersects the circumference.
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: 001 to 360
Item 7.2.3.6 CORNER AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.6) [AZMCORN]
Record the azimuth from the subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare center to a corner or curve in a
boundary. If a boundary is best described by a straight line between the two circumference points, then
record 000 for CORNER AZIMUTH (000 = none).
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: 000 to 360
Item 7.2.3.7 CORNER DISTANCE (CORE 4.2.7) [DISTCORN]
Record the horizontal distance, to the nearest 1 foot, from the subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare
center to a boundary corner point.
When collected: All boundaries when CORNER AZIMUTH > 000
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 foot
Values:
Plot Type
Values for Corner Distance
microplot
001 to 007 feet (actual limiting distance is 6.8 feet)
subplot
001 to 024 feet
macroplot
001 to 059 feet (actual limiting distance is 58.9 feet)
hectare
001 to 185 feet
Item 7.2.3.8 RIGHT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.8) [AZMRIGHT]
Record the azimuth from the subplot, microplot, macroplot, or hectare center to the farthest right point
(facing the contrasting condition) where the boundary intersects the circumference.
When collected: All boundaries
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: 001 to 360
Section 7.2: Reference Procedure
Item 7.2.3.9 BOUNDARY NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record electronic BOUNDARY NOTES, if needed, to clarify or explain a special situation in the boundary
being defined.
When collected: As needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
97
pg.
CHAPTER 8 TREE AND SAPLING DATA
This chapter describes how and where to tally live trees, standing dead trees (snags), and saplings.
Determining which measurements are required is based on tree size, tree status, condition class status,
and regional location, as well as land ownership. Tree and sapling data yield information on tree volume,
growth, mortality, and removals; wildlife habitats; forest structure and composition; biomass; and carbon
sequestration.
This chapter also describes how to record witness trees/stumps/objects. Witness information is recorded
alongside the tree tally information (as witness trees and tally trees can be one in the same). Witness
information assists the next field crew in relocating the center of a previously established plot/subplot.
SECTION 8.1 DEFINITIONS
Trees meeting specific criteria for diameter at breast height (DBH), or diameter at root collar (DRC), and
length, are included in the sample. General definitions are listed below, followed by a table containing
specific requirements.
Tree: An individual tree is categorized as a live tree, a standing dead tree (snag), or a sapling based on
specific criteria listed in the table below. These criteria are different depending on whether the tree is a DBH
or a DRC species. When the word “tree” is used in the field guide with no additional descriptors it applies to
live trees, snags, and saplings. Applicable species are listed in Appendix F, Tree Species List.
Live tree: Trees are alive if they have any living parts (leaves, buds, cambium) at or above the point of
diameter measurement, either at DBH or at DRC. Trees that have been temporarily defoliated are still alive.
Standing dead tree (snag): To qualify as a standing dead tally tree, dead trees must be at least 5.0 inches
in diameter, have a bole which has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of at least 4.5 feet for DBH species and
1.0 feet for woodland species, and lean less than 45 degrees from vertical as measured from the base of
the tree to the point of diameter measurement. Dead standing tally trees, and partially separated boles of
dead tally trees, do not have to be self-supported. They may be supported by other trees, branches, or their
crown. Standing dead trees, recorded at the previous annual inventory, that shrink below minimum
diameter and length requirements maintain dead tree status. Portions of boles on dead trees that are
separated greater than 50 percent (either above or below the point of diameter measurement), are
considered severed and may qualify as Down Woody Material (DWM), if they otherwise meet DWM criteria
(Chapter 11). For woodland species with multiple stems, a tree is considered down if more than 2/3 of the
volume is no longer attached or upright.
Sapling: Trees ≥1.0 inch but <5.0 inches DBH that meet a minimum length requirement are tallied on the
microplot. These criteria are different depending on whether the tree is a DBH or a DRC species.
Woodland species: Woodland species require a diameter measurement at the root collar (DRC);
individual stems must be at least 1.0 feet in length and 1.0 inches DRC at 1 foot up the stem from the
diameter measurement point. Examples include: honey mesquite; California juniper; and common pinyon.
These species are listed in Appendix F, Tree Species List. For multi-stemmed woodland species, a
cumulative DRC is used to compute diameter as described in Subsection 8.5.4.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Tally trees: ‘Tally trees’ are defined as all live and standing dead trees in accessible forest land or
measurable nonforest land condition classes encountered on the subplot/macroplot the first time a subplot/
macroplot is established, and all trees that grow into a subplot/macroplot thereafter. ‘Tally saplings’ are
defined as all live saplings encountered the first time a microplot is established, and all saplings that grow
into each microplot thereafter, and are included until they grow to 5.0 inches or larger, at which time they
are tallied on the subplot and referenced (new AZIMUTH and HORIZONTAL DISTANCE taken) to the
subplot center.
pg.
98
Diameter
Live tree (DBH species) ≥ 5.0 inches DBH
Live tree (DRC species) At least one stem ≥ 1.0 inches
DRC and a cumulative DRC
≥5.0 inches*
Standing dead tree (DBH ≥ 5.0 inches DBH
species)
Standing dead tree (DRC At least one stem ≥ 1.0 inches
species)
DRC and a cumulative DRC
≥5.0 inches*
Sapling (DBH species) 1.0 inch to 4.9 inches DBH
Sapling (DRC species)
Length
≥ 4.5 feet in length with living parts at or
above DBH
≥ 1.0 feet in length with living parts at or
above DRC*
≥ 4.5 feet in length (leaning less than 45
degrees from vertical)
≥ 1.0 feet in length (leaning less than 45
degrees from vertical)*
≥ 4.5 feet in length with living parts at or
above DBH
≥ 1.0 feet in length with living parts at or
above DRC*
At least one stem ≥ 1.0 inches
DRC and a cumulative DRC
<5.0 inches*
*Single stems, and at least one stem contributing toward the cumulative DRC, must be ≥1.0 feet in
length and ≥1.0 inches diameter at 1 foot up the stem from the point of diameter measurement.
SECTION 8.2 SELECTING TALLY TREES
SUBSECTION 8.2.1 WHERE TO TALLY
Determining whether a tree qualifies as a "tally tree" depends upon a combination of the following:
• STATE
• OWNER CLASS
• ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE
• CONDITION CLASS STATUS
• TREE SPECIES (must be listed on the Tree Species List found in Appendix F)
• DIAMETER (DBH/DRC) of the tree
• TREE STATUS
• TREE LENGTH
• HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from the fixed-radius plot center
• MACROPLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER
• HECTARE PLOT BREAKPOINT DIAMETER
Section 8.2: Selecting Tally Trees
Trees on the subplot, microplot, annular plot, and hectare plot are tallied according to the following rules. If
a tree is located in an area that does not meet the criteria below, it is not a tally tree.
99
pg.
Table 8.1: Where to tally trees in Oregon and Washington
OREGON & WASHINGTON [STATE = 41 or 53]
CONDITION CLASS OWNERSHIP TYPE: Lands not administered by the R6 Forest Service administered
Forest Service and R1 Forest
lands [ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 601 - 699].
Service administered lands
[ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
null or 104].
All live trees and snags ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC on the subplot are
tallied and referenced to the subplot center.
ANNULAR AREA/
MACROPLOT
(24.0 to 58.9-foot radius
from subplot center)
All live trees and snags ≥ 24.0 inches DBH/DRC on the annular plot are
tallied and referenced to the subplot center.
32 INCHES
E. OR & E. WA
N/A
N/A
48 INCHES
W. OR & W. WA
See Appendix C for east/west designation for by
county
All live trees and snags ≥ 30.0 inches DBH/DRC on the annular plot are
tallied and referenced to the subplot center.
For qualifying condition classes on
new installations and
remeasurement [SAMPLE KIND =
1 or 2]: All live trees and snags ≥
32.0 inches DBH/DRC on the
hectare plot are tallied and
referenced to the nearest subplot
center.
For qualifying condition classes on
new installations and
remeasurement [SAMPLE KIND =
1 or 2]: All live trees and snags ≥
48.0 inches DBH/DRC on the
hectare plot are tallied and
referenced to the nearest subplot
center.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
HECTARE PLOT BREAKPOINT
DIAMETER
30 INCHES:
24 INCHES:
W. OR & W. WA E. OR & E. WA
SUBPLOT
(24.0-foot radius)
HECTARE PLOT
(185.1-foot radius from
plot center)
Accessible forest land condition
classes [CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1].
See Appendix C for east/west
designation for by county
MICROPLOT
(6.8-foot radius)
Accessible forest land and
nonforest land condition classes
[CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1
or 2].
All live saplings (1.0 inches to 4.9 inches DBH/DRC) on the microplot
are tallied and referenced to the microplot center.
MACROPLOT BREAKPOINT
DIAMETER
TREES ARE TALLIED IN:
pg.
100
Table 8.2: Where to tally trees in California
CALIFORNIA [STATE = 06]
CONDITION CLASS
OWNERSHIP TYPE:
Lands not
R5 Forest Service
R5 Forest Service
administered by the administered lands
administered lands or BLM
Forest Service and R4 not in the
land within the Northwest
Forest Service
Northwest Forest Plan Forest Plan (NWFP); or R6
administered lands (NWFP)
Forest Service administered
[ADMINISTRATIVE
[ADMINISTRATIVE
lands
FOREST CODE = null or FOREST CODE = 501 599 and NORTHWEST
417]
FOREST PLAN = N]
[ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 501-599 and
NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN = Y]
or [OWNER CLASS = 22 and
Note: See Appendix K for NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN = Y]
graphic of NWFP area
or [ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
boundary.
CODE = 610 or 611]
Note: See Appendix K for graphic of
NWFP area boundary.
Accessible forest land
condition classes
[CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1]
Accessible forest land
and nonforest land
condition classes
[CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1 or 2]
R5 Forest Service
administered lands within the
NWFP area; or R6 Forest
Service administered lands:
Accessible forest land and
nonforest land condition
classes [CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1 or 2];
All live trees and snags ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC on the subplot are tallied and
referenced to the subplot center.
ANNULAR AREA/
MACROPLOT
(24.0 to 58.9-foot
radius from
subplot center)
HECTARE PLOT
(185.1-foot radius
from plot center)
All live trees and snags ≥ 24.0 inches DBH/DRC on the annular plot are tallied
and referenced to the subplot center.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32 INCHES
48 INCHES
See Appendix K for 32/48 hectare area
designation
24 INCHES
SUBPLOT
(24.0-foot radius)
MACROPLOT
BREAKPOINT
DIAMETER
MICROPLOT
(6.8-foot radius)
BLM land within the NWFP
area: Accessible forest land
condition classes [CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1]
All live saplings (1.0 inches to 4.9 inches DBH/DRC) on the microplot are tallied
and referenced to the microplot center.
HECTARE PLOT
BREAKPOINT DIAMETER
Section 8.2: Selecting Tally Trees
TREES ARE TALLIED IN:
For qualifying condition classes
on new installations and
remeasurement [SAMPLE
KIND = 1 or 2]: All live trees
and snags ≥ 32.0 inches DBH/
DRC on the hectare plot are
tallied and referenced to the
nearest subplot center.
For qualifying condition classes
on new installations and
remeasurement [SAMPLE
KIND = 1 or 2]: All live trees
and snags ≥ 48.0 inches DBH/
DRC on the hectare plot are
tallied and referenced to the
nearest subplot center.
101
pg.
SUBSECTION 8.2.2 WITHIN PLOT AREA CRITERIA
Trees and saplings are selected for tally (measurement) only when the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from the
microplot/subplot center to the bole center at the ground is less than or equal to the radius of that microplot/
subplot/macroplot/hectare plot (see Subsection 8.3.3 for Hectare Plot Special Rules). Trees must be
selected for tally within the appropriate fixed-radius area without error. The tolerances for HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE to trees (Item 8.4.1.13) do not apply when determining whether a tree is tallied within the
specified plot area.
Figure 8.1: Horizontal distance from plot center criteria for determining tally trees.
SECTION 8.3 CONDUCTING THE TREE TALLY
Begin tallying trees at an azimuth of 001 degrees from subplot center and continue clockwise around the
macroplot. Work outward from subplot center to macroplot perimeter. Repeat this sequence for trees on the
microplot. Select, record, and tag subplot witness trees/stumps/objects while recording tree tracking data
on the macroplot.
SUBSECTION 8.3.1 SUBPLOT WITNESS TREES/ OBJECTS
Each of the four subplot center stakes or metal pins should be referenced by a minimum of two subplot
witness trees/objects. Use the following procedures to select and record witnesses. Refer to Table 3.1:
Subplot witness monumentation, for specific monumentation guidelines.
B. Monumenting witnesses: Monumentation procedures vary depending on the subplot being witnessed;
plot center (PC, center of subplot 1) has different monumentation than subplots 2 through 4. Refer to
Table 3.1: Subplot witness monumentation, for specific monumentation guidelines.
C. Recording witness data (all subplots on the standard layout): Identify witness trees/snags/stumps/
objects in the data recorder (PDR) using the procedures listed below:
•
Tally tree/snag (a trackable tree record): Record SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS FLAG = Y
(Item 8.4.1.8) to mark tally trees/snags as witnesses.
•
Non-tally tree/snag: Enter a new record for the tree/snag; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 8,
witness non-tally tree (Item 8.4.1.7).
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
A. Selecting witnesses: Select two trees/objects near the subplot center which form, as closely as
possible, a right angle with the center marker. Trees within six feet of the subplot center are preferable.
If live trees are not available, use sound snags, stumps, or objects. On subplots established previously,
reuse the previous witness trees, unless better trees are available.
pg.
102
•
Stump: Enter a new record for the stump; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7, witness stump
(Item 8.4.1.7). Note: When recording stumps as witnesses, use the guidelines listed in Subsection
8.5.2 (Diameter on Stumps) to measure diameter.
•
Shrub or object: Enter a new record for the shrub or object; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 9,
witness-only object (Item 8.4.1.7). Note: Record the shrub species name in TREE NOTES (Item
8.11.1.1).
In addition, record the following information for each witness:
•
SPECIES - If applicable (Item 8.4.1.11)
•
AZIMUTH - Subplot center to tree (Item 8.4.1.12)
•
SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT - From the subplot stake/pin where it enters
the ground to the head of the lowest nail affixing the basal tag or tree number tag (Item 8.4.1.14)
•
DIAMETER (Item 8.5.3.2 or Item 8.5.4.2)
Note: For witnesses, distance is always recorded as a slope distance from the subplot center to the tag
at the base of the tree, rather than as a horizontal distance to the center of the tree collected for tally
trees.
SUBSECTION 8.3.2 SUBPLOTS/ CONDITIONS WITHOUT TALLY TREES
This subsection provides information about recording tree data on subplots with special circumstances.
•
If all accessible forest condition classes within subplot 1 have no tally trees present, two records are
required to witness subplot center. These witness records can represent sound stumps or snags,
but live trees are preferable.
•
If the plot is entirely nonforest and it was ground visited, record two witness records for subplot 1.
•
If the plot is entirely nonforest and it is on Region 5 or Region 6 Forest Service administered lands,
record two witness records for each subplot.
SUBSECTION 8.3.3 HECTARE PLOT SPECIAL RULES
Section 8.3: Conducting the Tree Tally
Hectare-sized trees within a subplot/macroplot radius must be referenced to that subplot center. Hectare
trees outside of a subplot/macroplot radius, but within the hectare plot radius, are tallied and referenced to
the most appropriate subplot center. The PDR will determine, based on the active subplot and the
AZIMUTH entered, whether or not a tree is within another macroplot; it will require the user to enter and
reference the tree from the other subplot center. It will also determine if the tree is outside of the 185.1-foot
radius plot area. To assure that hectare trees are in/out of the plot, measure the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
of borderline trees (within 15 feet of a subplot boundary) from plot center (center of subplot 1). When no
hectare trees are tallied on, or referenced to, a given subplot, the PDR will query the user upon editing the
tree screen, to confirm that no hectare tally trees are present.
If a plot straddles a boundary between qualifying federal land (see Section 8.2, Selecting Tally Trees) and
non-qualifying land (e.g., state lands, national parks, Fish and Wildlife Service lands, etc): the hectare plot
will be installed on all accessible forest land and nonforest land condition classes located on qualifying
federal lands. Do not install the hectare plot (i.e., measure hectare trees) on portions of the plot located on
non-qualifying lands.
103
pg.
SECTION 8.4 TREE TRACKING
SUBSECTION 8.4.1 TREE TRACKING DATA ITEMS
Item 8.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 5.1) [SUBP]
A 1-digit code, generated for each tree record entered into the PDR, regardless of the status of the tree
record (live tree, snag, witness-only tree, etc.).
When Collected: All tree records
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 8.4.1.2 TREE RECORD NUMBER (CORE 5.2) [TREE]
A 3-digit code, assigned by the PDR, to uniquely and permanently identify each tree on a given subplot. At
the time of remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2), TREE RECORD NUMBERS will be downloaded for
previously recorded trees, snags, and witness-only records. TREE RECORD NUMBERS cannot be
changed by the field crew.
When Collected: All tree records
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.4.1.3 TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [TAG_NO_PNWRS]
Affix an aluminum tree number tag and record a TREE TAG NUMBER for all tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/
DRC (except witness-only trees) sampled at the current inventory; this includes trees recorded, but not
tagged, during a previous visit (e.g., saplings and snags). Number trees in a clockwise order from
AZIMUTH 001 to 360, and work outwards from subplot center to macroplot perimeter. Repeat this
sequence for saplings on the microplot. Attempt to keep tree numbers in order. However, do not renumber
all trees on a microplot/subplot/macroplot/hectare in order to assign a more “correct” tree number to a
missed tree.
Saplings <3.0 inches DBH/DRC: Wire the tag to an ancillary branch.
Saplings ≥3.0 inches DBH/DRC: Nail the tag below stump height and facing microplot center.
Trees ≥5.0 inches DBH/DRC: Nail the tag below stump height and facing subplot center.
Live trees: Drive the nail in only as far as is necessary to firmly anchor it in the wood. If a tree which
requires a TREE TAG NUMBER has a PNW-FIA tag from a previous inventory, reuse the old tag, if
serviceable, or attach a new tag. When replacing an old PNW-FIA tag, discard it. If an old tag cannot be
removed, pound it in until flush with the bark so it will be overgrown and will not be confused with the
new tag.
•
Standing dead trees: Pound the nail flush with the bole on all standing dead trees; including previously
live trees, which are now dead.
Do not use a TREE TAG NUMBER more than once on a plot. Before leaving the vehicle, make sure the
tree numbers previously assigned to downloaded trees are different than numbers on the new tags you may
use.
•
On Region 6 (R6) Forest Service administered lands use long nails and blue number tags at the
current visit to differentiate them from the old CVS tags. Do not remove previous R6 CVS tree number
tags.
•
On Region 5 (R5) Forest Service administered lands use standard number tags at the current visit.
Do not remove previous R5 inventory tree number tags.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
•
pg.
104
Follow any special monumenting protocols specified for wilderness or national park plots (see Section 3.6
and Section 3.7).
When collected: When PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1; or when PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and
STANDING DEAD = 1
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.4.1.4 PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [PREV_TAG_NO_PNWRS]
If any tree tallied at the current inventory has a tree number tag from a previous R6 CVS plot, R5 inventory
plot, or PNW-FIA plot, record the tag number. This item is recorded for live trees, dead trees, and saplings,
and will help link current data to previously collected data.
If more than one old tree number tag is present, record the one from the most recent inventory.
If more than one old tree number tag is present and a tag is reused:
•
On periodic revisited plots (PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3): Record the most recent periodic number for
TREE TAG NUMBER and also for PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER.
•
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2): Record the TREE TAG NUMBER from the previous
annual visit for the “current” TREE TAG NUMBER and also for PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 or PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3: all live and dead tally trees
with a previous Region 6 CVS, Region 5, or PNW-FIA number tag on the tree
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.4.1.5 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) [CONDID; PREVCOND; PREV_CONDID_P2A]
Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER in which each tree is located. Often, a referenced boundary is
approximate, and trees selected for tally are assigned to the actual condition in which they lie regardless of
the recorded approximate boundary (Figure 8.2).
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), the previous CONDITION CLASS NUMBER is downloaded
and displayed on the PDR for each remeasurement tree. If necessary, change the CONDITION CLASS
NUMBER to reflect current condition classes and boundaries.
Section 8.4: Tree Tracking
When Collected: All tally trees
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Figure 8.2: Ragged condition class boundary and tree condition class designation
105
pg.
Item 8.4.1.6 PREVIOUS TREE STATUS (CORE 5.6) [PREV_STATUS_CD]
A downloaded code for all trees tallied at the previous inventory. This code is used to track the status of
sample trees over time. Add PREVIOUS TREE STATUS if null and tree was not tallied at the previous
inventory because of a definition or procedural change (RECONCILE = 10). See Appendix B (Historical
Inventory Information) for historical procedures.
When Collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all previously tallied trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC. Update
when null and RECONCILE = 10.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Live Tree – alive at the previous inventory
2
Dead tree – standing dead tree at the previous inventory
Item 8.4.1.7 PRESENT TREE STATUS (CORE 5.7) [STATUSCD_PNWRS; Regional codes 7, 8, 9 loaded in
NON_TALLY_TREE_PNWRS]
Record a PRESENT TREE STATUS for each tallied tree; this code is used to track the status of sample
trees over time: as they first appear, as ingrowth, as they survive, and when they die or are removed.
Witness-only trees/stumps/objects are also assigned a PRESENT TREE STATUS.
8
Witness NonTally Tree
Witness-Only
Object
A non-tally live or dead tree that is to be used for a
subplot witness.
9
A subplot witness that is not a tree. It may be a shrub,
rock, or other; TREE NOTES are required to describe the
witness.
*Refer to Subsection 8.5.2, Diameter on Stumps, for stump diameter measurement guidelines.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 1: all new live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inches DBH/DRC; all new
dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC; and witness non-tally trees, witness stumps,
and witness-only objects.
When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all previously tallied trees.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code
Tree Status Description
0
No Status
Remeasurement plots only. Tree is not presently in the
sample. Tree was incorrectly tallied at the previous
inventory or currently is not tallied due to definition or
procedural change, or is not tallied due to natural causes
(e.g., moved beyond the radius of the plot by small earth
movement, hurricane, etc). Requires RECONCILE code =
5-9
1
Live Tree
Any live tree (new, remeasured or ingrowth)
2
Dead Tree Any dead tree (new, remeasured or ingrowth) regardless
of cause of death. Includes all previously standing dead
trees that no longer qualify as standing dead, as well as
trees killed by silvicultural or land clearing activity, and are
assumed not to have been utilized. Includes: previously
dead standing, now down, and previously dead standing
that no longer meet diameter and length requirements.
3
Removed
Remeasurement plots only. A tree that has been cut or
removed by direct human activity related to harvesting,
silvicultural activity or land clearing. The tree is assumed
to have been utilized.
7
Witness Stump A subplot witness that is a stump*.
pg.
106
Item 8.4.1.8 SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS (PNW) [SUBP_WITNESS_FLAG_PNWRS]
Use this data item to mark the current tally tree (live or dead) as a witness. See Subsection 3.3.2, Witness
Trees/Objects, for witness monumentation instructions. Note: The default for this item is “N”; update the
field to “Y” to record a witness.
When collected: When PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1; or when PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and
STANDING DEAD = 1
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
N
current record is not a tally tree witness
Y
current record is a tally tree witness
Item 8.4.1.9 STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2) [STANDING_DEAD_CD]
Record the code that describes whether or not a tree qualifies as standing dead. Standing dead trees must
be at least 5.0 inches in diameter (DBH or DRC), have a bole which has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of
at least 4.5 feet (DBH species) or 1.0 feet (DRC species with single stems), and lean less than 45 degrees
from vertical as measured from the base of the tree to the point of diameter measurement. See Figure 8.3
through Figure 8.5.
“Unbroken” is defined as at least 50 percent attached to the original source of growth. The degree of lean
on dead trees with partially separated (i.e., 1 to 50 percent) boles is measured from the base of the tree to
the top of ACTUAL LENGTH.
Portions of boles on dead trees that are separated greater than 50 percent (either above or below 4.5 feet),
are considered severed and are included in Down Woody Material (DWM) if they otherwise meet DWM tally
criteria.
For woodland species (Appendix F, Tree Species List) with multiple stems, a tree is considered down if
more than 2/3 of the volume is no longer attached or upright; do not consider cut and removed volume.
Section 8.4: Tree Tracking
Live and dead standing tally trees, and partially separated boles of dead tally trees, do not have to be selfsupported. They may be supported by other trees, branches, or their crown.
Figure 8.3: Example of an unbroken bole to 4.5 feet
Figure 8.4: Example of an unbroken bole of <1.5 feet
107
pg.
Figure 8.5: Other examples of dead trees
When Collected: All dead tally trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
No – tree does not qualify as standing dead.
1
Yes – tree does qualify as standing dead.
Item 8.4.1.10 RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1) [RECONCILECD_PNWRS]
For remeasurement locations only (SAMPLE KIND = 2), record a RECONCILE code for any new tally tree
that was not tallied in the previous inventory, and for all no status remeasurement trees (PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 0). This code is used to identify the reason a new tree appeared in the inventory, and identify the
reason a remeasurement tree no longer qualifies as a tally tree.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all new live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC (PRESENT
TREE STATUS = 1 and no PREVIOUS TREE STATUS); all new dead tally trees ≥
5.0 in (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and no PREVIOUS TREE STATUS); all no
status trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0).
Field width: 2 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
Core Codes
(office use only)
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Code 5 is used to indicate live trees that shrink below the diameter threshold on the microplot/subplot/
macroplot. For example, if a live remeasurement tree shrinks below the 5.0 inch DBH/DRC, then record the
following combination of codes: PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1, PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0,
RECONCILE = 5. If a live measured tree shrinks below the 5.0 inch threshold on the subplot and is
currently greater than or equal to 1.0 inch on the microplot, then record PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1,
PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1. Record all required items for a tally sapling. Use the TREE CODING GUIDE
in Appendix G to determine the national coding method for remeasurement trees.
pg.
108
Codes 1 - 4 and
10 are valid for
new trees on the
plot:
1
2
3
4
10
Codes 5 - 9 are
valid for
remeasured
trees that no
longer qualify
as tally:
5
6
7
8
9
Ingrowth or
reversions
Either a new tally tree not qualifying as through
growth or a new tree on land that was formerly
nonforest and now qualifies as forest land
(includes reversion or encroachment).
Through
New tally tree 5.0 inches DBH/DRC and larger,
growth
within the microplot, which was not missed at
the previous inventory.
Missed live A live tree missed at previous inventory and
that is live or dead now.
Missed dead A dead tree missed at previous inventory that is
dead now.
Procedural
A tree not tallied at the previous inventory, but
change
is included in the tree tally now because of a
definition or procedural change. See Appendix
B (Historical Inventory Information) for historical
procedures.
Shrank
Live tree that shrank below threshold diameter
on microplot/subplot/macroplot.
Moved
Tree was correctly tallied in previous inventory,
but has now moved beyond the radius of the
plot due to natural causes (i.e., small earth
movement, hurricane). Tree must be either live
before and still alive now or dead before and
dead now. If tree was live before and now dead,
this is a mortality tree and should have
PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 (not 0).
Cruiser error Erroneously tallied at previous inventory.
Procedural
Tree was tallied at the previous inventory, but is
change
no longer tallied because of a definition or
procedural change.
Sampled
Tree was sampled before, but now the area
before
where the tree was located is nonsampled. All
trees on the nonsampled area have
RECONCILE = 9.
1
2
3
4
Code 3 when
PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 1;
Code 4 when
PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 2
5
6
7
8
9
Item 8.4.1.11 SPECIES (CORE 5.8) [SPCD; PREV_SPCD_PNWRS]
Record the SPECIES code from the Tree Species List in Appendix F. If you encounter a species not listed
in Appendix F, it should not be tallied. If the species cannot be determined in the field, tally the tree, but
bring branch samples, foliage, cones, flowers, bark, etc. to the office for identification. If possible, collect
samples outside the macroplots from similar specimens and make a note to correct the SPECIES code
later. Genus-only codes should not be used for live trees and are not included in Appendix F. In the case of
standing dead trees on newly established plots, use the sample collections procedures described earlier in
this paragraph.
Section 8.4: Tree Tracking
Note: The Tree Species List appendix contains all tree species designated as “Core” on the national list
and all additional species tallied in PNW during the current inventory. Code “999” is not a valid species
code for PNW. SPECIES is a 4-digit code nationally; PNW uses only 3 digits. If PEAM3 (7211 Avocado) is
encountered, code as “721” and record a TREE NOTE (e.g., 7211 Avocado/PEAM3).
Plants included in the tree species list are measured as trees regardless of form. If a tree species has
multiple varieties and one or more of the varieties appears on the tree species list, only those varieties
listed will be included as tally trees. If a tree species has multiple varieties but only one genus and species
is listed on the tree species list, all varieties will be included as tally trees.
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous SPECIES information will be downloaded and
displayed in the current SPECIES field in the PDR for each remeasurement tree. Correct the SPECIES
code if the SPECIES was incorrectly identified, or SPECIES = 999 at the last inventory, even if the tree is no
longer a valid tally tree (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0).
109
pg.
When Collected: All trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0-8)
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 999 (valid only as a downloaded code); Species on the TREE SPECIES LIST,
Appendix F
Item 8.4.1.12 AZIMUTH (CORE 5.4) [AZIMUTH; PREV_AZM_PNWRS]
Sight the AZIMUTH from the subplot center (for trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC) or the microplot center (for
live trees ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches DBH/DRC) to the center of the base of the tree. Sight to the
geographic center for multi-stemmed woodland species (Appendix F). The geographic center is a point of
equal distance between all tallied stems for a given woodland tree. Record AZIMUTH to the nearest
degree. Use 360 for north.
•
Use the magnetic declinations shown in Appendix C, Reference Information.
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous AZIMUTH will be downloaded into the current
AZIMUTH field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data and updating when it is out of
tolerance.
•
For saplings on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot remeasurement), crews must collect
new AZIMUTH information from the subplot center. For live trees on the subplot that shrink to become
saplings on the microplot at remeasurement, crews must collect new AZIMUTH from the microplot
center.
Figure 8.6: Where to measure AZIMUTH and HORIZONTAL DISTANCE when the main tree bole goes below
the duff layer and reemerges
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC, standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/
DRC, and witness-only trees/stumps/objects. When SAMPLE KIND = 2, downloaded
previous AZIMUTH must be verified.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Tally trees: +/- 10 degrees
Witness-only trees/stumps/objects: +/- 4 degrees
Values: 001 to 360
pg.
110
Item 8.4.1.13 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE 5.5) [DIST; PREV_HORIZ_DIST_PNWRS]
Record the measured HORIZONTAL DISTANCE, to the nearest 0.1 foot, from the subplot center (for trees
≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC) or microplot center (for live trees ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches DBH/DRC) to the pith
of the tree at the base. For all multi-stemmed woodland trees (woodland species indicated in Appendix F),
the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE is measured from subplot or microplot center to the "geographic center" of
the tree. The geographic center is a point of equal distance between all tallied stems for a given woodland
tree.
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous HORIZONTAL DISTANCE will be downloaded into
the current HORIZONTAL DISTANCE field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data
and updating when it is out of tolerance. There is no tolerance for added or missed trees regardless of the
previous crew's downloaded data.
For saplings on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot remeasurement), crews must collect
new HORIZONTAL DISTANCE information from the subplot center. For live trees on the subplot that shrink
to become saplings on the microplot at remeasurement, crews must collect new HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
from the microplot center.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC, standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inch DBH/
DRC. When SAMPLE KIND = 2, downloaded previous DISTANCE must be verified.
Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: Microplot: +/- 0.2 feet
Microplot woodland species: +/- 0.4 feet
Subplot: +/- 1.0 feet
Subplot woodland species: +/- 2.0 feet
Macroplot: +/- 3.0 feet
Macroplot woodland species: +/- 6.0 feet
Hectare: +/- 10.0 feet
Values: Microplot: 00.1 to 06.8
Subplot: 00.1 to 24.0
Annular plot: 24.1 to 58.9
Hectare: 58.9 to 305.1
Item 8.4.1.14 SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT (PNW)
[SLOPE_DIST_TO_WITNESS_PNWRS]
Record the SLOPE DISTANCE, to the nearest 0.1 foot, from the base of the subplot center pin, to the head
of the nail that affixes the TREE TAG NUMBER/basal tag or other witness object. If more than one nail is
used to affix the basal tag, measure to the head of the top nail. If a basal tag cannot be attached to the
witness object, or if in wilderness areas or national parks where TREE TAG NUMBER/basal tags cannot be
used, measure from the base of the subplot/macroplot to the front of the tree/object at the base.
Section 8.4: Tree Tracking
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous SLOPE DISTANCE will be downloaded into the
current SLOPE DISTANCE field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data and
updating when it is out of tolerance.
When Collected: All witness trees, stumps, or objects (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2 and
SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS FLAG = Y; or PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7, 8,
or 9). When SAMPLE KIND = 2: previous SLOPE DISTANCE must be verified.
Field width: 4 digits (xx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 0.2 feet
Values: 00.1 to 99.9
pg.
111
SECTION 8.5 DIAMETER
Diameters are measured at either breast height (DBH) or at the root collar (DRC). Species requiring DRC,
referred to as woodland species, are denoted with a “w” in Appendix F. Trees with diameters between 1.0and 4.9-inches are measured on the 6.8-foot radius microplot, those with diameters of 5.0-inches and larger
are measured on the 24-foot radius subplots. Additional trees, with diameter breakpoints defined by region,
are measured on the macroplot and on the hectare plot.
Diameters are used in calculating volume, growth, average stand diameter, and stocking-related estimates
such as forest type and stand size.
Unless one of the special situations listed in Subsection 8.5.3 is encountered, measure DBH at 4.5 feet
above the ground line on the uphill side of the tree.
SUBSECTION 8.5.1 MARKING CURRENT DIAMETER:
1. Marking saplings < 3.0 inches DBH and woodland species (regardless of DRC) tallied for the first time:
•
Mark location of diameter measurement with a grease pencil. Each stem of a multi-stemmed
woodland species must be marked.
2. Marking live DBH species ≥ 3.0 inches DBH, or snags ≥ 5.0 inches DBH, tallied for the first time:
•
Set an aluminum nail at the point of diameter measurement. Place the nail on the side of the tree
facing subplot/microplot center. On steep slopes, where placing the nail towards subplot/microplot
center is not possible, place the nail on the uphill side of the bole. The nail should be driven in only as
far as is necessary to firmly anchor it in the wood.
•
Use caution to avoid damaging trees.
•
On R6 Forest Service administered lands: use long nails to mark DBH.
•
Use painted nails (brown, black, or gray) if required by special monumenting protocols for wilderness
or national park plots (see Chapter 3, Plot Layout and Referencing).
3. Additional instructions for marking diameter on trees ≥ 32.0 inches:
If a live tree or snag (new or remeasured) is 32.0 inches DBH/DRC or larger, affix an additional nail, and
for every additional 12 inches of diameter add another nail, distributing the nails evenly around the
circumference of the bole (e.g., a 44.3 inch tree would have three nails around the circumference of the
tree at DBH/DRC – ideally, one on the uphill side of the tree and the other two about 1/3 of the way
around the tree on each side). Set these nails while the diameter tape is wrapped around the tree at the
point of diameter.
4. Marking DBH on trees previously marked:
The DBH location on previously tallied trees ≥ 3.0 inches was marked with an aluminum nail.
Remeasure diameter at the location of the previous crew’s nail if appropriate using the rules below:
For live trees: Reset the old nail enough so that as much of the old nail is exposed as possible. If the
old nail cannot be pulled out to meet this requirement, set a new nail at the same location.
•
For dead trees: Pound the nail flush with the bole.
•
For live and dead trees: If the previous location is no longer accessible (e.g., covered by a landslide),
there is an abnormality at the PREVIOUS DIAMETER measurement point, or it is more than 12
inches away from where the diameter should be measured according to current protocols (either
because protocols have changed or the previous crew made a mistake) move the point of
measurement and the nail, and assign a DIAMETER CHECK code of “2”.
•
•
•
If the point of DBH measurement is being moved (on live or dead trees), follow the instructions
outlined in PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (Item 8.5.3.1) to estimate a new
PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT.
If the old nail marks a point of diameter measurement not used at the current inventory, remove it
if possible; otherwise pound it in flush with the tree.
If the previous nail falls within the range of tolerance outlined above, do not pull it out of the tree just
because it is not facing the subplot center. Keep original placement of nails at all times unless there
is an obvious error.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
•
pg.
112
5. The following apply at remeasurement:
•
If at the previous visit a forked tree was recorded as two separate trees but should have been
recorded as one tree, delete one tree by giving it a PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0 and RECONCILE
= 7 or 8 (depending on whether it was an error or a procedural change), and remove the nail. Correct
the PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (Item 8.5.3.1) for the remaining tree, relocate the
nail, and assign a PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2 with DIAMETER CHECK = 2. Record an
explanation in TREE NOTES.
•
If at the previous visit a forked tree was recorded as one tree but should have been recorded as two
separate trees, correct the PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT for the remeasured tree to
represent one tree, and add the other fork as a missed tree. Use the existing tree data line to
represent one of the stems; PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2, DIAMETER CHECK = 2, and a
TREE NOTE. The second stem would get PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2, RECONCILE = 3 or 4,
and a TREE NOTE.
SUBSECTION 8.5.2 DIAMETER ON STUMPS
Diameter on stump < 4.5 feet tall: Use a logger's tape, cloth tape or ruler to measure the longest and
shortest axes across the top of the stump. Record diameter as the average of the two measurements.
SUBSECTION 8.5.3 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT
Special DBH situations:
1. Forked tree: In order to qualify as a fork, the stem in question must be at least 1/3 the diameter of the
main stem and must branch out from the main stem at an angle of 45 degrees or less. Forks originate at
the point on the bole where the piths intersect. Forked trees are handled differently depending on
whether the fork originates below 1.0 feet, between 1.0 and 4.5 feet, or above 4.5 feet.
A. Trees forked below 1.0 foot: Trees forked below 1.0 foot (see
Figure 8.7) are treated as distinctly separate trees. Distances and
azimuths are measured individually to the center of each stem
where it splits from the stump. DBH is measured for each stem at
4.5 feet above the ground. When stems originate from pith
intersections below 1 foot, it is possible for some stems to be within
the limiting distance of the microplot or subplot, and others to be
beyond the limiting distance. If stems originating from forks that
occur below 1.0 foot fork again between 1.0 and 4.5 feet, the rules
in the next paragraph apply.
Section 8.5: Diameter
Figure 8.7: Trees forked below
1.0 foot
B. Trees forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet: Trees
forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet (see Figure 8.8) are
also tallied as separate trees, but the same distance and
azimuth (to the central stump) is recorded for each stem.
Although a single azimuth and distance applies to all,
multiple stems should be recorded as they occur in
clockwise order (from front to back when one stem is
directly in front of another). The DBH of each fork is
measured at a point 3.5 feet above the pith intersection.
When forks originate from pith intersections between 1.0
and 4.5 feet, the limiting distance is the same for all forks
– they are either all on, or all off the plot.
•
Multiple forks are possible if they all originate from
approximately the same point on the main stem. In
such cases, measure DBH on all stems at 3.5 feet
above the common pith intersection.
Figure 8.8: Forked between
1.0 and 4.5 feet
113
pg.
•
Once a stem is tallied as a fork that originated from a pith intersection between 1.0 and 4.5 feet,
do not recognize any additional forks that may occur on that stem. Measure the diameter of such
stems below the base of stem separation(i.e., do not move the point of diameter the entire 3.5
feet above the first fork).
Figure 8.9: Where to measure DBH on trees forked above 1.0 feet.
C. Trees forked at or above 4.5 feet: Trees forked at or
above 4.5 feet count as one single tree (Figure 8.10:
One tree). If a fork occurs at or immediately above 4.5
feet, measure diameter below the fork just beneath
any swelling that would inflate DBH.
2. Stump sprouts: Stump sprouts originate between
ground level and 4.5 feet on the boles of trees that have
died or have been cut. Stump sprouts are handled the
same as forked trees, with the exception that stump
sprouts are not required to be 1/3 the diameter of the
Figure 8.10: One tree
dead bole. Stump sprouts originating below 1.0 feet are
measured at 4.5 feet from ground line. Stump sprouts
originating between 1.0 feet and 4.5 feet are measured at 3.5 foot above their point of occurrence. As
with forks, rules for measuring distance and azimuth depend on whether the sprouts originate above or
below 1.0 feet. For multi-stemmed woodland species, treat all new sprouts as part of the same new tree.
3. Tree with butt-swell or bottleneck: Measure these trees 1.5 feet above the end of the swell or
bottleneck if the swell or bottleneck extends 3.0 feet or more above the ground (Figure 8.11: Bottleneck
tree, butt swell).
4. Tree with irregularities at DBH: On trees with swellings, bumps, depressions, and branches at DBH,
diameter will be measured immediately above the irregularity at the place it ceases to affect normal stem
form (Figure 8.11 through Figure 8.13).
Figure 8.13: Tree with a branch at 4.5
feet
5. Tree on slope: Measure diameter at 4.5 feet from the ground along the bole on the uphill side of the
tree (Figure 8.14: Tree on a slope).
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Figure 8.11: Bottleneck tree, butt Figure 8.12: Tree with a
swell
swell at 4.5 feet
pg.
114
6. Leaning tree: Measure diameter at 4.5
feet from the ground along the bole. The
4.5 foot distance is measured along the
underside face of the bole (Figure 8.15:
Leaning tree).
7. Turpentine tree: On trees with
turpentine face extending above 4.5 feet,
estimate the diameter at 10.0 feet above
the ground and multiply by 1.1 to
estimate DBH outside bark.
Figure 8.14: Tree on a slope Figure 8.15: Leaning tree
8. Independent trees that grow together:
If two or more independent stems have grown together at
or above the point of DBH (Figure 8.16), continue to treat
them as separate trees. Set two diameter nails at DBH
halfway around the tree's circumference from each other
(after placing 1st nail, stand back from bole; take azimuth to
nail; on opposite side of bole, place nail where the back
azimuth of the first nail lines up). Measure the distance
between the nails with a diameter tape. Multiply the
measurement by 2 and record the result as the current
diameter. Example: Distance measured = 12.8 inches (12.8
X 2) = 25.6 inches. Set the DIAMETER CHECK code to “7”.
•
If unable to use the “Double Nail Method” estimate the Figure 8.16: Independent trees growing
diameter of each, set the “DIAMETER CHECK” code to together
“1“, and explain the situation in TREE NOTES.
9. Missing wood or bark: Do not
reconstruct the DBH of a tree that is
missing wood or bark at the point of
measurement (Figure 8.17). Record
the diameter, to the nearest 0.1 inch,
of the wood and bark that is still
attached to the tree. If a tree has a
localized abnormality (gouge,
depression, etc.) at the point of DBH,
apply the procedure described for
trees with irregularities at DBH.
10.Live windthrown tree: Measure from
the top of the root collar along the
length to 4.5 feet (Figure 8.18).
Figure 8.17: Tree with
missing wood or bark
Figure 8.18: Live wind-thrown
tree
11. Down live tree with tree-form branches growing vertical from main bole: When a down live tree,
touching the ground, has vertical (less than 45 degrees from vertical) tree-like branches coming off the
main bole, determine whether or not the pith of the main bole (averaged along the first log of the tree) is
above or below the duff layer.
Section 8.5: Diameter
A. If the pith of the main bole is above the duff layer, use the same forking rules specified for a forked
tree, and take all measurements accordingly.
115
pg.
•
•
If the pith
intersection of the
main down bole and
vertical tree-like
branch occurs
below 4.5 feet from
the stump along the
main bole, treat that
branch as a
separate tree, and
measure DBH 3.5
feet above the pith
intersection for both
the main bole and
the tree-like branch
(Figure 8.19).
If the intersection
between the main
down bole and the
tree-like branch
occurs beyond the
4.5 foot point from
the stump along the
main bole, treat that
branch as part of
the main down bole
(Figure 8.20).
Figure 8.19: Down tree above duff
Figure 8.20: Branch beyond 4.5 feet from stump
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
B. If the pith of main tree
bole is below the duff
layer, ignore the main
bole, and treat each
tree-like branch as a
separate tree; take
DBH and length
measurements from the
ground, not necessarily
from the top of the
down bole (Figure
8.21). However, if the
top of the main tree
bole curves out of the
ground towards a
Figure 8.21: Down tree below duff
vertical angle, treat that
portion of that top as an
individual tree originating where the pith leaves the duff layer.
pg.
116
12.Tree with curved bole (pistol butt tree): Measure along the bole on the uphill side (upper surface) of
the tree (Figure 8.22).
Figure 8.22: Tree with curved bole (pistol butt tree)
13. Trees with stilted roots or growing on nurse logs: On trees with stilted roots (e.g., redwood),
growing on nurse logs or on top of stumps (not stump sprouts), DBH should be taken at 4.5 feet above
the highest point of the root collar.
Item 8.5.3.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.1) [PREVDIA]
This is the DBH assigned at the previous annual inventory. It has been downloaded from the previous
inventory. Any change made to this field signifies a procedural change or an error at the time of the previous
inventory.
Downloaded data should be verified, and updated if one of two situations occurs:
1. The current diameter measurement point is moved to correspond with the corrected location (either
because of procedural change or previous crew error in nail location). DIAMETER CHECK should be set
to “2” and an explanation is required in the TREE NOTES.
2. It is clear that there was a typo, illogical value or poorly estimated PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST
HEIGHT.
Estimate the new value for PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT by doing one of the following:
•
Take an increment core at the location of the previous diameter measurement: From the cambium,
count back the number of growth rings since the previous visit. Measure this increment to the nearest
1/20 inch and subtract it from the current diameter at previous location. This will provide you with an
estimate to correct the PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT from the same location.
•
Measure the diameter at both the correct diameter location and at the previous diameter location.
Determine the difference between these two diameters. Add or subtract this value (the difference) to
the downloaded value of the PREVIOUS DIAMETER. This will provide an estimate of PREVIOUS
DIAMETER corresponding to the corrected location.
•
Estimate the correct PREVIOUS DIAMETER based on the "best" information at hand (e.g., the
PREVIOUS DIAMETER of similar sized nearby trees of the same species).
Section 8.5: Diameter
When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2: all previously tallied trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH.
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: N/A
Values: 001.0 to 999.9
117
pg.
Item 8.5.3.2 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.2) [DIA]
Unless one of the special situations listed in Subsection 8.5.3 (Diameter at Breast Height; Special DBH
Situations) is encountered, measure DBH at 4.5 feet above the ground line on the uphill side of the tree.
Round each measurement down to the last 0.1 inch. For example, a reading of 3.68 inches is recorded as
3.6 inches.
When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inches DBH, standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH,
witness-only trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1, 2 or 8); and witness stumps*
(PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7)
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: Live trees and dead trees
+/- 0.1 inches per 20.0 inches increment of measured
with DECAY CLASS 1, 2
diameter.
Dead trees with DECAY
+/- 1.0 inches per 20.0 inches increment of measured
CLASS 3, 4, 5:
diameter.
Values: 001.0 to 999.9
*NOTE: Although stumps do not meet DBH criteria, their DIAMETERS are recorded in this data item.
Item 8.5.3.3 SNAG ESTIMATED DIAMETER (PNW) [DIA_EST_PNWRS]
When DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT of a snag appears to be less than 75 percent of the DIAMETER AT
BREAST HEIGHT when the tree was alive, because of breakage or rot, record an estimate of the
DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT of tree when it was alive (see Figure 8.23).
This data item is complimentary to the ROTTEN/MISSING CULL data item, and is used to calculate the
total volume of the snag before breakage or rot occurred.
When collected: All snags (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2) when DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT
appears to be less than 75 percent of DBH when the tree was alive (see Figure 8.23)
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 5.0 inches per 20 inches of live DBH
Values: null, 005.0 to 999.9
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Figure 8.23: How to estimate SNAG ESTIMATED DIAMETER
pg.
118
SUBSECTION 8.5.4 DIAMETER AT ROOT COLLAR
For species requiring diameter at the root collar (refer to Appendix F), measure the diameter at the ground
line or at the stem root collar, whichever is higher. For these trees, treat clumps of stems having a unified
crown and common root stock as a single tree; examples include honey mesquite, California juniper, and
common pinyon. For woodland trees, record DRC STEM DIAMETER and DRC STEM STATUS (described
below). Then compute and record the DRC value from the individual stem diameter information. The data
recorder has a feature to compute DRC.
Measuring woodland stem diameters: Before measuring DRC, remove the loose material on the ground
(e.g., litter) but not mineral soil. Measure just above any swells present, and in a location so that the
diameter measurements are a good representation of the volume in the stems (especially when trees are
extremely deformed at the base). Stems must be at least 1 foot in length and at least 1.0 inch in diameter 1
foot up from the stem diameter measurement point to qualify for measurement. Additional instructions for
DRC measurements are illustrated in Figure 8.24. For each qualifying stem of the woodland tree, measure
and record DRC STEM DIAMETER (Item 8.5.4.2) and indicate the DRC STEM STATUS (Item 8.5.4.3).
Computing and Recording DRC: For all tally trees requiring DRC, with at least one stem 1 foot in length and
at least 1.0 inch in diameter 1 foot up from the stem diameter measurement point, DRC is computed as the
square root of the sum of the squared stem diameters. For a single-stemmed DRC tree, the computed DRC
is equal to the single diameter measured.
Use the following formula to compute DRC:
DRC = SQRT [SUM (stem diameter2)]
Round the result to the nearest 0.1 inch. For example, a multi-stemmed woodland tree with stems of 12.2,
13.2, 3.8, and 22.1 would be calculated as:
Section 8.5: Diameter
DRC = SQRT (12.22 + 13.22 + 3.82 + 22.12)
= SQRT (825.93)
= 28.74
= 28.7
119
pg.
Figure 8.24: How to measure DRC in a variety of situations
Item 8.5.4.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT ROOT COLLAR (CORE 5.9.3) [PREVDIA]
When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2: all previously tallied trees ≥ 1.0 inch DRC.
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: No errors for updating (when previous measurement was off more than 40 percent).
Values: 001.0 to 999.9
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
This is the DRC assigned at the previous annual inventory. It has been downloaded from the previous
inventory. Any change made to this field signifies a misclassification at the time of the previous inventory
and should only occur if the previous measurement was off more than 40 percent. “DIAMETER CHECK”
should be set to ”2” and an explanation is required in the TREE NOTES if previous DRC is changed.
pg.
120
Item 8.5.4.2 DRC STEM DIAMETER (CORE 5.9.4.1) [DIA]
Record the diameter of each individual qualifying stem on the woodland tree.
When collected: All stems on woodland tree species that are at least 1 foot in length and at least 1.0
inches in diameter 1 foot up from the stem diameter measurement point when
CURRENT NUMBER OF STEMS >0.
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 0.2 inches per stem
Values: 001.0 to 999.9
Item 8.5.4.3 DRC STEM STATUS (CORE 5.9.4.2) [STATUSCD]
Record the status of each individual stem on the woodland tally tree.
When Collected: All stems on woodland tree species that are at least 1 foot in length and at least 1.0
inches in diameter 1 foot up from the stem diameter measurement point
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
0
live stem
1
dead stem
Item 8.5.4.4 PAST NUMBER OF STEMS (CORE 5.10) [PREV_WDLDSTEM]
If the PAST NUMBER OF STEMS does not equal the CURRENT NUMBER OF STEMS, do not change the
downloaded value. Make a note in TREE NOTES suggesting the possible reason for the difference.
When Collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 99
Item 8.5.4.5 CURRENT NUMBER OF STEMS (CORE 5.11) [WDLDSTEM]
Record the total number of stems that were measured for DRC (e.g., record 1 stem as 01; record 12 stems
as 12). Count only the number of qualifying stems used to calculate DRC. Qualifying stems are those that
are at least 1.0 foot in length and at least 1.0 inch in diameter, 1 foot up from the measurement point.
When Collected: For tallied woodland species with at least one stem 1.0 inches in diameter or larger;
includes woodland species tallied on the microplot
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 99
SUBSECTION 8.5.5 ADDITIONAL DIAMETER DATA ITEMS
Item 8.5.5.1 DIAMETER CHECK (CORE 5.12) [DIACHECK_PNWRS]
Section 8.5: Diameter
Record this code to identify any irregularities in diameter measurement positions (e.g., abnormal swellings,
diseases, damage, new measurement positions, etc.) that may affect use of this tree in diameter growth/
change analyses. If both code 2 and code 1, 5, 6, or 7 apply, diameter is both estimated and moved, use
code 2 and change the PREVIOUS DIAMETER if necessary.
If diameter is estimated because of moss/vine/obstruction, record an estimate of the diameter without the
obstruction. Do not remove moss, lichens, or vines.
If diameter at the current inventory is measured at a different location than at the previous inventory, record
DIAMETER CHECK = 2 and remove the d-nail(s) from the previous inventory. If the previous point diameter
measurement cannot be found on a live tree (i.e., nail fell out) also record code “2”.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inches DBH/DRC and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches
DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
121
pg.
Tolerance: No errors
Values: PNW
Code Description
0
Diameter measured accurately at correct location
1
Diameter estimated, for any reason other than moss,
vines, or the double nail method
2
Diameter measured at different location than previous
measurement (remove original d-nail): no old nail found,
or previous diameter was obviously incorrect; value has
been updated.
5
Diameter estimated because of moss
6
Diameter estimated because of vines.
7
Diameter estimated (double nail diameter)
Core Code
(office use only)
0
1
2
1
1
1
SECTION 8.6 TREE GROWTH
SUBSECTION 8.6.1 TREE AGE
Item 8.6.1.1 TREE AGE (PFSL) [BHAGE]
This data item is used to determine STAND AGE, and to develop regression estimators of tree growth,
mortality and harvest.
Selection: Starting from North and working in a clockwise direction on each subplot/macroplot, determine
the age of one live tree representing each species, within each crown class, for each condition class
present on the plot. Although this selection method is to be used on each subplot/macroplot, only one tree
in each species/crown class/condition class needs to be aged on the entire plot. Saplings can be aged
using the whorl-count procedures below, only if sufficient age data cannot be obtained on larger trees. If a
sapling has been aged prior to encountering a tree ≥5.0 inches (with the same species/crown class/
condition class) on a subsequent subplot, an age must be obtained for the tree ≥5.0 inches. The PDR will
identify trees to be aged using the above selection criteria.
•
Example: Subplot 1 has a white fir, with a crown class of “3”, in condition class 1. Over the entire plot,
only one white fir in condition class 1 with a crown class of “3” needs to be aged. This selection method
is applied regardless of differences in diameter of the trees.
On qualifying federal lands where hectare trees are measured (see Section 8.2, Selecting Tally Trees)
there is an additional tree age requirement: Bore the first live hectare-sized tree of each species. If a
hectare-sized tree has already been aged using the species/crown class/condition class criteria that is
followed on all plots, it can also be used to meet the hectare age requirement for it's species. However,
trees bored for a hectare tree age that are outside the macroplot cannot be used to meet the criteria for
the species/crown class/condition class required age.
Do not collect tree ages for any woodland species or any hardwood species except red alder.
Leave the extracted increment core at the base of the tree in a relatively protected location so it can be
located, if necessary.
Note: Trees ages of 999 years and greater are recorded as “999”.
Determining age for trees that have been cored previously:
Trees bored at a previous occasion will have TREE AGE updated to the current year on the PDR.
Current crews are responsible for the accuracy of data when using a previously bored age and also in
making sure the selection requirements listed above, are met.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Do not select or use: Trees with any sign of rot present within the lower bole; trees with rot present in an
increment core on which age cannot be accurately determined; or any tree with severe deformities at DBH.
Bypass these trees and select the next one by species/crown class/condition class.
pg.
122
In certain situations, previously collected tree ages should be changed, removed from the data set, or
supplemented with additional age trees. These include changes in condition class or crown class, and
corrections to tree species of aged trees. In rare instances, the previous age may be a typo or an
obvious error. If you find an error, re-bore the tree to collect a new age. Overwrite the existing age with
the new one and change the TREE AGE METHOD to a "1" (bored at the current inventory). For those
trees with suspicious ages that cannot be re-bored, delete the existing age and select another tree to
satisfy the species/crown class/condition class requirement.
1. Remeasurement (annual to annual inventory) plots: TREE AGE from the previous visit will be
downloaded to the PDR. Field crews are required to verify the accuracy of this age and revise when
necessary. Downloaded tree ages will have an "2" next to the age indicating that it is updated to
current year. The PDR will alert the user if an additional TREE AGE is required for a given species/
crown class/condition class category whenever updated information indicates a missing category.
2. Periodic to annual inventory plots: TREE AGE may be obtained from measurements made during
the periodic inventory and can be used to fulfill the selection requirements above (species/crown
class/condition class).Use the old plot data printouts to determine which trees were bored for age
(denoted by a "+" next to the age). If the previous age seems correct, add the number of growing
seasons to that age and record as the current TREE AGE.
• Some plots were visited multiple times during the periodic inventory. These plots may have old
plot data sheets which contain ages updated to the current year of that inventory (denoted by an
"*" next to the age).
• On R5 Forest Service administered lands only, the previously recorded TREE AGE includes 10
years added to DBH ages to allow for tree growth to 4.5 feet. Subtract this 10 years before adding
the number of growing seasons to the current year.
Determining age for trees that have not been cored previously (use one of the
following methods):
A. Core the tree with an increment borer and record the number of rings between the current year's
increment and the pith. Core a tree only if it is ≥ 5.0 inches in diameter at 4.5 feet. Bore the tree just
below the point where the diameter measurement was taken (to avoid impacting the diameter
measurement), on the side of the tree facing subplot center; if impossible, bore the tree on the side
opposite subplot center. If neither of these locations will suffice, bore the tree just below the point of
diameter measurement at any accessible location on the tree’s circumference. Extrapolate ages for
trees too large to reach the pith with the borer (see instructions below).
Section 8.6: Tree Growth
B. Determining breast height age of large trees: Large tree size is not a valid reason for bypassing a tree
for boring. To determine the age of a tree whose radius is greater than the length of the increment borer,
use the following procedure. This procedure is available as a "pop-up" menu on the data recorder.
Step 1. Bore into the tree as far as possible, extract the core (do not discard the bark), and count the
rings. Record this number for NUMBER OF RINGS (Item 8.6.1.3).
Step 2. Count the number of rings in the inner 2 inches of the core closest to the center of the tree.
Record this number for NUMBER OF RINGS IN INNER 2 INCHES (Item 8.6.1.4).
Step 3. Measure the total length of the extracted core to the nearest 0.1 inch (include the entire
thickness of bark at point of measurement, even though some of it may not be in the core
because it crumbled or the tree was cored in a bark furrow). Record this length for LENGTH
OF MEASURED CORE (Item 8.6.1.5).
Step 4. Divide the tree's diameter by 2 to determine the radius in inches.
Step 5. Subtract #3 (length of the extracted core) from #4 (the radius in inches). The result is the
length in inches that the extracted core is short of reaching the tree center.
Step 6. Divide #5 (inches from the core to tree center) by 2 inches. The result equals the number of 2
inch lengths to the tree center.
Step 7. Multiply #6 by the number of rings in the inner 2 inches (#2) to determine the number of rings
from the inner end of the extracted core to the tree center.
Step 8. Add #7 to the total number of rings in the extracted core (#1). This is the tree's estimated age
at breast height (i.e., number of rings in the entire radius).
Step 9. Record an extrapolated age for TREE AGE METHOD (Item 8.6.1.2).
123
pg.
Example: Determine the age of a 59.6-inch western hemlock. The core has 110 rings, and has 10 rings
in the inner 2 inches. 0.8 inches of the 16.4-inch-long increment borer did not penetrate the tree and 1
inch of bark within the core fell off when it was extracted from the borer, resulting in a 14.6-inch core.
Each number below is associated with its corresponding step above:
Step 1.
Step 2.
Step 3.
Step 4.
Step 5.
Step 6.
Step 7.
Step 8.
Step 9.
110 rings counted
10 rings in the inner 2 inches of the core
14.6 inches of core was extracted + 1 inch of bark that fell out of the core = 15.6
59.6 inches is the tree's diameter, then divide by 2 = 29.8 inches to center of tree (pith)
29.8 inches (true center) - 15.6 inches (measured core) = 14.2 inches short of reaching pith
14.2 inches / 2 = 7.1 (2 inches) lengths short
7.1 (from step 6) x 10 (from step 2) = 71 rings not counted
110 rings counted (step 1) + 71 rings not counted (step 7) = 181 years old at breast height
Record an extrapolated age for TREE AGE METHOD (Item 8.6.1.2).
C. Age of some species can be determined by counting the whorls of saplings. If no suitable tree ≥ 5.0
inches DBH is available for a given species/crown class/condition class combination, check for the
species in the microplot sapling tally, using the selection criteria below. Count whorls above the 4.5-foot
mark if < 5.0 inches at DBH.
Selection: Starting from North and working in a clockwise direction on the microplot, determine the age
of one live sapling representing each species for which an age could not be obtained on a tree ≥ 5.0
inches, within each CROWN CLASS, for each condition class present on the plot.
Do not record for: Suppressed trees (CROWN CLASS = 5 and DAMAGE AGENT = 50).
Determine age by whorl count for the following species only: pines; Douglas-fir; and true firs.
When collected: On new plots (SAMPLE KIND = 1): first live tree (all conifers and red alder) by
species/crown class/ condition class, and first hectare-sized tree by species if no
hectare sized tree of that species selected by above rule. On remeasurement plots
(SAMPLE KIND = 2), or revisited periodic plots (PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3):
downloaded previous ages must be verified.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Trees with bored age
+/- 10 percent
Trees with estimated age
+/- 20 percent
Trees with extrapolated age +/- 30 percent
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.6.1.2 TREE AGE METHOD (PFSL) [BORED_CD_PNWRS]
Record a code for the method used to determine TREE AGE. Trees bored or “whorl-counted” at the current
inventory are assigned code "1". Ages derived from previous inventory data and updated to the current year
are assigned code "2". Extrapolated ages are assigned code “3”
Item 8.6.1.3 NUMBER OF RINGS (PFSL) [RING_COUNT_PNWRS]
When TREE AGE is extrapolated (TREE AGE METHOD = 3), record the total NUMBER OF RINGS
counted.
When collected: When TREE AGE METHOD = 3
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001-999
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When collected: Trees bored or whorl-counted at the current inventory
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Bored or whorl-counted at the current inventory
2
Derived from previous inventory data and updated to the current year
3
Extrapolated age
pg.
124
Item 8.6.1.4 NUMBER OF RINGS IN INNER 2 INCHES (PFSL)
[RING_COUNT_INNER_2INCHES_PNWRS]
When TREE AGE is extrapolated (TREE AGE METHOD = 3), record the number of rings counted in the
inner 2 inches of the core closest to the center of the tree.
When collected: When TREE AGE METHOD = 3
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 01-99
Item 8.6.1.5 LENGTH OF MEASURED CORE (PFSL) [CORE_LENGTH_PNWRS]
When TREE AGE is extrapolated (TREE AGE METHOD = 3), measure and record the total length of the
extracted core to the nearest 0.1 inch (include the entire thickness of bark at point of measurement, even
though some of it may not be in the core because it crumbled or the tree was cored in a bark furrow).
When collected: When TREE AGE METHOD = 3
Field width: 5 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 0.2 inch
Values: 000.1-999.9
Item 8.6.1.6 10-YEAR INCREMENT (PNW) [INC10YR_PNWRS]
This is a 3-digit code recording bored radial increment for all conifer species and red alder. Measurement is
taken to the nearest 1/20th inch, for a 10-year period. 10-YEAR INCREMENT is recorded for every tree
cored for TREE AGE with an increment borer at the current inventory.
Do not collect for trees bored for age at the previous annual visit (when SAMPLE KIND = 2).
To obtain a radial increment:
Step 1. Use the same core extracted to determine TREE AGE. Count back 10 growth rings from the
cambium end of the core starting from the first fully-formed ring (and skipping this year's
summer growth). See diagram below:
Section 8.6: Tree Growth
Figure 8.25: Bored tree core showing where to measure 5- and 10-year radial increments.
Step 2. Measure the length of this segment of the core to the nearest 1/20th inch to get radial increment.
Enter this radial increment as the number of twentieths, e.g., 18/20 is recorded "18" and 27/20 is
recorded "27".
When collected: All conifer and red alder trees bored for TREE AGE with an increment borer at the
current visit.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: 1/20th per 1 inch of increment
Values: 001 to 999
125
pg.
Item 8.6.1.7 5-YEAR INCREMENT (PFSL) [INC5YR_PNWRS]
A 3-digit code recording bored radial increment for all conifer species and red alder. Measurement is taken
to the nearest 1/20th inch, for a 5-year period. 5-YEAR INCREMENT is recorded for every tree cored for
TREE AGE with an increment borer at the current inventory. The procedures for the 5-YEAR INCREMENT
are the same as for the 10-YEAR INCREMENT, except the increment period is 5 years.
Do not collect for trees bored for age at the previous annual visit (when SAMPLE KIND = 2).
When collected: All conifer and red alder trees bored for TREE AGE with an increment borer at the
current visit.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: 1/20th per 1 inch of increment
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.6.1.8 5-YEAR HEIGHT GROWTH (PFSL) [INC5YRHT_PNWRS]
For R5 and R6 Forest Service administered lands only: This data item is specific to growth and yield
models used by R5 and R6. Record a 5-YEAR HEIGHT GROWTH on saplings (trees ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0
inches DBH). Begin at the sixth branch whorl from the top of the tree and measure to the first branch whorl
from the top. Do not count false whorls or the current year’s growth. Measure to the nearest 0.1 foot, always
rounding down.
Record 5-YEAR HEIGHT GROWTH for the following species only: Pine; spruce, Douglas-fir, and true fir.
Do not record for: suppressed trees (CROWN CLASS = 5 and DAMAGE AGENT = 50); woodland species;
or hardwoods.
New installations (SAMPLE KIND = 1): Starting from North and working in a clockwise direction on each
microplot, record a 5-YEAR HEIGHT GROWTH measurement for at least the first sapling representing
each species, in each crown class, for each condition class present on the plot.
•
Although this selection method is to be used on each microplot, only one tree in each species/crown
class/ condition class needs a growth measurement on the entire plot.
Remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2): Record this measurement for ingrowth (saplings that are now ≥
1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches) since the previous inventory, regardless of species/crown class/condition class.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When collected: On new installations (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699 and SAMPLE
KIND = 1): one live sapling (≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches DBH) per species/crown
class/condition class on microplot.
On remeasurement plots (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699 and
SAMPLE KIND = 2): any sapling ingrowth (saplings that are now ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0
inches) on the microplot since the previous inventory, regardless of species/crown
class/condition class.
Field width: 4 digits (xx.y)
Tolerance: The tolerance depends on the height of the tree:
< 15 feet
+/- 0.5 feet
15 – 35 feet
+/- 1.0 feet
36 – 50 feet
+/- 2.0 feet
≥ 50 feet
+/- 3.0 feet
Values: 0.1 to 25.0
pg.
126
SUBSECTION 8.6.2 TREE LENGTH
Item 8.6.2.1 PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH (PNW) [PREV_ACTUALHT_PNWRS]
This is the actual tree length measured by the field crew during the previous annual visit. It has been
downloaded from the annual inventory and will be editable by the current field crew. These data are
provided to help ensure quality of tree length data through comparison of the previous length versus the
currently measured length, and to assist in estimation of current tree length, if estimation is necessary due
to lean, dead top, etc.
Editing or otherwise overwriting the PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH is restricted to the following scenarios:
1. Obvious error: Correct PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH if error appears to be greater than twenty percent
of the PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH.
2. Data entry error: Correct PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH if error is diagnosable as a typographical error.
Any change made to this field signifies an error at the time of the previous inventory.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all downloaded live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC; and
standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inch DBH/DRC with a measured (not estimated)
ACTUAL LENGTH at the previous inventory.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: N/A
Values: 001 to 400
Item 8.6.2.2 ACTUAL LENGTH (CORE 5.15) [ACTUALHT]
The ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree is recorded from ground level (measured from the uphill side of a tree on
a slope) to the highest remaining portion of the tree still present and attached to the bole. For trees with
missing tops (top on live trees is completely detached; top on dead trees is greater than 50 percent
detached from the tree), record the ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree to the nearest 1.0 foot from ground level
to the break. Use the length to the break for ACTUAL LENGTH until a new leader qualifies as the new top
for TOTAL LENGTH; until that occurs, continue to record ACTUAL LENGTH to the break. Trees with
previously broken tops are considered recovered (i.e., ACTUAL LENGTH = TOTAL LENGTH) when a new
leader is 1/3 the diameter of the broken top at the point where the top was broken (not where the new
leader originates from the trunk). Account for lean (see Figure 8.26: Measuring height of leaning tree), but
do not add length for crooks and sweeps. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees.
ACTUAL LENGTH should only differ from TOTAL LENGTH if the tree has a broken or missing top.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 in DBH/DRC and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 in DBH/DRC
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 5 percent of true length for live trees < 60 feet
+/- 10 percent of true length for live trees ≥ 60 feet and all dead trees
Values: 001 to 400
Item 8.6.2.3 PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH (PNW) [PREV_HT_PNWRS]
Section 8.6: Tree Growth
This is the total tree length recorded by the field crew during the previous annual visit. It has been
downloaded from the annual inventory and will be editable by the current field crew. These data are
provided to help ensure quality of tree length data through comparison of the previous TOTAL LENGTH to
the currently measured TOTAL LENGTH, and to assist in estimation of current tree length, if estimation is
necessary due to lean, dead top, etc.
Editing or otherwise overwriting the PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH is restricted to the following scenarios:
1. Obvious error: Correct PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH if error appears to be greater than twenty percent
of PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH.
2. Data entry error: Correct PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH if error is diagnosable as a typographical error.
Any change made to this field signifies an error at the time of the previous inventory.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all downloaded live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC; and
standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inch DBH/DRC with a recorded TOTAL LENGTH at
the previous inventory.
127
pg.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: N/A
Values: 001 to 400
Item 8.6.2.4 TOTAL LENGTH (CORE 5.14) [HT]
Record the TOTAL LENGTH of the tree, to the nearest 1.0 foot from ground level to the top of the tree. For
trees growing on a slope, measure on the uphill side of the tree.
If the tree has a missing top (top is broken and completely detached from the tree), estimate what the total
length would be if there were no missing top. Account for lean (see Figure 8.26), but do not add length for
crooks and sweeps. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees.
Height on leaning trees: Measure or estimate total
normally-formed bole length (from the base to the
tip of the tree), and not the perpendicular from the
ground to the tip. To measure heights of leaning
trees using a clinometer, follow these steps:
Step 1. Move to a point along a line (point D) that is
perpendicular to the plane in which the tree
is leaning.
Step 2. Using a clinometer, measure the height of
point A above point B.
Step 3. By standing at the base of the tree and
sighting up the bole with your clinometer,
measure the slope of the bole in degrees.
(Angle E in the diagram above)
Step 4. Subtract the degrees of lean (step 3.) from
90 degrees. This gives you the degrees of
angle F.
Step 5. By sighting through your clinometer, convert
the angle calculated in step 4 to a
percentage.
Step 6. Use the slope correction table in Appendix
C to determine the expansion factor for the
Figure 8.26: Measuring height of leaning tree
percent slope determined in step 5. Multiply
the expansion factor by the measured distance from point A to point B (step 2). This gives the
length of the bole (point A to point C).
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC and all standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inch
DBH/DRC
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent of true length
Values: 001 to 400
Record the code that indicates the method used to determine tree length.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC and all standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches
DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description:
1
Total and actual lengths are field measured with a measurement
instrument (e.g., clinometer, relascope, tape)
2
Total length is visually estimated, actual length is measured with an
instrument.
3
Total and actual lengths are visually estimated (not measured)
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Item 8.6.2.5 LENGTH METHOD (CORE 5.16) [HTCD]
pg.
128
Item 8.6.2.6 PREVIOUS LENGTH METHOD (PNW) [PREV_HTCD_PNWRS]
Downloaded code indicating the method used to determine tree length at the previous visit. This field
cannot be updated by the field crew.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC and all standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches
DBH/DRC recorded at the previous inventory
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description:
1
Total and actual lengths are field measured with a measurement
instrument (e.g., clinometer, relascope, tape)
2
Total length is visually estimated, actual length is measured with an
instrument.
3
Total and actual lengths are visually estimated (not measured)
SUBSECTION 8.6.3 TREE LIVE CROWN MEASUREMENTS
Item 8.6.3.1 COMPACTED CROWN RATIO (CORE 5.19) [CR]
Record the COMPACTED CROWN RATIO for each live tally tree, 1.0 inch and larger, to the nearest one
percent. COMPACTED CROWN RATIO is that portion of the tree supporting live foliage (or in the case of
extreme defoliation should be supporting live foliage) and is expressed as a percentage of the ACTUAL
TREE LENGTH (include dead tops but not missing tops in the ratio). To determine COMPACTED CROWN
RATIO, ocularly transfer lower live branches to fill in large holes in the upper portion of the tree until a full,
even crown is visualized.
Section 8.6: Tree Growth
Do not over-compact trees beyond their typical full crown structure. For example, if tree branches tend to
average 2 feet between whorls, do not compact crowns any tighter than the 2-foot spacing (Figure 8.27).
Include epicormic branches with a 1-inch diameter or greater.
Figure 8.27: Examples of COMPACTED CROWN RATIO
Note: Crown ratio is based on the ratio of foliage, not where the limbs attach to the tree bole.
129
pg.
For multi-stemmed woodland species, ocularly transfer lower live foliage to fill large holes on all stems and
form an even crown across the tree.
Crown ratio is an indicator of a tree's vigor. In data analysis, trees with a crown ratio of 30 percent or less
are considered less vigorous. For this reason, be particularly careful when deciding between codes
greater or less than "30". It is preferable to use a laser or clinometer to measure live crown ratios on these
trees.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 00 to 99
Item 8.6.3.2 CROWN CLASS (CORE 5.17) [CCLCD]
Rate tree crowns in relation to the sunlight received and proximity to neighboring trees (Figure 8.28).
Base the assessment on the position of the crown at the time of observation. Example: a formerly
overtopped tree which is now dominant due to tree removal is classified as dominant. Crown classifications
are easily applied in even-aged stands. Classifications are more difficult to assign in uneven-aged stands or
in plots where more than one age class is present. In these situations, classify the tree based on its
immediate environment. In other words, base your classification on how much light the tree's crown is
receiving, not its position in the canopy. This data item is used to predict tree growth. The intermediate and
overtopped crown classes are meant to include trees seriously affected by direct competition with adjacent
trees.
Figure 8.28: Examples of CROWN CLASS by code definitions (numbers are CROWN CLASS codes)
Crown class describes a tree's "social" position in the stand and may indicate how well the tree is
competing for light.
When Collected: All live tally trees ≥1.0 inch DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
For example, a young, vigorous tree that is considerably shorter than other trees in the stand – but that is
not overtopped by other trees and that receives full light from above and partly from the side – is classified
as dominant. The same principle applies to two-storied stands: understory trees should only be assigned
subordinate crown classes if they are adjacent to overtopping trees. In plots with scattered residual
overstory trees over younger trees, a considerable portion of the understory trees will be classified as
dominant or codominant.
pg.
130
Values:
Code
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Open Grown – trees with crowns that received full light from above and
from all sides throughout most of its life, particularly during its early
developmental period.
Dominant – trees with crown extending above the general level of the
crown canopy and receiving full light from above and partly from the sides.
These trees are taller than the average trees in the stand and their crowns
are well developed, but they could be somewhat crowded on the sides.
Also, trees whose crowns have received full light from above and from all
sides during early development and most of their life. Their crown form or
shape appears to be free of influence from neighboring trees.
Co-dominant – trees with crowns at the general level of the crown canopy.
Crowns receive full light from above but little direct sunlight penetrates
their sides. Usually they have medium-sized crowns and are somewhat
crowded from the sides. In stagnated stands, co-dominant trees have
small-sized crowns and are crowded on the sides.
Intermediate – trees that are shorter than dominants and co-dominant, but
their crowns extend into the canopy of co-dominant and dominant trees.
They receive little direct light from above and none from the sides. As a
result, intermediate trees usually have small crowns and are very crowded
from the sides.
Overtopped – trees with crowns entirely below the general level of the
crown canopy that receive no direct sunlight either from above or the sides.
SECTION 8.7 TREE DAMAGE
Recording the presence and extent of tree damage provides valuable information for assessing forest
health, both at the stand and landscape level. This section describes how to record the following indicators
of forest health: damaging agents, dwarf mistletoe, rotten/missing cull, and rough cull.
Tree damage is characterized using three attributes: location of damage, damage agent, and severity of
damage. Class I insects, diseases, or physical injuries can seriously affect trees. Accounting for these
agents helps to predict outcomes for tree growth and survival, vegetative composition and stand structure.
Class II agents can be important especially in local situations; recording their incidence, location, and
severity provides valuable regional information.
Dwarf mistletoe, one of the most widespread diseases in western coniferous forests, can cause growth
reduction and mortality on a large scale. Recording presence and severity of dwarf mistletoe provides
valuable regional information.
The amount of rotten and missing cull and rough cull allow us to estimate the amount of volume, biomass,
or carbon associated with the sound, rotten, or missing portions of each tree. Defect indicators such as:
conks; fruiting bodies; and open wounds; as well as regional guidelines for estimating volume loss
associated with each, are useful in assessing rotten and missing cull. Physical form defects such as:
crooks; forks; and sweeps; as well as sound dead material, are used to assess rough cull. Providing volume
loss estimates helps to quantify the extent of damage on a tree.
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
SUBSECTION 8.7.1 IDENTIFYING AND RECORDING DAMAGE
Agents, locations, and severity ratings are grouped by broad categories. Each category has general and
specific agents listed. Table 8.3: Damage agents, codes, and severity ratings, shows the Class I and Class
II damage agents grouped by category; agent codes, locations, and severity ratings. Class I Agents are
coded first, followed by Class II Agents. Class II agents are recorded when present, but only after all
Class I agents.
Record up to two different damages per tree. If more than two damaging agents are found on a tree, then
code the two agents thought to have the most impact. The crew observes the entire tree from roots, bole,
branches, to foliage (locations 1-4) and records the damage location. Woodland species (see Appendix F
for a list of these species) have locations: roots, branches, and foliage (1, 3, and 4), but no bole location.
Enter “0” in the damage location field when no damage is found.
131
pg.
If there is a known cause to any observed damage its location is recorded (location 1, 2, 3, or 4), followed
by the specific agent (e.g., armillaria root disease), and severity. If the agent can be placed into only a
general damage agent category (e.g., root disease) record the location, the general agent code and the
corresponding damage severity. If there are two (or more) known causal agents, the top two are recorded in
order from most to least important (Class I > Class II; root agents > bole > branch > foliage agents).
If damage from an unknown cause is observed it is recorded as the first (and second, if there is more than
one unknown damage) only if the specific or general damage agent cannot be identified. The location (1-4)
is noted, then the agent, UNKNOWN (90), then the severity (based on the type of damage and location),
and the Unknown Damage Symptom is recorded using one of six unknown category codes. Finally,
describe the UNKNOWN damage in the TREE NOTES. The Unknown Damage Symptom is required only
for unknown damages, and is used for descriptive purposes. It has no associated MQO.
Table 8.3:Damage agents, codes, and severity ratings (Class I agents are more important than Class II agents)
Class I Agents (Categories not listed in order of importance)
Category
Agent
Agent
Location
Code
BARK BEETLES
General
01
1-Roots
2-Bole
General
Budworm
10
29
4-Foliage
ROOT DISEASE
General/other
Annosus
Armillaria
Black stain
Port-Orfordcedar root
disease
60
61
62
63
66
1-Roots
Laminated root
rot
65
1 - Successful current attack: foliage still green,
boring dust, pitching
2 - Last year's successful attack: fading foliage
(some green somewhere on crown), boring dust,
pitching
3 - Top kill: top of tree dead (no green needles
remaining, completely red with no or dead buds,
or "gray" because the needles have fallen off);
green needles on lower live portion of tree.
Note: Only code for defoliation if 10 percent or
more of the foliage over the whole tree is
damaged.
Divide live crown into thirds (See Figure 8.29:
Example of the Hawksworth six-class rating
system)
Rate each third separately based on the
following classes:
0- No detectable defoliation
1 - Up to 33 percent of foliage (old and new)
affected
2 - 34 to 66 percent of foliage affected
3 - 67 to 100 percent of foliage affected
Obtain severity rating by adding ratings for each
third. Record total (0 – 9)
1 - Tally tree is within 30 feet of a tree or stump
that has a root disease to which the tally tree is
susceptible.
2 - Tally tree with root disease signs/symptoms
such as characteristic decay, stain, ectotrophic
mycelia, mycelial fans, conks, excessive resin
flow at the root collar. No visible crown
deterioration.
3 - Tally tree with root disease signs/symptoms
such as characteristic decay, stain, ectotrophic
mycelia, mycelial fans, conks, excessive resin
flow at the root collar, AND visible crown
deterioration such as thinning chlorotic foliage,
reduced terminal growth, and/or stress cones.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
DEFOLIATORS
Severity
pg.
132
White Pine Blister
Rust
White pine
blister rust
36
2-Bole
3-Branches
Sudden Oak Death
Sudden oak
death
(CA Only)
31
2-Bole
PITCH CANKER
Pitch canker
(CA Only)
32
2-Bole
3-Branches
BALSAM WOOLY
ADELGID
Balsam woolly
adelgid
(WA/OR Only)
24
2-Bole
3-Branches
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
Class II Agents (Categories not listed in order of importance)
Category
Agent
Agent
Location
Code
OTHER INSECTS
General
20
2-Bole
3-Branches
4-Foliage
STEM BRANCH
CANKERS
General
Western gall
rust
40
41
2-Bole
3-Branches
White pine blister rust has two severity ratings:
A) percent of area damaged, and B) categorical
risk rating.
Severity A:
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected.
Severity B:
1 - Branch infections located more than 2.0 feet
from tree bole
2 - Branch infections located 0.5 to 2.0 feet from
tree bole
3 - Branch infection located within 0.5 feet of tree
bole OR tree bole infection present
1 - Bleeding present on bole
2 - Bleeding present on bole and adjacent
mortality present
3 - Laboratory confirmed Sudden Oak Death
(NOT to be coded by field crew)
Follow the instructions in Appendix M (Sudden
Oak Death Syndrome Assessment) whenever
Code 31 is used.
1 - No bole canker present and there are less
than 10 infected branch tips
2 - No bole canker present and there are 10 or
more infected branch tips
3 - One or more bole cankers present and there
are less than 10 infected branch tips
4 - One or more bole cankers present and there
are 10 or more infected branch tips
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected.
Severity
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected,
OR
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected.
133
pg.
STEM DECAYS
FOLIAR
PATHOGENS
PARASITIC &
EPIPHYTIC
PLANTS
ANIMAL AGENTS
46
47
2-Bole
1 - One conk on the bole or present at ground
level
2 - Two or more conks separated by <16 feet on
bole
3 - Two or more conks separated by ≥ 16 feet on
bole
4 - No conks. Visible decay in interior of bole.
Do not include decay found only as a result of
coring the tree.
55
57
3-Branches
(brooming)
4-Foliage
54
2-Bole
3-Branches
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected.
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
1 - < 50 percent of total branches involved
2 - ≥ 50 percent of crown involved OR any
occurrence on the bole
70
1-Roots
2-Bole
3-Branches
4-Foliage
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of roots affected, OR
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected,
OR
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
2-Bole
3-Branches
4-Foliage
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected,
OR
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
48
49
52
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
81
82
87
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
WEATHER
AGENTS
General
Red ring rot
(Phellinus pini)
Indian paint
fungus
(Echinodontium
tinctorium)
Velvet top
fungus
(Phaeolus
schweinitzii)
Brown cubical
rot (Laetiporus
sulfureus) (CA
Only)
General
Elytroderma
(only on PIPO
and PIJE)
Parasitic &
epiphytic plants
--Vines
--Leafy
mistletoe on
white fir (CA
only), juniper,
incense cedar,
and oaks
General
/unknown
Mountain
beaver
Livestock
Deer or elk
Porcupines
Pocket
gophers,
squirrels, mice,
voles, rabbits,
hares
Beaver
Bear
Human (not
logging)
Windthrow or
wind breakage
Snow/ice
bending or
breakage
Lightning
pg.
134
PHYSICAL INJURY
PHYSICAL
DEFECTS
SPECIAL AGENTS
Logging
damage
Fire: basal
scars or scorch
91
Broken/missing
top
Dead top
Forks and
Crooks (only if
caused by old
top out or dead
top)
Checks or bole
cracks
Suppression
96
92
1-Roots
2-Bole
3-Branches
4-Foliage
2-Bole
3-Branches
Record percent of affected location:
X percent of roots affected, OR
X percent of bole circumference, (combine
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected,
OR
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
Severity is not rated. Enter “0” for severity.
97
98
99
50
2-Bole
Severity is not rated. Enter “0” for severity.
For Agent 50: code this agent if tree is
overtopped by other trees and will not live 10
more years, or will prevent a sapling from
reaching 5.0 inches DBH/DRC)
Excessively
51
For Agent 51: code this agent on live trees (≥1.0deformed
4.9 inches DBH/DRC) that will never produce a
sapling
minimum log. A minimum log for conifers is 16.0
feet long, and for hardwoods is 8.0 feet long.
UNKNOWN
Unknown
90
1-Roots
Record percent of affected location:
2-Bole
X percent of roots affected, OR
3-Branches X percent of bole circumference, (combine
4-Foliage
multiple affected locations if they occur ≤ 3
vertical feet of each other on the bole), OR
X percent of branches (crown volume) affected,
OR
X percent of foliage whose individual leaves or
needles are damaged by more than 50 percent.
• Four examples of Damage Agents and how to record them:
1. A typical UNKNOWN damage: A tree has an open wound on the bole which encompassed 30
percent of the circumference at the point of occurrence from an unknown cause (Recorded
description in TREE NOTES)
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
Location
2
Agent
90
Severity A
30
Unknown Damage Symptom
2
2. A tree with one GENERAL damage: A tree is within 30 feet of another tree that has some kind of
root disease.
Location
1
Agent
60
Severity A
1
3. A tree with two damages, one general and one specific: An unknown bark beetle successfully
attacked a tree bole in a previous year; and wind damaged 35 percent of the branches in the tree.
Location
2
3
Agent
01
81
Severity A
2
35
135
pg.
4. A tree with white pine blister rust damage in two locations: White pine blister rust has infected 25
percent of a running 3-foot section of the tree bole and 45 percent of the branches from 0.5 to 2.0
feet from the tree bole.
Location
2
3
Agent
36
36
Severity A
25
45
Severity B
3
2
SUBSECTION 8.7.2 DAMAGE DATA ITEMS
Item 8.7.2.1 DAMAGE LOCATION 1 (PFSL) [DAMLOC1_PNWRS]
Record the location on the tree where DAMAGE AGENT 1 is found. When multiple damages occur in the
same location, record the higher priority damage (Class I) first. If the damages are coincident (e.g., a bole
with bark beetle symptoms and a bole crack), record only the higher priority damage (bark beetles).
When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inches DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 location class
Values: Code Location
Description
0
No damage found
1
Roots
Exposed roots and lower 12 inches of main stem(s).
2
Bole
Main stem(s) starting at 12 inches above the ground,
including forks up to a 4 inch top (a fork is at least
equal to 1/3 diameter of the bole, and occurs at an
angle < 45 degrees in relation to the bole). This is not a
valid location code for woodland species; use only
locations 1, 3, and 4. For saplings, bole includes the
main stem starting at ground level and extends to the
top of the leader.
3
Branch
All other woody material and tops <4 inches in
diameter. Primary branch(es) occur at an angle ≥ 45
degrees in relation to the bole. For saplings, a branch
is all branches (not any part of the bole).
4
Foliage
All leaves, buds, and shoots.
Item 8.7.2.2 DAMAGE AGENT 1 (PFSL) [DMG_AGENT1_CD_PNWRS]
When collected: All live tally trees with Damage Location 1 > 0
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: Agents detected and classified in correct category
Values: 01 to 99 (See Table 8.3: Damage agents, codes, and severity ratings)
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
This is a 2-digit code identifying the Agent causing the damage. There are 41 specific DAMAGE AGENT
codes nested within 16 GENERAL damage categories and an UNKNOWN category. A maximum of two
damages can be recorded for any tree. The agents are divided into two classes based on their impact on
the trees. Class I agents are the most important and are coded before any Class II agents regardless of
location or severity (See Table 8.3: Damage agents, codes, and severity ratings). The general codes
should be used if there is any question as to the identity of the specific damage agent. Use UNKNOWN only
when the GENERAL damage can not be identified. An Unknown Damage Symptom (Item 8.7.2.5,
UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE) must be coded whenever the Unknown Damage Agent is used; the Unknown
Damage should be described in the TREE NOTES.
pg.
136
Item 8.7.2.3 DAMAGE SEVERITY 1A (PFSL) [SEVERITY1A_CD_PNWRS]
A 2-digit code describing the extent or intensity of the damage. DAMAGE SEVERITY depends on the
DAMAGE AGENT coded (See Table 8.3: Damage agents, codes, and severity ratings) and indicates either
percentage of location damaged (01 – 99), or the appropriate class of damage (values vary from 0 – 4
depending on the specific DAMAGE AGENT). Exception: White pine blister rust has two DAMAGE
SEVERITY codes: A) percentage of area damaged and B) risk rating code.
When collected: All live tally trees with Damage Location 1 > 0
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: + / - 10 percent. No errors in classes
Values: 01 to 99 or 0 to 4: Depends on Damage Agent (See Table 8.3: Damage agents,
codes, and severity ratings)
Item 8.7.2.4 DAMAGE SEVERITY 1B (PFSL) [SEVERITY1B_CD_PNWRS]
DAMAGE SEVERITY B is only coded when DAMAGE AGENT is white pine blister rust (36). Enter a 1-digit
code indicating damage class (1 – 3).
When collected: All live tally trees with DAMAGE LOCATION 1 > 0 and DAMAGE AGENT 1 = 36
(white pine blister rust)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors in classes
Values: Code Description
1
Branch infections located more than 2.0 feet from tree bole
2
Branch infections located 0.5 to 2.0 feet from tree bole
3
Branch infection located within 0.5 feet of tree bole OR tree bole infection
present
Item 8.7.2.5 UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 1 (PFSL) [UNKNOWN_DAMTYP1_PNWRS]
When an unknown DAMAGE AGENT 1 is recorded (DAMAGE AGENT = 90 - unknown), an UNKNOWN
DAMAGE TYPE 1 must be coded to describe the symptom or sign of the damage (see example 1 above).
UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE (i.e., the unknown damage’s symptom or sign) is coded in one of the following
six categories:
1. Canker, gall: Cankers may be caused by various agents, but are most often caused by fungi. The bark
and cambium are killed, which is followed by death of the underlying wood, although the causal agent
may or may not penetrate the wood. This results in areas of dead tissue that become deeper and wider,
or galling (including galls caused by rusts), on roots, bole, or branches. Due to the difficulty in
distinguishing some abnormal swellings (e.g., burls) from classic galls and cankers, all are recorded as
UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 1. A canker may be: annual (enlarges only once and does so within an
interval briefer than the growth cycle of the tree, usually less than one year); diffuse (enlarges without
characteristic shape or noticeable callus formation at margins); or perennial (enlarges during more than
one year and often has a target appearance).
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
•
Note: If an Unknown Damage can be recognized as a canker, record general stem branch canker
(code 40), listed in the Class II Agents.
2. Open wounds: An opening, or series of openings, where bark has been removed or the inner wood has
been exposed and no signs of advanced decay are present. Improper pruning wounds that cut into the
wood of the main stem are coded as open wounds; those which leave the main stem wood intact are
excluded.
3. Resinosis: The origin of areas of resin or gum (sap) exudation on branches and trunks.
4. Broken: This damage includes: 1) Broken roots, root sprung for any reason, such as excavated in a
road cut or by animals; 2) Branches that are broken or dead. Dead or broken branches attached to the
bole or crown stem outside the live crown area are not coded.
5. Damaged or discolored foliage: This damage includes: 1) Shredded, distorted, or discolored foliage,
buds, or shoots that cannot be attributed to insects, disease, weather, animals, or fire; 2) Herbicide or
frost-damaged foliage, buds, or shoots.
6. Other: Use when no other explanation is appropriate. Specify in the TREE NOTES.
137
pg.
When collected: All live tally trees with DAMAGE LOCATION 1 > 0 and DAMAGE AGENT 1 = 90
(unknown)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
canker/gall
2
open wound
3
resinosis
4
broken
5
damaged or discolored foliage
6
other
SUBSECTION 8.7.3 RECORDING ADDITIONAL DAMAGES
When more than one DAMAGE AGENT exists on a tally tree, or a single DAMAGE AGENT exists in a
second coded location, record information for the second damage as described above. Enter “0” for
DAMAGE LOCATION 2 if a second DAMAGE AGENT is not recorded.
Item 8.7.3.1 DAMAGE LOCATION 2 (PFSL) [DAMLOC2_PNWRS]
See DAMAGE LOCATION 1(Item 8.7.2.1) for description and codes.
Item 8.7.3.2 DAMAGE AGENT 2 (PFSL) [DMG_AGENT2_CD_PNWRS]
See DAMAGE AGENT 1(Item 8.7.2.2) for description and codes.
Item 8.7.3.3 DAMAGE SEVERITY 2A (PFSL) [SEVERITY2A_CD_PNWRS]
See DAMAGE SEVERITY 1A (Item 8.7.2.3) for description and codes.
Item 8.7.3.4 DAMAGE SEVERITY 2B (PFSL) [SEVERITY2B_CD_PNWRS]
See DAMAGE SEVERITY 1B (Item 8.7.2.4) for description and codes.
Item 8.7.3.5 UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 2 (PFSL) [UNKNOWN_DAMTYP2_PNWRS]
See UNKNOWN DAMAGE TYPE 1(Item 8.7.2.5) for description and codes.
Item 8.7.3.6 DWARF MISTLETOE CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 5.26) [MIST_CL_CD]
Rate all live conifer species, except juniper and incense cedar, ≥ 1.0 inch diameter for dwarf mistletoe
(Arceuthobium spp.) infection. Use the Hawksworth six-class rating system: divide the live crown into thirds,
and rate each third using the following scale (Figure 8.29). Sum the three individual ratings to obtain a total
mistletoe class (0 to 6) for the tree.
Mistletoe
No visible infection
Light infection
Heavy infection
Description
None
< 50 percent of the total branches infected
≥ 50 percent of the total branches infected
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Code
0
1
2
pg.
138
Example: A conifer tree has no infection in top third of crown, light infection in the middle third, and
has many brooms in the lower third.
The Mistletoe Rating is: 0 + 1 + 2 = 3; the code is: "3"
0
1
2
Figure 8.29: Example of the Hawksworth six-class rating system
When collected: All live conifer (except juniper and incense cedar) tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Values: 0 to 6
Item 8.7.3.7 ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (CORE 5.13) [CULL_FLD]
Record the percentage of rotten or missing cubic-foot cull for all live tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC and
missing cubic-foot cull on all standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC. Record the percentage of
rotten and missing cubic-foot volume, to the nearest 1 percent.
When estimating volume loss (tree cull), only consider the cull on the merchantable bole/portion of the tree,
from a 1-foot stump to a 4-inch top. Do not include any cull estimate above ACTUAL LENGTH. For
woodland species, the merchantable portion is between the point of DRC measurement to a 1.5-inch DOB
(diameter outside bark) top.
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
Rotten and missing volume loss is often difficult to estimate. Refer to supplemental disease and insect
pests field guides and local defect guidelines as an aid in identifying damaging agents and their impact on
volume loss. Be alert to such defect indicators as the following:
•
Cankers or fruiting bodies
•
Swollen or punky knots
•
Dull, hollow sound of bole (use regional standards)
•
Large dead limbs, especially those with frayed ends
•
Sawdust around the base of the tree
When estimating tree cull, first estimate and record the percentage of ROTTEN/MISSING CULL using the
guidelines provided below (Table 8.4: Percentage of rotten cull guidelines). When a portion of a tree
includes both ROTTEN/MISSING and ROUGH CULL, include the estimated portion as ROTTEN/MISSING
CULL only. ROUGH CULL and ROTTEN/MISSING CULL should never add up to more than 100-percent.
If a live tree is physically missing some of its volume (below ACTUAL LENGTH), use the volume estimation
tables (Table 8.5: Percentage of tree cubic foot volume distribution by 16-foot logs from tree total length or
tree height in logs for a tree of average dimensions) below to estimate the missing percentage. Broken tops
occur above ACTUAL LENGTH and are not included in ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (the volume of the
broken top is obtained in the office by comparing ACTUAL LENGTH vs. TOTAL LENGTH).
If a snag is physically missing some of its volume, use the estimated diameter of the tree when it was alive
to aid in calculating the percentage of MISSING CULL of the remaining portion of the snag (i.e., if a snag is
8 feet in length, calculate the percentage of MISSING CULL of the 7-foot section remaining above
merchantable height).
139
pg.
Use the following PNW-FIA regional guidelines to determine the percentage of ROTTEN CULL in live trees.
The following are indicators that bole rot exists:
• There is an open or closed trunk wound over 10 years old and in contact with ground.
• There is an open trunk wound with visible rot or a closed trunk wound >10 years old. To qualify,
the wound must be either 10 feet long in lower half of bole or 16 feet long in top half of bole. For
true fir and hemlock, the wound must be ≥ 5 feet long anywhere on bole.
• The tree is a conifer and has, in lower 2/3 of the bole, two or more crooks or forks which indicate
past top out.
• There is a swollen or hollow butt.
• There are large rotten knots or limb stubs.
• There are conks.
Table 8.4: Percentage of rotten cull guidelines
Percent Rotten
Cull Guide
Bole is 75 percent
to 99 percent
rotten if one or
more of these
indicators are
present
Indicators of this class
E. tinctorium or P. pini conks present and spread along > 60 percent of bole
E. tinctorium or P. pini conks present and spread along >30 percent of bole and top
missing
> 60 percent of bole rotten based on rot indicators above
30 to 59 percent of bole rotten and top out
Oligoporus amarus rot, conk or shot hole cup on incense cedar or Fomitopsis
officinalis conk on douglas fir, pine, larch
Hardwood > 100 years old and any amount of rot or 2 or more conks
Bole is 40 percent E. tinctorium or Phellinus cancriformans present
to 74 percent
P. pini conks spread along 30-59 percent of bole
rotten if one or
30-59 percent of bole rotten based on rot indicators above
more of these
Tree is a hardwood and one conk present
indicators are
present
Bole is 10 percent none of above class indicators present (as noted in this table)
to 39 percent
> 10 percent of bole rotten based on rot indicators above
rotten if one or
more of these
indicators are
present
Bole is less than < 10 percent of bole rotten based on rot indicators above
10 percent rotten
Use Table 8.5 as a guideline to estimate the missing portion of a live tree because of cull. It shows the
percentage of volume in typical trees of varying number of logs and heights. Use either the tree height in
logs (divide the length to a 4-inch top – diameter inside bark [DIB] – by 16) or the measured TOTAL
LENGTH to estimate what percentage of volume is estimated in each 16-foot log. Multiply each percentage
in that log section times the percentage of rotten or missing volume. Then sum the values to get the total
percentage of the tree that is rotten or missing.
Example: A 9-log tree (measured at 160 feet TOTAL LENGTH) has a missing section that is about 1/
3 of both the second and third logs. Table 8.5 shows the second log has about 18 percent of the
volume in the tree, and the third log has about 16 percent of the volume in the tree.
•
Calculate the percentage of cull in each log and sum to estimate the total percentage of cull for
the tree (about 11 percent):
• (0.18 X 0.33) + (0.16 X 0.33) = 0.06 + 0.05 = 0.11.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
•
pg.
140
Table 8.5: Percentage of tree cubic foot volume distribution by 16-foot logs from tree total length or
tree height in logs for a tree of average dimensions
Avg
Tree
Log1 Log2 Log3 Log4 Log5
Total Height in
Length LOGS
28
1
100
48
2
70
30
64
3
54
32
14
80
4
43
30
19
8
96
5
36
27
20
12
5
111
6
31
24
20
14
8
127
7
28
22
18
14
10
143
8
25
20
17
14
11
158
9
24
18
16
13
11
176
10
22
17
15
13
11
194
11
20
15
14
12
11
212
12
20
14
13
12
11
Log6 Log7 Log8 Log9 Log10 Log11 Log12
3
6
8
8
9
9
9
2
4
6
7
7
8
1
3
4
5
6
1
1
4
4
1
2
2
1
1
0
Record the reason for the ROTTEN/MISSING CULL by recording a PNW DAMAGE AGENT code when
appropriate (see Section 8.7, Tree Damage). Note: it may not be possible to record a DAMAGE AGENT if
two higher priority DAMAGE AGENTS have already been recorded.
When Collected: For all live tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC: record ROTTEN/MISSING CULL. For
standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC: record MISSING CULL only.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 00 to 99
Item 8.7.3.8 ROUGH CULL (CORE OPTIONAL 5.25) [ROUGHCULL]
For each live conifer or red alder tally tree 5.0 inches DBH/DRC and larger, record the total percentage of
cubic-foot volume that is cull due to sound dead material or tree form. Record to the nearest 1 percent.
When estimating volume loss (tree cull), only consider the cull on the merchantable bole/portion of the tree,
from a 1-foot stump to a 4-inch top.
For woodland species, the merchantable portion is between the point of DRC measurement to a 1.5-inch
DOB (diameter outside bark) top, and rough cull includes only sound dead.
Refer to local defect guidelines as an aid in determining cull volume for various damages such as crook,
fork, sweep, pistol butt, etc. Small trees (5-9 inches for softwoods and 5-11 inches for hardwoods) that have
poor form and are not expected to ever produce merchantable material should be coded 99 percent rough
cull, or the remainder of the bole after ROTTEN/MISSING CULL deductions have been recorded.
• Code only when the ROUGH CULL covers 3.0 feet or more of the tree.
Section 8.7: Tree Damage
When Collected: All live conifer or red alder tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 0 to 99
141
pg.
SECTION 8.8 MISCELLANEOUS TREE MEASURED DATA ITEMS
SUBSECTION 8.8.1 LIVE TREE MEASURED DATA ITEMS
Item 8.8.1.1 CAVITY PRESENCE (PFSL) [CAVITY_USE_PNWRS]
Record a code to indicate wildlife use. A cavity must be able to be used by wildlife (birds, small mammals,
large mammals, etc.) to be coded. If more than one cavity is present, record the size of the largest one.
When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
No cavity or den present
1
Cavity or den present < 6.0 inches wide
2
Cavity or den present ≥ 6.0 inches wide
Item 8.8.1.2 REMNANT TREE (PFSL) [REMNANT_CD_PNWRS]
A remnant tree is a tree left by previous management activity or catastrophic event that is significantly older
than the surrounding vegetation. Remnant trees do not form a canopy layer and are usually isolated
individuals or small clumps. Record a code that indicates whether or not the tree is a remnant.
When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
No
1
Yes
Item 8.8.1.3 HARDWOOD CLUMP (PFSL) [HRDWD_CLUMP_CD]
A 1-digit code indicating if a hardwood tally tree that is not a woodland species is part of a clump (i.e.,
three or more live hardwood stems originating from a common root system; includes stumps and forks
below DBH, but not seedling-sized sprouts or suckers). The clump is assigned a clump number, and the
number is recorded for each hardwood tallied that is part of the clump. If a hardwood is not part of a clump,
"0" is recorded for the tree. Clumps with tallied trees are numbered in consecutive order on a macroplot/
microplot starting with "1".
Example: Bigleaf maple trees in three different maple clumps are tallied on a subplot. Trees tallied that
are in the first clump are coded "1" for hardwood clump. Trees tallied in the second clump are coded "2"
for hardwood clump, and trees tallied in the third clump are coded "3" for hardwood clump.
A clump is defined as three or more live hardwood stems originating from a common point in the
same root system, usually from a tree now dead or gone. Hardwood clumps typically arise from old
stumps that are left from cutting or from natural mortality. Each fork of a forked tree counts as one
stem if the fork is below DBH and must be entered on a separate line. Do not count seedling-sized
suckers that have sprouted from the base of a live, unsuppressed hardwood stem that is ≥ 5.0 inches
DBH.
•
Clump data are used in adjusting stocking estimates; trees growing in clumps contribute less
stocking than those growing as individuals.
•
The HARDWOOD CLUMP code is downloaded for hardwoods sampled live at the previous
inventory. At the current inventory, update the code if the tree is still a live tally tree.
When collected: All live hardwood tally trees (excluding woodland species) ≥ 1.0 inches DBH.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 0 to 9
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
•
pg.
142
Item 8.8.1.4 FORM CLASS (PFSL) [FORMCL]
Record this code for all live hardwood trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH. The FORM CLASS code is used in
calculating net tree volume. When estimating form class, only consider the merchantable bole/portion of the
tree from a 1-foot stump to a 4-inch top. Woodland species do not require a FORM CLASS. A log is
considered straight if a line drawn through the centers of both ends of the log does not pass outside the
curve of the log.
Stoppers are defects that result in a length deduction of a log and include forks, culled missing sections,
and rot.
Figure 8.30: Various Examples of Hardwood form Class 1
Section 8.8: Miscellaneous Tree Measured Data Items
8
Figure 8.31: Fork stopping an 8’ section
Figure 8.32: Trees with no qualifying 8’ section
When collected: All live hardwood tally trees (excluding woodland species) ≥ 5.0 inches DBH.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Form class
1
First 8 feet above stump is straight.
2
First 8 feet above stump is not straight or forked; but must have at least
one straight 8 foot log elsewhere in the tree.
3
No 8 foot logs anywhere in tree now or in the future due to form.
143
pg.
SUBSECTION 8.8.2 STANDING DEAD OR REMOVED
Item 8.8.2.1 CAUSE OF DEATH (CORE 5.21) [AGENTCD_PNWRS]
Record a CAUSE OF DEATH for all trees that have died or been cut since the previous survey. If CAUSE
OF DEATH cannot be reliably estimated, record unknown/not sure/other.
When Collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1 and PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 2 or 3; or PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and RECONCILE = 1, 2, 3, or
10
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
Core Code
(office use only)
10
20
30
40
50
51
52
53
54
55
60
70
71
80
Insect
Disease
Fire
Animal
Weather
Flood
Wind (direct cause only; use 71 if killed by falling tree)
Avalanche (snow & ice)
Landslide (soil & rock)
Severe and/or extended drought
Vegetation (suppression, competition, vines/kudzu)
Unknown/not sure/other – includes death from human
activity not related to silvicultural or landclearing activity
(accidental, random, etc.). TREE NOTES required.
Hit or knocked over by falling object (tree, snag, rock, etc.)
Silvicultural or landclearing activity (death caused by
harvesting or other silvicultural activity, including girdling,
chaining, etc., or to landclearing activity.
10
20
30
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
70
70
80
Item 8.8.2.2 MORTALITY YEAR (CORE OPTIONAL 5.22) [MORTYR]
On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), record the estimated year that remeasured trees died or
were cut. For each remeasured tree that has died or been cut since the previous inventory, record the 4digit year in which the tree died. MORTALITY YEAR is also recorded for trees on land that has been
converted to a nonforest land use, if it can be determined that a tree died before the land was converted.
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When Collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1 and PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 2 or 3; or PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and RECONCILE = 1, 2, 3, or
10
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 year for remeasurement cycles of 5 years
+/- 2 years for remeasurement cycles of > 5 years
Values: YEAR OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY or higher
pg.
144
Item 8.8.2.3 DECAY CLASS (CORE 5.23) [DECAYCD]
Record for each standing dead tally tree, 5.0 inches in diameter and larger, the code indicating the tree’s
stage of decay.
When standing dead trees have characteristics from more than one DECAY CLASS stage, record the best
overall stage of the snag (e.g., new dead with no fine limbs left because it broke below the crown, should be
coded as "1").
Rarely will a DECAY CLASS 5 tree be recorded; by the time a dead tree has reached DECAY CLASS 5 it
will be unlikely to meet the definition of standing dead.
Snag characteristics are for Douglas-fir. Snags of other species may vary; use this table as a guide.
Rate the overall snag
DECAY
Limbs and
Percent bark Sapwood presence
CLASS
Top
Heartwood condition*
branches
remaining
and condition*
stage (code)
1
Section 8.8: Miscellaneous Tree Measured Data Items
2
All present
Pointed
Few limbs, no May be
fine branches broken
3
Limb stubs
only
Broken
4
Few or no
stubs
Broken
5
None
Broken
100
Variable
Intact; sound,
incipient decay,
hard, original color
Sloughing;
advanced decay,
fibrous, firm to soft,
light brown
Sloughing; fibrous,
soft, light to reddish
brown
Sound, hard, original color
Sound at base, incipient
decay in outer edge of
upper bole, hard, light to
reddish brown
Variable
Incipient decay at base,
advanced decay
throughout upper bole,
fibrous, hard to firm,
reddish brown
Variable
Sloughing; cubical, Advanced decay at base,
soft, reddish to dark sloughing from upper
brown
bole, fibrous to cubical,
soft, dark reddish brown
Less than 20 Gone
Sloughing, cubical, soft,
dark brown, OR fibrous,
very soft, dark reddish
brown, encased in
hardened shell
Figure 8.33: Douglas-fir decay class characteristics
When Collected: All standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Values: 1-5
145
pg.
Item 8.8.2.4 SNAG REASON FOR DISAPPEARANCE (PNW) [SNAG_DIS_CD_PNWRS]
On remeasurement, record a code to indicate the reason for disappearance of a tree previously tallied as
standing dead.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: All standing dead trees tallied at the previous inventory
which no longer qualify as standing dead (PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 2,
PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2, and STANDING DEAD = 0)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No Errors
Values: Code Description
2
Fell over "naturally" (wind, decay, etc.) or no longer self-supported; still
present.
3
Fell over "naturally;" removed from the site, or not discernible by crew.
4
Cut down or pushed over; still present.
5
Cut down or pushed over; removed from the site, or not discernible by
crew.
6
DBH/DRC and/or height no longer meet minimum for tally (snag "shrank"
to less than 5.0 inches DBH/DRC or less than 4.5 feet tall).
Item 8.8.2.5 CULTURALLY KILLED (PNW) [CULTURALLY_KILLED_PNWRS]
A 1-digit code to identify cut trees that have been killed by direct human intervention, but not utilized
(removed from plot).
Note: When CULTURALLY KILLED = 1, a TREATMENT (Item 5.5.3.24) must be recorded.
When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: All trees with PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1 and
PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
0
Any tree that does not meet the criteria listed in code 1.
1
Any tree that was killed by direct human cause (girdled, cut, knocked over,
sprayed with herbicide, etc.) which has not been removed from plot (a
TREATMENT must be recorded).
SECTION 8.9 SPECIAL STUDIES
SUBSECTION 8.9.1 SPECIAL STUDY 2002A PLATFORM AND MOSS ABUNDANCE
Selection of viewing position: Select a position, preferably on the uphill side of the tree, that provides the
clearest view of as much of the tree bole and crown area as possible to estimate PLATFORM
ABUNDANCE and MOSS ABUNDANCE.
Item 8.9.1.1 PLATFORM ABUNDANCE (PFSL) [PLAT_ABUN_CD_PNWRS]
Count the number of limbs containing one or more platforms. Each qualifying limb is counted only once,
regardless of the number of platform structures on the limb. Limb counts from 1 to 9 are tallied as
individuals (i.e., 1, 2, 3, etc.). A tree with 10 or greater qualifying limbs is tallied as “10”.
When collected: When SPECIAL STUDY 2002a = Y: all live tally trees ≥ 20.0 inches DBH.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 0 to 10
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Platform and moss abundance data are collected on qualifying trees located within the Platform and Moss
Abundance Special Studies Area (SPECIAL STUDY 2002a = Y). A platform is a section or area of a live
limb that is ≥ 6.0 inches diameter, located ≥ 33.0 feet above the ground up to the top of a live crown of a
tree, and positioned at an angle less than 45 degrees from horizontal. This includes limb areas where the
diameter has been enlarged by effects of insects, mistletoe, disease, physical injury, or the accumulation of
moss.
pg.
146
Item 8.9.1.2 MOSS ABUNDANCE (PFSL) [MOSS_ABUN_CD_PNWRS]
Estimate the percentage of the surface area, on the horizontal surface (i.e., top) of each limb, covered by
moss ONLY; do not include other epiphytes, such as lichens. From the same point used to estimate
PLATFORM ABUNDANCE (Item 8.9.1.1), estimate moss coverage on the horizontal surface of all visible
limbs in the lower two thirds of the live tree crown. Estimate the percentage of cover of moss on the top of
each limb, then average across all limbs within the lower two-thirds of the crown. Record the result for each
tallied tree to the nearest percent from 0 to 100.
Moss is any of various green, nonvascular plants of the class Musci, of the division Bryophyta, that usually
form a mat-like surface on a limb.
When collected: When SPECIAL STUDY 2002a = Y and PLATFORM ABUNDANCE ≥ 0: all live tally
trees ≥ 20.0 inches DBH.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/-20 percent
Values: 0 to 100
SECTION 8.10 MORTALITY AND GROWTH ASSESSMENT ON PERIODIC
INVENTORY PLOTS
Harvest and mortality data are used in most reporting and research done by FIA, and are often of interest to
others outside of the program. These data are collected by revisiting the periodic plot design on plots that
have been retained in the annual inventory, and accounting for the TREE STATUS of each tree.
Section 8.10: Mortality and Growth Assessment on Periodic Inventory Plots
Specifically, these procedures will be completed on periodic revisited plots (PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3)
when the center of subplot 1 is in:
•
California: All plots. Note: Most previously established R5 periodic FIA plots have 5 subplots; only a
few have 10 subplots. For these, mortality is assessed at all 10 subplots.
•
Oregon: Plots not on R6 Forest Service administered lands (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
null).
•
Washington: Plots not on R6 Forest Service administered lands that were part of the 2000 Western
Washington or 2001 Eastern Washington periodic inventory (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
null and plot was visited in 2000 or 2001).
The ownership at subplot 1 at the previous inventory is used to determine if mortality and growth
assessment is completed. The field crew will visit all subplots established at the previous inventory to
account for live trees ≥ 5.0 inches in diameter at the time of measurement. Mortality includes snags: fallen;
harvested; and culturally killed trees. In addition, on periodic subplots 1 and 2, crews will remeasure the
DBH of live trees that were measured in the previous inventory.
Trees that were measured in the last inventory and are alive, but suffering from Sudden Oak Death
symptoms, will also be tallied by this system.
Mortality data for all subplots are entered on a separate screen in the PDR. On subplots 1 and 2, some
trees are tallied for both tree and mortality data. These include trees that are tallied as part of the normal
collection of tree data on the new fixed radius plots. The diameter measurement will need to be entered in
both screens for these trees, although the PDR will be able to transfer this measurement (for tally trees)
from the tree tally screen to the mortality screen when appropriate (see example in Item 8.10.2.4,
REMEASURED DIAMETER CHECK, below).
147
pg.
SUBSECTION 8.10.1 MORTALITY AND GROWTH ASSESSMENT MEASUREMENTS
DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR
Item 8.10.1.1 MORTALITY LINE NUMBER (PFSL) [MORT_LINE_NUMBER]
This is a downloaded code for live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH tallied during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 9 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 000000000-999999999
Item 8.10.1.2 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SBPLT_ID_IN_PLT]
This is a downloaded code indicating the subplot on which a tree was tallied during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 1 to 10
Item 8.10.1.3 PREVIOUS REFERENCE TREE FLAG (PFSL) [REF_TREE]
Previous tally trees recorded as reference (i.e., witness) trees during the periodic inventory will be denoted
by the PDR.
When collected: Downloaded when Mortality tally tree was recorded as a subplot reference.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: n/a
Values: Asterisk symbol (*) next to Mortality Tree History field
Item 8.10.1.4 PREVIOUS SPECIES (PFSL) [SPCD]
This is a downloaded code indicating the species recorded during the periodic inventory.
Item 8.10.1.5 PREVIOUS AZIMUTH (PFSL) [AZIMUTH]
This is a downloaded code indicating the AZIMUTH recorded during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 001 to 360
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: See Tree Species List (Appendix F)
pg.
148
Item 8.10.1.6 PREVIOUS DISTANCE (PFSL) [SLOPE_DIST_FT]
This is a downloaded code indicating the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE recorded during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.10.1.7 PREVIOUS DIAMETER (PFSL) [PREV_DIA_IN]
This is a downloaded code indicating the DIAMETER recorded during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.10.1.8 PREVIOUS HEIGHT (PFSL) [PREV_HT_FT]
Section 8.10: Mortality and Growth Assessment on Periodic Inventory Plots
This is a downloaded code indicating the HEIGHT recorded during the periodic inventory.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: n/a
Values: 001 to 999
Item 8.10.1.9 MORTALITY TREE TAG NUMBER (PFSL) [MORT_TREE_TAG]
This is a downloaded code indicating the TREE TAG NUMBER that was put on the tree by the previous
crew.
When collected: Downloaded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when
PNW PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 001 to 999
149
pg.
SUBSECTION 8.10.2 MORTALITY AND GROWTH ASSESSMENT MEASUREMENTS
COLLECTED IN THE FIELD
Item 8.10.2.1 MORTALITY TREE HISTORY (PFSL) [TREE_HIST_CODE]
Record a MORTALITY TREE HISTORY for each tree assessed for mortality.
When collected: Recorded for all live trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH/DRC tallied on periodic plots when PNW
PLOT KIND = 2 or 3, and: STATE = 06; STATE = 41 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = null; STATE = 53, ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = null and
plot was revisited in 2000 or 2001.
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Live tree
3
Culturally killed by humans. This does not include trees harvested.
5
Mortality. Trees that die naturally or by a non-human cause.
8
Harvested for use by humans.
10
Tree on land that is access denied or hazardous
Item 8.10.2.2 CAUSE OF DEATH / DAMAGING AGENT (PFSL) [CAUSE_DEATH_CODE]
Record a CAUSE OF DEATH (COD) for all dead trees (MORTALITY TREE HISTORY = 3, 5, 8) tallied.
Record a code of “31” for live trees affected by Sudden Oak Death or all dead trees that were killed by
Sudden Oak Death.
When collected: When MORTALITY TREE HISTORY = 3, 5, or 8
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code CAUSE OF DEATH
00
Not dead/damaged
10
Insect
20
Disease
30
Fire
31
Sudden Oak Death (requires a sample; see Appendix M)
40
Animal
50
Weather
60
Vegetation (suppression, competition, vines/kudzu)
70
Unknown/not sure/other- includes death from human activity not related to
silvicultural or land clearing activity (accidental, random, etc.) Tree notes
required.
80
Silvicultural or land clearing activity (death caused by harvesting or other
silvicultural activity, including girdling, chaining, etc.)
This is a remeasurement of the DBH of live Mortality and Growth Assessment trees on subplots 1 and 2.
The DBH downloaded from the previous inventory is shown in the Mortality screen. Remeasure the
diameter at the location of the previous crew’s nail. If the diameter at the current inventory (current tally
trees) is measured at a different location than the previous inventory, the diameter will be measured both at
the previous location for the mortality assessment and at the new location for the current tree tally. If the
diameter measurement location for the current inventory is unchanged, then only one DBH measurement
will be made and this value can be transferred from the Tree Tally screen to the Mortality screen. If the
previous point of diameter measurement can not be found, set a new nail at the correct location (see
Section 8.5, Diameter) and record REMEASURED DIAMETER CHECK = 2 (Item 8.10.2.4). Note: This data
item is not recorded for DRC species.
When collected: Recorded for all live trees (MORTALITY TREE HISTORY = 1) ≥ 5.0 inches DBH
assessed for Mortality on periodic subplots 1 and 2.
Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y)
Chapter 8: Tree and Sapling Data
Item 8.10.2.3 REMEASURED DIAMETER (PFSL) [DIA]
pg.
150
Tolerance: +/- 0.1 inch per 20.0 in increment of measured diameter. For example: a tree with a
diameter of 41.0 in would have a tolerance of +/- 0.3 inch.
Values: 005.0 to 999.9
Item 8.10.2.4 REMEASURED DIAMETER CHECK (PFSL) [DIACHECK]
Record this code to identify any irregularities in diameter measurement positions (i.e., abnormal swellings,
diseases, damage, etc.) that may affect use of this tree in diameter growth/change analyses. If diameter is
estimated because of moss/vine/obstruction etc., record an estimate of the diameter without the
obstruction. If the previous point of diameter measurement can not be found on a live tree (e.g., nail fell out)
record code “2”.
The following examples show measurements under different scenarios for a tree that is both a tally tree in
the current inventory and is also being assessed for mortality and growth. At the previous inventory the
DBH was recorded as 12.3 inches. Note: This data item is not recorded for DRC species.
SCENARIO
TREE SCREEN
MORTALITY SCREEN
Current Tally Diameter Previous Remeasured Remeasured
Diameter
Check
Diameter Diameter
Diameter
Check
14.2
0
12.3
14.2
0
Tally tree diameter at the current
inventory is measured at the same
location as the previous inventory.
Tally tree diameter at the current
14.2
2
12.3
14.4
0
inventory is measured at a different
location than at the previous inventory.
Previous point of diameter
14.2
2
12.3
14.2
2
measurement can not be found.
When collected: Recorded for all live trees (MORTALITY TREE HISTORY = 1) ≥ 5.0 inches DBH
assessed for Mortality on periodic subplots 1 and 2.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Diameter check
0
Diameter measured accurately
1
Diameter estimated for reason other than moss or vines
2
Diameter measured at different location than previous measurement
5
Diameter estimated because of moss
6
Diameter estimated because of vines
7
Diameter estimated (double nail diameter)
Item 8.10.2.5 MORTALITY TREE NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record notes pertaining to an individual mortality tree.
When Collected: All mortality and growth assessment trees, as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: English language words, phrases and numbers
Section 8.11: Tree Notes
SECTION 8.11 TREE NOTES
SUBSECTION 8.11.1 TREE NOTES
Item 8.11.1.1 TREE NOTES (CORE 5.27) [NOTES]
Record notes pertaining to an individual tree as called for to explain or describe another data item.
When Collected: All trees, as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: English language words, phrases and numbers
151
pg.
CHAPTER 9 SEEDLING DATA
SECTION 9.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Stocking and regeneration information are obtained by counting live seedlings within the 6.8-foot radius
microplot located 90 degrees and 12.0 feet from each subplot center within each of the four subplots.
Seedlings are counted in groups by species and condition class. Only count seedlings occurring in
accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1), or measurable nonforest
condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699),
using the guidelines listed below.
SUBSECTION 9.1.1 SEEDLING DATA ITEMS
Item 9.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 6.1) [SUBP]
This is a generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot (see Item 6.1.1.1).
When Collected: All seedling count records
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 9.1.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 6.3) [CONDID]
Use the same procedures described in Chapter 5 to assign the appropriate CONDITION CLASS NUMBER
to the seedlings rooted in the respective condition.
When Collected: All seedling count records
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1-9
Item 9.1.1.3 SPECIES (CORE 6.2) [SPCD]
Record the SPECIES code from the Tree Species List in Appendix F. Use the same procedures described
in Item 8.4.1.11.
If the species cannot be determined in the field, tally the seedling, but bring branch samples, foliage,
flowers, bark, etc. to the office for identification. If possible, collect samples outside the macroplot from
similar specimens and make a note to correct the SPECIES code later.
When Collected: All seedling count records
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors for genus, no errors for species
Values: Appendix F
On each microplot, record the number of live tally seedlings, by SPECIES and CONDITION CLASS.
Conifer seedlings must be at least 6.0 inches in length and less than 1.0 inch at DBH to qualify for counting.
Hardwood seedlings must be at least 12.0 inches in length and less than 1.0 inch at DBH in order to qualify
for counting.
For woodland species, each stem on a single tree must be less than 1.0 inch at DRC.
Chapter 9: Seedling Data
Item 9.1.1.4 SEEDLING COUNT (CORE 6.4) [TREECOUNT]
pg.
152
General seedling count rules:
•
•
•
•
•
Count all live seedlings with their bases inside the microplot boundary regardless of vigor,
damage, or closeness to other trees.
Multiple “suckers” that originate from the same location, and stump sprouts are considered one
seedling.
Measure seedling length, not “height”. Length is measured along the main stem from ground level
to the dominant apical leader.
Do not tally or count “layers” (undetached tree branches partially or completely covered by soil
and/or organic materials, usually at the base) as seedlings.
Do not tally any seedlings that sprout from a live tally tree.
When Collected: Each accessible forest land condition class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) on
each microplot; and each measurable nonforest land condition class (CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699) on each
microplot.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors for 5 or fewer per species; +/-20 percent over a count of 5
Values: 001 through 999
Item 9.1.1.5 SEEDLING NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record notes to clarify or explain a special situation in the SEEDLING NOTES.
Section 9.1: General Instructions
When Collected: As needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
153
pg.
CHAPTER 10 SITE TREE INFORMATION
SECTION 10.1 OVERVIEW
Site index is a measure of a forest’s potential productivity and is defined as the height of the dominant or codominant trees at a specified age in a stand. It is calculated in an equation using the tree’s length and age.
Site index can help predict timber productivity and the potential growth rate of a forest. For PNWRS, the site
index is used primarily as input to the mean annual increment (MAI) equations. Site index equations differ
by tree species and region.
Trees must meet specific selection criteria before being used to calculate site index. PFSL employs two
selection methods: King’s and Primary. The PRIMARY SELECTION METHOD is expanded to accept
several tree species for the California Mixed Conifer forest type. Each selection method has its own set of
specific criteria for selecting site trees and is used with the SITE TREE SELECTION HIERARCHY in order
to determine quality of site tree data.
On sites with unsuitable conditions, site index alone does not adequately represent the maximum potential
stand volume or density. On these sites, stockability discount factors are used to construct an adjusted MAI.
PNW uses two discount factors to adjust for this, 1) plant stockability factor (Stockability in Oregon and
California, Section 5.6) and, 2) nonstockable factor (Estimating Nonforest Inclusion Area Percentages by
Condition Class, Subsection 6.2.2). Stockability indicators are only collected in certain areas of Oregon and
California.
SECTION 10.2 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
If suitable site trees are available, site tree data are required for every accessible forest land condition class
defined on a plot. An individual site tree may be used for more than one condition class where differences in
condition classes are not the result of differences in site productivity. For example, when different condition
classes are caused solely due to differences in reserved status, owner class, and/or disturbance-related
differences in density (e.g., heavily thinned vs. unthinned), a site tree may be used for more than one
condition class. When in doubt, do not use a site tree for more than one condition class.
Select at least one site tree for each accessible forest land condition class where no previous site tree data
exist. The absence of site tree data may occur because:
•
This is the first visit to the site
•
On the previous visit no suitable site tree could be found for the condition
•
Since the last visit there has been a change in condition class that renders the previous data
incompatible with the current conditions
PNWRS requires at least three site trees for each accessible forest land condition class with a GROUND
LAND CLASS of 120 (Timberland); each tree collected as a site tree must meet the selection criteria in
Section 10.4, Site Tree Selection Hierarchy for Primary and California Mixed Conifer Methods. However,
King’s method requires 5-10 site trees depending on the STAND AGE. When the selection criteria cannot
be met, or for an accessible forest land condition class with a ground land class (GLC) other than 120, only
one site tree is required for that condition class. Not all of the site trees need to be from the current
inventory.
When choosing a site tree, select from a species representative of the stand being sampled. Generally, the
preferred site tree species coincides with the FOREST TYPE. FOREST TYPE is a classification of forest
land based on the trees or tree communities representing the plurality of stocking for all live trees not
overtopped in the condition (see FOREST TYPE, Item 5.5.2.4). In PNWRS, “representative of the stand”
means a species defining the FOREST TYPE.
Chapter 10: Site Tree Information
If a site tree is needed; select tree from a species common to the condition class being sampled, based on
the criteria listed below. Select trees outside the subplot/macroplot boundary where possible. Use only
trees that have remained in a dominant or co-dominant crown position throughout their entire life span. If
possible, trees should be 5.0 inches in diameter, or larger, and at least 15 years old at breast height. Trees
that are visibly damaged, trees with ring patterns that exhibit signs of suppression, and trees with rotten
cores should be rejected.
pg.
154
If no suitable site trees are available from the plot area, the field crew will consider all trees within a 400-foot
radius of plot center. If appropriate site trees have still not been found, crews may select trees more than
400 feet away from plot center. Site trees collected off plot should be from an area best representing the
conditions found on the plot (e.g., aspect, slope, elevation, substrate, moisture regime, etc.).
If no suitable site trees can be found on or off plot, or if the required number of trees within the desired site
index range cannot be met, a detailed explanation must be given in the electronic PLOT NOTES (Item
4.3.5.5) explaining the circumstances. Important note: “No suitable site trees” is not acceptable! Please
explain why there were no suitable site trees. Examples: storm damage, disease, or evidence of
suppression throughout stand; pure oak stand therefore no acceptable site tree species available; or, the
stand is too young.
When no site trees are collected, additional PLOT NOTES should include general topography, moisture
regime, and substrate material in order to aid analysts in creating a reasonable site index for the plot. Using
your best professional judgement describe the general characteristics of the site. You may include slope,
aspect, water availability (e.g., droughty or boggy), and soil type (e.g., rocky, loamy, or clayey). General
descriptors like "boggy black spruce area" or "shallow rocky soil" or "cold alpine area" are helpful. For
younger plantations with no previous site tree data and no current tree tally include total height and current
age at breast height and/or height growth for saplings.
The field crew should delete new site tree records not considered within the tolerable site index range only
when the minimum number of trees has been met for the selection method.
SUBSECTION 10.2.1 PLOTS WITH SITE TREES COLLECTED PREVIOUSLY
At previous inventories, site tree data were collected at the plot level and will usually correspond to the
current condition class 1. However, keep in mind a substantial portion of the periodic plot layout does not
cover the current annual four subplot layout. Crews should confirm previous site trees represent the current
condition class being sampled.
Generally, additional site trees are needed when site index information is incomplete, absent, or unreliable.
In the field, the crew should evaluate the validity of previous site trees by checking age, length, species,
and site index in the PDR or on old print outs. When possible, crews should confirm downloaded data by
comparing it to the actual tree. Do not delete or make changes to downloaded site tree records; if
SPECIES, DIAMETER, SITE TREE LENGTH, TREE AGE AT DIAMETER, and SITE TREE SELECTION
METHOD appears to be grossly incorrect, enter the correct data as a new record. In this situation, the SITE
TREE STATUS of the downloaded tree should be changed to "I" (invalid). Explain why the old site trees are
no longer valid in SITE TREE NOTES, Item 10.5.1.17. Updating the CONDITION CLASS LIST on
downloaded site trees is permissible.
When using previous site trees they should be between 15-250 years old at breast height when they were
measured and a species currently representative of the stand. If the previous site trees do not meet those
criteria or better site trees are available (ex. between the ages of 35-80), the crew should collect a new set.
For stands less than 35 years old (i.e., young plantations) crews should review the previous site tree data to
see if they are between 35-80 years old. If the previous site trees are greater than 80 years old then the
crew should try to collect new site trees between 15-35 years old at breast height if possible.
Section 10.2: General Instructions
In addition, a new set of site trees should be collected if:
•
there has been an on the ground change in condition class or FOREST TYPE
•
a treatment has occurred affecting the site’s productivity (e.g., clearcut harvest, heavy thinning,
irrigation, fertilization, etc.)
•
the previous site index looks suspicious (e.g., too low, too high, or has a wide range)
•
the current crew has noticed discrepancies in previous tree measurements (e.g., tree lengths are
consistently less at current visit than at previous visit due to previous crew errors)
•
or, the previous crew coded the downloaded trees as not meeting the selection criteria
(QUESTIONABLE SITE TREE FLAG = 1), and better site trees can be found
155
pg.
SECTION 10.3 SITE INDEX EQUATION SELECTION METHOD: “HOW TO DECIDE
METHOD"
PFSL employs three methods to select a population of trees best representing the site’s potential
productivity. Below is a key to help field crews decide which method best suits the site. Only use the
previous method when adding to an existing set of site trees. If the previous site trees are rejected, and the
crew is collecting a new set of site trees, then go on to step 2 (explain why the old site trees are no longer
valid in SITE TREE NOTES, Item 10.5.1.17).
*
1. Are the previous site trees valid (downloaded and/or from old printouts)?
a. Yes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . use previous method*
b. No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . go to 2
2. Is the condition in a coastal Douglas-fir site (see description below) less than 130 years old, and
below 3000 feet in elevation?
a. Yes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . King’s method
b. No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . go to 3
3. Is the condition a California Mixed Conifer forest type (see description below)?
a. Yes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA Mixed Conifer method
b. No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Primary method
The previous method should be downloaded in the PDR. If it is not, attempt to determine what method
was used by looking at the downloaded site tree data. When the previous method cannot be identified,
assume the previous crew used the Primary method (or the CA Mixed Conifer method in appropriate
areas of CA).
SUBSECTION 10.3.1 KING’S SELECTION METHOD
King’s is the preferred selection method for coastal Douglas-fir sites throughout western Washington,
Oregon, and northern California. Only use this method if the overall stand age is less than 130 years old,
and the plot is located below 3000 feet in elevation.
Coastal Douglas-fir sites are found in coastal counties in northwestern California, and western Oregon and
Washington on the west slopes of the Coast Range and foothills west of the Cascades. In California,
Douglas-fir is often found in combination with redwood, forming more pure stands on the higher, drier
slopes. Grand fir, Sitka spruce, red alder, western hemlock, and western red-cedar may also be found on a
Coastal Douglas fir site.
When requirements for King’s Method have been met, only Douglas-fir, grand fir, western hemlock, and
Sitka spruce should be used for site trees. Douglas-fir and grand fir can be combined; however, Douglas-fir
is preferred. Western hemlock and Sitka spruce can be combined; however, western hemlock is preferred.
Do not mix these two groups. No other species should be used.
Any site tree with a clear history of suppression should be rejected, and the next largest tree if it is suitable
should be selected. Do not use trees with abnormally formed tops (forked tops or top outs) or with any other
damages.
If the average breast height age of the stand is greater than or equal to 30 years old then:
If the average breast height age of the stand is less than 30 years old then:
1. Select a clump of 50 mainstand Douglas-fir and grand fir or western hemlock and Sitka spruce trees
between 15-30 years breast height age.
2. Next, select 10 trees from the 50 mainstand trees with the largest DBH as site trees. Do not use trees
less than 15 years old at breast height.
Chapter 10: Site Tree Information
1. Locate an approximately circular area no more than 130 feet in diameter moderately or well stocked
by a group of 25 mainstand Douglas-fir and grand fir, or western hemlock and Sitka spruce. Do not
mix these groups.
2. Select 5 trees from the 25 mainstand trees with the largest DBH as site trees.
3. If the stocking does not perfectly match the definition for King’s (25 stems within 130 foot diameter)
but there are 5 suitable site trees available, then King’s is still preferred. If 5 suitable site trees cannot
be found, return to step 3 in the key in Section 10.3.
4. Site index should be within 20.
pg.
156
3. If the stocking does not perfectly match the definition for King’s (50 stems within 130 foot diameter)
but there are 10 suitable site trees available then King’s is still preferred. If 10 suitable site trees
cannot be found, return to step 3 in the key in Section 10.3.
4. Site index should be within 20.
SUBSECTION 10.3.2 PRIMARY SELECTION METHOD
Section 10.3: Site Index Equation Selection Method: “How To Decide Method"
The primary selection method now includes several different site equations. In Oregon and Washington,
use this method if King’s cannot be met. In California, use this method if King’s or the CA Mixed Conifer
method cannot be used. Follow guidelines 1 through 3 below while referring to Section 10.4 (Site Tree
Selection Hierarchy for Primary and California Mixed Conifer Methods) when choosing suitable site trees.
1. Select three site trees evenly distributed across the condition class area. If GLC is not 120
(Timberland), collect only one tree.
2. Do not mix tree species. The only exception to this rule is noble fir and mountain hemlock can be
combined, however, noble fir is preferred.
3. For this method most of the species will be associated with a 50-year site equation and the site index
should not vary by more than 20. However, some of the species are associated with a 100-year site
equation and the site index should not vary by more than 30. These “100-year species” are:
a. Douglas-fir above 3000’ elevation
b. Noble fir
c. Mountain hemlock
d. Coulter pine
e. Ponderosa pine
f. Western white pine
g. Lodgepole pine
SUBSECTION 10.3.3 CALIFORNIA MIXED CONIFER SELECTION METHOD
PFSL classifies some California forests as mixed conifer forest type if there is no main softwood tree
species as the forest type. Mixed conifer types grow on the east facing slopes of the Coast Range and on
the west facing slopes, or at higher elevation, east facing slopes of the Cascades and Sierra Nevada. This
type also extends south into southern California.
Use this method for the mixed conifer forest type in California ONLY. Follow guidelines 1-3 below while
referring to Section 10.4 when choosing suitable site trees.
1. Select three site trees from the condition. They can be a combination of ponderosa pine, Douglas-fir,
white fir or red fir. If additional site trees are needed to satisfy the minimum of 3 trees per condition,
then sugar pine and Jeffrey pine can be used. Do not use any other species when in this forest type.
2. Ideally, site trees should be evenly distributed across the condition class area.
3. Mixed conifer sites are associated with a 100-year site equation therefore the site index should not
vary by more than 30.
157
pg.
SECTION 10.4 SITE TREE SELECTION HIERARCHY FOR PRIMARY AND
CALIFORNIA MIXED CONIFER METHODS
When crews are experiencing difficulty acquiring a reasonable set of site trees on and off the plot some
selection criteria may be compromised. In order to satisfy the requirements first compromise the site tree
species. If sufficient site tree data still cannot be collected then compromise the age range. Finally, as a last
resort, collect one site tree that may be older than 250 years old, have damages other than evidence of top
breakage, or have an extrapolated age. Reject all trees with evidence of top breakage, showing clear signs
of suppression, or are less than 15 years old.
1. First choice:
a. Representative of the stand and found in Table 10.1: Group A, below
b. Within the preferred age range of 35-80 years old at breast height
c. Dominant or co-dominant with no history of suppression
d. No damages
2. Second choice:
a. Not representative of the stand and found in Table 10.1: Group A, below
b. And b, c, & d above
3. Third choice:
a. Representative of the stand and found in Table 10.2: Group B, below
b. And b, c, & d above
4. Fourth choice:
a. Not representative of the stand and found in Table 10.2: Group B, below
b. And b, c, & d above
5. Fifth choice:
a. Work through 1-4 above expanding the age range to 15-250 years old at breast height
6. Last resort (collect only one site tree if no other trees are available; requires QUESTIONABLE SITE
TREE FLAG = 0):
a. Any acceptable site tree species from Table 10.1: Group A, and Table 10.2: Group B
b. May be greater than 250 years old
c. May have damages not appearing to substantially reduce height growth (for example, dead or
broken tops clearly affect height growth, so trees with these damages should not be used)
d. Trees with extrapolated ages
e. Trees showing signs of suppression or with rotten cores should not be used
If a “last resort” tree is collected, explain why it is a last resort in the SITE TREE NOTES. Never combine a
“last resort” tree with any other site tree. Record the appropriate QUESTIONABLE SITE TREE FLAG (Item
10.5.1.4) = 0 “Site tree does not meet selection criteria” for all last resort trees.
In PNWRS, “representative of the stand” means the species defining the forest type. “Not representative of
the stand” means a species found in the condition, but it is not the species defining the forest type. Do not
collect any species not in the following tables.
Chapter 10: Site Tree Information
pg.
158
Section 10.4: Site Tree Selection Hierarchy for Primary and California Mixed Conifer Methods
Table 10.1: Group A
Species code
11
15
17
19
20
21
22
73
93
98
108
119
120
122
202
211
242
263
264
351
Common name
Pacific silver fir
White fir
Grand fir
Subalpine fir
California red fir
Shasta red fir
Noble fir
Western larch
Engelmann spruce
Sitka spruce
Lodgepole pine
Western white pine
Bishop pine
Ponderosa pine
Douglas fir
Redwood
Western red cedar
Western hemlock
Mountain hemlock
Red alder
Forest type
264
261
267
268,266
262
262
263
321
265, 266
305
281
241
363
221
201
341
304
301
270
911
Table 10.2: Group B
Species code
42
64
72
81
94
95
103
104
109
116
117
124
127
201
Common name
Alaska yellow-cedar
Western juniper
Subalpine larch
Incense cedar
White spruce
Black spruce
Knobcone pine
Foxtail pine
Coulter pine
Jeffrey pine
Sugar pine
Monterey pine
Gray pine
Big-cone Douglas-fir
Forest type
271
183
222
122
125
361
365
223
223
224
364
921
223
159
pg.
SECTION 10.5 SITE TREE DATA ITEMS
SUBSECTION 10.5.1 SITE TREE DATA ITEMS
Item 10.5.1.1 SITE TREE NUMBER (CORE) [TREE]
The data recorder will automatically assign a number to each new site tree. On previously visited plots
numbers will be assigned to downloaded site trees.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 0001-9999
Item 10.5.1.2 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.7) [SUBP]
Record the subplot number to which the site tree is referenced.
Use the same procedures described in SUBPLOT NUMBER (Item 6.1.1.1). Record a 1-digit code indicating
the number of the subplot which a site tree is on or near. Subplot numbers for site trees previously collected
will be downloaded/printed if on file.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 10.5.1.3 SITE TREE STATUS (PNW) [SITE_AGE_TREE_STATUS_PNWRS]
This data item is used to determine if this site tree is new “N”, old “O”, or invalid old “I”. New site tree
records, copied from the tree screen or entered manually (as a non-tally site tree), will have a status “N”.
Downloaded tree records from the previous visit have status of “O”. If information for an old site tree (“O”) is
copied into a new site tree record and updated with current information, change the SITE TREE STATUS
code from “O” to “N”. If an old site tree is determined to be previously collected in error, or a crew does not
feel it best represents the forest condition and can replace it with a better representative tree, change the
SITE TREE STATUS code from “O” to “I” (explain why the old site trees are no longer valid in SITE TREE
NOTES, Item 10.5.1.17).
Chapter 10: Site Tree Information
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
N
New site tree (copied from previous inventory and updated, copied from
current tree tally, or entered manually as non-tally site tree).
O
Old site tree (downloaded from previous plot visit).
I
Invalid “Old” site tree (only to be used for procedural differences or
previous crew selection error or if better stand representative site trees are
now available).
pg.
160
Item 10.5.1.4 QUESTIONABLE SITE TREE FLAG (PNW) [QUESTION_SITE_AGE_TREE_PNWRS]
Record a code to identify whether or not the current site tree meets the selection criteria as outlined above
(all last resort site trees, choice 6 under Section 10.4, will be assigned a “0”). Any site tree with a
QUESTIONABLE SITE TREE FLAG = 0 require an electronic SITE TREE NOTE (Item 10.5.1.17)
describing why it does not meet the selection criteria.
Downloaded site trees with SITE TREE STATUS = O (old) and QUESTIONABLE SITE FLAG = 0 should be
replaced with a new site tree meeting the selection criteria if possible. If a questionable "Old" site tree is
replaced with a "New" tree, the "Old" tree should be marked with a SITE TREE STATUS of "Invalid" (explain
why the old site tree is no longer valid in SITE TREE NOTES).
When collected: When SITE TREE STATUS = N or O
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
0
Site tree does not meet selection criteria
1
Selection criteria met
Item 10.5.1.5 CONDITION CLASS LIST (CORE 7.2.1) [CONDLIST]
List all CONDITION CLASS NUMBERS that the site index data from this tree represent.
If there is a change in the numbering of condition classes from the previous visit, it is important “old” site
trees have their CONDITION CLASS LIST updated to reflect the changes.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1000 to 9876
Item 10.5.1.6 TREE TAG NUMBER (PNW) [TALLY_TREE_NBR_PNWRS]
This number is automatically recorded when the site tree is copied from tally tree record, or it is a
downloaded “old” site tally tree (from previous inventory). Record “000” for all “new” site trees not tallied in
the tree data screen (i.e., non-tally site trees).
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 000 to 999
Item 10.5.1.7 AZIMUTH (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.8) [AZIMUTH]
Section 10.5: Site Tree Data Items
Record the AZIMUTH from the subplot center; sight the center of the base of each tree with a compass.
Record AZIMUTH to the nearest degree. Use 360 for north.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: 001 to 360
Item 10.5.1.8 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE OPTIONAL 7.2.9) [DIST]
Record the measured HORIZONTAL DISTANCE, to the nearest 0.1 feet, from the subplot center to the pith
of the tree at the base. When recording a distance greater than 999.9 feet horizontal distance, enter 999.9
in this field then record the actual distance in the SITE TREE NOTES.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 5 feet
Values: 000.1 to 999.9
161
pg.
Item 10.5.1.9 SPECIES (CORE 7.2.2) [SPCD]
Record for new site trees. Only use SPECIES codes found in Table 10.1: Group A, and Table 10.2: Group
B above. SPECIES is downloaded for site trees previously collected.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 000-999
Item 10.5.1.10 DIAMETER (CORE 7.2.3) [DIA]
Use the same procedures described in Section 8.5 (Diameter). DIAMETER is downloaded for site trees
previously collected. Record for new site trees.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y)
Tolerance: +/- 0.1 inches per 20.0 inches increment of measured diameter
Values: 001.0 to 999.9
Item 10.5.1.11 SITE TREE LENGTH (CORE 7.2.4) [HT]
With a clinometer or other approved instrument, measure the total length of the site tree from the ground to
the top of the tree. Record to the nearest 1.0 foot. SITE TREE LENGTH must be measured; no estimates
are permitted on site trees. Refer to TOTAL LENGTH (Item 8.6.2.4) when measuring SITE TREE LENGTH.
SITE TREE LENGTH is downloaded for site trees previously collected. If updating a downloaded site tree,
measure the tree's current length and enter it in the new record for the tree (be sure to also enter a current
age at BH in the new record and mark the old tree record with a SITE TREE STATUS of "Invalid").
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: less than 60 feet +/- 5 percent of true length
greater than 60 feet +/- 10 percent of true length
Values: 005 to 999
Item 10.5.1.12 TREE AGE AT DIAMETER (CORE 7.2.5) [AGEDIA]
Record the tree age as determined by an increment sample. Bore the tree about one inch below the point of
diameter measurement (DBH) with an increment borer. Count the rings between the outside edge of the
core and the pith. Do not add years to get total age.
This is a downloaded for site trees previously collected. If updating a downloaded site tree, determine the
number of years elapsed since the tree was taken as a site tree, add this number to the downloaded age
and enter the sum in the new (second) record for the tree (be sure also to measure and enter the current
height in the new record and mark the old tree record with a SITE TREE STATUS of "Invalid").
Item 10.5.1.13 SITE TREE SELECTION METHOD (PFSL) [SITE_TREE_METHOD_PNWRS]
This data item distinguishes between King’s and Primary selection methods for relevant species. Not valid
for mixed conifer types.
When collected: All site trees collected when SPECIES = 202, 17, 263, or 98, and FOREST TYPE is
not mixed conifer
Field width: 1 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
K
Kings
P
Primary
Chapter 10: Site Tree Information
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 5 years
Values: 001 to 999
pg.
162
Item 10.5.1.14 SITE INDEX (PNW) [FLD_SITREE_PNWRS]
This code is downloaded for site trees previously collected. For new site trees, the data recorder will
calculate site index after SPECIES, SITE TREE LENGTH, TREE AGE AT DIAMETER, SITE INDEX
EQUATION NUMBER (PDR generated), and SITE TREE SELECTION METHOD (when appropriate) are
entered.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: N/A
Values: 001 to 999
Item 10.5.1.15 SITE INDEX EQUATION BASE AGE (PNW) [SIBASE]
The SITE INDEX EQUATION BASE AGE is used to define the acceptable range for the calculated site
index. It is determined by the PDR after SPECIES, SITE TREE LENGTH, TREE AGE AT DIAMETER, SITE
INDEX EQUATION NUMBER (PDR generated), and SITE TREE SELECTION METHOD (when
appropriate) are entered. Site trees with a base age of 50 should have a site index within 20. Site trees with
a base age of 100 should be with in 30.
When collected: All site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
50
50 year base age, site index should be within 20.
100 100 year base age, site index should be within 30.
Item 10.5.1.16 SITE INDEX EQUATION NUMBER (PNW) [SITREE_EQU_NO_PNWRS]
This code is generated by the PDR for all site trees. The SITE INDEX EQUATION NUMBER identifies
which site index equation was used to calculate site index. This data item cannot be updated by the field
crew.
When collected: Generated for all site trees
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See list in Appendix H (Site Index Equation Numbers)
Item 10.5.1.17 SITE TREE NOTES (CORE 7.2.6) [NOTES]
Record notes pertaining to an individual site tree.
Section 10.5: Site Tree Data Items
When collected: All site trees as necessary
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: English language words, phrases and numbers
163
pg.
CHAPTER 11 DOWN WOODY MATERIALS
SECTION 11.1 DEFINITION OF DOWN WOODY MATERIALS
Down woody materials (DWM) are important components of forest ecosystems across the country. DWM is
dead material on the ground in various stages of decay. Wildlife biologists, ecologists, mycologists,
foresters, and fuels specialists are some of the people interested in DWM because it helps describe the:
•
Quality and status of wildlife habitats
•
Structural diversity within a forest
•
Fuel loading and fire behavior
•
Carbon sequestration – the amount of carbon tied up in dead wood
•
Storage and cycling of nutrients and water – important for site productivity
Down woody components and fuels estimated by the FIA program are: coarse woody, fine woody, litter,
herb/shrubs, slash, duff, and fuelbed depth.
Down woody materials are sampled in accessible forest conditions and measurable nonforest conditions
intersected by the transect (see Subsection 5.2.2, Nonforest Land, for measurable nonforest criteria).
Measurable nonforest conditions are measured using the same procedures as for forested conditions. If a
transect crosses a nonforest condition, Census water, noncensus water, or nonsampled area, the
boundaries of the condition are recorded but no DWM or fuels measurements are taken along this portion
of the transect. The majority of DWM in the inventory is sampled using the line intersect sampling method
(also called planar intercept method). In this method, transects are established, and individual pieces of
coarse woody debris (CWD) or fine woody debris (FWD) are tallied if the central axis of the piece is
intersected by the vertical plane of the transect. In addition, each piece must meet specified dimensions
and other criteria before being selected for tally. Special procedures apply when a CWD piece lays across a
condition class boundary. Transects will always be used to sample FWD. Transects will be used to sample
CWD when crews are able to see and measure individual pieces.
The line intersect method is not practical for sampling CWD when it is part of machine-piled windrows or
slash piles, or part of log "jumbles" at the bottom of steep-sided ravines. In these situations, individual
pieces are impractical to tally separately and are labeled as “residue piles”. A different sampling method is
used to tally and measure CWD residue piles (see Section 11.4, Sampling Residue Piles within the 58.9Foot Macroplot).
Nationally, DWM data are collected on Phase 3 (P3) plots; PFSL collects DWM data on all Phase 2 (P2)
plots in addition to P3 plots. For co-located P2/P3 plots, data are collected once and used for both P2 and
P3 in the database.
SUBSECTION 11.1.1 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD)
CWD does not include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Woody pieces < 3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect
Dead trees leaning 0 to 45 degrees from vertical
Dead shrubs, self-supported by their roots
Trees showing any sign of life at or above the point of diameter measurement, either diameter at
breast height (DBH) or diameter at root collar (DRC)
5. Stumps that are rooted in the ground (i.e., not uprooted)
6. Dead foliage, bark or other non-woody pieces that are not an integral part of a bole or limb. (Bark
attached to a portion of a piece is an integral part)
7. Roots or main bole below the root collar
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
In this inventory, CWD includes downed, dead tree and shrub boles, large limbs, and other woody pieces
that are severed from their original source of growth. Coarse woody debris also includes dead trees (either
self-supported by roots, severed from roots, or uprooted) that are leaning > 45 degrees from vertical. In
some cases, CWD will intersect the plane of the transect above ground level, suspended by natural
features or other trees. Also included are non-machine processed round wood such as fence posts and
cabin logs. For multi-stemmed woodland trees such as juniper, only tally stems that are dead, detached,
and on the ground; for single stemmed DRC, the tree has to be dead and leaning > 45 degrees from vertical
or detached from original source of growth.
pg.
164
SUBSECTION 11.1.2 FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD)
In this inventory, FWD includes downed, dead branches, twigs, and small tree or shrub boles that are not
attached to a living or standing dead source. Fine woody debris can be: connected to a larger branch, as
long as this branch is on the ground and not connected to a standing dead or live tree; connected to a
down, dead tree bole or down, dead shrub; twigs from shrubs and vines. Fine woody debris must be no
higher than six feet above the ground to be counted. Only the woody branches, twigs, and fragments that
intersect the transect are counted.
FWD does not include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Woody pieces > 3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect
Dead branches connected to a live tree or shrub; or connected to a standing dead tree or dead shrub
Dead foliage (e.g., pine or fir needles, or leaf petioles)
Bark fragments or other non-woody pieces that are not an integral part of a branch, twig, or small
bole
5. Small pieces of decomposed wood (e.g., chunks of cubical rot)
SECTION 11.2 LOCATING AND ESTABLISHING LINE TRANSECTS
Transects are established on each subplot if the subplot center is accessible (i.e., not Census water,
noncensus water, access denied, or hazardous) and there is at least one forest land condition class
mapped within the 58.9-foot macroplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1), or if the subplot center is within
a measurable nonforest condition class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 0501-0699). Transects begin at the subplot center and extend 58.9 feet horizontal
distance to the edge of the macroplot. The location of condition class boundaries are recorded along the
transect. It is extremely important to lay out the transect in a straight line to avoid biasing the selection of
pieces and to allow the remeasurement of transect lines and tally pieces for future change detection.
Transect lines should be marked with a small piece of flagging at the end of the line (58.9 feet, horizontal
distance) to help the QA staff identify the path of the transect during the check-plot procedure. Because the
tolerance for the transect azimuth is +/- 2 degrees, the line might have been laid down in a slightly different
direction from the check-plot crew. This could affect the location of diameter measurements for CWD pieces
as well as identifying whether a CWD piece is a valid tally piece. It is also helpful to mark the point where
the FWD transect begins (14 feet, slope distance).
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
SUBSECTION 11.2.1 CWD TRANSECTS
Two transects are established that originate at the subplot center and extend out 58.9-feet horizontal
distance (the radius of the macroplot).
Transect orientation differs depending on subplot number (see Figure 11.1: Line transect layout for
sampling CWD and FWD on the subplot):
•
Subplots 1 and 4: azimuths are 150 and 270 degrees (from subplot center).
•
Subplots 2 and 3: azimuths are 30 and 150 degrees (from subplot center).
This transect configuration was chosen to avoid sampling bias on sloped land, where it is possible that
CWD may be oriented in one direction. This configuration of transects should pick up CWD logs that are
lying parallel to the slope, perpendicular to the slope, and across slope.
165
pg.
SUBSECTION 11.2.2 FWD TRANSECTS
One transect is established on each subplot, along the 150 degree azimuth. Fine woody debris is tallied
within three size classes. Because FWD is generally present in higher densities, a shorter transect will pick
up an acceptable amount of tally. The transect begins at 14 feet (slope distance) from the subplot center
and extends out either six or ten feet (slope distance) depending on the FWD size class, as follows:
Category of FWD
Small FWD
Medium FWD
Large FWD
Size
class
1
2
3
Diameter range
0.01 inches to 0.24 inches
0.25 inches to 0.9 inches
1.0 inches to 2.9 inches
30°
Transect length
(slope distance)
6 feet
6 feet
10 feet

DWD transects
58.9 ft. (hd)
2
CWD > 3”
10 ft. (sd)
N
FWD 1” to 2.9”
6 ft. (sd)
150°

14 ft.
(sd)
270°
270°
Transect location
(slope distance)
14 to 20 feet
14 to 20 feet
14 to 24 feet

1
150°

4
150°

20 ft.
(sd)
30°
FWD: < .25” & .25” to 0.9”
24 ft.
(sd)
58.9 ft. (hd)
sd=slope dist.
hd=horizontal dist.


3
150°

Coarse Woody Debris transect (58.9 feet)
Fine Woody Debris transects, 6 and 10 feet
6.8' radius microplot, fuel loadings
24.0' radius subplot
58.9' radius annular plot
Distance between subplot points: 120 feet
Distance from subplot center to microplot center: 12.0 feet
Overall plot footprint ~2.5 ac
subplot 2 to 3 = 150 degrees, 207.8 feet
subplot 2 to 4 = 210 degrees, 207.8 feet
subplot 3 to 4 = 270 degrees, 207.8 feet
Figure 11.1: Line transect layout for sampling CWD and FWD on the subplot
Note that the FWD transects are slope distance not horizontal distance. The formulas used to estimate
biomass from the data contain an adjustment for slope.
It is helpful to have a size gauge available until your eye is ‘trained’ to recognize the three size classes.
Examples include a plastic or cardboard card with three notches cut for each size class, or a set of three
dowels representing each size class, or a ruler.
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
KEY
pg.
166
SUBSECTION 11.2.3 TRANSECT LINE SEGMENTING
Transect lines are segmented to determine the length of transect that occurs within each mapped condition
class intersecting the line. A segment is a length of transect that is in one condition. Segments are identified
by recording the BEGINNING DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE of the slope from subplot center out to
the end of the macroplot. In the office, the segmenting data will be combined with CWD distances to
determine which condition class each piece falls in (condition classes are not assigned to CWD pieces in
the field). If more than one condition is found on the FWD transects, the segmenting information recorded
here will provide the length of transect in each condition.
Starting at the subplot center and working towards the fixed-radius plot boundary, each segment of transect
line in a different condition class is delineated and recorded as a separate record. On each record, the
BEGINNING DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE of the slope are recorded for each condition class
encountered. The first record for each transect will have a BEGINNING DISTANCE of 0 feet. If only one
condition class occurs on the transect line, only one segment is recorded. The transect must extend a total
of 58.9 feet horizontal distance.
On subplots where a transect intersects a boundary between condition classes, the transect continues
across the boundary into the adjacent class All CONDITION CLASS BOUNDARIES (BEGINNING
DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE) are recorded on each transect.
Transect data are collected in accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
and measurable nonforest condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 0501-0699); if the entire 58.9 foot macroplot is nonforest, Census water, noncensus
water, or nonsampled area, transect data are not required. Individual pieces of DWM intersected by a
transect are tallied or counted if they meet the tally rules for CWD or FWD specified in the sections that
follow. It is expected that the majority of FWD transects will be in one condition, but if the condition class
changes along the transect, a count is recorded for each condition. Again, the segmenting data recorded
here will identify which condition class is associated with each count.
C le a rc u t
H a rd w o o d
fo re s t
O ld g ro w th
S a p lin g s
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
Second
g ro w th
C ro p la n d
O ld g ro w th
Figure 11.2: Transects are installed across condition class boundaries.
Item 11.2.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
Generated code indicating the subplot center from which the transect originates.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1; or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
167
pg.
Item 11.2.3.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT]
Record the code indicating the transect on which a condition class is being delineated. The three transects
used are 30 degrees, 150 degrees, and 270 degrees. These transects, when being installed, have a
tolerance of +/- 2 degrees.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors for code; +/- 2 degrees for azimuth (i.e., transect placement)
Values Code Definition
30
Transect extends 30 degrees from subplot center
150 Transect extends 150 degrees from subplot center
270 Transect extends 270 degrees from subplot center
Item 11.2.3.3 SEGMENT NUMBER (PFSL) [SEGMNT]
A generated number to identify each segment length contained within one condition class; numbering
begins at plot center and works out to the plot perimeter.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1-9
Item 11.2.3.4 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PFSL) [CONDID]
Record the code indicating the number of the condition class for the transect segment. Use the same code
used for CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (Item 5.5.1.1). The first segment recorded for each transect will
have the same CONDITION CLASS NUMBER as assigned to the subplot center.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9 (see CONDITION CLASS NUMBER, Item 5.5.1.1)
Item 11.2.3.5 BEGINNING DISTANCE (PFSL) [BEGNDIST]
Record the location (using slope distance) on the transect line where the transect intersects the boundary
with the adjacent condition class nearer to the subplot center. The first record for each transect will have a
BEGINNING DISTANCE of 00.0 feet. Each subsequent record will have a BEGINNING DISTANCE equal
to the ENDING DISTANCE of the previous record. Record to the nearest 0.1-foot
Item 11.2.3.6 SLOPE PERCENT (PFSL) [SLOPE]
Record the code indicating the average slope percent along the transect within the condition class being
segmented. When only one condition class is present on a transect, SLOPE PERCENT is the average
slope percent along the entire transect. Measure to the nearest 5 percent. Slopes less than 5 percent
should be recorded as “0”.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 000, 005 to 155
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1.0 feet
Values: 00.0 to 99.9
pg.
168
Item 11.2.3.7 ENDING DISTANCE (PFSL)[ENDDIST]
Record the location (using slope distance) on the transect line where the transect intersects the boundary
with a different condition class further away from the subplot center. If no other condition classes are
encountered, record the location (using slope distance) of the end of the transect line. Record to the
nearest 0.1 foot.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1.0 foot
Values: 00.1 to 99.9
SUBSECTION 11.2.4 SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD)
1. Coarse woody debris (CWD) is sampled in accessible forest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1)
and measurable nonforest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 0501-0699) condition classes. Tally a piece if its central longitudinal axis intersects the
transect, and the condition class is accessible forest land or measurable nonforest land administered at
the point of intersection (see Figure 11.3). The entire piece is assigned to this condition.
Condition class 1
(accessible forest land)
Central
longitudinal
axis
Transect
line
Point of
intersection
Figure 11.3: CWD tallied when central longitudinal axis intersects the transect.
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
2. Tally dead trees IF they are leaning > 45 degrees from vertical. Do not tally live trees or standing dead
trees and stumps that are still upright and leaning < 45 degrees from vertical. Follow the same rules for
portion of boles on dead trees that are separated greater than 50 percent as outlined in Item 8.4.1.9
(STANDING DEAD). Most CWD will be lying on the ground, while some pieces may be suspended
above the transect.
3. The minimum length of any tally piece is 3.0 feet. When CWD pieces are close to 3 feet, measure the
length to the nearest 0.1 foot to determine if it is > 3.0 feet.
4. Decay class of the piece determines whether or not the piece is tallied.
•
•
For decay classes 1 to 4: tally a piece if it is >
3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection
with the transect. The piece must be > 3.0 feet in
length and > 3.0 inches or more in diameter
along that length. If the intersect diameter is
close to 3.0 inches, measure the diameter to the
nearest 0.1 inches to determine if the piece
qualifies (See Figure 11.4).
Diameter is > 3” for at least 3.0’.
Tally if intersected by the transect in
this segment.
3”
diam
For decay class 5: tally a piece if it is > 5.0
inches in diameter at the point of intersection and
Diam eter is < 3”
> 5.0 inches high from the ground. The piece
Do not tally (as CW D) if intersected
must be > 3.0 feet in length and > 5.0 inches or
by the transect in this segm ent.
more in diameter along that length. The reason
for treating decay class 5 pieces differently is
Figure 11.4: Tallying CWD for decay classes 1-4
because they are difficult to identify, especially
when heavily decomposed. Only pieces that still
have some shape and log form are tallied—humps of decomposed wood that are becoming part of
the duff layer, are not tallied. Do not record DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END (Item 11.2.7.2) or
DIAMETER AT THE LARGE END (Item 11.2.7.3) for decay class 5.
169
pg.
5. Tally pieces created by natural causes (examples: natural breakage or uprooting) or by human activities
such as cutting only if not systematically machine-piled. Do not record pieces that are part of machinepiled slash piles or windrows, or that are part of a log "jumble" at the bottom of a steep-sided ravine in
which individual pieces are impractical to tally separately. Instead, sample these piles according to
instructions in "Sampling residue piles" (see Section 1.4). A slash pile or windrow consists of broken
logs, limbs, and other vegetative debris.
6. Tally a piece only if the point of intersection occurs above the ground. If one end of a piece is buried in
the soil, the piece ends at the point where it is no longer visible. Measure diameter and length at this
point.
7. If the central longitudinal axis of a piece is intersected more than once on a transect line (this is
uncommon) or if it is intersected by two transect lines (this usually occurs when the piece is very near
plot center), tally the piece each time it is intersected (see Figure 11.5)
8. Tally a piece only once if the subplot center falls directly on the central longitudinal axis of the piece.
Tally the piece on the 30 degree transect on subplots 2 and 3, and on the 150 degree transect on
subplots 1 and 4. Record the CWD Distance as 001..
Figure 11.5: CWD tally rules: intersections
9. If a piece is fractured across its diameter or length, and would pull apart at the fracture if pulled from
either end or sides, treat it as two separate pieces. If judged that it would not pull apart, tally as one
piece. Tally only the piece intersected by the transect line.
10.Do not tally a piece if it intersects the transect on the root side of the root collar. Do not tally roots.
11. When the transect crosses a forked down tree bole or large branch connected to a down tree (see
Figure 11.6), tally each qualifying piece separately. To be tallied, each individual piece must meet the
minimum diameter and length requirements.
12.In the case of forked trees, consider the "main bole" to be the piece with the largest diameter at the fork.
Characteristics for this fork such as length and decay class should pertain to the entire main bole. For
smaller forks, or branches connected to a main bole (even if the main bole is not a tally piece)
characteristics pertain only to that portion of the piece up to the point where it attaches to the main bole
(see Figure 11.6: CWD tally rules for forked trees).
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
pg.
170
.
Figure 11.6: CWD tally rules for forked trees
13. If a transect intersects a nonforest condition (e.g., a road), no CWD is tallied in the nonforest condition
UNLESS it is measurable nonforest land condition.
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
14. The entire piece is assigned to the condition class found at the point of intersection with the transect.
Note: Crews do not actually record a condition class for each piece; the PDR “assigns” the piece to a
condition class by comparing the recorded distance to the piece with the beginning and ending
distances recorded for each condition class boundary.
Figure 11.7: A transect and two logs that cross two condition classes
171
pg.
15.If a transect intersects a piece exactly on a condition class boundary (a rare situation), the entire piece
should be assigned to the condition class which contains the large end of the piece. Because the data
recorder actually does the ‘assignment’ by keeping track of the location of the piece in relation to each
condition class mapped along the transect, crews need to force the piece into the correct condition. This
is done by recording a value for the slope distance of the piece that is either 0.1-foot greater or less than
the slope distance of the condition class boundary (and intersection point). For example: Slope distance
to the point of intersection and the beginning condition class is 15 feet. The large end is in CC#2, so
record the CWD DIST as 15.1 feet. This forces the CWD piece into CC#2.
l
Figure 11.8: A transect that crosses a log at condition boundary
SUBSECTION 11.2.5 MARKING CWD
Marking CWD is optional. Marked CWD is an aid to future crews returning to the plot for a QA check or to
remeasure the plot at the next remeasurement period. Nails or crayons can be used to mark the location of
the point of intersection, if the piece is in decay class 1, 2, or 3. Position the nail on top of the piece, and if
possible, drive the nail into the piece so that about 1 inch of the nail is left exposed. Please see the section
on Transect Segmenting, for information on the required marking of the transect line.
SUBSECTION 11.2.6 RECORDING PROCEDURES FOR CWD
The tolerance for the total number of pieces (≥ 3 inches, transect diameter) tallied across all transects on
the plot is: +/- 2 piece or +/- 5 percent, whichever is greater for the plot.
Item 11.2.6.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
This is a generated code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates.
Item 11.2.6.2 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS ID (PFSL) [CWDID]
This is a 4-digit code, assigned by the PDR, to uniquely and permanently identify each piece of CWD on a
transect.
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1-9999
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
pg.
172
Item 11.2.6.3 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT]
Record the code indicating the azimuth of the transect on which the piece is sampled.
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
30
Transect extends 30 degrees from subplot center
150 Transect extends 150 degrees from subplot center
270 Transect extends 270 degrees from subplot center
Item 11.2.6.4 CWD SLOPE DISTANCE (PFSL) [SLOPDIST]
Record the code indicating the slope distance from the subplot center to the point where the transect
intersects the longitudinal center of the piece. If two or more pieces have the same slope distances, record
the top piece first. Measure and record to the nearest 0.1 feet. CWD SLOPE DISTANCE is an important
item because it will be used to assign the CWD piece to a condition class by comparing the recorded
distance to the piece with the recorded BEGINNING DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE to the condition
class boundary. CWD SLOPE DISTANCE is also used to locate the piece for QA and remeasurement in
future inventories.
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1.0 feet
Values: 00.1 to 99.9
Item 11.2.6.5 CWD DECAY CLASS (PFSL) [DECAYCD]
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
Record a 1-digit code indicating the decay class of the piece. Code the decay class which predominates
along the recorded CWD TOTAL LENGTH of the piece. Use the guide below to determine CWD DECAY
CLASS.
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Color of Invading Branches and Twigs
Values: Decay Structural Integrity Texture of Rotten
Class
1
2
3
4
5
Sound, freshly
fallen, intact logs
Portions
Wood
Intact, no rot; conks of Original
stem decay absent
color
Roots
Absent
If branches are
present, fine twigs
are still attached and
have tight bark
Sound
Mostly intact;
Original Absent If branches are
sapwood partly soft
color
present, many fine
(starting to decay) but
twigs are gone and
can’t be pulled apart
remaining fine twigs
by hand
have peeling bark
Heartwood sound; Hard, large pieces;
Reddish- Sapwood Branch stubs will not
piece supports its sapwood can be
brown or only
pull out
own weight
pulled apart by hand original
or sapwood absent
color
Heartwood rotten; Soft, small blocky
Reddish Through- Branch stubs pull out
piece does not
pieces; a metal pin
or light
out
support its own
can be pushed into
brown
weight, but
heartwood
maintains it shape
None, piece no
Soft; powdery when RedThrough- Branch stubs and
longer maintains its dry
brown to out
pitch pockets have
shape, it spreads
dark
usually rotted down
out on ground
brown
173
pg.
•
Note: CWD DECAY CLASS 5 pieces can be difficult to identify because they often blend into the duff
and litter layers. They must still resemble a log, therefore, the first tally rule is that they must be > 5.0
inches in diameter, > 5.0 inches from the surface of the ground, and at least 3.0 feet long. Decomposed
logs that are slightly elevated ‘humps’ on the ground are not tallied.
CWD DECAY CLASS: The chart above was developed primarily for Douglas-fir in the Pacific Northwest. At
the present time, there are no other charts available to use to describe decay classes for other species or
locations. Concentrate on the structural integrity and texture when estimating a decay class for CWD logs.
If a log is case hardened (hard, intact outer sapwood shell) but the heartwood is rotten, code this log as a
CWD DECAY CLASS 2 with a HOLLOW PIECE code of 1. CWD DECAY CLASS 1 should be reserved for
‘freshly fallen’ logs that are completely intact (i.e., recent windfalls, or harvest).
Item 11.2.6.6 SPECIES (PFSL) [SPCD]
Record the code indicating the SPECIES of the piece. SPECIES codes are the same as those used for tree
tally (see Appendix F, Tree Species List). Because CWD includes the tally of qualifying shrub boles, enter a
code of “001” for SPECIES if the tally piece is a shrub or vine.
Species identification may be uncertain for some pieces. The piece's bark (either attached or sloughed and
laying beside the piece), branching pattern (if the branches are still present), or heartwood smell
(particularly if cedars, Douglas-fir, or western hemlock) may provide clues. On remeasurement plots, see
what tree species were tallied in past inventories. One way to distinguish hardwoods from softwoods is by
the type of decay present. Hardwoods usually have a white or grayish stringy rot, while softwoods usually
have a reddish-brown blocky rot. If the piece is classified as CWD DECAY CLASS = 4 and it is not possible
to identify the species, attempt to determine if it is a softwood or hardwood; enter code 299 for unknown
conifer or code 998 for unknown hardwood. Note: Codes 299 and 998 are not valid when CWD DECAY
CLASS = 1, 2, or 3.
When collected: When CWD DECAY CLASS = 1, 2, 3 or 4: tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST
CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 299, 998, and codes listed on the Tree Species List (Appendix F)
SUBSECTION 11.2.7 DIAMETERS
The diameter is most commonly measured by holding a tape above the log, at a position perpendicular to
the length (Figure 11.9). It is useful to carry a steel carpenters retracting tape to measure diameters. Other
methods include wrapping a tape around the bole if possible, holding a straight-edge ruler above the piece,
or using calipers.
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
Figure 11.9: Diameter measurements
pg.
174
For pieces that are not round in cross-section because of missing chunks of wood or "settling" due to
decay, measure the diameter in two directions and take an average. Estimate the longest and shortest axis
of the cross-section ("A" and "B" in the diagram below), and enter the average in the diameter field. This
technique applies to intersect, small-end, and large-end diameters (see Figure 11.10).
Figure 11.10: How to measure the diameter of pieces that are not round in cross-section
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
If the transect intersects the log at the decayed or splintered end (i.e., the portion where it is not considered
part of the log because it is falling apart), record the diameter at this location as the intersect diameter, but
record the large end and small end diameter according to established rules (i.e., at the points where they
best represent the log volume). If the splintered end appears to be two separate pieces (i.e., a major split
located just at the end) treat it as one log and take a diameter around the end (take two measurements if it
is odd shaped). Length is measured between the large and small end diameters (Figure 11.11).
Figure 11.11: Measuring diameters on splintered logs
Item 11.2.7.1 DIAMETER AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (PFSL) [TRANSDIA]
Record the code indicating the piece's diameter at the point where the transect intersects the longitudinal
center of the piece. If the diameter is close to 3 inches, measure the diameter to the nearest 0.1 inch to
determine if the piece is actually > 3.0 inches and a valid tally piece. The diameter is recorded to the
nearest inch.
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors on whether or not a piece is to be tallied
Pieces < 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 3.0 inches
Pieces > 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 20 percent
Values: 003 to 200
175
pg.
Item 11.2.7.2 DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END (PFSL) [SMALLDIA]
Record the code indicating the diameter at the piece's small end. The diameter is recorded to the nearest
inch. The DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END occurs either at 1) the actual end of the piece, if the end has a
diameter > 3.0 inches, or 2) at the point where the piece tapers down to 3.0 inches in diameter. If the end is
splintered or decomposing (sloughing off), measure the diameter at the point where it best represents the
overall log volume. Use the same measuring procedures described for DIAMETER AT POINT OF
INTERSECTION (Item 11.2.7.1).
When collected: When CWD DECAY CLASS = 1, 2, 3 or 4: record in CONDITION CLASS STATUS =
1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Pieces < 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 2.0 inches
Pieces > 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 10 percent
Values: 003 to 200
Item 11.2.7.3 DIAMETER AT THE LARGE END (PFSL) [LARGEDIA]
Record the code indicating the diameter at the piece's large end. The diameter is recorded to the nearest
inch. The large end will occur either at a broken or sawn end, at a fracture, or at the root collar. If the end is
splintered or decomposing (sloughing off), measure the diameter at the point where it best represents the
overall log volume. Use the same measuring procedures used for DIAMETER AT POINT OF
INTERSECTION (Item 11.2.7.1).
When collected: When CWD DECAY CLASS = 1, 2, 3 or 4: record in CONDITION CLASS STATUS =
1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Pieces < 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 2.0 inches
Pieces > 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 15 percent
Values: 003 to 200
Item 11.2.7.4 CWD TOTAL LENGTH (PFSL) [LENGTH]
Record the code indicating the total length of the piece. CWD TOTAL LENGTH is the length of the piece
that lies between the piece's recorded DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END (Item 11.2.7.2) and DIAMETER
AT THE LARGE END (Item 11.2.7.3). For DECAY CLASS = 5, DIAMETER AT THE SMALL END and
DIAMETER AT THE LARGE END are not recorded for a log, therefore the length is measured between the
two physical ends of the log meeting the requirements for tally under point 4 of Subsection 11.2.4, Sampling
Methods for Coarse Woody Debris (CWD). For curved logs, measure along the curve. The minimum log
length is 3.0 feet before it is a valid tally log. CWD TOTAL LENGTH is recorded to the nearest foot.
Item 11.2.7.5 HOLLOW (PFSL) [HOLLOWCD]
Record the code indicating whether or not the piece is hollow (see Figure 11.12). A piece is considered
hollow if a cavity extends at least 2 feet along the central longitudinal axis of the piece, and the diameter of
the entrance to the cavity is at least 1/4 of the diameter of the piece where the entrance occurs. The
entrance occurs at the point where wood is present completely around the circumference of the cavity. The
length of the cavity begins at this point.
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: + / - 20 percent
Values: 003 to 250
pg.
176
Figure 11.12: Hollow log with cavity
When collected: When CWD DECAY CLASS = 1, 2, 3 or 4: record in CONDITION CLASS STATUS =
1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
Y
Does meet criteria for being a hollow log
N
Does not meet criteria for being a hollow log
Item 11.2.7.6 PERCENT OF LOG CHARRED BY FIRE (PNW) [CHRCD_PNWRS]
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
Record a 1-digit code that represents the percentage of the log’s surface area that has been charred by fire.
Only examine the visible surface of the log. This data will be used by wildlife biologists to determine the
impact fire has had on wildlife habitat. Wildlife tend to avoid charred logs because fire seals the wood
making it slow to rot and hard to excavate.
When collected: All tally pieces > 20 inches in DIAMETER AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION and
DECAY CLASS = 1, 2 or 3: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Code
Description
Values: Code Description
0 None of the log is charred by fire
1 Up to 1/3 of the log is charred by fire
2 1/3 to 2/3 of the log is charred by fire
3 2/3 or more of the log is charred by fire
Item 11.2.7.7 CWD HISTORY (PFSL) [CWDHSTCD]
Record the code that indicates whether or not the piece of CWD is on the ground as a result of harvesting
operations or as a result of natural circumstances. One objective of this Item is to identify those pieces that
are considered logging residue. If the piece appears to have fallen to the ground as a result of natural
causes such as decomposition or windfall, enter a code of 1. This category would include blown out tops,
snapped off boles, wind-fallen trees on clearcut edges, and trees that basically collapsed and fell over due
to decomposition.
If the piece is on the ground as a result of recent (since last annual remeasurement; if the plot is new, the
time between the panel remeasurements) harvesting activity, either because the tree was cut down with a
chainsaw (or other device) or pushed over by harvesting equipment (bulldozer), enter a code of 2. A code
of 2 would be considered logging residue (usually you are in the middle of a recent clearcut).
If the piece is on the ground as a result of older (more than 15 years) harvesting activity, enter a code of 3.
This would be a situation where you tally an old decomposing log that has a sawn end – if it appears that
the log was cut and left on site, then enter a code of “3”.
177
pg.
If a piece is on the ground as a result of incidental harvest (such as a standing tree was cut for firewood or
small clearing), enter a code of “4”. Incidental harvest involves a few trees and is not a part of a major
organized harvesting operation.
If the crew cannot decide the history of the CWD log, classify it as “unknown”, and record code of “5”.
When collected: When CWD DECAY CLASS = 1, 2, 3 or 4: record in CONDITION CLASS STATUS =
1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE =
501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
1
CWD piece is on the ground as a result of natural causes
2
CWD piece is on the ground as a result of major recent harvest activity
(≤15 years old)
3
CWD piece is on the ground as a result of older harvest activity (>15 years
old)
4
CWD piece is on the ground as a result of an incidental harvest (such as
firewood cutting)
5
Exact reason unknown
Item 11.2.7.8 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with a piece of CWD.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 40 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
SUBSECTION 11.2.8 SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD)
1. Fine woody debris is only sampled in accessible forest conditions and measurable nonforest conditions
intersected by the transect. The length of FWD transects are measured in slope distance – no correction
is applied to obtain a horizontal distance. The FWD transects start at 14 feet (slope distance) and extend
for 6 or 10 feet (slope distance). Estimates of FWD biomass calculated in the office, will include a slope
correction factor obtained from the transect segmenting data on the subplot.
2. Only sample FWD that intersects the transect from the ground to a height of 6 feet.
3. FWD is sampled in three size classes, on the 150-degree azimuth transect. Two of the FWD size
classes (0.01 to 0.24 inches and 0.25 to 0.9 inches) are counted on a 6-foot transect, from 14 to 20 feet.
Pieces in the third size class (1.0 to 2.9 inches) are counted on a 10-foot transect, from 14 to 24 feet
(see Subsection 11.2.2, FWD Transects, for details on transects). These transects overlap. Note:
Individual diameters are not recorded for FWD.
5. Accumulate the number of pieces counted within each size class and enter the total count on one record
for the subplot (unless there are >1 condition classes, in which case keep separate tallies for each
condition class). If there is no tally on a transect, enter zeros for the count. Count only what can be seen
from a “bird’s-eye view”; do not dig under any litter or debris to count pieces not normally seen.
6. Accurate counts of FWD can be conducted efficiently up to about 50 pieces for small and medium size
classes, and up to 20 pieces for the large size class. After that, crews can begin estimating counts in a
systematic fashion. Transects that fall on very dense FWD where counting is nearly impossible, can be
subsampled and calculated. For example, an accurate count can be conducted on a 2-foot section of
the transect and then multiplied by 3 to provide an estimate for the 6-foot transect, as long as the crew
feels that the remaining transect has a similar density of FWD pieces.
7. If a transect intersects a large pile of material such as a wood rat’s nest or a recently fallen tree (with
many attached fine branches), crews should estimate a count based on #6 above, but also enter a code
indicating that this is an unusual situation (see HIGH COUNT REASON below).
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
4. Only count a piece of FWD if it intersects the transect, and if the twig, branch, wood fragment (splinters),
or shrub/tree bole are woody. Do not count conifer needles or non-woody parts of a tree or shrub. Do not
count rotted pieces of a larger log.
pg.
178
8. If rocks, logs, or other obstructions are present along the transect (14 to 24 foot section) include any
FWD that is present on top of these obstructions in the respective FWD counts. If the obstructions are so
large that the top surface cannot be seen (i.e., a huge boulder), assume the count is zero in this area,
and continue counting if the transect line continues beyond the boulder.
9. If a residue pile intersects the FWD transect at any point along the 14 to 24 foot section, do not
measure FWD on this transect. Determining the exact boundaries of the pile, and how they relate to
the exact point on the transect line, is too subjective of a process. To identify this situation, use code 1 in
RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT which indicates that a residue pile has intersected the transect line.
10.If a transect crosses a condition class boundary, record the condition class number and enter a count for
each condition on separate records. Transect lengths within each condition class will be obtained from
the transect segmenting data entered for the subplot.
Item 11.2.8.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
This is a generated code indicating the subplot center from which the transect originates.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code
Subplot
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 11.2.8.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT]
This code is generated by the PDR when the FWD record is opened.
Section 11.2: Locating and Establishing Line Transects
When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
150 Transect extends 150 degrees from subplot center
Item 11.2.8.3 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PFSL) [CONDID]
Record the code indicating the number of the condition class that pertains to the FWD count.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 11.2.8.4 SMALL FWD COUNT (PFSL) [SMALLCT]
Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (0.01 to 0.24 inch diameter) along the transect
segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 50 pieces. If the count exceeds 50, the transect can
be subsampled to estimate a total count for the transect segment.
When collected: When TRANSECT = 150 and RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 0: record in
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-69
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: 0 to 50
+/- 20 percent of the total count for the transect
51 to 100 +/- 25 percent of the total count for the transect
100+
+/- 50 percent of the total count for the transect [if SLOPE PERCENT >
0]
Values: 000 to 999
179
pg.
Item 11.2.8.5 MEDIUM FWD COUNT (PFSL) [MEDIUMCT]
Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (0.25 to 0.9 inch diameter) along the transect
segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 50 pieces. If the count exceeds 50, the transect can
be subsampled to estimate a total count for the transect segment.
When collected: When TRANSECT = 150 and RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 0: record in
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent of the total count for the transect
Values: 000 to 999
Item 11.2.8.6 LARGE FWD COUNT (PFSL) [LARGECT]
Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (1.0 to 2.9 inch diameter) along the transect
segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 20 pieces. If the count exceeds 20, the transect can
be subsampled to estimate a total count for the transect segment.
When collected: When TRANSECT = 150 and RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 0: record in
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent of the total count for the transect
Values: 000 to 500
Item 11.2.8.7 HIGH COUNT REASON (PFSL) [RSNCTCD]
Enter the appropriate code when the count on a transect exceeds 100 pieces.
When collected: When any count on the transect >100: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
0
FWD is not unusually high
1
High count is due to an overall high density of FWD across the transect
2
Wood Rat’s nest located on transect
3
Tree or shrub laying across transect
4
Other reason
Item 11.2.8.8 RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT (PFSL) [PILESCD]
Enter a code that indicates whether a residue pile intersects the FWD transect segment. The default is
always 0; crews will enter a 1 if the situation is encountered on the transect.
Item 11.2.8.9 FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with a piece of FWD.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: All FWD transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
0
There is no residue pile on the transect
1
There is a residue pile on the transect
pg.
180
SECTION 11.3 DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED DEPTH MEASUREMENTS
Depth measurements are sampled in accessible forest land conditions. The depth of the duff layer, litter
layer, and overall fuelbed are important components of fire models used to estimate fire behavior, fire
spread, fire effects, and smoke production. These measurements are taken at the 24-foot location on each
transect. Mark the location where depth measurements are taken with a small piece of flagging. An average
depth will be calculated in the office and stored with other information about the condition class on the plot.
If a residue pile, log, rock, or other obstruction intersects the transect at the 24-foot location, DO NOT
measure the duff or litter depth. But, DO measure the fuelbed depth if the obstruction is a log or residue
pile.
SUBSECTION 11.3.1 DEFINITIONS
1. Litter is the layer of freshly fallen leaves, needles, twigs (less than 0.25 inches in diameter), cones,
detached bark chunks, dead moss, dead lichens, detached small chunks of rotted wood, dead
herbaceous stems and flower parts (detached and not upright). Litter is the loose plant material found on
the top surface of the forest floor. Little decomposition has begun in this layer.
Litter is flash fuel – so think about it as the loose material that is exposed to the air, capable of igniting
quickly and carrying a fire across the surface of the forest floor.
Litter does not include bark that is still attached to a down log, or rotten chunks of wood that are still
inside a decaying log or log end (i.e., if a decayed log end has a lot of rotten cubes or pieces laying on a
log surface and exposed to air, they are considered part of the log and not litter – fire would burn
differently if it hit a pile of rotten punky wood chips, cradled by the unrotted sapwood shell). If these
rotten chunks have spilled out to the ground and are actually on the ground surface, then they would be
included in the litter layer.
Litter does not include animal manure.
Litter is the material that can be seen on the surface of the forest floor; it does not include litter
underneath a log or other obstruction.
Section 11.3: Duff, Litter, and Fuelbed Depth Measurements
2. Duff is the layer just below litter. It consists of decomposing leaves and other organic material. You
should see no recognizable plant parts, the duff layer is usually dark decomposed organic matter. When
moss is present, the top of the duff layer is just below the green portion of the moss. The bottom of this
layer is the point where mineral soil (A horizon) begins.
3. The fuelbed is the accumulated mass of dead, woody material on the surface of the forest floor. It begins
at the top of the duff layer, and includes litter, FWD, CWD, and entirely dead woody shrubs. In this
definition, the fuelbed does not include dead hanging branches from standing trees or standing dead
seedlings or saplings.
SUBSECTION 11.3.2 OVERVIEW OF MEASUREMENTS
Depth measurements will be taken at the 24-foot (slope distance) location on each transect. If a log, rock,
or other obstruction occurs at the sample location, do not measure duff or litter depth, regardless of what is
on top of the obstruction. However, if the obstruction is a log, proceed with the fuelbed depth estimate.
The DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED SAMPLE variable has three options for indicating if duff, litter, and/or
fuelbed were measured at each sample location. The default value for this variable is 1, indicating that all
three variables were measured (duff, litter, and fuelbed). A value of 0 is entered if duff and litter were not
sampled (obstruction), but fuelbed was sampled. A value of 2 is entered if none of the three (duff, litter, and
the fuelbed) were sampled (i.e., submerged part of plot).
SUBSECTION 11.3.3 DUFF AND LITTER
The duff layer is the organic material layer between the A-horizon (or uppermost soil mineral horizon) and
the litter layer. The duff is a soil layer dominated by organic material derived from the decomposition of plant
and animal litter (pine straw, leaves, twigs, etc.) and deposited on either an organic or a mineral surface.
This layer is distinguished from the litter layer in that the original organic material has undergone sufficient
decomposition that the source of this material (e.g., individual plant parts) can no longer be identified. Litter
is defined as undecomposed or only partially decomposed organic material that can be readily identified
(e.g., plant leaves, twigs, etc.). As a general rule, duff depth should rarely exceed a few inches. Crews
181
pg.
should be absolutely sure they are measuring deep duff depths, instead of mineral soil layers or parts of the
litter layer. Duff can easily weigh more than 6 times that of litter. If unsure of the bottom of the duff layer,
crews should feel the texture of the suspect material in their hand. Mineral soil usually feels cooler to the
touch. Rub the soil between your fingers. Does it crumble (duff) or feel more like modeling clay (mineral).
Carefully expose a shallow profile of the forest floor by digging out an area at the sample point using a
knife, hatchet, or other tool. Estimate the depth of each layer with a ruler to the nearest tenth of an inch. If
there is a log, rock, or other obstruction on the surface at the sample point, do not measure the litter or duff
depth (record DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED SAMPLE = 0 or 2, depending if fuelbed can be sampled. As
you dig the hole for this measurement, if you encounter a rock, root, or buried log – stop the depth
measurement at this point.
The height of the litter should be measured at the top of the loose material located at the sample point on
the transect. Try to preserve the conditions of this location by walking around this point, so the QA staff will
measure the same height as the original crew.
SUBSECTION 11.3.4 FUELBED
Measure the height of the fuelbed from the top of the duff layer (just below the litter) to the highest piece of
woody debris found at the transect point. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot. If a rock or other obstruction
occurs at the 24.0 foot sample location, do not measure fuelbed depth. Logs are not considered an
obstruction to Fuelbed measurements. Stumps less than 4.5 feet tall ARE considered to be an obstruction
to fuelbed measurements and DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED SAMPLE (Item 11.3.4.3) are to be recorded
as code 2 (Nothing sampled; duff, litter, fuelbed are not sampled).
Item 11.3.4.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
Generated code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates.
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 4
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 11.3.4.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT]
Record the code indicating the azimuth of the transect.
Item 11.3.4.3 DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED SAMPLE (PFSL) [SMPLDCD]
Record the code indicating if the depth of the duff and litter layer was measured.
When collected: At 24.0 feet on each transect: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
0
Duff and litter depth not sampled; Fuelbed is sampled
1
All sampled; Duff, litter, and fuelbed
2
Nothing sampled; Duff, litter, fuelbed are not sampled
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: All tally segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 030 Transect extends 30 degrees from subplot center
150 Transect extends 150 degrees from subplot center
270 Transect extends 270 degrees from subplot center
pg.
182
Item 11.3.4.4 DUFF DEPTH (PFSL) [DUFFDEP]
Record the code indicating the depth of the duff layer to the nearest tenth of an inch.
When collected: At 24.0 feet on each transect: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.5 inch
Values: 00.0 to 99.9 inches
Item 11.3.4.5 LITTER DEPTH (PFSL) [LITTDEP]
Record the code indicating the depth of the litter layer to the nearest tenth of an inch.
When collected: At 24.0 feet on each transect: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.5 inch
Values: 00.0 to 99.9 inches
Item 11.3.4.6 FUELBED DEPTH (PFSL) [FUELDEP]
Record the code indicating the depth of the fuelbed layer, to the nearest tenth of a foot. If the fuelbed depth
is greater than zero and less than or equal to a tenth of a foot, enter one tenth of a foot. In this situation,
finer depth resolution will be obtained from the duff and litter measurements.
When collected: At 24.0 feet on each transect: in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent
Values: 00.0 to 99.9 feet
Item 11.3.4.7 DUFF, LITTER, FUELBED NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Section 11.3: Duff, Litter, and Fuelbed Depth Measurements
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the DUFF, LITTER, or
FUELBED measurements.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
SUBSECTION 11.3.5 FUEL LOADING ON THE MICROPLOT
Another component of the total fuel loading on a plot is the biomass of live and dead understory material.
The 6.8-foot radius microplot will be used to estimate percentage of cover and height of live and dead
shrubs, live and dead herbs (includes grasses) and litter. Fuel loading is estimated for accessible forest
land condition classes on the microplot. Additionally, fuel loading is also estimated for measurable nonforest
land condition classes on the microplot. Enter one value for all forested conditions combined. The sum of
all individual covers (e.g., live shrubs, dead herbs, etc.) may exceed 100 percent.
Shrubs are plants with woody stems, including woody vines. Herbs are non-woody herbaceous plants, but
also include ferns, mosses, lichens, sedges, and grasses. Although many forbs and grasses will die by the
end of the growing season, an estimate of live and dead biomass on a given date will help fire modelers
predict the phenology of herbaceous material during the year, allowing them to estimate fire danger
patterns across the landscape.
Percentage of cover is estimated for each of the five fuel categories (live shrubs, dead shrubs, live herbs,
dead herbs, and litter) in 10-percent classes for the accessible forest land and measurable nonforest land
conditions on the microplot.
183
pg.
For live fuels, estimate the percent of the microplot area that is covered by live plant material. Include whole
plants that are entirely green (or alive) and the live branches on plants that are a mixture of live and dead
plant parts. Include live branches or leaves that extend into the microplot area from a plant that is actually
rooted outside of the microplot. Do not include herbaceous material above six feet (i.e., moss, ferns,
lichens, epiphytes that are growing in tree branches above six feet).
For dead fuels, estimate the percentage of cover using the same procedures as live fuels, but include
plants that are entirely dead and branches or leaves that are dead but still attached to a live plant. Dead
plant material must be clearly visible. Do not include dead material that has fallen to the ground. Cover
estimates are made by visualizing an outline around the dead material (with all ‘air’ space included) and
accumulating this across the microplot area.
An estimate of the total height of the shrub and herbaceous layers is also needed to calculate biomass and
fuel loadings. Record a height estimate for each fuel category, except litter. Height is estimated for the
tallest shrub on the microplot.
Microplot Cover Estimation Guide (Hint: 8.5” x 11” = about 0.5 percent coverage)
Percent
1
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Area
(square feet)
1.45
14.52
29.04
43.56
58.08
72.60
87.12
101.64
116.16
130.68
145.2
Radius
(feet)
0.68
2.15
3.04
3.72
4.30
4.81
5.27
5.69
6.08
6.45
6.80
Square
(feet)
1.20
3.81
5.39
6.60
7.62
8.52
9.33
10.08
10.78
11.43
12.05
Item 11.3.5.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
This is a generated code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Subplot
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
pg.
184
Item 11.3.5.2 LIVE SHRUB PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LVSHRBCD]
Record the code for the cover class that indicates the percent cover of the forested microplot area covered
with live shrubs.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Absent
Values:
00
01
10
20
30
..
90
99
Trace (<1 percent cover)
1-10 percent
11-20 percent
21-30 percent
........
81-90 percent
91-100 percent
Item 11.3.5.3 LIVE SHRUB HEIGHT (PFSL) [LVSHRBHT]
Record the code indicating the height of the tallest shrub to the nearest tenth of a foot. Measure heights
less than 6 feet and estimate heights greater than or equal to 6 feet.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.5 feet
Values: 00.0 to 99.9
Item 11.3.5.4 DEAD SHRUB PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [DSHRBCD]
Section 11.3: Duff, Litter, and Fuelbed Depth Measurements
Record the code for the cover class that indicates the percent cover of the forested microplot area covered
with dead shrubs and dead branches attached to live shrubs if visible from above.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Absent
Values:
00
01
Trace (<1 percent cover)
10
1-10 percent
20
11-20 percent
30
21-30 percent
..
........
90
81-90 percent
99
91-100 percent
Item 11.3.5.5 DEAD SHRUB HEIGHT (PFSL) [DSHRBHT]
Record the code indicating the height of the tallest dead shrub to the nearest tenth of a foot. Measure
heights less than 6 feet and estimate heights greater than or equal to 6 feet.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 4 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.5 feet
Values: 00.0 to 99.9
185
pg.
Item 11.3.5.6 LIVE HERBS PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LVHRBCD]
Record the code for the cover class that indicates the percent cover of the forested microplot area covered
with live herbaceous plants.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Absent
Values:
00
01
Trace (<1 percent cover)
10
1-10 percent
20
11-20 percent
30
21-30 percent
..
........
90
81-90 percent
99
91-100 percent
Item 11.3.5.7 LIVE HERBS HEIGHT (PFSL) [LVHRBHT]
Record the code indicating the height (at the tallest point) of the live herbaceous layer to the nearest tenth
of a foot. Maximum height is 6 feet.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.2 feet
Values: 0.0 to 6.0
Item 11.3.5.8 DEAD HERBS PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [DHRBCD]
Record the code for the cover class that indicates the percent cover of the forested microplot area covered
with dead herbaceous plants and dead leaves attached to live plants if visible from above.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Absent
Values:
00
Trace (<1 percent cover)
1-10 percent
11-20 percent
21-30 percent
........
81-90 percent
91-100 percent
Item 11.3.5.9 DEAD HERBS HEIGHT (PFSL) [DHRBHT]
Record the code indicating the height (at the tallest point) of the dead herbaceous layer to the nearest tenth
of a foot. Maximum height is 6 feet.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 0.2 feet
Values: 0.0 to 6.0
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
01
10
20
30
..
90
99
pg.
186
Item 11.3.5.10 LITTER PERCENT COVER (PFSL) [LITTERCD]
Record the code for the cover class that indicates the percent cover of the forested microplot area covered
with litter. Litter is the layer of freshly fallen leaves, twigs, dead moss, dead lichens, and other fine particles
of organic matter found on the surface of the forest floor. Decomposition is minimal.
When collected: All microplots with at least one CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 1 class
Absent
Values:
00
01
10
20
30
..
90
99
Trace (<1 percent cover)
1-10 percent
11-20 percent
21-30 percent
........
81-90 percent
91-100 percent
Item 11.3.5.11 FUEL LOADING NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the fuel loading
measurements.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
Section 11.4: Sampling Residue Piles within the 58.9-Foot Macroplot
SECTION 11.4 SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES WITHIN THE 58.9-FOOT MACROPLOT
The line transect method is not practical when sampling CWD within piles and windrows. Piles and
windrows will be located and sampled on the 58.9-foot macroplot, regardless of whether they intersect a
transect.
Piles and windrows created directly by human activity and log piles at the bottom of steep-sided ravines in
which individual pieces are impossible to tally separately, are more efficiently sampled by using the
following instructions. However, loose CWD in piles created by wind throw, landslides, fires, and other
natural causes should be tallied using line transects (if this material intersects the established transects on
the subplot) unless it is physically impossible to measure the pieces in the natural pile.
SUBSECTION 11.4.1 SELECTION INSTRUCTIONS
For a pile to be tallied on a subplot that contains forest land, all of the following criteria must be met:
•
The pile's center must be within 58.9 horizontal feet of subplot center
•
The pile's center must be in an accessible forest land condition class or measurable nonforest land
condition class
•
The pile contains pieces of CWD greater than or equal to 3 inches that would be impossible to tally
separately
Use the PILE DENSITY variable to estimate the percent of the pile that contains woody material greater
than or equal to 3 inches. The pile is assigned to the condition class in which the pile center lies.
Apply the following steps to determine the center of a pile or windrow:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Determine the longest axis of a pile.
Determine the midpoint of this axis.
Project a line through this midpoint that is perpendicular to the axis determined in step 1.
Determine the midpoint of the segment of this projected line that crosses the pile.
This is the center of the pile.
187
pg.
Piles that cross the 58.9-foot fixed-radius macroplot boundary: If the center of a pile is within 58.9
horizontal feet of subplot center, tally the pile, recording the dimensions of the entire pile even if part of the
pile is beyond 58.9 feet. If the center of a pile is more than 58.9 horizontal feet of subplot center, do not tally
the pile or any portion of the pile (see Figure 11.13).
Figure 11.13: A residue pile that crosses the 58.9-foot macroplot boundary.
Item 11.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
This is a generated code indicating the SUBPLOT NUMBER of the subplot the residue pile is on. Refer to
Item 11.2.8.8 (RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT) for more information about residue piles.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code
Description
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest
Assign a unique number to identify each pile present on the subplot/macroplot. PILE NUMBERs should be
assigned sequentially, beginning with “1” for the first pile encountered.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 01 to 99
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
Item 11.4.1.2 PILE NUMBER (PFSL) [PILE]
pg.
188
Item 11.4.1.3 CONDITION CLASS (PFSL) [CONDID]
Record the code indicating the number of the condition class to which the pile is assigned. Use the same
code used for CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (Item 5.5.1.1).
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 9
Item 11.4.1.4 PILE AZIMUTH (PFSL) [AZIMUTH]
Record the code indicating the azimuth from the subplot center to the pile center so that it can be relocated.
Record 000 for subplots on which no piles are tallied. Use 360 for north.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees
Values: 000 to 360
Item 11.4.1.5 PILE SHAPE (PFSL) [SHAPECD]
Section 11.4: Sampling Residue Piles within the 58.9-Foot Macroplot
Record the code indicating the shape of the pile. Determine which of the four shapes diagrammed below
most resembles the pile and record the dimensions. Pile dimensions should be ocularly smoothed out when
making estimates. Average the unevenness of protruding pieces.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1 to 4 (see diagram below):
Item 11.4.1.6 PILE LENGTH 1 (PFSL) [LENGTH1]
Record the code indicating the length of the sides of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE LENGTH 1
may often equal PILE LENGTH 2.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 2, 3, or 4, and:
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001 to 999
189
pg.
Item 11.4.1.7 PILE LENGTH 2 (PFSL) [LENGTH2]
Record the code indicating the length of the sides of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE LENGTH 1
may often equal PILE LENGTH 2.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 4, and: CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001 to 999
Item 11.4.1.8 PILE WIDTH 1 (PFSL) [WIDTH1]
Record the code indicating the width of the sides of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE WIDTH 1
may often equal PILE WIDTH 2.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 1, 2, 3, 4, and:
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001 to 999
Item 11.4.1.9 PILE WIDTH 2 (PFSL) [WIDTH2]
Record the code indicating the width of the sides of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE WIDTH 1
may often equal PILE WIDTH 2.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 3 or 4, and: CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 001 to 999
Item 11.4.1.10 PILE HEIGHT 1 (PFSL) [HEIGHT1]
Record the code indicating the height of either end of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE HEIGHT 1
may often equal PILE HEIGHT 2.
Item 11.4.1.11 PILE HEIGHT 2 (PFSL) [HEIGHT2
Record the code indicating the height of either end of the pile. Estimate to the nearest foot. PILE HEIGHT 1
may often equal PILE HEIGHT 2.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 3 or 4, and: CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 01 to 99
Chapter 11: Down Woody Materials
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1, PILE SHAPE = 1, 2, 3, 4, and:
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and
ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 10 percent
Values: 01 to 99
pg.
190
Item 11.4.1.12 PILE DENSITY (PFSL) [DENSITY]
Record the code estimating the percent of the pile that consists of wood. Visualize the shape of the pile you
selected in Item 4, and factor air, soil, rock, plants out of the estimate. A good rule of thumb is to recognize
that pile densities rarely exceed 40 percent. Nicely stacked cordwood is only considered 50-60 percent.
Estimate to the nearest 10 percent.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent
Values:
00
Absent
01
Trace (< 1 percent cover)
10
1 – 10 percent
20
11-20 percent
30
21-30 percent
..
..
90
81-90 percent
99
91-100 percent
Item 11.4.1.13 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO PILE (PNW) [HORIZDIST_PNWRS]
Section 11.4: Sampling Residue Piles within the 58.9-Foot Macroplot
Record the horizontal distance from subplot center to the center of the residue pile for piles recorded on
macroplots. Estimate to the nearest foot. The Horizontal distance recorded for each pile must reflect the
size radius plot the pile actually occurs in. For example: a pile at 24 feet has a distance tolerance of +/- 1
foot, but its distance must be recorded as less than 24 or the recorded distance is incorrect.
When collected: When RESIDUE PILE ON TRANSECT = 1 and: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1,
or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501
- 699
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: Subplot: +/- 1 foot
Macroplot: +/- 10 feet
Values: 00 to 59
Item 11.4.1.14 RESIDUE PILE NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the residue pile
measurements.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
191
pg.
CHAPTER 12 VEGETATION PROFILE
Information on the abundance, structure, and species composition of understory plant communities has
many uses. These data are used to evaluate wildlife habitat suitability, forage availability, grazing potential,
species richness and abundance, fire hazard, abundance of non-timber forest products, and potential site
productivity. The data also support identification of plant community types (“associations”), which allows
users to predict plot characteristics not actually measured by FIA. Accurately representing the species
present on a site and their change in abundance in response to forest development, disturbance, or
management is therefore important to a wide variety of users.
SECTION 12.1 VEGETATION SAMPLING
With the installation of the national FIA plot design on all lands, vegetation will be measured on each 24-foot
radius subplot on which accessible forest land condition classes make up 50 percent or more of the subplot
(Census water, noncensus water, and nonsampled condition classes are considered not accessible).
Vegetation on Region 5 (R5) and Region 6 (R6) Forest Service administered lands (ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699) will be measured when accessible forest land and measurable nonforest land
condition classes make up 50 percent or more of the subplot. It is important to measure the vegetation
before plants are trampled in the course of installing the rest of the plot. Vegetation plots were collected in
previous inventories at different locations around the center of the old 5-point plots. For revisited plots,
species records from the previous inventory may be useful for species identification.
Vegetation will be assessed over the entire subplot area, regardless of the presence of two or more
condition classes or nonforest inclusions. If vegetation on inaccessible condition classes cannot be
examined closely (e.g., hazardous or denied access areas), estimate vegetation on those areas from the
best vantage points available. All covers are expressed as the proportion of the entire subplot, regardless of
the portion of the subplot that is actually measured. All vegetation and plant parts that are or were alive (i.e.,
senesced) during the current growing season are included in cover estimates (e.g., brown bracken fern in
late summer is counted, live buds on vine maple in late fall are used to estimate crown).
Species are classified in two ways: first by “lifeform group” and second by “growth habit”. Lifeform is a
categorical descriptor assigned to a species and represents its physical potential in an ecosystem. Within
each lifeform a species may display different growth habits caused by environmental conditions and stages
of development. For example, the lifeform of dwarf Oregon grape (Mahonia nervosa, MANE2) is always a
“shrub” – meaning the code is entered in the shrub profile in the Vegetation Profile data. The code MANE2
will be invalid if entered into any other lifeform. Conversely, Mahonia nervosa can be classified as a shrub
or subshrub for growth habit (PLANTS 2000). The plant species books produced by FIA identify which
lifeform each species belongs to; field crews assign growth habits based on their observations on plot.
SUBSECTION 12.1.1 SPECIES RECORDS
Tree species are listed in Appendix F, and for these species, cover is estimated only for trees less than one
inch DBH/DRC and greater than or equal to half a foot in length for conifers or a foot in length for
hardwoods. All other species (non-trees) are recorded using cover estimates, regardless of their diameter
or height.
Chapter 12: Vegetation Profile
Individual records are entered for vascular plant species and species groups on each subplot. Mosses and
lichens are not measured. The three most abundant species of each tree, shrub, forb, and graminoid
lifeform group, and any additional species with cover greater than or equal to 3 percent, are recorded
individually. Each record is identified by growth habit, species name, height, and cover. For tree species,
only tally tree species seedlings (Appendix F, Tree Species List) are included in the vegetation cover
estimates (i.e., less than one inch DBH/DRC and greater than or equal to half a foot in length for conifers or
a foot in length for hardwoods). For graminoids, plants can be lumped into annual or perennial groups if
they don’t occur on the R6 indicator list and their species or genus is not known. Any additional species
within a lifeform collectively having cover greater than or equal to 3 percent, but which individually have
cover less than 3 percent, are recorded with the corresponding “grouped species code” (see Item 12.1.1.3,
SPECIES), and overall cover and height is estimated. On R6 Forest Service administered lands only (i.e.,
not on R5 FS administered lands), any additional species on the indicator list are also recorded by species
regardless of abundance. Some species only require identification to the genus level and are listed on the
genus list. Note: Prior to 2010, invasive species (“weeds”) on R5 FS administered lands were recorded in
the vegetation profile; a separate chapter is now dedicated to invasive species in R5 (see Chapter 13,
Invasive Plant Species).
192
pg.
Item 12.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
This is a generated code indicating the subplot number.
When collected: All subplots when accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot; or when measurable nonforest land
condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699) and forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot.
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code
Description
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 12.1.1.2 SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (PNW) [GROW_HAB_CD]
Each individual species record is assigned a growth habit based on field observation. If a species has more
than one growth habit on the subplot and does not have enough cover to be split into two separate height
groups (see Item 12.1.1.5, SPECIES HEIGHT, for height definitions), only record the predominant growth
habit on the subplot for the species. Do not split species records on the sole basis of differences in growth
habit. Species combined into lifeform groups do not get a growth habit code. Valid growth habit codes for
the FIA inventory are derived from the PLANTS database (USDA, NRCS. 2000. The PLANTS database
[http://plants.usda.gov/plants]. National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA 70874-4490) and are listed
below.
Note: When assessing the most abundant species in each lifeform group, woody vines are assigned to the
shrub lifeform group, and species with a subshrub growth habit can be assigned to either the forb or the
shrub lifeform group.
Section 12.1: Vegetation Sampling
When collected: All subplots when accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot; or when measurable nonforest land
condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699) and forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot. Species combined into lifeform
groups are not assigned a growth habit code.
Field width: 2 letters
Tolerance: No errors
193
pg.
Values: Growth Habit Description
Code
FB
GR
SH
SS
VI
TR
UN
PLANTS Definition
Forb/Herb Vascular plant without significant woody tissue
Lifeform
Group
Assignment
Forb
above or at the ground. Forbs and herbs may be
annual, biennial, or perennial but always lack
significant thickening by secondary woody
growth and have perennating buds occurring at
or below the ground surface. Federal
Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) definition
includes graminoids, forbs, and ferns; in
PLANTS, graminoids are separated.
Graminoid Grass or grass-like plant, including grasses
Graminoid
(Poaceae), sedges (Cyperaceae), rushes
(Juncaceae), arrow-grasses (Juncaginaceae),
and quillworts (Isoetes). An herb in the FGDC
classification.
Perennial, multi-stemmed woody plant usually
Shrub
Shrub
less than 13 to 16 feet in height. Shrubs typically
have several stems arising from or near the
ground, but may be taller than 16 feet or singlestemmed under certain environmental
conditions. Includes succulents (e.g., cacti).
Subshrub Low-growing shrub usually under 1.5 feet tall
Shrub or
(never exceeding 3 feet tall) at maturity. A dwarfForb
shrub in the FGDC classification. Includes
succulents (e.g., cacti).
Twining/climbing plant with relatively long
Vine
Shrub
stems, can be woody or herbaceous. FGDC
classification considers woody vines to be
shrubs and herbaceous vines to be herbs.
Perennial, woody plant with a single stem
Tree
Tree
(trunk), normally greater than 13 to 16 feet in
height; under certain environmental conditions,
some tree species may develop a multistemmed or short growth form (less than 13 feet
in height).
Unknown Growth form is unknown.
Item 12.1.1.3 SPECIES (PNW) [VEG_FLD_SPCD]
Each SPECIES record must have a SPECIES code recorded. Valid SPECIES codes are listed in the FIA
plant guide, which is derived from the PLANTS database (USDA, NRCS. 2000. The PLANTS database
[http://plants.usda.gov/plants]. National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA 70874-4490). If you cannot
identify a species while in the field, collect a specimen for later identification see Section 12.2, Collection
and Identification of Unknown Plants. If the species of the plant cannot be identified, record the code for its
genus if possible. If not, record one of the following generic codes:
Lifeform
Trees
Shrubs
Forbs (and ferns)
Annual grasses
Perennial grasses
Grouped Species Code
TREES
SHRUBS
FORBS
AAGGS
PPGGS
If another species of the same life form cannot be identified, it is labeled with the lifeform followed by the
number “2” (SHRUB2, FORB2, etc.). Up to five unknowns of each lifeform may be recorded.
Note: Unknown tree species is not an option (but a genus record using the correct PLANTS code is
acceptable in rare instances).
Chapter 12: Vegetation Profile
Unknown Species Code
--SHRUB1
FORB1
AAGG1
PPGG1
194
pg.
•
Genus list: Some plants, when not present on the indicator or weed lists, require identification only
to the genus level.
Group
Graminoids
Graminoids
Forbs
Forbs
Forbs
Forbs
Forbs
Forbs
Forbs
Genus
Carex
Juncus
Allium
Astragalus
Castilleja
Cirsium
Erigeron
Lupinus
Trifolium
PLANTS Code
CAREX
JUNCU
ALLIU
ASTRA
CASTI2
CIRSI
ERIGE2
LUPIN
TRIFO
A “grouped species code” is entered when, in addition to the most abundant and over 3-percent cover
species listed individually, a group of trees, shrubs, forbs, annual grasses, or perennial grasses covers 3 or
more percent on a subplot. Example: Six species of forbs are present: one species covers 10 percent, and
the other five species each cover 1 percent. Four records are entered: one record each for the three most
abundant species (the one at 10 percent plus the next two most abundant with 1 percent) and a fourth
generic FORBS record for the other three species which collectively cover 3 percent. On R6 Forest Service
administered lands, indicator list species should never be grouped, but those plants not on the list may be
combined and entered as a single grouped species code (e.g., “FORBS”).
On R6 Forest Service administered lands, record SPECIES, SPECIES HEIGHT, and SPECIES COVER for
any species encountered on the R6 Indicator List in Washington and Oregon regardless of percentage of
cover. Plant indicator and weed species lists for R6 can be found in Appendix A (Plots on Forest Service
Lands).
When collected: All subplots when accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot; or when measurable nonforest land
condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699) and forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot.
Field width: 6 alphanumeric characters
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See tables and PLANTS citation above
Item 12.1.1.4 SPECIES LIFEFORM (PNW) [VEG_TYPE_CD]
Section 12.1: Vegetation Sampling
Downloaded code indicating the SPECIES LIFEFORM category.
When collected: All species records
Field width: 7 characters
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Category
Tree
Shrub
Forb
Grasses
195
pg.
Item 12.1.1.5 SPECIES HEIGHT (PNW) [HT]
Record a 2-digit height for each species recorded. The entry indicates the average total height above the
ground at which a species occurs. If a species occurs at substantially different heights in a subplot
(requirements listed below) plants can be grouped into a maximum of two different height groups as long as
the cover estimates of each are greater than or equal to 3 percent. A species can be in more than one
height group by repeating the SPECIES code on an additional line. Heights are recorded to the nearest
foot. Note: A species can only count towards one of the top three most abundant, even if it is separated into
more than one height group.
Guidelines for recognizing separate heights for a species:
• Graminoid: Canopy heights must differ by at least 2 feet
• Forb: Canopy heights must differ by at least 2 feet
• Shrub: Canopy heights must differ by at least 4 feet
• Tree: Seedling heights must differ by at least 4 feet
When collected: All subplots when accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot; or when measurable nonforest land
condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE
FOREST CODE = 501-699) and forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS
STATUS = 1) total > 50 percent of the subplot.
Field width: 2-digits
Tolerance: Grass and forbs:  1 feet
Shrubs and trees:  3 feet
Values: 1 to 99 (recorded to the nearest foot)
Item 12.1.1.6 SPECIES COVER (PNW) [CVR_PCT]
Estimate the cover of each SPECIES recorded in its respective height group. Cover is estimated to the
nearest 1 percent for each species, as the proportion of the fixed-radius plot obscured by all plants of the
species if viewed from directly above, regardless of condition class boundaries or nonforest inclusions.
Plants do not have to be rooted in the subplot to be recorded. For each plant, cover is based on a vertically
projected polygon described by the outline of the live foliage of each plant (or foliage previously live during
the current growing season for senescing plants), and ignoring any normal spaces occurring between the
leaves of a plant (Figure 12.1) (Daubenmire 1959). This best reflects the plant’s above and below ground
zone of dominance.
Base the percentage of cover estimate on the current year’s growth present at the time of the plot visit.
Include both living and dead material from the current year. If herbs or shrubs have already dried out,
dropped leaves, or senesced, estimate the cover of foliage previously live during the current growing
season (i.e., on plots done early in the year, do not estimate based on the previous growing season’s
growth). Do not include dead branches of shrubs and trees in the cover polygons. Do not adjust the percent
for the time of year during which the visit was made (i.e., if the plants are immature and small because the
plot is being completed early in the growing season, do not project a plant’s potential growth).
Chapter 12: Vegetation Profile
Overlap of plants of the same species is ignored. Visually group plants in a species together and estimate a
percentage of cover. There will often be overlap of plants of different species. Therefore, total cover for a
subplot may exceed 100 percent. Species on the R6 Indicator List with cover less than 1 percent are
recorded as 1 percent (0 percent cover is only used for remeasurement [SAMPLE KIND = 2], to indicate a
species is no longer present). Several approaches can be used to improve the accuracy and repeatability of
plant cover estimates. Cover can be “added up” across a plot, keeping in mind a cover of 3 percent on a 24foot radius plot = 54 feet2, or a square 7.4 feet on a side (Table 12.1: Area represented by different cover
estimates, and length of a square with that area). Plants can be visually aggregated into multiple 1 percent
cover squares to arrive at a total cover. For species of moderate cover, it may be easiest to estimate cover
of each quadrant of the subplot separately and then add them together, or to imagine crowding all the plants
into a portion of a plot and estimate the proportion of the plot that would be covered. The cover scatterplots
in Figure 12.2 may also be useful in developing estimates.
196
pg.
Table 12.1: Area represented by different cover estimates, and length of a square with that area
Subplot radius = 24 feet
Cover
Section 12.1: Vegetation Sampling
1%
3%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Subplot area = 1,809 feet2
Area (feet2) Length on a side (feet)
18
54
90
181
271
362
452
4.3
7.4
9.5
13.4
16.5
19.0
21.3
Figure 12.1: Illustration of cover method based on polygon outline of plants using a rectangular "Daubenmire plot".
Notice plant E has no foliage over the plot but its outline does cover a portion of the plot. Polygon outlines and cover
estimates added to drawing scanned from Daubenmire (1959, Figure 8-2)
197
pg.
When collected: Recorded for all SPECIES
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Cover estimates should be within one class of actual cover, based on the cover
classes:
1-5% 6-10%
11-20%
21-40%
41-60%
61-80%
81-100%
Values: 0 to 100 (estimated to the nearest 1 percent)
Chapter 12: Vegetation Profile
Figure 12.2: Reference scatterplots for cover estimation (from Terry and Chilingar 1955)
198
pg.
Item 12.1.1.7 STAGE OF SHRUB DEVELOPMENT (PNW) [DEV_STAGE_CD]
For each shrub lifeform species recorded on one or more vegetation plots, enter the code best describing
the shrub's stage of development across all vegetation plots. Do not include standing dead shrubs, only
those with some living tissue. Of all the live and dead stems and branches attached to the living shrubs,
estimate the dead proportion, and place it in one of the classes below.
When collected: For each shrub lifeform recorded
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Shrub Stage of Development
1
Immature, no dead material (stems and branches) associated with the
shrub record.
2
Mature, 1-24 percent dead material associated with the shrub record.
3
Over-mature, 25-49 percent dead material associated with shrub record.
4
Decadent, 50 percent or more dead material associated with shrub record.
SUBSECTION 12.1.2 LIFEFORM AND TOTAL VEGETATION RECORDS
Individual records are entered for each lifeform/cover category and for all vascular plants, and cover
estimated for each. Species are defined by lifeform, although some plants can be measured as trees or
shrubs depending on their SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (Item 12.1.1.2). Enter the percentage of cover for
each of the following lifeform/cover categories even if there are no plants in that lifeform present
(Item 12.1.2.1 through Item 12.1.2.5).
Estimate a percentage of cover for each lifeform and for all vegetation on the subplot. Cover is estimated as
the proportion of the fixed-radius plot, regardless of condition class boundaries, obscured by all plants in the
lifeform if viewed from directly above. Total percentage of cover for a lifeform cannot exceed 100 percent,
and cannot exceed the sum of the percentage of cover recorded for all individual species records of that
lifeform (see Item 12.1.1.6, SPECIES COVER). However, total percentage of cover for a lifeform can be,
and usually is, less than the sum of cover for all individual species within the lifeform; this happens because
of overlap between layers and species. If cover is greater than zero but less than 1-percent, enter "01”. If no
plants of the lifeform are present, enter “00”.
Item 12.1.2.1 PERCENT TREE SEEDLING COVER (PNW) [PCT_TREE_CVR_PNWRS]
Estimate the percentage of cover, to the nearest 1 percent, of tally tree species seedlings on the subplot
(see Appendix F, Tree Species List, for a list of species). If cover is greater than zero but less than 1
percent, enter "01". If no plants of the lifeform are present, enter “00”.
Section 12.1: Vegetation Sampling
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Cover estimates should be within one class of actual cover, based on the cover
classes
1-5%
6-10%
11-20%
21-40%
41-60%
61-80%
81-100%
Values: 000 - 100
Item 12.1.2.2 PERCENT SHRUB COVER (PNW) [PCT_SHRUB_CVR_PNWRS]
Estimate the percentage of cover, to the nearest 1 percent, of shrubs on the subplot. If cover is greater than
zero but less than 1 percent, enter "01". If no plants of the lifeform are present, enter “00”.
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Cover estimates should be within one class of actual cover, based on the cover
classes
1-5%
6-10%
11-20%
21-40%
41-60%
61-80%
81-100%
Values: 000 - 100
199
pg.
Item 12.1.2.3 PERCENT FORB COVER (PNW) [PCT_FORB_CVR_PNWRS]
Estimate the percentage of cover, to the nearest 1 percent, of forbs on the subplot. If cover is greater than
zero but less than 1 percent, enter "01." If no plants of the lifeform are present, enter “00”.
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Cover estimates should be within one class of actual cover, based on the cover
classes
1-5%
6-10%
11-20%
21-40%
41-60%
61-80%
81-100%
Values: 000 - 100
Item 12.1.2.4 PERCENT GRAMINOID COVER (PNW) [PCT_GRASS_CVR_PNWRS]
Estimate the percentage of cover, to the nearest 1 percent, of graminoids on the subplot. If cover is greater
than zero but less than 1-percent, enter "01". If no plants of the lifeform are present, enter “00”.
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: Cover estimates should be within one class of actual cover, based on the cover
classes
1-5%
6-10%
11-20%
21-40%
41-60%
61-80%
81-100%
Values: 000 - 100
Item 12.1.2.5 PERCENT BARE SOIL (PFSL) [PCT_BARE_SOIL_PNWRS]
Record the percentage of the evaluated area covered by bare soil. Bare soil is mineral material that, when
viewed from above, is not over-topped by grass, forbs, shrubs, or seedlings. It is also not covered by duff,
litter, cowpies, woody debris, moss or other material. Sand, stones and bedrock are not considered bare
soil because they are considered non-erodible. Particles smaller than sand are considered soil. These data
are used to help make estimates of erosion, range condition and disturbance. It therefore includes only
areas of bare soil having no cover at all, or only the cover of crowns of trees which have a DBH greater than
or equal to 5 inches.
Record the percentage of bare soil, to the nearest 5 percent, using a 3-digit code. If the vegetation plot is
entirely bare soil, record as "100". Record "001" for bare soil greater than zero but less than or equal to 3
percent.
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent
Values: 000 - 100
Item 12.1.2.6 PERCENT TOTAL VEGETATION COVER (PFSL) [TOT_PCT_VEG_CVR_PNWRS]
When collected: All subplots where a vegetation profile is recorded.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 20 percent
Values: 000 - 100
Chapter 12: Vegetation Profile
Record the percentage of the evaluated area covered by any of the components measured on the
vegetation profile plot (tree seedlings, shrubs, forbs and grass). Estimate percentage of cover as the portion
of the subplot, regardless of condition class boundaries, obscured by seedling/shrub/forb/grass species if
viewed from directly above. Ignore crown overlap. Record total vegetation cover as "100". PERCENT
TOTAL VEGETATION COVER and PERCENT BARE SOIL combined cannot exceed 100 percent, and will
likely be less due to the way each is defined and the inclusion of different elements.
200
pg.
SUBSECTION 12.1.3 VEGETATION PROFILE NOTES
Item 12.1.3.1 VEGETATION PROFILE NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the vegetation profile.
When collected: All plots: as needed
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
SECTION 12.2 COLLECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF UNKNOWN PLANTS
To improve the quality of vegetation profile data, a formal procedure is followed to identify more of the
unknown plant species tallied.
Section 12.2: Collection and Identification of Unknown Plants
While on the plot, the crew should not spend an inordinate amount of time trying to identify an unknown
plant. If the plant can be keyed out quickly using a plant guide, identification should be attempted. If the
crew is confident the plot can be completed in one day, more time can be spent trying to identify unknown
plants while on the plot. In most cases, though, it will be more effective to collect unknown plants for later
identification. If the plant cannot be identified and qualifies for tally as a generic lifeform record (shrub, forb,
grass), enter the record. Gather as much of the complete plant as is feasible. Include roots, flowers, and
seed-heads if possible. Write a brief description of the site from which the plant was collected, the plant
community of which it was a member, and any other information, which may assist in identification. Try to
identify the collected specimens the same day the plot was visited. Use all available plant guides. Other
field team members who might be familiar with the species, or who are good at plant identification, may be
consulted. Twenty minutes is the recommended maximum amount of time to spend on one plant. If the
specimen cannot be identified, collect and press the plant. The plant is labeled with the PLOT NUMBER
and the unknown plant code used; an electronic VEGETATION PROFILE NOTE containing the unknown
plant code used, and any other helpful descriptors for processing the plant at a later date, must also be
recorded. If no attempt can be made to key out a plant the same day it is collected, keep it in the plant press
until it can be identified. Contact a botanist for help with identification. Get plants identified as soon as
possible.
If a plant is successfully identified, the vegetation profile data should be updated before the plot files are
submitted.
SECTION 12.3 REGION 6 INDICATOR LISTS
SUBSECTION 12.3.1 REGION 6 INDICATOR LISTS
On R6 Forest Service administered lands, standard Phase 2 field crews (i.e., those without specific training
and materials) must look for the plants identified specifically as forest “indicators” for ten minutes on each
subplot, for a total of 40 minutes for each plot, coding all they can in ten minutes. After ten minutes, the field
crew only needs to code species occurring on the subplot with cover greater than or equal to 3 percent. The
“nonforest”, “weed”, and “sensitive” plant species on the R6 indicator lists can also be recorded if crews
recognize them, but these are intended for inventory by specially trained national forest botanists. Region 6
indicator lists can be found in Appendix A, Plots on Forest Service Lands.
SECTION 12.4 LITERATURE CITED
Daubenmire, R. 1959. A canopy-coverage method of vegetational analysis. Northwest Science 33(1): 43–
64.
Terry, R.D., and G. V. Chilingar. 1955. Summary of “Concerning some additional aids in studying
sedimentary formations” by M.S. Shvetsov. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 25:229–234
201
pg.
CHAPTER 13 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES
The objectives of the Phase 2 (P2) invasive plants protocol are to document abundance and monitor
changes in abundance of selected species over time. Combined with other plot data and other datasets,
these data can be used to predict the future spread of selected species. Invasive plant species are having
tremendous economic and ecological impacts on our nation’s forests, and the impacts are increasing over
time. Providing accurate, statistically valid estimates of the distribution and abundance of some of the most
damaging species will give managers and policy-makers a better understanding of the problem than they
would otherwise have.
The invasive species protocol will be followed for all accessible ground visited plots with at least one
condition class on Region 5 Forest Service administered lands. At each subplot a quick search (up to ten
minutes) will be conducted to identify all targeted plants, regardless of cover, that are either rooted or
overhang within the 24.0-foot radius. If invasive plants are detected, an estimate of the percentage of cover
within the subplot will be made.
Invasive plant data collection will occur on all accessible subplots, regardless of whether the condition is
forest or nonforest. Invasive plant species data are not collected when a condition class is hazardous,
access denied, out of unit, or water (Census or noncensus).
Item 13.0.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) [SUBP]
This is a generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot.
When collected: All subplots when INVASIVES PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Subplot location
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 13.0.0.2 SPECIES (PNW) [VEG_FLDSPCD]
Record the accepted NRCS species code for any species, included on the Invasive Species List in
Appendix I, that is found on the subplot. If a plant is suspected of being invasive and cannot be identified to
species in the field, enter the code for an unknown plant, 2PLANT
When collected: All accessible subplots where listed species are observed.
Field width: 10 alpha-numeric characters
Tolerance: No errors
Values: See Appendix I (Invasive Species Lists) for species codes
Item 13.0.0.3 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (PNW) [UNIQUE_SP_NBR]
When collected: All species records
Field width: 2 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: 1-99, assigned in sequential numbers
Chapter 13: Invasive Plant Species
When any SPECIES code is entered for the first time on a plot, the UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER
automatically assigned is “1”. If more than one unidentified species is recorded and described by the
“2PLANT” unknown code, the next sequential number is assigned. If a previously-recorded unidentified
species is encountered again elsewhere on the plot, the UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER that corresponds to
the earlier encountered specimen must be entered. For example, an unknown thistle and unknown
hawkweed would both be given a species code of “2PLANT” but would need to be given different UNIQUE
SPECIES NUMBERs when measured.
pg.
202
Item 13.0.0.4 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (PNW) [SUBP_(1,2,3,4)_SP_CANOPY_CVR_TTL_PNWRS]
A rapid canopy cover estimate is made for each invasive species and for all invasive species foliage across
all layer heights. Canopy cover is based on a vertically-projected polygon described by the outline of the
foliage, ignoring any normal spaces occurring between the leaves of the plant (Daubenmire 1959). Canopy
cover is estimated as a percentage of the entire 24-foot radius subplot. In cases where the subplot is not
fully accessible (access denied, hazardous, water, etc.), record the percentage of cover on the accessible
portions as if the subplot was entirely accessible. That is, if cover is about equal to a circle with a radius of
5.3 feet, enter 5 percent, as you would for a fully forested subplot, on any partially forested subplot. This
situation applies when portions of a plot are inaccessible.
If percentage of cover is greater than zero but less than 1 percent, enter “T” for trace. For species of
moderate cover, it may be easiest to divide the subplots into quarters, estimate canopy cover of each
quarter separately, and then add them together. The following area-cover sizes may be useful in developing
estimates for an entirely forested subplot:
Subplot radius = 24.0 feet, Subplot area = 1809 feet2
Length of a side of a
Radius of circular
Cover
Area
2
square
(feet)
area (feet)
(feet )
1%
18
4.3
2.4
3%
54
7.4
4.1
5%
90
9.5
5.3
10%
181
13.4
7.6
20%
362
19.0
10.7
When collected: All species records.
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- one class based on the following canopy cover classes: trace, 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%,
11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, and 96-100%
Values: T, 000 to 100
Item 13.0.0.5 INVASIVE PLANT NOTES (PNW) [NOTES]
Record any INVASIVE PLANT NOTES needed to clarify or explain a special situation for the particular
invasive species record being defined.
:
When collected As needed
Field width 2000 characters
Tolerance N/A
Values English words, phrases, and numbers
203
pg.
CHAPTER 14 GROUND COVER ON FOREST SERVICE LANDS
Information on the abundance of different ground cover types provides information on the hydrologic
function of a site and its potential to erode. Because estimates of bare ground and rock cover need to be
relatively precise, estimates are done on the fuels transects, rather than on the subplot as a whole (as is
done for vegetation cover). Two 10-foot long segments are located on each transect, and cover is estimated
separately on each section.
Ground cover is measured on all accessible (forest and nonforest) condition classes on Region 5 or Region
6 Forest Service administered lands (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699). Ground cover is
recorded by condition class; if a transect crosses an ownership or other condition class boundary, the
change will be identified by recording a GROUND COVER TYPE of “NONS” for those portions of the
transect not on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered lands. If a portion of a transect falls in hazardous,
Census water, noncensus water, denied access, or not in the sample area (but it is owned by R5 or R6),
record a GROUND COVER TYPE of “NOIN” for that portion of the transect.
SECTION 14.1 GROUND COVER MEASUREMENTS
SUBSECTION 14.1.1 GROUND COVER DATA ITEMS
Item 14.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (PFSL) [SUBP]
Generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot from which the transect originates.
When Collected: All subplots containing at least one condition class on Region 5 or Region 6 Forest
Service administered lands (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501 - 699)
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values:
1
Center subplot
2
North subplot
3
Southeast subplot
4
Southwest subplot
Item 14.1.1.2 TRANSECT (PFSL) [TRANSECT]
Record a 3-digit code indicating the transect on which ground cover is being measured.
Item 14.1.1.3 SEGMENT ID (PFSL) [GRND_CVR_SEG]
Starting at 4 feet slope distance from plot center, the 10-foot segments are numbered 1-2 out to the edge of
the subplot. Select the appropriate segment number (1 or 2), based on the slope distance from point center.
When collected: All tally segments
Field width: 1 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Segment Slope Distance
1
4.0-14.0 feet
2
14.0-24.0 feet
Chapter 14: Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands
When collected: All tally segments
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Definition
030 Transect extends 30 degrees from subplot center
150 Transect extends 150 degrees from subplot center
270 Transect extends 270 degrees from subplot center
pg.
204
Item 14.1.1.4 GROUND COVER TYPE (PNW) [GRND_CVR_TYP]
Record the appropriate ground cover code for cover types found on each transect segment. Select ground
cover items visible when looking down from above. Ground cover items must be in contact with the ground
(e.g., a log suspended 1-foot above the ground over the transect does not count as ground cover). In order
to get an accurate portrayal of ground cover; cover of basal portions of forbs, grass clumps, trees, and
woody shrubs, plus any other non-vegetation cover must all add up to 100-percent for each segment along
the transect. Select ground layers in the order presented, top to bottom. At times items will overlay each
other (e.g., MOSS over ROCK, LITTER over WOOD,). When this occurs, the item viewed from above is
measured.
GROUND COVER TYPE is only recorded for condition classes on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered
lands (ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 501-699); record “NONS” for portions of the transect not on
R5 or R6 Forest Service administered land.
Section 14.1: Ground Cover Measurements
When collected: All tally segments
Field width: 4 digit
Tolerance: No errors
Values: Code Description
LITT Leaf and needle litter, and duff not yet incorporated into the decomposed top humus layer.
(includes animal droppings)
WOOD Woody Material, Slash & Debris: Any woody material, small and large woody debris,
regardless of depth. Includes stumps. Litter is not included.
LICH An organism generally recognized as a single plant consisting of a fungus and an alga or
cyanobacterium living in a symbiotic association. This code does not apply to lichen
growing on bare soil in dry rangeland conditions. For rangeland conditions see cryptogamic
crusts.
MOSS Nonvascular, terrestrial green plant, including mosses, hornworts, and liverworts. Always
herbaceous. This code does not apply to moss growing on bare soil in dry rangeland
conditions. For rangeland conditions see cryptogamic crusts.
BARE Exposed Soil: Bare soil, composed of particles less than 1/8 inch in diameter, which is not
covered by rock, cryptogams, or organic material. Does not include any part of a road (see
definition for road).
CRYP Thin, biotically dominated ground or surface crusts on soil in dry rangeland conditions; e.g.,
cryptogamic crust (algae, lichen, mosses or cyanobacteria).
ROCK Relatively hard, naturally formed mineral or petrified matter greater than 1/8 inch in
diameter appearing on the soil surface, as small to large fragments, or as relatively large
bodies, cliffs, outcrops or peaks. Includes bedrock. Does not include tephra or pyroclastic
material. (see definition for TEPH)
BAVE The basal area cover, at ground surface, of any plants occupying the ground surface area
(only include area where plant stems come out of the ground). Includes any trees, shrubs,
basal grasses, and forbs (live, or senesced from the current year). Senesced = live during
the current year’s growing season, but now dead.
WATE Water is coded where the water table is above the ground surface during the growing
season, such as streams, bogs, swamps, marshes, and ponds.
ROAD Includes improved roads used to assign condition class, which are generally constructed
using machinery, and is the area where the original topography has been disturbed by
cutbanks and fill. Also includes unimproved trails impacted by regular use of motorized
machines (e.g., motorcycles, jeeps, and off road vehicles). Non-motorized trails and
unimproved traces, and roads created by occasional use for skidding logs are not included.
DEVP Surface area occupied or covered by any man-made structure other than a road, such as a
building, dam, parking lot, electronic site/structure.
ASH Residue after wood and other combustible material has been burned off. Does not include
ash from aerial volcanic expulsions.
TEPH All material formed by volcanic explosion or aerial expulsion from a volcanic vent, such as
tephra, or pyroclastic material.
PEIS Surface area covered by ice and snow at the time of plot measurement, considered
permanent.
TRIS Surface area covered by ice and snow at the time of plot measurement, considered
transient.
NOIN Non-inventoried condition classes on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered land: Census
water, noncensus water, or nonsampled (hazardous, access denied, outside U.S.
boundary).
NONS Nonsampled: Condition class is not on R5 or R6 Forest Service administered land.
205
pg.
Item 14.1.1.5 COVER (PFSL) [CVR_PCT]
Estimate the percentage of cover of each item from one edge to the other as it is intersected by the transect
section. Remember to view the ground layer in the absence of aerial vegetation for purposes of
measurement. Record the accumulated cover for each ground item within a 10-foot section of the transect
to the nearest 1 percent (one tenth of a foot on a 10-foot section equals 1 percent).
When collected: All tally segments
Field width: 3 digits
Tolerance: +/- 5 percent for each item on a segment
Values: 000 to 100
Item 14.1.1.6 GROUND COVER NOTES (PFSL) [NOTES]
Record any notes pertaining to ground cover transects.
When collected: As needed to describe ground cover transects
Field width: 2000 characters
Tolerance: N/A
Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences
Chapter 14: Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands
Section 14.1: Ground Cover Measurements
pg.
206
207
pg.
APPENDIX A PLOTS ON FOREST SERVICE LANDS
SECTION A.1 REGION 1 AND REGION 4 REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR FIA
PLOTS ON FOREST SERVICE ADMINISTERED LANDS
SUBSECTION A.1.1 REGION 1 (R1) PLOT MEASUREMENT RULES
Plots on R1 Forest Service administered lands (e.g., Idaho Panhandle N.F.) are measured like all other
plots not on R5 and R6 Forest Service administered lands (i.e., no special protocols are applied). See
Subsection 2.3.2 (Region 1 and Region 4 Plots) for more information about plots in Region 1.
SUBSECTION A.1.2 REGION 4 (R4) PLOT MEASUREMENT RULES
Plots on R4 Forest Service administered lands (e.g., Toiyabe N.F.) are measured like all other plots not on
R5 and R6 Forest Service administered lands (i.e., no special protocols are applied). See Subsection 2.3.2
(Region 1 and Region 4 Plots) for more information on plots in Region 4.
SECTION A.2 REGION 5 REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR FIA PLOTS ON R5
FOREST SERVICE ADMINISTERED LANDS
SUBSECTION A.2.1 REGION 5 (R5) SURVEY TREE SPECIES CODES AND CURRENT PNWFIA TREE SPECIES CODE EQUIVALENT
Species
Douglas-fir
Bigcone Douglas-fir
Redwood
Giant sequoia
Ponderosa pine
Jeffrey pine
Sugar pine
Western white pine
Lodgepole pine
Washoe pine
Coulter pine
Monterey pine
Gray pine (digger pine)
Knobcone pine
Bishop pine
Whitebark pine
Singleleaf pinyon
Bristlecone pine
Limber pine
Foxtail pine
White fir
Red fir
Grand fir
Bristlecone fir
Noble fir
Subalpine fir
Pacific silver fir
Sitka spruce
Baker cypress
Brewer spruce
Mountain hemlock
Scientific name
Pseudotsuga menziesii
Pseudotsuga macrocarpa
Sequoia sempervirens
Sequoiadendron giganteum
Pinus ponderosa
Pinus jeffreyi
Pinus lambertiana
Pinus monticola
Pinus contorta
Pinus washoensis
Pinus coulteri
Pinus radiata
Pinus sabiniana
Pinus attenuata
Pinus muricata
Pinus albicaulis
Pinus monophylla
Pinus aristata
Pinus flexilis
Pinus balfouriana
Abies concolor
Abies magnifica
Abies grandis
Abies brackteata
Abies procera
Abies lasiocarpa
Abies amabilis
Picea sitchensis
Cupressus bakeri ssp. bakeri
Picea breweriana
Tsuga mertensiana
PNW Code
202
201
211
212
122
116
117
119
108
137
109
124
127
103
120
101
133
102
113
104
15
20
17
14
22
19
11
98
50
92
264
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
R5 Code
1
2
5
6
11
12
13
14
15
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
39
42
45
46
47
208
Section A.2: Region 5 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R5 Forest Service Administered Lands
pg.
R5 Code
48
51
52
53
54
57
58
59
61
62
63
64
65
66
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
Species
Western hemlock
Incense-cedar
Alaska yellow cedar
Port-Orford-cedar
Western red-cedar
Monterey cypress
Tecate cypress
MacNab cypress
California-nutmeg
Pacific yew
Western juniper
Cypress
Utah juniper
California juniper
Other conifers
California buckeye
Red alder
Ash
Aspen
White alder
Black cottonwood
Bigleaf maple
Tree of Heaven
Fremont cottonwood
Engelmann oak
Unknown oak sp.
California black oak
Coast live oak
California white (valley) oak
Canyon live oak
Interior live oak
Oregon white oak
Tanoak
Blue oak
Willow sp.
Walnut sp.
California-laurel
California boxelder
Giant chinquapin
Madrone
Pacific dogwood
Sycamore
Eucalyptus sp.
Other hardwoods
Scientific name
Tsuga heterophylla
Calocedrus decurrens
Chamaecyparis nootkatensis
Chamaecyparis lawsoniana
Thuja plicata
Cupressus macrocarpa
Cupressus forbesii
Cupressus macnabiana
Torreya californica
Taxus brevifolia
Juniperus occidentalis
Cupressus sp.
Juniperus osteosperma
Juniperus californica
Aesculus californica
Alnus oregona (rubra)
Fraxinus sp.
Populus tremuloides
Alnus rhombifolia
Populus trichocarpa
Acer macrophyllum
Ailanthus altissima
Populus fremontii
Quercus engelmanni
Quercus sp.
Quercus kelloggii
Quercus agrifolia
Quercus lobata
Quercus chrysolepis
Quercus wislizenii
Quercus garryana
Lithocarpus densiflorus
Quercus douglassii
Salix sp.
Juglans sp.
Umbellularia californica
Acer negundo californicum
Castanopsis chrysophylla
Arbutus menziesii
Cornus nuttallii
Platanus racemosa
Eucalyptus sp.
PNW Code
263
81
42
41
242
54
53
50
251
231
64
50
65
62
333
351
540
746
352
747
312
341
748
811
999
818
801
821
805
839
815
631
807
920
600
981
313
431
361
492
730
510
SUBSECTION A.2.2 R5 CHAPARRAL RULES
Chaparral is measured like all other nonforest conditions on R5 Forest Service administered lands (i.e.,
there are no special rules for chaparral in R5).
SUBSECTION A.2.3 R5 WEED LIST
See Appendix I for Region 5 weed list.
SUBSECTION A.2.4 NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN (NWFP) AREA IN REGION 5
See Appendix K for area boundaries in Region 5.
209
pg.
SECTION A.3 REGION 6 REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR FIA PLOTS ON R6
FOREST SERVICE ADMINISTERED LANDS
SUBSECTION A.3.1 REGION 6 (R6) PLANT INDICATOR LISTS
Most national forests have produced illustrated guides to identify forest indicator (“indi”) species and to
distinguish them from related species; they are listed below for each ecological zone. Some species,
defined as “trees” by PNW-FIA, are sampled using normal tree tally procedures, and are included on the list
as reference only because they appear as “shrubs” in the R6 guides. The “R6 old species” names and
codes are those found in the plant association guides for the respective forests. Within each zone’s list,
species are grouped first by use, and secondarily by PLANTS species name.
Species are listed in four categories of “use”:
indi: indicator species for forested plant associations-recorded only when 50 percent or more of a
subplot is in a forested condition class,
nfor: indicator species for nonforest plant associations (either completed or in development)-recorded
only when 50 percent or more of a subplot is in a nonforest condition class,
weed: noxious or invasive plants of special interest-recorded on all conditions, and
sens: usually rare species that are believed to be sensitive to management-recorded on all conditions.
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
210
SUBSECTION A.3.2 NW OREGON
Mt. Hood, Siuslaw, and Willamette National Forests
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Halverson, Nancy M. 1986. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National Forests of Western
Oregon and Southwestern Washington. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-TM229-1986.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
CHCHC4 Chrysolepis chrysophylla
var. chrysophylla
ACCI
Acer circinatum
AMAL2 Amelanchier alnifolia
ARNE
Arctostaphylos
nevadensis
ARUV
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
CHUM Chimaphila umbellata
COCO6 Corylus cornuta
GASH
Gaultheria shallon
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
JUCO6 Juniperus communis
MAAQ2 Mahonia aquifolium
MANE2 Mahonia nervosa
MEFE
Menziesia ferruginea
OPHO
Oplopanax horridus
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
PUTR2 Purshia tridentata
RHAL2 Rhododendron albiflorum
RHMA3 Rhododendron
macrophyllum
RUPA
Rubus parviflorus
RUSP
Rubus spectabilis
RUUR
Rubus ursinus
SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
SYHE
Symphoricarpos
hesperius
TODI
Toxicodendron
diversilobum
VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
VAOV2 Vaccinium ovatum
WHMO Whipplea modesta
ACRU2 Actaea rubra
ACTR
Achlys triphylla
ADAL
Adiantum aleuticum
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
ASCA2 Asarum caudatum
ATFI
Athyrium filix-femina
BASA3 Balsamorhiza sagittata
BLSP
Blechnum spicant
CLDO2 Clinopodium douglasii
CLSI2
Claytonia sibirica
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
COCA13 Cornus canadensis
Use form R6code
R6 old species
common_name
indi tree
CACH
Castanopsis chrysophylla Golden Chinquapin
indi shrub ACCI
indi shrub AMAL
indi shrub ARNE
Acer circinatum
vine maple
Amelanchier alnifolia
Saskatoon serviceberry
Arctostaphylos nevadensis pinemat manzanita
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
ARUV
CHUM
COCO2
GASH
HODI
JUCO4
BEAQ
BENE
MEFE
OPHO
PHEM
PUTR
RHAL
RHMA
Bearberry, kinnikinnick
Prince's pine
California hazel
salal
oceanspray
common juniper
tall Oregon grape
Oregon grape
fool's huckleberry
devil's club
pink mountain-heath
bitterbrush
cascades azalea
Pacific rhododendron
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
RUPA
RUSP
RUUR
SYAL
SYMO
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Chimaphila umbellata
Corylus cornuta
Gaultheria shallon
Holodiscus discolor
Juniperus communis
Berberis aquifolium
Berberis nervosa
Menziesia ferruginea
Oplopanax horridus
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Purshia tridentata
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Rubus parviflorus
Rubus spectabilis
Rubus ursinus
Symphoricarpos albus
Symphoricarpos mollis
indi shrub RHDI
Rhus diversiloba
poison oak
indi shrub VADE
indi shrub VAME
Vaccinium deliciosum
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium alaskense
Vaccinium ovalifolium
Vaccinium ovatum
Whipplea modesta
Actaea rubra
Achlys triphylla
Adiantum pedatum
Adenocaulon bicolor
Asarum caudatum
Athyrium filix-femina
Balsamorhiza sagittata
Blechnum spicant
Satureja douglasii
Claytonia sibirica
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
delicious blueberry
big huckleberry
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
VAAL
VAOV
VAOV2
WHMO
ACRU
ACTR
ADPE
ADBI
ASCA3
ATFI
BASA
BLSP
SADO
MOSI
CLUN
COCA
thimbleberry
salmonberry
Pacific blackberry
common snowberry
trailing snowberry
Alaska huckleberry
oval-leaf huckleberry
evergreen huckleberry
whipplevine
baneberry
vanilla leaf
maidenhar fern
trail plant
wild ginger
common ladyfern
arrowleaf balsamroot
deer fern
yerba buena
miner's lettuce
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
211
pg.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
DRCA11 Dryopteris carthusiana
ERMO8 Erythronium montanum
EULEL2 Eucephalus ledophyllus
var. ledophyllus
FRAGA Fragaria sp.
FRVE
Fragaria vesca
HIAL2
Hieracium albiflorum
LAPO3 Lathyrus polyphyllus
LIBO3
Linnaea borealis
LYAM3 Lysichiton americanus
MADI
Maianthemum dilatatum
MARA7 Maianthemum
racemosum
MAST4 Maianthemum stellatum
MOMA3 Moehringia macrophylla
OSBE
Osmorhiza berteroi
OXOR
Oxalis oregana
PODA
Polygonum davisiae
POMU Polystichum munitum
POPU3 Polemonium
pulcherrimum
STLAC Streptopus lanceolatus
var. curvipes
STME
Stachys mexicana
SYRE
Synthyris reniformis
TITR
Tiarella trifoliata
TRBOL Trientalis borealis ssp.
latifolia
VAHE
Vancouveria hexandra
XETE
Xerophyllum tenax
CAGE2 Carex geyeri
FEOC
Festuca occidentalis
FEVI
Festuca viridula
LUZUL Luzula sp.
Use form R6code
R6 old species
indi forb
DRAU2
Dryopteris campyloptera
indi forb
ERMO
Erythronium montanum
indi forb
ASLE2
Aster ledophyllus
common_name
shield-fern
avalanche lily/giant faw
Cascades aster
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
FRAGA
FRVE
HIAL
LAPO
LIBO2
LYAM
MADI2
SMRA
Fragaria sp.
Fragaria vesca
Hieracium albiflorum
Lathyrus polyphyllus
Linnaea borealis
Lysichiton americanum
Maianthemum dilatatum
Smilacina racemosa
strawberry species
woodland strawberry
White Hawkweed
leafy pea vine
twinflower
skunk cabbage
false lily of the vally
false Solomon's seal
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
SMST
ARMA3
OSCH
OXOR
PONE4
POMU
POPU
Smilacina stellata
Arenaria macrophylla
Osmorhiza chilensis
Oxalis oregana
Polygonum newberryi
Polystichum munitum
Polemonium pulcherrimum
starry Solomon's seal
bigleaf sandwort
sweet cicely
Oregon oxalis
Newberry's fleeceflower
western swordfern
Jacob's ladder
indi forb
STRO
Streptopus roseus
rosy twistedstalk
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
STME2
SYRE
TITR
TRLA2
Stachys mexicana
Synthyris reniformis
Tiarella trifoliata
Trientalis latifolia
Mexican hedgenettle
snowqueen
threeleaf foamflower
western starflower
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
grami
grami
grami
grami
VAHE
XETE
CAGE
FEOC
FEVI
LUZUL
Vancouveria hexandra
Xerophyllum tenax
Carex geyeri
Festuca occidentalis
Festuca viridula
Luzula sp.
white inside-out-flower
beargrass
elk sedge
western fescue
green fescue
woodrush
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
212
SUBSECTION A.3.3 SW OREGON
Rogue River, Siskyou, and Umpqua National Forests
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Seda, Anita, Thomas Atzet, and David Wheeler. 1989 (updated 1997). Key Species for Plant
Associations on the Rogue River, Siskiyou, and Umpqua National Forests. USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Northwest Region R6-NR-ECOL-TP-026-97.
PLANTS PLANTS species
CHCHC4 Chrysolepis chrysophylla
var. chrysophylla
LIDEE
Lithocarpus densiflora
var. echinoides
ACCI
Acer circinatum
ACGLD4 Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
ARCA5 Arctostaphylos
canescens
ARCO3 Arctostaphylos
columbiana
ARCTO3 Arctostaphylos spp.
ARNE
Arctostaphylos
nevadensis
ARPA6 Arctostaphylos patula
ARVI4
Arctostaphylos viscida
CECU
Ceanothus cuneatus
CEIN3
Ceanothus integerrimus
CEPR
Ceanothus prostratus
CEPU
Ceanothus pumilus
CETH
Ceanothus thyrsiflorus
CEVE
Ceanothus velutinus
CHME
Chimaphila menziesii
CHUM Chimaphila umbellata
COCOC Corylus cornuta var.
californica
FRCA12 Frangula californica
FRPU7 Frangula purshiana
GABU2 Garrya buxifolia
GAOV2 Gaultheria ovatifolia
GASH
Gaultheria shallon
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
LEDA
Leucothoe davisiae
LOHI2
Lonicera hispidula
MAAQ2 Mahonia aquifolium
MANE2 Mahonia nervosa
MARE11 Mahonia repens
PAMY
Paxistima myrsinites
QUSA2 Quercus sadleriana
QUVA
Quercus vaccinifolia
RHMA3 Rhododendron
macrophyllum
RHOC
Rhododendron
occidentale
RIBI
Ribes binominatum
RICE
Ribes cereum
RICR
Ribes cruentum
RILA
Ribes lacustre
Use
indi
form R6code
tree CACH
R6 old species
common_name
Castanopsis chrysophylla golden chinquapin
indi
tree LIDEE
indi
indi
shrub ACCI
shrub ACGLD
indi
shrub ARCA5
Lithocarpus densiflora
echinoides
Acer circinatum
Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
Arctostaphylos canescens
indi
shrub ARCO3
Arctostaphylos columbiana hairy manzanita
indi
indi
shrub ARCTO
shrub ARNE
Arctostaphylos spp.
arctostaphylos spp.
Arctostaphylos nevadensis pinemat manzanita
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
ARPA
ARVI
CECU
CEIN
CEPR
CEPU
CETH
CEVE
CHME
CHUM
COCOC
Arctostaphylos patula
Arctostaphylos viscida
Ceanothus cuneatus
Ceanothus intergerrimus
Ceanothus prostratus
Ceanothus pumilus
Ceanothus thyrsiflorus
Ceanothus velutinus
Chimaphila menziesii
Chimaphila umbellata
Corylus cornuta californica
greenleaf manzanita
whiteleaf manzanita
buckbrush
deerbrush
squawcarpet
dwarf ceanothus
blue blossom ceanothus
snowbrush ceanothus
little prince’s-pine
prince's pine
California hazel
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
RHCA
RHPU
GABU
GAOV
GASH
HODI
LEDA
LOHI
BEPI
BENE
BERE
PAMY
QUSA
QUVA
RHMA
coffeeberry
cascara
box-leaved silk-tassel
slender salal
salal
oceanspray
Sierra-laurel
hairy honeysuckle
Piper’s Oregon grape
Oregon grape
creeping Oregon grape
Oregon boxwood
Sadler oak
huckleberry oak
Pacific rhododendron
indi
shrub RHOC
Rhamnus californica
Rhamnus purshiana
Garrya buxifolia
Gaultheria ovatifolia
Gaultheria shallon
Holodiscus discolor
Leucothoe davisiae
Lonicera hispidula
Berberis piperiana
Berberis nervosa
Berberis repens
Pachistima myrsinites
Quercus sadleriana
Quercus vaccinifolia
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Rhododendron occidentale
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
Ribes binominatum
Ribes cereum
Ribes cruentum
Ribes lacustre
Siskiyou gooseberry
squaw current
shinyleaf gooseberry
prickly currant
RIBI
RICE
RICR
RILA
tanoak (shrub form)
vine maple
Douglas maple
hoary manzanita
western azalea
213
pg.
PLANTS
RILO
RIMA2
RISA
RIVI3
ROGY
RULA2
RUNI2
RUSP
RUUR
SYHE
Use
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
form
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
indi
HIAL2
LIBOL2
MAMA
MARA7
MAST4
MITR4
MOOD
OSBE
OSPU
Hieracium albiflorum
Linnaea borealis ssp.
longiflora
Madia madioides
Maianthemum
racemosum
Maianthemum stellatum
Mitella trifida
Monardella odoratissima
Osmorhiza berteroi
Osmorhiza purpurea
R6code
RILO
RIMA
RISA
RIVI
ROGY
RULA
RUNI
RUSP
RUUR
SYMO
R6 old species
Ribes lobbii
Ribes marshallii
Ribes sanguineum
Ribes viscossissimum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus nivalis
Rubus spectabilis
Rubus ursinus
Symphoricarpos mollis
common_name
gummy gooseberry
Applegate gooseberry
red currant
sticky currant
baldhip rose
dwarf bramble
snow bramble
salmonberry
Pacific blackberry
trailing snowberry
shrub RHDI
Rhus diversiloba
poison oak
indi
shrub VAME
big huckleberry
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
VAOV2
VAPA
VASC
WHMO
ACMI
ACRU
ACTR
ADBI
ANDE
APAN
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
ARCO
ARLA
ASDE
CLUN
CYGR
DIHOO
indi
indi
indi
forb EQAR
forb ERUM
forb FRVEB3
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium ovatum
Vaccinium parvifolium
Vaccinium scoparium
Whipplea modesta
Achillea millefolium
Actaea rubra
Achlys triphylla
Adenocaulon bicolor
Anemone deltoidea
Apocynum
androsaemifolium
Arnica cordifolia
Arnica latifolia
Aspidotis densa
Clintonia uniflora
Cynoglossum grande
Disporum hookeri
oreganum
Equisetum arvense
Eriogonum umbellatum
Fragaria vesca bracteata
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
Galium ambiguum
Galium aparine
Galium oreganum
Galium triflorum
Goodyera oblongifolia
indi
indi
forb HIAL
forb LIBOL
obscure bedstraw
catchweed bedstraw
Oregon bedstraw
sweetscented bedstraw
western rattlesnakeplantain
Hieracium albiflorum
White Hawkweed
Linnaea borealis longiflora western twinflower
indi
indi
forb MAMA
forb SMRA
Madia madioides
Smilacina racemosa
woodland tarweed
False Solomon's seal
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
Smilacina stellata
Mitella trifida
Monardella odoratissima
Osmorhiza chilensis
Osmorhiza purpurea
starry Solomon's seal
three-tooth mitrewort
mountain balm
sweet cicely
purple sweet-root
GAAM
GAAP
GAOR
GATR
GOOB
SMST
MITR2
MOOD
OSCH
OSPU
evergreen huckleberry
red huckleberry
grouse huckleberry
whipplevine
western yarrow
baneberry
vanilla leaf
trail plant
threeleaf anemone
spreading dogbane
heart-leaf arnica
broadleaf arnica
rock fern
queen's cup beadlilly
Pacific hound’s-tongue
Oregon fairybell
Common horsetail
sulphurflower
woods strawberry
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
PLANTS species
Ribes lobbii
Ribes marshallii
Ribes sanguineum
Ribes viscossissimum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus nivalis
Rubus spectabilis
Rubus ursinus
Symphoricarpos
hesperius
TODI
Toxicodendron
diversilobum
VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
VAOV2 Vaccinium ovatum
VAPA
Vaccinium parvifolium
VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
WHMO Whipplea modesta
ACMI2 Achillea millefolium
ACRU2 Actaea rubra
ACTR
Achlys triphylla
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
ANDE3 Anemone deltoidea
APAN2 Apocynum
androsaemifolium
ARCO9 Arnica cordifolia
ARLA8 Arnica latifolia
ASDE6 Aspidotis densa
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
CYGR
Cynoglossum grande
DIHOO Disporum hookeri var.
oreganum
EQAR
Equisetum arvense
ERUM
Eriogonum umbellatum
FRVEB2 Fragaria vesca ssp.
bracteata
GAAM2 Galium ambiguum
GAAP2 Galium aparine
GAOR
Galium oreganum
GATR3 Galium triflorum
GOOB2 Goodyera oblongifolia
pg.
214
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
PLANTS
OXOR
POMU
POPU3
PLANTS species
Oxalis oregana
Polystichum munitum
Polemonium
pulcherrimum
PTAQ
Pteridium aquilinum
PYAS
Pyrola asarifolia
PYPI2
Pyrola picta
PYPI2
Pyrola picta
ORSE
Orthilia secunda
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
unifoliata
TRBOL Trientalis borealis ssp.
latifolia
TROV2 Trillium ovatum
VAHE
Vancouveria hexandra
VASI
Valeriana sitchensis
VIGL
Viola glabella
VIOR
Viola orbiculata
XETE
Xerophyllum tenax
CAIN9
Carex inops
CYEC
Cynosurus echinatus
FEID
Festuca idahoensis
FESTU Festuca sp.
MESU
Melica subulata
CYSC4 Cytisus scoparius
GEMO2 Genista monspessulana
SPJU2 Spartium junceum
ULEU
Ulex europaeus
ACNO4 Acaena novae-zelandica
ACRE3 Acroptilon repens
CALA20 Carthamus lanatus
CANU4 Carduus nutans
CAPY2 Carduus pycnocephalus
CEBI2
Centaurea bieberstinii
CEDET Centaurea debeauxii ssp.
thuillieri
CEDI3
Centaurea diffusa
CEME2 Centaurea melitensis
CESO3 Centaurea solstitialis
CETR8 Centaurea triumfetti
CHJU
Chondrilla juncea
CIAR4
Cirsium arvense
CIVU
Cirsium vulgare
COAR4 Convolvulus arvensis
CYOF
Cynoglossum officinale
HYPE
Hypericum perforatum
ISTI
Isatis tinctoria
LIDA
Linaria dalmatica
LIVU2
Linaria vulgaris
LYSA2 Lythrum salicaria
SEJA
Senecio jacobaea
SIMA3 Silybum marianum
TRTE
Tribulus terrestris
Use
indi
indi
indi
form
forb
forb
forb
R6code
OXOR
POMU
POPU
R6 old species
Oxalis oregana
Polystichum munitum
Polemonium pulcherrimum
common_name
Oregon oxalis
western swordfern
Jacob's ladder
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
PTAQ
PYAS
PYDE
PYPI
PYSE
TITRU
Pteridium aquilinum
Pyrola asarifolia
Pyrola dentata
Pyrola picta
Pyrola secunda
Tiarella trifoliata unifoliata
bracken fern
alpine pyrola
toothleaf pyrola
whitevein pyrola
Sidebells pyrola
coolwort foamflower
indi
forb TRLA2
Trientalis latifolia
western starflower
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
TROV
VAHE
VASI
VIGL
VIOR2
XETE
CAPE5
CYEC
FEID
FESTU
MESU
CYSC
CYMO3
SPJU?
ULEU
ACAN
ACRE3
CALA?
CANU4
CAPY3
CEMA
CENIJ
Trillium ovatum
Vancouveria hexandra
Valeriana sitchensis
Viola glabella
Viola orbiculata
Xerophyllum tenax
Carex pensylvanica
Cynosurus echinatus
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca spp.
Melica subulata
Cytisus scoparius
Cytisus monspessulanas
Spartium junceum
Ulex europaeus
Acaena anserinifolia
Acroptilon repens
Carthamus lanatus
Carduus nutans
Carduus pycnocephalus
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea jacea x nigra
white trillium
white inside-out-flower
sitka valerian
stream violet
round-leaved violet
beargrass
long-stolon sedge
hedgehog dogtail
idaho fescue
fescue species
Alaska oniongrass
Scotch broom
French broom
Spanish broom
gorse
Biddy-biddy
Russian knapweed
woolly distaff thistle
musk thistle
italian thistle
spotted knapweed
knapweed, meadow
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
CEDI
CEME
CESO
CEVI?
CHJU
CIAR
CIVU
COAR2
CYOF
HYPE
ISTI
LIDA
LIVU2
LYSA
SEJA
SIMA3
TRTR
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea melitensis
Centaurea solstitialis
Centaurea virgata
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Convolvulus arvensis
Cynoglossum officinale
Hypericum perforatum
Isatis tinctoria
Linaria dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Senecio jacobaea
Silybum marianum
Tribulus terrestris
diffuse knapweed
Malta starthistle
yellow starthistle
Squarrose knapweed
rush skeletonweed
canada thistle
bull thistle
Field bindweed
hound's tongue
common st. john's wort
dyers woad
dalmation toadflax
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
tansy ragwort
milk thistle
puncturevine
215
pg.
PLANTS PLANTS species
CORTA Cortaderia spp.
CYESL Cyperus esculentus var.
leptostachyus
ELRE4 Elymus repens
POSA4 Polygonum sachalinense
TACA8 Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Use form R6code R6 old species
weed grami CORTA? Cortaderia spp.
weed grami CYES
Cyperus esculentus
common_name
pampas grasses
yellow nutsedge
weed grami AGRE
weed grami POSA2
weed grami TACA
quackgrass
giant knotweed
medusa head
Agropyron repens
Polygonum sachalinense
Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
216
SUBSECTION A.3.4 CENTRAL OREGON
Deschutes, Fremont, Ochoco, and Winema National Forests, and the Crooked River National
Grassland.
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Hopkins, William, and Robert Rawlings. 1988 (revised version). Major Indicator Shrubs and
Herbs on National Forests of Eastern Oregon. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6TM-190-1985.
Johnson, Charles Grier Jr. 1993. Common Plants of the Inland Pacific Northwest, Malheur, Umatilla,
Wallowa-Whitman National Forests. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-ERWTP051-93.
PLANTS
ACMA3
ALRU2
CHCH7
CONU4
POTR5
QUGA4
TABR2
ACCI
ACGL
ALIN2
ALVIS
AMAL2
ARAR8
ARNE
PLANTS species
Acer macrophyllum
Alnus rubra
Chrysolepis chysophylla
Cornus nuttallii
Populus tremuloides
Quercus garryana
Taxus brevifolia
Acer circinatum
Acer glabrum
Alnus incana
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata
Amelanchier alnifolia
Artemisia arbuscula
Arctostaphylos
nevadensis
Arctostaphylos patula
Artemisia rigida
Artemisia tridentata
Artemisia tridentata ssp.
vaseyana
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Betula nana
Cercocarpus ledifolius
Use
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
form
tree
tree
tree
tree
tree
tree
tree
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
R6code
ACMA3
ALRU
CACH
CONU
POTR
QUGA
TABR
ACCI
ACGL
ALIN
ALSI
AMAL
ARAR
ARNE
R6 old species
Acer macrophyllum
Alnus rubra
Castanopsis chysophylla
Cornus nuttallii
Populus tremuloides
Quercus garryana
Taxus brevifolia
Acer circinatum
Acer glabrum
Alnus incana
Alnus sinuata
Amelanchier alnifolia
Artemisia arbuscula
Arctostaphylos nevadensis
common_name
bigleaf maple
red alder
golden chinquapin
Pacific dogwood
quaking aspen
Oregon white oak
western yew
vine maple
Rocky Mountain maple
mountain alder
sitka alder
Saskatoon serviceberry
low sagebrush
pinemat manzanita
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
ARPA
ARRI
ARTR
ARTRV
greenleaf manzanita
stiff sagebrush
big sagebrush
mountain big sagebrush
indi
indi
indi
shrub ARUV
shrub BEGL
shrub CELE
Arctostaphylos patula
Artemisia rigida
Artemisia tridentata
Artemisia tridentata
vaseyana
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Betula glandulosa
Cercocarpus ledifolius
CEMOG Cercocarpus montanus
var. glaber
CEPR
Ceanothus prostratus
CEVE
Ceanothus velutinus
CHRYS9 Chrysothamnus SSP.
CHUM Chimaphila umbellata
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
JUCO6 Juniperus communis
KAMI
Kalmia microphylla
LOIN5
Lonicera involucrata
LOUT2 Lonicera utahensis
MAAQ2 Mahonia aquifolium
MANE2 Mahonia nervosa
MARE11 Mahonia repens
MEFE
Menziesia ferruginea
PAMY
Paxistima myrsinites
PERA4 Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
PHLE4 Philadelphus lewisii
indi
shrub CEMO
Cercocarpus montanus
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
indi
indi
shrub PHEM
shrub PHLE4
Ceanothus prostratus
Ceanothus velutinus
Chrysothamnus
Chimaphila umbellata
Holodiscus discolor
Juniperus communis
Kalmia microphylla
Lonicera involucrata
Lonicera utahensis
Berberis aquifolium
Berberis nervosa
Berberis repens
Menziesia ferruginea
Pachistima myrsinites
Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Philadelphus lewisii
ARPA6
ARRI2
ARTR2
ARTRV
ARUV
BENA
CELE3
CEPR
CEVE
CHRYS9
CHUM
HODI
JUCO4
KAMI
LOIN
LOUT2
BEAQ
BENE
BERE
MEFE
PAMY
PERA3
bearberry, kinnikinnick
bog birch
curlleaf mountain
mahogany
birchleaf mountainmahogany
squawcarpet
snowbrush ceanothus
grey/green rabbitbrush
Prince's pine
oceanspray
common juniper
alpine laurel
bearberry honeysuckle
Utah honeysuckle
tall Oregon grape
Oregon grape
creeping Oregon grape
fool's huckleberry
Oregon boxwood
squaw apple
pink mountain-heath
Lewis' mock orange
217
pg.
PLANTS
PHMA5
PRUNU
PUTR2
RHAL2
RHMA3
Use
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
form
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
R6code
PHMA
PRUNUS
PUTR
RHAL
RHMA
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
RICE
RILA
RIVI
RUPA
RUUR
SASC
SPBE
SPDO
SYAL
SYMO
SYOR
indi
indi
shrub VADE
shrub VAME
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
VASC
VAOC2
ACTR
ADBI
APAN
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
ARCO
ARKI
ARLA
ASCA3
ATFI
BASA
CAQU2
CLUN
COCA
DIHO
DITR
FRVI
GETR
GOOB2 Goodyera oblongifolia
indi
forb GOOB
GYDR
LIBO3
LOMAT
LUAR3
LUCA
LULE2
LUPE
LUPO2
LYAM3
MARA7
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
Linnaea borealis
Lomatium
Lupinus argenteus
Lupinus caudatus
Lupinus lepidus
Luetkea pectinata
Lupinus polyphyllus
Lysichiton americanus
Maianthemum
racemosum
GYDR
LIBO2
LOMAT
LUAR3
LUCA
LULE2
LUPE
LUPO2
LYAM
SMRA
R6 old species
Physocarpus malvaceus
Prunus spp
Purshia tridentata
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Ribes cereum
Ribes lacustre
Ribes viscossissimum
Rubus parviflorus
Rubus ursinus
Salix scouleriana
Spiraea betulifolia
Spiraea douglasii
Symphoricarpos albus
Symphoricarpos mollis
Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
Vaccinium deliciosum
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium scoparium
Vaccinium occidentale
Achlys triphylla
Adenocaulon bicolor
Apocynum
androsaemifolium
Arnica cordifolia
Arenaria kingii
Arnica latifolia
Asarum caudatum
Athyrium filix-femina
Balsamorhiza sagittata
Camassia quamash
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
Disporum hookeri
Disporum tracycarpum
Fragaria virginiana
Geum triflorum
common_name
ninebark
cherry or choke cherry
bitterbrush
cascades azalea
Pacific rhododendron
squaw current
prickly currant
sticky currant
thimbleberry
Pacific blackberry
Scouler's willow
birchleaf spirea
Douglas spiraea
common snowberry
creeping snowberry
mountain snowberry
delicious blueberry
big huckleberry
grouse huckleberry
bog blueberry
vanilla leaf
trail plant
spreading dogbane
heart-leaf arnica
king's sandwort
broadleaf arnica
wild ginger
common ladyfern
arrowleaf balsamroot
small camas
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
hooker fairybells
fairy bells
strawberry
red avens, old man's
whiskers
Goodyera oblongifolia
western rattlesnakeplantain
Gymnocarpium dryopteris oak fern
Linnaea borealis
twinflower
Lomatium
desertparsley
Lupinus argenteus
silvery lupine
Lupinus caudatus
tailcup lupine
Lupinus lepidus
Pacific lupine
Luetkea pectinata
partridgefoot
Lupinus polyphyllus
bigleaf lupine
Lysichiton americanum
skunk cabbage
Smilacina racemosa
False Solomn'S Seal
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
PLANTS species
Physocarpus malvaceus
Prunus spp
Purshia tridentata
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
RICE
Ribes cereum
RILA
Ribes lacustre
RIVI3
Ribes viscossissimum
RUPA
Rubus parviflorus
RUUR
Rubus ursinus
SASC
Salix scouleriana
SPBE2 Spiraea betulifolia
SPDO
Spiraea douglasii
SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
SYMO
Symphoricarpos mollis
SYOR2 Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
VAUL
Vaccinium uliginosum
ACTR
Achlys triphylla
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
APAN2 Apocynum
androsaemifolium
ARCO9 Arnica cordifolia
ARKI
Arenaria kingii
ARLA8 Arnica latifolia
ASCA2 Asarum caudatum
ATFI
Athyrium filix-femina
BASA3 Balsamorhiza sagittata
CAQU2 Camassia quamash
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
COCA13 Cornus canadensis
DIHO3 Disporum hookeri
DITR2
Disporum trachycarpum
FRVI
Fragaria virginiana
GETR
Geum triflorum
pg.
218
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
PLANTS
MAST4
PENST
PHLOX
POMU
POPU3
PLANTS species
Use
Maianthemum stellatum
indi
Penstemon
indi
Phlox
indi
Polystichum munitum
indi
Polemonium
indi
pulcherrimum
PSJA2 Pseudostellaria
indi
jamesiana
PTAQ
Pteridium aquilinum
indi
SETR
Senecio triangularis
indi
STAM2 Streptopus amplexifolius
indi
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
indi
unifoliata
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
indi
unifoliata
TRBOL Trientalis borealis ssp.
indi
latifolia
TRCA
Trautvetteria caroliniensis indi
VIGL
Viola glabella
indi
WYMO Wyethia mollis
indi
XETE
Xerophyllum tenax
indi
ACOCO Achnatherum occidentale indi
ssp. occidentale
BRCA5 Bromus carinatus
indi
BRTE
Bromus tectorum
indi
BRVU
Bromus vulgaris
indi
CAAN15 Carex angustata
indi
CAGE2 Carex geyeri
indi
CAIN9
Carex inops
indi
CARO5 Carex rossii
indi
CARU
Calamagrostis rubescens indi
ELEL5 Elymus elymoides
indi
ELGL
Elymus glaucus
indi
ELQU2 Eleocharis quinqueflora
indi
FEID
Festuca idahoensis
indi
FEOC
Festuca occidentalis
indi
PONE2 Poa nervosa
indi
POSE
Poa secunda
indi
PSSP6 Pseudoroegneria spicata indi
ROSA5 Rosa spp.
nfor
ASTRA Astragalus
nfor
ERBL
Erigeron bloomeri
nfor
ERCH4 Erigeron chrysopsidis
nfor
ERFL4 Eriogonum flavum
nfor
ERHE2 Eriogonum heracleoides
nfor
ERIGE2 Erigeron
ERIOG Eriogonum
POPH
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
TRMA3 Trifolium macrocephalum
CACA4 Calamagrostis
canadensis
DAUN
Danthonia unispicata
nfor
nfor
nfor
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
R6code
SMST
PENST
PHLOX
POMU
POPU
R6 old species
Smilacina stellata
Penstemon
Phlox spp.
Polystichum munitum
Polemonium pulcherrimum
common_name
starry Solomon's seal
beardtongue
phlox
western swordfern
Jacob's ladder
forb STJA
Stellaria jamesiana
tuber starwort
forb
forb
forb
forb
Pteridium aquilinum
Senecio triangularis
Streptopus amplexifolius
Tiarella trifoliata unifoliata
bracken fern
arrowleaf groundsel
twisted stalk
coolwort foamflower
forb TIUN
Tiarella unifoliata
coolwort foamflower
forb TRLA2
Trientalis latifolia
western starflower
PTAQ
SETR
STAM
TITRU
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
TRCA3
VIGL
WYMO
XETE
STOC
Trautvetteria caroliniensis
Viola glabella
Whyethia mollis
Xerophyllum tenax
Stipa occidentalis
false bugbane
stream violet
woolly wyethia
beargrass
western needlegrass
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
BRCA
BRTE
BRVU
CAEU
CAGE
CAPE5
CARO
CARU
SIHY
ELGL
ELPA2
FEID
FEOC
PONE
POSA
AGSP
ROSA
ASTRA
ERBL
ERCH
ERFL
ERHE
Bromus carinatus
Bromus tectorum
Bromus vulgaris
Carex eurycarpa
Carex geyeri
Carex pensylvanica
Carex rossii
Calamagrostis rubescens
Sitanion hystrix
Elymus glaucus
Eleocharis pauciflora
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca occidentalis
Poa nervosa
Poa sandbergii
Agropyron spicatum
Rosa spp.
Astragalus spp.
Erigeron bloomeri
Erigeron chrysopsidis
Eriogonum flavum
Eriogonum heracleoides
California brome
cheatgrass
columbia brome
widefruit sedge
elk sedge
long-stolon sedge
ross' sedge
pinegrass
squirreltail
blue wildrye
few-flowered spikerush
idaho fescue
western fescue
Wheeler's bluegrass
Sandberg's bluegrass
bluebunch wheatgrass
Rose
milkvetch
dwarf yellow fleabane
dwarf yellow fleabane
golden buckwheat
creamy or Wyeth's
buckwheat
fleabane
buckwheat
pokeweed fleeceflower
forb ERIGE2
forb ERIOG
forb POPH
nfor
nfor
forb TRMA
grami CACA
Erigeron
Eriogonum
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
Trifolium macrocephalum bighead clover
Calamagrostis canadensis bluejoint reedgrass
nfor
grami DAUN
Danthonia unispicata
One-Spike Oatgrass
219
pg.
PLANTS
DECA18
FEVI
LECI4
POPR
POSE
ARLUE
Use
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
sens
form
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
shrub
R6code
DECE
FEVI
ELCI2
POPR
POSA
ARLUE
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
AGEL
ALBO
ALBR
ALMA2
ARSUH
sens
sens
forb ARVI2
forb ASWA2
sens
forb ASDID2
ASDI2
Astragalus diaphanus
sens
forb ASDID
ASHO3
Astragalus howellii
sens
forb ASHOH
Astragalus peckii
Astragalus tegetarioides
Botrychium pumicola
Castilleja chlorotica
Calochortus
longebarbatus var.
longebarbatus
CALOP4 Calochortus
longebarbatus var. peckii
CASC6 Campanula scabrella
CIBU
Cicuta bulbifera
COMA Collomia mazama
COMA3 Collomia macrocalyx
CYCA4 Cypripedium californicum
CYNI3
Cymopterus nivalis
CYPA19 Cypripedium parviflorum
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
sens
forb CALOP
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
DRAU2 Draba aureola
ERDI10 Eriogonum diclinum
sens
sens
forb DRAU
forb ERDI3
ERPR9 Eriogonum prociduum
EUGO5 Eucephalus gormanii
GASEW Galium serpenticum ssp.
Warnerense
GENE
Gentiana newberryi
HAWHD Hazardia whitneyi var.
2
discoideus
HIBO
Hieracium bolanderi
IVSH
Ivesia shockleyi
LODO
Lobelia dortmanna
LUCU
Lupinus cusickii
LYAN2 Lycopodium annotinum
sens
sens
sens
forb ERPR3
forb ASGO
forb GASEW
sens
sens
forb GENE
forb HAWHD
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
ASPE4
ASTE4
BOPU2
CACH15
CALOL
ASPE2
ASTE
BOPU
CACH4
CALOL
CASC
CIBU
COMA4
COMA
CYCA
CYNI
CYCAP
HIBO
IVSH
LODO3
LUCU
LYAN
R6 old species
Deschampsia cespitosa
Festuca viridula
Elymus cinereus
Poa pratensis
Poa sandbergii
Artemisia ludoviciana ssp.
estesii
Agoseris elata
Allium bolanderi
Allium brandegei
Allium madidum
Arabis suffrutescens var.
horizontalis
Arnica viscose
Asarum wagnerii
common_name
tufted hairgrass
green fescue
giant wildrye
Kentucky bluegrass
Sandberg's bluegrass
Estes' wormwood
Astragalus diaphanous
var. diurnus
Astragalus diaphanus var.
diaphanus
Astragalus howellii var.
howellii
Astragalus peckii
Astragalus tegetarioides
Botrychium pumicola
Castilleja chlorotica
Calochortus longebarbatus
var. longebarbatus
transparent milkvetch
Calochortus longebarbatus
var. peckii
Campanula scabrella
Cicuta bulbifera
Collomia mazama
Collomia macrocalyx
Cypripedium californicum
Cymopterus nivalis
Cypripedium calceolus var.
parviflorum
Draba aureola
Eriogonum diclinum
long-bearded mariposa lily
Eriogonum prociduum
Aster gormanii
Galium serpenticum ssp.
Warnerense
Gentiana newberryi
Haplopappus whitneyi ssp.
discoideus
Hieracium bolanderi
Ivesia shockleyi
Lobelia dortmanna
Lupinus cusickii
Lycopodium annotinum
Tall agoseris
Bolander's onion
brandegee onion
swamp onion
Crater Lake rockcress
Shasta arnica
green-flowered ginger
transparent milkvetch
Howell's milkvetch
Peck's milkvetch
Deschutes milkvetch
pumice grape-fern
green-tinged paintbrush
long-bearded mariposa lily
rough harebell
bulb-bearing waterhemlock
Mt. Mazama collomia
bristle-flower collomia
California lady's slipper
Hayden's cymopterus
yellow lady's slipper
alpine draba
Jayne's Canyon
buckwheat
prostrate buckwheat
Gorman's aster
Warner Mtn. bedstraw
Newberry's gentian
Whitney's haplopappus
Bolander's hawkweed
Shockley's ivesia
Water lobelia
Cusick's lupine
Stiff club-moss
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
PLANTS species
Deschampsia caespitosa
Festuca viridula
Leymus cinereus
Poa pratensis
Poa secunda
Artemisia ludoviciana
ssp. estesii
AGEL
Agoseris elata
ALBO
Allium bolanderi
ALBR
Allium brandegeei
ALMA6 Allium madidum
ARSUH Arabis suffrutescens var.
horizontalis
ARVI6
Arnica viscosa
ASCAV Asarum caudatum var.
viridiflorum
ASDI2
Astragalus diaphanus
pg.
220
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
PLANTS
MIJE
MITR3
OPPU3
OXOC
PEER3
PEGL10
PEHO5
PEPE10
ROCO3
SINUI2
PLANTS species
Mimulus jepsonii
Mimulus tricolor
Ophioglossum pusillum
Oxypolis occidentalis
Perideridia erythrorhiza
Penstemon glaucinus
Perideridia howellii
Penstemon peckii
Rorippa columbiae
Silene nuda ssp.
insectivora
SISCS Silene scaposa var.
scaposa
STPS
Stylocline psilocarphoides
THBR
Thelypodium
brachycarpum
THHOH Thelypodium howellii ssp.
howellii
ACHE10 Achnatherum hendersonii
CABR
Calamagrostis breweri
CAMI7 Carex microptera
MEST
Melica stricta
PLOR3 Pleuropogon oregonus
CYSC4 Cytisus scoparius
RUDI2 Rubus discolor
ACRE3 Acroptilon repens
ACRE3 Acroptilon repens
ARMI2 Arctium minus
KOSC
Kochia scoparia
CADR
Cardaria draba
CANU4 Carduus nutans
CEBI2
Centaurea bieberstinii
CEDI3
Centaurea diffusa
CESO3 Centaurea solstitialis
CHJU
Chondrilla juncea
CIAR4
Cirsium arvense
CIVU
Cirsium vulgare
COAR4 Convolvulus arvensis
CYOF
Cynoglossum officinale
DIFU2
Dipsacus fullonum
EUES
Euphorbia esula
HYPE
Hypericum perforatum
ISTI
Isatis tinctoria
LIDA
Linaria dalmatica
LIVU2
Linaria vulgaris
LYSA2 Lythrum salicaria
MADIA Madia
ONAC
Onopordum acanthium
PORE5 Potentilla recta
SAAE
Salvia aethiopis
SAKA
Salsola kali
SEJA
Senecio jacobaea
SIMA3 Silybum marianum
Use
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
sens
forb SISCS
sens
sens
forb STPS
forb THBR
sens
forb THHOH
sens
sens
sens
sens
sens
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
R6code
MIJE
MITR3
OPVU
OXOC
PEER2
PEGL6
PEHO
PEPE2
ROCO
SINUI
ORHE
CABR7
CALI3
MEST
PLOR
CYSC
RUDI
CERE
ACRE3
ARMI2
BASC5
CADR2
CANU4
CEMA
CEDI
CESO
CHJU
CIAR
CIVU
COAR2
CYOF
DISY
EUES
HYPE
ISTI
LIDA
LIVU2
LYSA
MADIA
ONAC
PORE
SAAE2
SAKA
SEJA
SIMA3
R6 old species
Mimulus jepsonii
Mimulus tricolor
Ophioglossum vulgatum
Oxypolis occidentalis
Perideridia erythrorhiza
Penstemon glaucinus
Perideridia howellii
Penstemon peckii
Rorippa columbiae
Silene nuda ssp.
insectivora
Silene scaposa var.
scaposa
Stylocline psilocarphoides
Thelypodium
brachycarpum
Thelypodium howellii ssp.
howellii
Oryzopsis hendersonii
Calamagrostis breweri
Carex limnophila
Melica stricta
Pleuropogon oregonus
Cytisus scoparius
Rubus discolor
Centaurea repens
Acroptilon repens
Arctium minus
Bassia scoparia
Cardaria draba
Carduus nutans
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea solstitialis
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Convolvulus arvensis
Cynoglossum officinale
Dipsacus sylvestris
Euphorbia esula
Hypericum perforatum
Isatis tinctoria
Linaria dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Madia spp.
Onopordum acanthium
Potentilla recta
Salvia aethiopis
Salsola kali
Senecio jacobaea
Silybum marianum
common_name
Jepson's monkey-flower
tricolored monkey-flower
adder's-tongue
western oxypolis
red-root yampah
blue-leaved penstemon
Howell's yampah
Peck's penstemon
Columbia cress
fringed campion
scapose catchfly
Peck's stylocline
Short-fruited thelypodium
Howell's thelypodium
Henderson's ricegrass
brewer's reedgrass
pond sedge
nodding melica
Oregon semaphoregrass
broom, Scotch
Himalayan blackberry
Russian Knapweed
Russian knapweed
lessor burdock
kochia
white top (hoary cress)
musk thistle
spotted knapweed
diffuse knapweed
yellow starthistle
rush skeletonweed
canada thistle
bull thistle
field bindweed
hound's tongue
teasel
leafy spurge
common St. John's wort
dyers woad
dalmation toadflax
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
tarweed
scotch thistle
cinquefoil, sulfur
mediterranean sage
russian thistle
tansy ragwort
milk thistle
221
pg.
PLANTS
SOAR2
TAPA6
TRTE
VETH
ELRE4
PHAR3
PHAR3
PLANTS species
Sonchus arvensis
Tanecetum parthenium
Tribulus terrestris
Verbascum thapsus
Elymus repens
Phalaris arundinacea
Phalaris arundinacea
Use form R6code
weed forb SOAR
weed forb TAPA6
weed forb TRTR
weed forb VETH
weed grami AGRE
weed grami PHAR
weed grami PHARP
TACA8
Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Ventenata dubia
weed grami TACA
VEDU
weed grami VEDU
R6 old species
Sonchus arvensis
Tanecetum parthenium
Tribulus terrestris
Verbascum thapsus
Agropyron repens
Phalaris arundinacea
Phalaris arundinacea var.
picta
Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Ventenata dubia
common_name
perennial sowthistle
feverfew
puncturevine
mullein, common
quackgrass
reed canary grass
ribbongrass
medusa head
ventenata
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
222
SUBSECTION A.3.5 NE OREGON
Malheur, Umatilla, and Wallowa-Whitman National Forests.
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Johnson, Charles Grier Jr. 1993. Common Plants of the Inland Pacific Northwest, Malheur,
Umatilla, Wallowa-Whitman National Forests. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6ERW-TP051-93.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
TABR2 Taxus brevifolia
ACGLD4 Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
ALVIS
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata
ARAR8 Artemisia arbuscula
ARCTO3 Arctostaphylos spp.
ARRI2
Artemisia rigida
ARTRV Artemisia tridentata ssp.
vaseyana
CELE3 Cercocarpus ledifolius
Use
indi
indi
indi
form R6code
R6 old species
tree TABR
Taxus brevifolia
shrub ACGLD Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
shrub ALSI
Alnus sinuata
shrub ARAR
Artemisia arbuscula
shrub ARCTO Arctostaphylos spp.
shrub ARRI
Artemisia rigida
shrub ARTRV
Artemisia tridentata
vaseyana
shrub CELE
Cercocarpus ledifolius
HODI
MEFE
PERA4
indi
indi
indi
shrub HODI
shrub MEFE
shrub PERA3
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
indi
shrub VAME
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
Holodiscus discolor
Menziesia ferruginea
Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
PHMA5 Physocarpus malvaceus
PUTR2 Purshia tridentata
RHAL2 Rhododendron albiflorum
RHGL
Rhus glabra
SPBE2 Spiraea betulifolia
SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
SYOR2 Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
ARCO9 Arnica cordifolia
ASCA2 Asarum caudatum
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
COCA13 Cornus canadensis
COOC Coptis occidentalis
DITR2
Disporum trachycarpum
GYDR
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
LIBO3
Linnaea borealis
POMU Polystichum munitum
POPH
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
POPU3 Polemonium
pulcherrimum
PTAQ
Pteridium aquilinum
SETR
Senecio triangularis
STAM2 Streptopus amplexifolius
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
unifoliata
TRCA
Trautvetteria caroliniensis
VASI
Valeriana sitchensis
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb POPU
Holodiscus discolor
Menziesia ferruginea
Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Physocarpus malvaceus
Purshia tridentata
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhus glabra
Spiraea betulifolia
Symphoricarpos albus
Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium scoparium
Adenocaulon bicolor
Arnica cordifolia
Asarum caudatum
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
Coptis occidentalis
Disporum tracycarpum
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
Linnaea borealis
Polystichum munitum
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
Polemonium pulcherrimum
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
Pteridium aquilinum
Senecio triangularis
Streptopus amplexifolius
Tiarella trifoliata unifoliata
indi
indi
forb TRCA3
forb VASI
PHEM
PHMA
PUTR
RHAL
RHGL
SPBE
SYAL
SYOR
VASC
ADBI
ARCO
ASCA3
CLUN
COCA
COOC2
DITR
GYDR
LIBO2
POMU
POPH
PTAQ
SETR
STAM
TITRU
common_name
western yew
Douglas maple
sitka alder
low sagebrush
Arctostaphylos spp.
stiff sagebrush
mountain big sagebrush
curlleaf mountain
mahogany
oceanspray
fool's huckleberry
squaw apple
pink mountain-heath
ninebark
bitterbrush
cascades azalea
smooth sumac
birchleaf spirea
common snowberry
mountain snowberry
big huckleberry
grouse huckleberry
trail plant
heart-leaf arnica
wild ginger
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
goldthread
fairy bells
oak fern
twinflower
western swordfern
pokeweed fleeceflower
Jacob's ladder
bracken fern
arrowleaf groundsel
twisted stalk
coolwort foamflower
Trautvetteria caroliniensis false bugbane
Valeriana sitchensis
Sitka valerian
223
pg.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
ACOCO Achnatherum occidentale
ssp. occidentale
BRVU
Bromus vulgaris
CAGE2 Carex geyeri
CARO5 Carex rossii
CARU
Calamagrostis rubescens
FEID
Festuca idahoensis
JUDR
Juncus drummondii
POSE
Poa secunda
POWH2 Poa wheeleri
PSSPS Pseudoroegneria spicata
ssp. spicata
ACGLD4 Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
ALVIS
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata
AMAL2 Amelanchier alnifolia
ARAR8 Artemisia arbuscula
ARRI2
Artemisia rigida
ARTRV Artemisia tridentata ssp.
vaseyana
CELAR Celtis laevigata var.
reticulata
CELE3 Cercocarpus ledifolius
Use
indi
form R6code
R6 old species
grami STOC
Stipa occidentalis
common_name
Western Needlegrass
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
Bromus vulgaris
Carex geyeri
Carex rossii
Calamagrostis rubescens
Festuca idahoensis
Juncus drummondii
Poa sandbergii
Poa nervosa wheeleri
Agropyron spicatum
columbia brome
elk sedge
ross' sedge
pinegrass
Idaho fescue
drummond rush
Sandberg's bluegrass
Wheeler's bluegrass
bluebunch wheatgrass
indi
shrub ACGLD
Douglas maple
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
nfor
shrub CERE2
Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
Alnus sinuata
Amelanchier alnifolia
Artemisia arbuscula
Artemisia rigida
Artemisia tridentata
vaseyana
Celtis reticulata
nfor
shrub CELE
Cercocarpus ledifolius
CEVE
GLSPA
Ceanothus velutinus
Glossopetalon
spinescens var. aridium
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
PERA4 Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
PHLE4 Philadelphus lewisii
PHMA5 Physocarpus malvaceus
PRUNU Prunus spp
PUTR2 Purshia tridentata
RHGL
Rhus glabra
ROSA5 Rosa spp.
SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
SYOR2 Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
ASCU5 Astragalus cusickii
ASIN5
Astragalus inflexus
BAIN
Balsamorhiza incana
BASA3 Balsamorhiza sagittata
CACU2 Camassia cusickii
DAOR2 Dalea ornata
ERCH4 Erigeron chrysopsidis
ERDO
Eriogonum douglasii
ERFL4 Eriogonum flavum
ERHE2 Eriogonum heracleoides
nfor
nfor
shrub CEVE
shrub GLNE
nfor
nfor
shrub HODI
shrub PERA3
ERMI4
ERPU2
ERST4
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
ALSI
AMAL
ARAR
ARRI
ARTRV
netleaf hackberry
curlleaf mountain
mahogany
Ceanothus velutinus
snowbrush ceanothus
Glossopetalon nevadense Snake River green-bush
Holodiscus discolor
Peraphyllum
ramosissimum
shrub PHLE4
Philadelphus lewisii
shrub PHMA
Physocarpus malvaceus
shrub PRUNUS Prunus spp
shrub PUTR
Purshia tridentata
shrub RHGL
Rhus glabra
shrub ROSA
Rosa spp.
shrub SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
shrub SYOR
Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
forb ASCU4
Astragalus cusickii
forb ASIN2
Astragalus inflexus
forb BAIN
Balsamorhiza incana
forb BASA
Balsamorhiza sagittata
forb CACU
Camassia cusickii
forb PEOR4
Petalostemon ornatus
forb ERCH
Erigeron chrysopsidis
forb ERDO
Eriogonum douglasii
forb ERFL
Eriogonum flavum
forb ERHE
Eriogonum heracleoides
forb ERMI
forb ERPU
forb ERST2
sitka alder
Saskatoon serviceberry
low sagebrush
stiff sagebrush
mountain big sagebrush
Eriogonum microthecum
Erigeron pumilus
Eriogonum strictum
oceanspray
squaw apple
Lewis' mock orange
ninebark
cherry or choke cherry
bitterbrush
smooth sumac
rose
common snowberry
mountain snowberry
Cusick's milkvetch
hairy milkvetch
hoary balsmroot
arrowleaf balsamroot
Cusick's camas
western prairie-clover
dwarf yellow fleabane
Douglas' buckwheat
golden buckwheat
creamy or wyeth's
buckwheat
slender buckwheat
shaggy fleabane
strict buckwheat
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
Eriogonum microthecum
Erigeron pumilus
Eriogonum strictum
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
BRVU
CAGE
CARO
CARU
FEID
JUDR
POSA
PONEW
AGSP
pg.
224
PLANTS
PLANTS species
ERUMM Eriogonum umbellatum
var. majus
FRAL2 Frasera albicaulis
GETR
Geum triflorum
Use
nfor
nfor
nfor
form R6code
R6 old species
forb ERUMS Eriogonum umbellatum
subalpinum
forb FRAL2
Frasera albicaulis
forb GETR
Geum triflorum
HICY
nfor
forb HIAL2
Hieracium albertinum
nfor
forb LECOW
wallowa lewisia
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb LOCO2
forb LOMA
forb LULA2
Lewisia columbiana
wallowaensis
Lomatium cous
Lomatium macrocarpum
Lupinus laxiflorus
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
LUCA
LUSE
OECA2
OPPO
PEEL
PEGL4
PETR
PHCO2
PHOR
POPH
tailcup lupine
silky lupine
desert evening primrose
plains prickly pear
lovely penstemon
globe penstemon
whorled penstemon
Snake River phlox
Oregon twinpod
pokeweed fleeceflower
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb
forb
forb
grami
SCAN
SELA2
TRMA
STOC
Lupinus caudatus
Lupinus sericeus
Oenothera caespitosa
Opuntia polyacantha
Penstemon elegantulus
Penstemon globosus
Penstemon triphyllus
Phlox colubrina
Physaria oregana
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
Scutellaria angustifolia
Sedum lanceolatum
Trifolium macrocephalum
Stipa occidentalis
nfor
grami ARLO3
Aristida longiseta
fendler (red) threeawn
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
BRCA
CAGE
CAHO
CAPE
DAIN
DAUN
SIHY
Bromus carinatus
Carex geyeri
Carex hoodii
Carex petasata
Danthonia intermedia
Danthonia unispicata
Sitanian hystrix
California brome
elk sedge
Hood's sedge
Liddon's sedge
timber oatgrass
one-spike oatgrass
bottlebrush squirreltail
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
FEID
FEVI
JUPA
KOCR
ELCI2
POPR
POSA
PONEW
AGSP
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca viridula
Juncus parryi
Koeleria cristata
Elymus cinereus
Poa pratensis
Poa sandbergii
Poa nervosa wheeleri
Agropyron spicatum
Idaho fescue
green fescue
Parry's rush
prairie junegrass
giant wildrye
Kentucky bluegrass
Sandberg's bluegrass
wheeler's bluegrass
bluebunch wheatgrass
Sporobolus cryptandrus
Cytisus scoparius
Acroptilon repens
Cardaria draba
Carduus nutans
sand dropseed
broom, Scotch
russian knapweed
white top (hoary cress)
musk thistle
LECOW
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
LOCO4
LOMA3
LUARL5
LUCA
LUSE4
OECA10
OPPO
PEEL4
PEGL5
PETR6
PHCO10
PHOR2
POPH
SCAN3
SELA
TRMA3
ACOCO
ARPUL
BRCA5
CAGE2
CAHO5
CAPE7
DAIN
DAUN
ELELE
FEID
FEVI
JUPA
KOMA
LECI4
POPR
POSE
POWH2
PSSPS
SPCR
CYSC4
ACRE3
CADR
CANU4
Hieracium
cynoglossoides
Lewisia columbiana var.
wallowaensis
Lomatium cous
Lomatium macrocarpum
Lupinus argenteus ssp.
argenteus var. laxiflorus
Lupinus caudatus
Lupinus sericeus
Oenothera caespitosa
Opuntia polyacantha
Penstemon elegantulus
Penstemon globosus
Penstemon triphyllus
Phlox colubrina
Physaria oregana
Polygonum
phytolaccaefolium
Scutellaria angustifolia
Sedum lanceolatum
Trifolium macrocephalum
Achnatherum occidentale
ssp. occidentale
Aristida purpurea
longiseta
Bromus carinatus
Carex geyeri
Carex hoodii
Carex petasata
Danthonia intermedia
Danthonia unispicata
Elymus elymoides ssp.
elymoides
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca viridula
Juncus parryi
Koeleria macrantha
Leymus cinereus
Poa pratensis
Poa secunda
Poa wheeleri
Pseudoroegneria spicata
ssp. spicata
Sporobolus cryptandrus
Cytisus scoparius
Acroptilon repens
Cardaria draba
Carduus nutans
nfor grami SPCR
weed shrub CYSC
weed forb ACRE3
weed forb CADR2
weed forb CANU4
common_name
sulfur buckwheat
white stemmed frasera
red avens, old man's
whiskers
western hawkweed
cous biscuit-root
large fruited lomatium
spurred lupine
narrowleaf skullcap
lanceleaved stonecrop
bighead clover
western needlegrass
225
pg.
PLANTS
CEBI2
CEDI3
CESO3
CHJU
CIAR4
CIDO
CIVU
COMA2
CYOF
DIFU2
EUES
HEPU5
HYNI
HYPE
LELA2
LIDA
LIVU2
LYSA2
ONAC
PORE5
SAAE
SAOF4
SEJA
TAVU
TRTE
ZIVE
CELO3
DAGL
LOLIU
PHPR3
TACA8
THIN6
THIN6
PLANTS species
Centaurea bieberstinii
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea solstitialis
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Cicuta douglasii
Cirsium vulgare
Conium maculatum
Cynoglossum officinale
Dipsacus fullonum
Euphorbia esula
Hemizonia pungens
Hyoscyamus niger
Hypericum perforatum
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Onopordum acanthium
Potentilla recta
Salvia aethiopis
Saponaria officinallis
Senecio jacobaea
Tanacetum vulgare
Tribulus terrestris
Zigadenus venenosus
Cenchrus longispinus
Dactylis glomerata
Lolium spp
Phleum pratense
Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Thinopyrum intermedium
Thinopyrum intermedium
Use
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
R6code
CEMA
CEDI
CESO
CHJU
CIAR
CIDO
CIVU
COMA2
CYOF
DISY
EUES
HEPU2
HYNI
HYPE
LELA
LIDA
LIVU2
LYSA
ONAC
PORE
SAAE2
SAOF2
SEJA
TAVU
TRTR
ZIVE
CELO
DAGL
LOLIU
PHPR
TACA
weed grami AGIN2
weed grami AGTR2
R6 old species
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea solstitialis
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Cicuta douglasii
Cirsium vulgare
Conium maculatum
Cynoglossum officinale
Dipsacus sylvestris
Euphorbia esula
Hemizonia pungens
Hyoscyamus niger
Hypericum perforatum
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Onopordum acanthium
Potentilla recta
Salvia aethiopis
Saponaria officinallis
Senecio jacobaea
Tanacetum vulgare
Tribulus terrestris
Zigadenus venenosus
Cenchrus longispinus
Dactylis glomerata
Lolium spp
Phleum pratense
Taeniatherum caputmedusae
Agropyron intermedium
Agropyron trichophorum
common_name
spotted knapweed
diffuse knapweed
yellow starthistle
rush skeletonweed
canada thistle
water hemlock
bull thistle
poison hemlock
hound's tongue
teasel
leafy spurge
spikeweed
black henbane
common St. John's wort
perennial pepperweed
dalmation toadflax
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
scotch thistle
cinquefoil, sulfur
mediterranean sage
bounching bet, soapwort
tansy ragwort
common tansy
puncturevine
meadow deathcamus
sandbur, longspine
orchard grass
ryegrass
timothy
medusa head
intermediate wheatgrass
pubescent wheatgrass
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
226
SUBSECTION A.3.6 NW WASHINGTON
Mt. Baker-Snoqualmie (605), Olympic (609) National Forests.
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Lesher, Robin D., and Jan A. Henderson. 1992. Indicator Species of Forested Plant
Associations on National Forests of Northwestern Washington. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Region R6-MBS-TP-041-1992.
PLANTS
ACCI
ARUV
CHME
CHUM
ELPY
PLANTS species
Acer circinatum
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Chimaphila menziesii
Chimaphila umbellata
Elliota pyroliflorus
Use
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
form
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
R6code
ACCI
ARUV
CHME
CHUM
CLPY
FRPU7
GASH
HODI
JUCO6
LOHI2
MANE2
OPHO
PAMY
PHEM
RHAL2
RHMA3
Frangula purshiana
Gaultheria shallon
Holodiscus discolor
Juniperus communis
Lonicera hispidula
Mahonia nervosa
Oplopanax horridus
Paxistima myrsinites
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Ribes bracteosum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus pedatus
Rubus spectabilis
Sambucus racemosa
Sorbus sitchensis
Symphoricarpos albus
Vaccinium deliciosum
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium ovalifolium
Vaccinium ovalifolium
Vaccinium ovatum
Vaccinium parvifolium
Achlys triphylla
Athyrium filix-femina
Blechnum spicant
Caltha leptosepala ssp.
howellii
Campanula scouleri
Circaea alpina
Claytonia sibirica
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
Corallorhiza mertensiana
Dryopteris carthusiana
Erythronium montanum
Galium triflorum
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
RHPU
GASH
HODI
JUCO4
LOHI
BENE
OPHO
PAMY
PHEM
RHAL
RHMA
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
RIBR
ROGY
RULA
RUPE
RUSP
SARA
SOSI
SYAL
VADE
VAME
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
VAAL
VAOV
VAOV2
VAPA
ACTR
ATFI
BLSP
CABI
R6 old species
Acer circinatum
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Chimaphila menziesii
Chimaphila umbellata
Cladothamnus
pyrolaeflorus
Rhamnus purshiana
Gaultheria shallon
Holodiscus discolor
Juniperus communis
Lonicera hispidula
Berberis nervosa
Oplopanax horridus
Pachistima myrsinites
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Ribes bracteosum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus pedatus
Rubus spectabilis
Sambucus racemosa
Sorbus sitchensis
Symphoricarpos albus
Vaccinium deliciosum
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium alaskense
Vaccinium ovalifolium
Vaccinium ovatum
Vaccinium parvifolium
Achlys triphylla
Athyrium filix-femina
Blechnum spicant
Caltha biflora
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
CASC2
CIAL
MOSI
CLUN
COCA
COME
DRAU2
ERMO
GATR
Campanula scouleri
Circaea alpina
Claytonia sibirica
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
Corallorhiza mertensiana
Dryopteris campyloptera
Erythronium montanum
Galium triflorum
RIBR
ROGY
RULA2
RUPE
RUSP
SARA2
SOSI2
SYAL
VADE
VAME
VAOV
VAOV
VAOV2
VAPA
ACTR
ATFI
BLSP
CALEH2
CASC7
CIAL
CLSI2
CLUN2
COCA13
COME4
DRCA11
ERMO8
GATR3
common_name
vine maple
bearberry, kinnikinnick
little prince’s-pine
prince's pine
copperbrush
cascara
salal
oceanspray
common juniper
hairy honeysuckle
Oregon grape
devil's club
Oregon boxwood
pink mountain-heath
cascades azalea
Pacific rhododendron
stink currant
baldhip rose
dwarf bramble
five-leaved bramble
salmonberry
red elderberry
Sitka mountain-ash
common snowberry
delicious blueberry
big huckleberry
Alaska huckleberry
oval-leaf huckleberry
evergreen huckleberry
red huckleberry
vanilla leaf
common ladyfern
deer fern
two-flowered marshmarigold
Scouler's harebell
enchanter's nightshade
miner's lettuce
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
western coralroot
shield-fern
avalanche lily/giant faw
sweetscented bedstraw
227
pg.
PLANTS PLANTS species
GOOB2 Goodyera oblongifolia
Use
indi
form R6code
forb GOOB
R6 old species
Goodyera oblongifolia
common_name
western rattlesnakeplantain
Gymnocarpium dryopteris oak fern
Chrysanthemum
oxeye daisy
leucanthemum
Linnaea borealis
twinflower
Lupinus latifolius
broadleaf lupine
Lysichiton americanum
skunk cabbage
Maianthemum dilatatum
false lily of the vally
Smilacina stellata
starry Solomon's seal
Arenaria macrophylla
bigleaf sandwort
Oxalis oregana
Oregon oxalis
Polystichum munitum
western swordfern
Pyrola secunda
sidebells pyrola
Streptopus roseus
rosy twistedstalk
GYDR
LEVU
Gymnocarpium dryopteris indi
Leucanthemum vulgare
weed
forb GYDR
forb CHLE2
LIBO3
LULA4
LYAM3
MADI
MAST4
MOMA3
OXOR
POMU
ORSE
STLAC
Linnaea borealis
Lupinus latifolius
Lysichiton americanus
Maianthemum dilatatum
Maianthemum stellatum
Moehringia macrophylla
Oxalis oregana
Polystichum munitum
Orthilia secunda
Streptopus lanceolatus
var. curvipes
Streptopus streptopoides
Tiarella trifoliata
Tiarella trifoliata var.
unifoliata
Trientalis borealis ssp.
latifolia
Vancouveria hexandra
Valeriana sitchensis
Xerophyllum tenax
Festuca occidentalis
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Cassiope mertensiana
Elliota pyroliflorus
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
indi
indi
indi
forb STST
forb TITR
forb TIUN
Streptopus streptopoides
Tiarella trifoliata
Tiarella unifoliata
kruhsea twisted-stalk
threeleaf foamflower
coolwort foamflower
indi
forb TRLA2
Trientalis latifolia
western starflower
white inside-out-flower
sitka valerian
beargrass
western fescue
sitka alder
bearberry, kinnikinnick
western moss heather
copperbrush
STST3
TITR
TITRU
TRBOL
VAHE
VASI
XETE
FEOC
ALVIS
ARUV
CAME7
ELPY
indi
indi
indi
indi
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb
forb
forb
grami
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
nfor
shrub COST
Vancouveria hexandra
Valeriana sitchensis
Xerophyllum tenax
Festuca occidentalis
Alnus sinuata
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Cassiope mertensiana
Cladothamnus
pyrolaeflorus
Cornus stolonifera
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
Potentilla fruticosa
Empetrum nigrum
Juniperus communis
Kalmia microphylla
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Phyllodoce glanduliflora
Ribes bracteosum
Rubus spectabilis
Salix barclayi
Salix cascadensis
Salix commutata
Salix nivalis
Salix sitchensis
Spiraea douglasii
Spiraea densiflora
shrubby cinquefoil
black crowberry
common juniper
alpine laurel
pink mountain-heath
tellow mountain-heath
stink currant
salmonberry
Barclay's willow
Cascade willow
undergreen willow
snow willow
Sitka willow
Douglas spiraea
rose meadowsweet
nfor
nfor
nfor
shrub VADE
forb ANLA
forb CABI
Vaccinium deliciosum
Antennaria lanata
Caltha biflora
delicious blueberry
woolly pussytoes
two-flowered marshmarigold
mountain paintbrush
nfor
VAHE
VASI
XETE
FEOC
ALSI
ARUV
CAME
CLPY
POFR
EMNI
JUCO4
KAMI
PHEM
PHGL
RIBR
RUSP
SABA3
SACA6
SACO2
SANI
SASI2
SPDO
SPDE
forb CAPA3
Castilleja parviflora
red-osier dogwood
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
COSES Cornus sericia ssp.
sericia
DAFL3 Dasiphora floribunda
EMNI
Empetrum nigrum
JUCO6 Juniperus communis
KAMI
Kalmia microphylla
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
PHGL6 Phyllodoce glanduliflora
RIBR
Ribes bracteosum
RUSP
Rubus spectabilis
SABA3 Salix barclayi
SACA6 Salix cascadensis
SACO2 Salix commutata
SANI8
Salix nivalis
SASI2
Salix sitchensis
SPDO
Spiraea douglasii
SPSPS Spiraea splendens var.
splendens
VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
ANLA3 Antennaria lanata
CALEH2 Caltha leptosepala ssp.
howellii
CAPA26 Castilleja parviflora
LIBO2
LULA
LYAM
MADI2
SMST
ARMA3
OXOR
POMU
PYSE
STRO
pg.
228
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
PLANTS
CARU9
CHLA13
DOJE
DOPU
EPAN4
PLANTS species
Castilleja rupicola
Chamerion latifolium
Dodecatheon jeffreyi
Dodecatheon pulchellum
Epilobium
anagallidifolium
EQAR
Equisetum arvense
EQFL
Equisetum fluviatile
EQHY
Equisetum hyemale
ERPE3 Erigeron peregrinus
HEMA80 Heracleum maximum
LEPY
Leptarrhena pyrolifolia
LOMA5 Lomatium martindalei
LULA4 Lupinus latifolius
LUPE
Luetkea pectinata
METR3 Menyanthes trifoliata
MILE2
Mimulus lewisii
NULUP Nuphar lutea ssp.
polysepala
PEDA2 Penstemon davidsonii
PEGR2 Pedicularis groenlandica
PHDI3
Phlox diffusa
POBI6
Polygonum bistortoides
POFL3 Potentilla flabellifolia
RAES
Ranunculus eschscholtzii
SABR6 Saxifraga bronchialis
SATO2 Saxifraga tolmiei
SIAC
Silene acaulis
VASI
Valeriana sitchensis
VEVI
Veratrum viride
VIPA4
Viola palustris
XETE
Xerophyllum tenax
CACA4 Calamagrostis
canadensis
CAIN11 Carex interior
CALE8 Carex lenticularis
CANI2
Carex nigricans
CASP5 Carex spectabilis
ERAN6 Eriophorum angustifolium
FEOV
Festuca ovina
FEVI
Festuca viridula
JUDR
Juncus drummondii
JUPA
Juncus parryi
LUPI2
Luzula piperi
SCMI2 Scirpus microcarpus
SPAN2 Sparganium
angustifolium
BOTRY Botrychium spp.
COAS
Coptis asplenifolia
ERRE5 Erythronium revolutum
GAKA
Galium kamtschaticum
PLFI2
Pleuricospora fimbriloata
CYSC4 Cytisus scoparius
Use
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
R6code
CARU4
EPLA
DOJE
DOPU2
EPAL
R6 old species
Castilleja rupicola
Epilobium latifolium
Dodecatheon jeffreyi
Dodecatheon pulchellum
Epilobium alpinum
common_name
cliff paintbrush
dwarf fireweed
Sierra shootingstar
darkthroat shootingstar
pimpernel willowherb
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
EQAR
EQFL
EQHY
ERPE
HELA
LEPY2
LOMA2
LULA
LUPE
METR
MILE
NUPO
Equisetum arvense
Equisetum fluviatile
Equisetum hyemale
Erigeron peregrinus
Heracleum lanatum
Leptarrhena pyrolifolia
Lomatium martindalei
Lupinus latifolius
Luetkea pectinata
Menyanthes trifoliata
Mimulus lewisii
Nuphar polysepala
common horsetail
water horsetail
scouringbrush horsetail
subalpine fleabane
common cowparsnip
fireleaf leptarrhena
Cascade desertparsley
broadleaf lupine
partridgefoot
buckbean
purple monkeyflower
Rocky Mountain pondlily
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
PEDA
PEGR
PHDI
POBI
POFL2
RAES
SABR
SATO
SIAC
VASI
VEVI
VIPA2
XETE
CACA
Penstemon davidsonii
Pedicularis groenlandica
Phlox diffusa
Polygonum bistortoides
Potentilla flabellifolia
Ranunculus eschscholtzii
Saxifraga bronchialis
Saxifraga tolmiei
Silene acaulis
Valeriana sitchensis
Veratrum viride
Viola palustris
Xerophyllum tenax
Calamagrostis canadensis
Davidson's penstemon
elephanthead
spreading phlox
American bistort
high mountain cinquefoil
Eschsholtz's buttercup
yellowdot saxifrage
Tolmie's saxifrage
moss campion
sitka valerian
American false hellebore
marsh violet
beargrass
bluejoint reedgrass
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
nfor
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
CAIN5
CALE5
CANI2
CASP
ERPO2
FEOV
FEVI
JUDR
JUPA
HEGL
SCMI
SPAN
Carex interior
Carex lenticularis
Carex nigricans
Carex spectabilis
Eriophorum polystachion
Festuca ovina
Festuca viridula
Juncus drummondii
Juncus parryi
Luzula piperi
Scirpus microcarpus
Sparganium angustifolium
inland sedge
lakeshore sedge
black alpine sedge
showy sedge
many-spiked cotton-grass
sheep fescue
green fescue
drummond rush
Parry's rush
Piper's woodrush
small-fruit bulrush
narrowleaf burr-reed
sens forb
sens forb
sens forb
sens forb
sens forb
weed shrub
BOSPP
COAS
ERRE
GAKA
PLFI2
CYSC
Botrychium spp.
Coptis asplenifolia
Erythronium revolutum
Galium kamtschaticum
Pleuricospora fimbriloata
Cytisus scoparius
grageferns (genus)
spleen-leaved goldthread
pink fawn lily
boreal bedstraw
fringed pinesap
broom, Scotch
229
pg.
PLANTS PLANTS species
CEBI2
Centaurea bieberstinii
CEDET Centaurea debeauxii ssp.
thuillieri
CEDI3
Centaurea diffusa
CEJA
Centaurea jacea
CENI3
Centaurea nigrescens
CESO3 Centaurea solstitialis
LEVU
Leucanthemum vulgare
Use
weed
weed
form R6code
forb CEMA
forb CENIJ
R6 old species
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea jacea x nigra
common_name
spotted knapweed
knapweed, meadow
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
CEDI
CEJA
CENI4
CESO
CHLE2
diffuse knapweed
brown knapweed
vochin knapweed
yellow starthistle
oxeye daisy
CIAR4
CIVU
DACA6
GERO
HIAU
HICA10
HYPE
HYRA3
LELA2
LIDAD
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
CIAR
CIVU
DACA4
GERO
HIAU
HICA
HYPE
HYRA
LELA
LIGED
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea jacea
Centaurea nigrescens
Centaurea solstitialis
Chrysanthemum
leucanthemum
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Daucus carota
Geranium robertianum
Hieracium aurantiacum
Hieracium caespitosum
Hypericum perforatum
Hypochaeris radicata
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria genistifolla
dalmatatian
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Polygonum cuspidatum
Potentilla recta
Senecio jacobaea
Sonchus arvensis
Tanacetum vulgare
Verbascum thapsus
Cyperus esculentus
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
Japanese knotweed
cinquefoil, sulfur
tansy ragwort
perennial sowthistle
common tansy
mullein, common
yellow nutsedge
Phalaris arundinacea
reed canarygrass
LIVU2
LYSA2
POCU6
PORE5
SEJA
SOAR2
TAVU
VETH
CYESL
PHAR3
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Daucus carota
Geranium robertianum
Hieracium aurantiacum
Hieracium caespitosum
Hypericum perforatum
Hypochaeris radicata
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria dalmatica ssp.
dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Polygonum cuspidatum
Potentilla recta
Senecio jacobaea
Sonchus arvensis
Tanacetum vulgare
Verbascum thapsus
Cyperus esculentus var.
leptostachyus
Phalaris arundinacea
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed forb
weed grami
LIVU2
LYSA
POCU2
PORE
SEJA
SOAR
TAVU
VETH
CYES
weed grami PHAR
canada thistle
bull thistle
wild carrot
herb-Robert
hawkweed, orange
yellow hawkweed
common st. john's wort
catsear, spotted
perennial pepperweed
dalmatian toadflax
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
pg.
230
SUBSECTION A.3.7 SW WASHINGTON
Gifford Pinchot (603) National Forest.
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
ID Guide: Halverson, Nancy M. 1986. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National Forests of Western
Oregon and Southwestern Washington. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-TM229-1986.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
ACCI
Acer circinatum
AMAL2 Amelanchier alnifolia
ARNE
Arctostaphylos
nevadensis
ARUV
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
CHUM Chimaphila umbellata
COCO6 Corylus cornuta
GASH
Gaultheria shallon
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
JUCO6 Juniperus communis
LOHI2
Lonicera hispidula
MAAQ2 Mahonia aquifolium
MANE2 Mahonia nervosa
MEFE
Menziesia ferruginea
OPHO
Oplopanax horridus
PAMY
Paxistima myrsinites
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
RHAL2 Rhododendron albiflorum
RHMA3 Rhododendron
macrophyllum
ROGY
Rosa gymnocarpa
RULA2 Rubus lasiococcus
RUPA
Rubus parviflorus
RUPE
Rubus pedatus
RUSP
Rubus spectabilis
RUUR
Rubus ursinus
SYHE
Symphoricarpos
hesperius
VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
VAOV2 Vaccinium ovatum
VAPA
Vaccinium parvifolium
VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
WHMO Whipplea modesta
ACTR
Achlys triphylla
ADAL
Adiantum aleuticum
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
ANDE3 Anemone deltoidea
ARLA8 Arnica latifolia
ASCA2 Asarum caudatum
ATFI
Athyrium filix-femina
BLSP
Blechnum spicant
CLSI2
Claytonia sibirica
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
COCA13 Cornus canadensis
Use
indi
indi
indi
form R6code
R6 old species
common_name
shrub ACCI
Acer circinatum
vine maple
shrub AMAL
Amelanchier alnifolia
Saskatoon serviceberry
shrub ARNE
Arctostaphylos nevadensis pinemat manzanita
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
ARUV
CHUM
COCO2
GASH
HODI
JUCO4
LOHI
BEAQ
BENE
MEFE
OPHO
PAMY
PHEM
RHAL
RHMA
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
ROGY
RULA
RUPA
RUPE
RUSP
RUUR
SYMO
indi
indi
shrub VADE
shrub VAME
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
VAOV
VAAL
VAOV2
VAPA
VASC
WHMO
ACTR
ADPE
ADBI
ANDE
ARLA
ASCA3
ATFI
BLSP
MOSI
CLUN
COCA
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Chimaphila umbellata
Corylus cornuta
Gaultheria shallon
Holodiscus discolor
Juniperus communis
Lonicera hispidula
Berberis aquifolium
Berberis nervosa
Menziesia ferruginea
Oplopanax horridus
Pachistima myrsinites
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Rhododendron albiflorum
Rhododendron
macrophyllum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus parviflorus
Rubus pedatus
Rubus spectabilis
Rubus ursinus
Symphoricarpos mollis
bearberry, kinnikinnick
prince's pine
California hazel
salal
oceanspray
common juniper
hairy honeysuckle
tall Oregon grape
Oregon grape
fool's huckleberry
devil's club
Oregon boxwood
pink mountain-heath
cascades azalea
Pacific rhododendron
Vaccinium deliciosum
Vaccinium
membranaceum
Vaccinium ovalifolium
Vaccinium alaskense
Vaccinium ovatum
Vaccinium parvifolium
Vaccinium scoparium
Whipplea modesta
Achlys triphylla
Adiantum pedatum
Adenocaulon bicolor
Anemone deltoidea
Arnica latifolia
Asarum caudatum
Athyrium filix-femina
Blechnum spicant
Claytonia sibirica
Clintonia uniflora
Cornus canadensis
delicious blueberry
big huckleberry
baldhip rose
dwarf bramble
thimbleberry
five-leaved bramble
salmonberry
Pacific blackberry
trailing snowberry
oval-leaf huckleberry
Alaska huckleberry
evergreen huckleberry
red huckleberry
grouse huckleberry
whipplevine
vanilla leaf
maidenhar fern
trail plant
threeleaf anemone
broadleaf arnica
wild ginger
common ladyfern
deer fern
miner's lettuce
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
231
pg.
PLANTS
DIHO3
DRCA11
ERMO8
EULEL2
FRVE
GATR3
GYDR
HIAL2
IRTE
LAPO3
LEVU
LIBO3
LULA4
LYAM3
MADI
MARA7
PLANTS species
Use
Disporum hookeri
indi
Dryopteris carthusiana
indi
Erythronium montanum
indi
Eucephalus ledophyllus
indi
var. ledophyllus
Fragaria vesca
indi
Galium triflorum
indi
Gymnocarpium dryopteris indi
Hieracium albiflorum
indi
Iris tenax
indi
Lathyrus polyphyllus
indi
Leucanthemum vulgare
weed
R6code
DIHO
DRAU2
ERMO
ASLE2
R6 old species
Disporum hookeri
Dryopteris campyloptera
Erythronium montanum
Aster ledophyllus
common_name
Hooker fairybells
shield-fern
avalanche lily/giant faw
Cascades aster
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
FRVE
GATR
GYDR
HIAL
IRTE
LAPO
CHLE2
woodland strawberry
sweetscented bedstraw
oak fern
white hawkweed
Oregon iris
leafy pea vine
oxeye daisy
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
LIBO2
LULA
LYAM
MADI2
SMRA
Fragaria vesca
Galium triflorum
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
Hieracium albiflorum
Iris tenax
Lathyrus polyphyllus
Chrysanthemum
leucanthemum
Linnaea borealis
Lupinus latifolius
Lysichiton americanum
Maianthemum dilatatum
Smilacina racemosa
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
SMST
MIBR
ARMA3
OXOR
PONE4
POMU
PTAQ
PYSE
SAME3
STRO
Smilacina stellata
Mitella breweri
Arenaria macrophylla
Oxalis oregana
Polygonum newberryi
Polystichum munitum
Pteridium aquilinum
Pyrola secunda
Saxifraga mertensiana
Streptopus roseus
starry Solomon's seal
Brewer's miterwort
bigleaf sandwort
Oregon oxalis
Newberry's fleeceflower
western swordfern
bracken fern
sidebells pyrola
Merten's saxifrage
Rosy twistedstalk
indi
indi
indi
forb STME2
forb SYRE
forb TITRU
Stachys mexicana
Mexican hedgenettle
Synthyris reniformis
snowqueen
Tiarella trifoliata unifoliata coolwort foamflower
indi
forb TRLA2
Trientalis latifolia
western starflower
Trillium ovatum
Vancouveria hexandra
Valeriana sitchensis
Viola glabella
Xerophyllum tenax
Carex geyeri
Calamagrostis rubescens
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca occidentalis
Festuca viridula
Luzula hitchcokii
white trillium
white inside-out-flower
sitka valerian
stream violet
beargrass
elk sedge
pinegrass
idaho fescue
western fescue
green fescue
smooth woodrush
weed shrub CYSC
weed forb CEMA
weed forb CENIJ
Cytisus scoparius
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea jacea x nigra
broom, Scotch
spotted knapweed
knapweed, meadow
weed
weed
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea jacea
diffuse knapweed
brown knapweed
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
TROV
VAHE
VASI
VIGL
XETE
CAGE
CARU
FEID
FEOC
FEVI
LUHI
forb CEDI
forb CEJA
twinflower
broadleaf lupine
skunk cabbage
false lily of the vally
false Solomon's seal
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
Linnaea borealis
Lupinus latifolius
Lysichiton americanus
Maianthemum dilatatum
Maianthemum
racemosum
MAST4 Maianthemum stellatum
MIBR6 Mitella breweri
MOMA3 Moehringia macrophylla
OXOR
Oxalis oregana
PODA
Polygonum davisiae
POMU Polystichum munitum
PTAQ
Pteridium aquilinum
ORSE
Orthilia secunda
SAME7 Saxifraga mertensiana
STLAC Streptopus lanceolatus
var. curvipes
STME
Stachys mexicana
SYRE
Synthyris reniformis
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
unifoliata
TRBOL Trientalis borealis ssp.
latifolia
TROV2 Trillium ovatum
VAHE
Vancouveria hexandra
VASI
Valeriana sitchensis
VIGL
Viola glabella
XETE
Xerophyllum tenax
CAGE2 Carex geyeri
CARU
Calamagrostis rubescens
FEID
Festuca idahoensis
FEOC
Festuca occidentalis
FEVI
Festuca viridula
LUGLH Luzula glabrata var.
hitchcockii
CYSC4 Cytisus scoparius
CEBI2
Centaurea bieberstinii
CEDET Centaurea debeauxii ssp.
thuillieri
CEDI3
Centaurea diffusa
CEJA
Centaurea jacea
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
232
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
pg.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
CENI3
Centaurea nigrescens
CESO3 Centaurea solstitialis
LEVU
Leucanthemum vulgare
Use
weed
weed
weed
CIAR4
CIVU
DACA6
GERO
HIAU
HICA10
HYPE
HYRA3
LELA2
LIDAD
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
LIVU2
LYSA2
POCU6
PORE5
SEJA
SOAR2
TAVU
VETH
CYESL
PHAR3
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Daucus carota
Geranium robertianum
Hieracium aurantiacum
Hieracium caespitosum
Hypericum perforatum
Hypochaeris radicata
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria dalmatica ssp.
dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Polygonum cuspidatum
Potentilla recta
Senecio jacobaea
Sonchus arvensis
Tanacetum vulgare
Verbascum thapsus
Cyperus esculentus var.
leptostachyus
Phalaris arundinacea
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
form R6code
R6 old species
forb CENI4
Centaurea nigrescens
forb CESO
Centaurea solstitialis
forb CHLE2
Chrysanthemum
leucanthemum
forb CIAR
Cirsium arvense
forb CIVU
Cirsium vulgare
forb DACA4
Daucus carota
forb GERO
Geranium robertianum
forb HIAU
Hieracium aurantiacum
forb HICA
Hieracium caespitosum
forb HYPE
Hypericum perforatum
forb HYRA
Hypochaeris radicata
forb LELA
Lepidium latifolium
forb LIGED
Linaria genistifolla
dalmatatian
forb LIVU2
Linaria vulgaris
forb LYSA
Lythrum salicaria
forb POCU2 Polygonum cuspidatum
forb PORE
Potentilla recta
forb SEJA
Senecio jacobaea
forb SOAR
Sonchus arvensis
forb TAVU
Tanacetum vulgare
forb VETH
Verbascum thapsus
grami CYES
Cyperus esculentus
weed grami PHAR
Phalaris arundinacea
common_name
vochin knapweed
yellow starthistle
oxeye daisy
Canada thistle
bull thistle
wild carrot
herb-Robert
hawkweed, orange
yellow hawkweed
common st. john's wort
catsear, spotted
perennial pepperweed
dalmatian toadflax
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
Japanese knotweed
cinquefoil, sulfur
tansy ragwort
perennial sowthistle
common tansy
mullein, common
yellow nutsedge
reed canarygrass
233
pg.
SUBSECTION A.3.8 NE WASHINGTON
Colville (621), Okanogan (608), Wenatchee (617) National Forests.
ID Guide: Williams, Clinton K., and Terry R. Lillybridge. 1987. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National
Forests of Eastern Washington, USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-TM-TP-304-87
Use
indi
indi
indi
common_name
western yew
vine maple
Douglas maple
indi
indi
indi
form R6code
R6 old species
tree TABR
Taxus brevifolia
shrub ACCI
Acer circinatum
shrub ACGLD Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
shrub ALSI
Alnus sinuata
shrub AMAL
Amelanchier alnifolia
shrub ARNE
Arctostaphylos nevadensis
indi
shrub ARTRV
mountain big sagebrush
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
indi
shrub COST
Artemisia tridentata
vaseyana
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Ceanothus sanguineus
Ceanothus velutinus
Chimaphila umbellata var.
occidentalis
Cornus stolonifera
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
shrub
slender salal
oceanspray
western ledum
Utah honeysuckle
tall Oregon grape
Oregon grape
fool's huckleberry
devil's club
Oregon boxwood
pink mountain-heath
ninebark
bitterbrush
cascades azalea
squaw current
prickly currant
sticky currant
baldhip rose
rose
dwarf bramble
thimbleberry
five-leaved bramble
Scouler's willow
russet buffaloberry
mountain ash
shiny-leaf spirea
indi
indi
shrub SYAL
shrub SYMOH
indi
shrub SYOR
indi
shrub VACA
Gaultheria ovatifolia
Holodiscus discolor
Ledum glandulosum
Lonicera utahensis
Berberis aquifolium
Berberis nervosa
Menziesia ferruginea
Oplopanax horridus
Pachistima myrsinites
Phyllodoce empetriformis
Physocarpus malvaceus
Purshia tridentata
Rhododendron albiflorum
Ribes cereum
Ribes lacustre
Ribes viscossissimum
Rosa gymnocarpa
Rosa spp.
Rubus lasiococcus
Rubus parviflorus
Rubus pedatus
Salix scouleriana
Shepherdia canadensis
Sorbus scopulina
Spiraea betulifolia var.
lucida
Symphoricarpos albus
Symphoricarpos mollis var.
hesperius
Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
Vaccinium caespitosum
ARUV
CESA
CEVE
CHUMO
GAOV
HODI
LEGL
LOUT2
BEAQ
BENE
MEFE
OPHO
PAMY
PHEM
PHMA
PUTR
RHAL
RICE
RILA
RIVI
ROGY
ROSA
RULA
RUPA
RUPE
SASC
SHCA
SOSC2
SPBEL
sitka alder
Saskatoon serviceberry
pinemat manzanita
bearberry, kinnikinnick
redstem ceanothus
snowbrush ceanothus
western prince's pine
red-osier dogwood
common snowberry
creeping snowberry
mountain snowberry
dwarf huckleberry
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
PLANTS
PLANTS species
TABR2 Taxus brevifolia
ACCI
Acer circinatum
ACGLD4 Acer glabrum var.
Douglasii
ALVIS
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata
AMAL2 Amelanchier alnifolia
ARNE
Arctostaphylos
nevadensis
ARTRV Artemisia tridentata ssp.
vaseyana
ARUV
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
CESA
Ceanothus sanguineus
CEVE
Ceanothus velutinus
CHUMO Chimaphila umbellata
2
ssp. occidentalis
COSES Cornus sericia ssp.
sericia
GAOV2 Gaultheria ovatifolia
HODI
Holodiscus discolor
LEGL
Ledum glandulosum
LOUT2 Lonicera utahensis
MAAQ2 Mahonia aquifolium
MANE2 Mahonia nervosa
MEFE
Menziesia ferruginea
OPHO
Oplopanax horridus
PAMY
Paxistima myrsinites
PHEM
Phyllodoce empetriformis
PHMA5 Physocarpus malvaceus
PUTR2 Purshia tridentata
RHAL2 Rhododendron albiflorum
RICE
Ribes cereum
RILA
Ribes lacustre
RIVI3
Ribes viscossissimum
ROGY
Rosa gymnocarpa
ROSA5 Rosa spp.
RULA2 Rubus lasiococcus
RUPA
Rubus parviflorus
RUPE
Rubus pedatus
SASC
Salix scouleriana
SHCA
Shepherdia canadensis
SOSC2 Sorbus scopulina
SPBEL Spiraea betulifolia var.
lucida
SYAL
Symphoricarpos albus
SYHE
Symphoricarpos
hesperius
SYOR2 Symphoricarpos
oreophilus
VACA13 Vaccinium caespitosum
234
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
pg.
PLANTS
PLANTS species
Use
VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
indi
VAME
Vaccinium
indi
membranaceum
VAMY2 Vaccinium myrtillus
indi
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
indi
VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
indi
VAPA
Vaccinium parvifolium
indi
VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
indi
ACMI2 Achillea millefolium
indi
ACRU2 Actaea rubra
indi
ACTR
Achlys triphylla
indi
ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
indi
ARCO9 Arnica cordifolia
indi
ARLA8 Arnica latifolia
indi
ARNU2 Aralia nudicaulis
indi
ASCA2 Asarum caudatum
indi
ASDE6 Aspidotis densa
indi
ATFI
Athyrium filix-femina
indi
BASA3 Balsamorhiza sagittata
indi
CANA5 Cacaliopsis nardosima
indi
CLUN2 Clintonia uniflora
indi
COCA13 Cornus canadensis
indi
DIHO3 Disporum hookeri
indi
DITR2
Disporum trachycarpum
indi
EQAR
Equisetum arvense
indi
GATR3 Galium triflorum
indi
GYDR
Gymnocarpium dryopteris indi
HIAL2
Hieracium albiflorum
indi
LAPA5 Lathyrus pauciflorus
indi
LIBOL2 Linnaea borealis ssp.
indi
longiflora
LULA4 Lupinus latifolius
indi
LUSE4 Lupinus sericeus
indi
MARA7 Maianthemum
indi
racemosum
MAST4 Maianthemum stellatum
indi
MOMA3 Moehringia macrophylla
indi
OSBE
Osmorhiza berteroi
indi
PEBR
Pedicularis bracteosa
indi
PERA
Pedicularis racemosa
indi
POMU Polystichum munitum
indi
PTAQ
Pteridium aquilinum
indi
PYAS
Pyrola asarifolia
indi
ORSE
Orthilia secunda
indi
SETR
Senecio triangularis
indi
STAM2 Streptopus amplexifolius
indi
STLAC Streptopus lanceolatus
indi
var. curvipes
THOC
Thalictrum occidentale
indi
TITRU
Tiarella trifoliata var.
indi
unifoliata
TRBOL Trientalis borealis ssp.
indi
latifolia
TRCA
Trautvetteria caroliniensis indi
form R6code
R6 old species
shrub VADE
Vaccinium deliciosum
shrub VAME
Vaccinium
membranaceum
shrub VAMY
Vaccinium myrtillus
shrub VAOV
Vaccinium ovalifolium
shrub VAAL
Vaccinium alaskense
shrub VAPA
Vaccinium parvifolium
shrub VASC
Vaccinium scoparium
forb ACMI
Achillea millefolium
forb ACRU
Actaea rubra
forb ACTR
Achlys triphylla
forb ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
forb ARCO
Arnica cordifolia
forb ARLA
Arnica latifolia
forb ARNU3
Aralia nudicaulis
forb ASCA3
Asarum caudatum
forb ASDE
Aspidotis densa
forb ATFI
Athyrium filix-femina
forb BASA
Balsamorhiza sagittata
forb LUNA2
Luina nardosima
forb CLUN
Clintonia uniflora
forb COCA
Cornus canadensis
forb DIHO
Disporum hookeri
forb DITR
Disporum tracycarpum
forb EQAR
Equisetum arvense
forb GATR
Galium triflorum
forb GYDR
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
forb HIAL
Hieracium albiflorum
forb LAPA3
Lathyrus pauciflorus
forb LIBOL
Linnaea borealis longiflora
common_name
delicious blueberry
big huckleberry
low huckleberry
oval-leaf huckleberry
Alaska huckleberry
red huckleberry
grouse huckleberry
Western Yarrow
baneberry
vanilla leaf
trail plant
heart-leaf arnica
broadleaf arnica
wild sarsparilla
wild ginger
rock fern
common ladyfern
arrowleaf balsamroot
silvercrown
queen's cup beadlilly
bunchberry
Hooker fairybells
fairy bells
common horsetail
sweetscented bedstraw
oak fern
white hawkweed
few-flowered peavine
western twinflower
forb LULA
forb LUSE
forb SMRA
Lupinus latifolius
Lupinus sericeus
Smilacina racemosa
broadleaf lupine
silky lupine
false Solomon's seal
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
Smilacina stellata
Arenaria macrophylla
Osmorhiza chilensis
Pedicularis bracteosa
Pedicularis racemosa
Polystichum munitum
Pteridium aquilinum
Pyrola asarifolia
Pyrola secunda
Senecio triangularis
Streptopus amplexifolius
Streptopus roseus
starry Solomon's seal
Bigleaf Sandwort
sweet Cicely
bracted pedicularis
sickletop pedicularis
western swordfern
bracken fern
alpine pyrola
sidebells pyrola
arrowleaf groundsel
twisted stalk
rosy twistedstalk
forb THOC
forb TIUN
Thalictrum occidentale
Tiarella unifoliata
western meadowrue
coolwort foamflower
forb TRLA2
Trientalis latifolia
western starflower
forb TRCA3
Trautvetteria caroliniensis false bugbane
SMST
ARMA3
OSCH
PEBR
PERA
POMU
PTAQ
PYAS
PYSE
SETR
STAM
STRO
235
pg.
PLANTS
TROV2
VASI
VEVI
VIGL
VIOR
VIPU4
XETE
CACO11
CAGE2
CARO5
CARU
FEID
FEOC
LUGLH
PLANTS species
Trillium ovatum
Valeriana sitchensis
Veratrum viride
Viola glabella
Viola orbiculata
Viola purpurea
Xerophyllum tenax
Carex concinnoides
Carex geyeri
Carex rossii
Calamagrostis rubescens
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca occidentalis
Luzula glabrata var.
hitchcockii
PSSPS Pseudoroegneria spicata
ssp. spicata
CYSC4 Cytisus scoparius
ACRE3 Acroptilon repens
ANAR16 Anchusa arvensis
CAAC
Carduus acanthoides
CADR
Cardaria draba
CANU4 Carduus nutans
CEBI2
Centaurea bieberstinii
CECA2 Centaurea calcitrapa
CEDET Centaurea debeauxii ssp.
thuillieri
CEDI3
Centaurea diffusa
CESO3 Centaurea solstitialis
CHJU
Chondrilla juncea
LEVU
Leucanthemum vulgare
LIVU2
LYSA2
MINY
MYSP2
ONAC
PORE5
SAPR2
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Crupina vulgaris
Cynoglossum officinale
Echium vulgare
Euphorbia esula
Hieracium aurantiacum
Hieracium caespitosum
Hypericum perforatum
Hypochaeris radicata
Isatis tinctoria
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria dalmatica ssp.
dalmatica
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Mirabilis nyctaginea
Myriophyllum spicatum
Onopordum acanthium
Potentilla recta
Salvia pratensis
form
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
grami
R6code
TROV
VASI
VEVI
VIGL
VIOR2
VIPU
XETE
CACO
CAGE
CARO
CARU
FEID
FEOC
LUHI
R6 old species
Trillium ovatum
Valeriana sitchensis
Veratrum viride
Viola glabella
Viola orbiculata
Viola purpurea
Xerophyllum tenax
Carex concinnoides
Carex geyeri
Carex rossii
Calamagrostis rubescens
Festuca idahoensis
Festuca occidentalis
Luzula hitchcokii
common_name
white trillium
Sitka valerian
American false hellebore
stream violet
round-leaved violet
goosefoot violet
beargrass
northwestern sedge
elk sedge
ross' sedge
pinegrass
Idaho fescue
western fescue
smooth woodrush
indi
grami AGSP
Agropyron spicatum
bluebunch wheatgrass
weed shrub CYSC
weed forb CERE
weed forb ANOF
weed forb CAAC
weed forb CADR2
weed forb CANU4
weed forb CEMA
weed forb CECA
weed forb CENIJ
Cytisus scoparius
Centaurea repens
Anchusa arvensis
Carduus acanthoides
Cardaria draba
Carduus nutans
Centaurea maculosa
Centaurea calcitrapa
Centaurea jacea x nigra
broom, Scotch
Russian knapweed
bugloss, annual
thistle, plumeless
white top (hoary cress)
musk thistle
spotted knapweed
starthistle, purple
knapweed, meadow
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
CEDI
CESO
CHJU
CHLE2
diffuse knapweed
yellow starthistle
rush skeletonweed
oxeye daisy
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
CIAR
CIVU
CRVU
CYOF
ECVU
EUES
HIAU
HIPR
HYPE
HYRA
ISTI
LELA
LIGED
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
weed
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
forb
LIVU2
LYSA
MINY
MYSP2
ONAC
PORE
SAPR
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea solstitialis
Chondrilla juncea
Chrysanthemum
leucanthemum
Cirsium arvense
Cirsium vulgare
Crupina vulgaris
Cynoglossum officinale
Echium vulgare
Euphorbia esula
Hieracium aurantiacum
Hieracium pratense
Hypericum perforatum
Hypochaeris radicata
Isatis tinctoria
Lepidium latifolium
Linaria genistifolla
dalmatatian
Linaria vulgaris
Lythrum salicaria
Mirabilis nyctaginea
Myriophyllum spicatum
Onopordum acanthium
Potentilla recta
Salvia pratensis
canada thistle
bull thistle
crupina, common
hound's tongue
blueweed
leafy spurge
hawkweed, orange
hawkweed, yellow
common st. john's wort
catsear, spotted
dyers woad
perennial pepperweed
dalmatian toadflax
yellow toadflax
purple loosestrife
four o'clock, wild
Eurasian water-milfoil
scotch thistle
cinquefoil, sulfur
meadow clary (sage)
Appendix A: Plots on Forest Service Lands
CIAR4
CIVU
CRVU2
CYOF
ECVU
EUES
HIAU
HICA10
HYPE
HYRA3
ISTI
LELA2
LIDAD
Use
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
indi
pg.
236
Section A.3: Region 6 Reference Information for FIA Plots on R6 Forest Service Administered Lands
PLANTS
SEJA
TAVU
VETH
AECY
CELO3
PLANTS species
Senecio jacobaea
Tanacetum vulgare
Verbascum thapsus
Aegilops cylindrica
Cenchrus longispinus
Use form R6code
weed forb SEJA
weed forb TAVU
weed forb VETH
weed grami AECY
weed grami CELO
R6 old species
Senecio jacobaea
Tanacetum vulgare
Verbascum thapsus
Aegilops cylindrica
Cenchrus longispinus
common_name
tansy ragwort
common tansy
mullein, common
goatgrass, jointed
sandbur, longspine
237
pg.
APPENDIX B HISTORICAL INVENTORY INFORMATION
SECTION B.1 THE INVENTORY OF CALIFORNIA
SUBSECTION B.1.1 CALIFORNIA INVENTORY BACKGROUND
In California, PNW-FIA collects data on all lands, across all ownerships, including national forests and
reserved areas such as state and national parks. The state has been divided into six inventory units: North
Coast, North Interior, Sacramento, Central Coast, San Joaquin, and Southern. The annual inventory of
California represents the fourth measurement of plots established by PNW Research Station. California
plots were previously measured in 1965-1972, Occasion 1; 1981-1984, Occasion 2; and in 1991-1994,
Occasion 3.
At Occasion 1, plots were selected from a 0.85 mile primary sample grid using stratified random sampling.
This method utilized several different scale photos and selected plots outside of national forest lands and all
reserved (municipal, state, and national parks) lands. The actual plot was of a 10-point configuration that
did not utilize mapping to show different condition classes. Only timberland plots were established and
measured on the ground outside of all reserved land areas.
At Occasion 2, a more standardized 3.4 mile base grid was used in plot selection, with woodland plots only
being established using a 6.8 mile grid resulting in every 4th woodland plot being measured. At this time,
some plots from the Soil Conservation Service (currently the National Resource Conservation Service,
NRCS) were incorporated in to the selection process thus augmenting the selection process. The plot
design varied between a 5-point design for new installed plots to a 3-point design for remeasured plots from
Occasion 1.
At Occasion 3, further refinement of the plots selection process continued. The field plot grid was spaced
again at 3.4 mile intervals, but little augmentation was applied in selecting plots off grid as in Occasion 2.
Limited juniper plots were sampled, and the oak woodland plots were again established but only every
second plot using the 3.4 grid was measured (this is called the 11k grid as seen on Occasion 3 plot cards).
Although the field grid used at this occasion was established in l981, about half of the plots are at locations
established before 1981 inherited from previous occasions detailed above.
SUBSECTION B.1.2 CALIFORNIA INVENTORY DATES
Occasion 1: 1965-1972
Occasion 2: 1981-1984
Occasion 3: 1991-1994
SUBSECTION B.1.3 CALIFORNIA INVENTORY DESIGN
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
The California Annual Inventory design is based on a double sample for stratification as described by
Cochran (1977, p. 327-335), but differing from Cochran's description in that both primary and second
phases are permanent, systematic grids of photo and field plots, therefore not strictly allocated
proportionally by stratum. The primary plots (Phase 1) are on a 0.85 mile (1.37 kilometer) photo
interpretation (PI) grid that was established on base maps and transferred to aerial photos used in the
periodic surveys of occasions 1, 2, and 3. This Phase 1 grid is further sub-sampled by a secondary field grid
(Phase 2) in which the plots are laid out with 1 field plot per 6,000 acres. This provides an average of one
Phase 2 or FIA field grid location for every 13 Phase 1 photo plots. The Phase 1--the photo grid--is used to
stratify inventoried area by land class and degree of urbanization, and where forest land is stratified by
forest condition. The stratification reduces overall variance, resulting in more precise estimates of forest
area and volume statistics. Data collected on the Phase 2 field plots are used to adjust area estimates
developed from classification of the Phase 1 grid and to obtain comprehensive information about forest
conditions that is of known precision (MQO’s and tolerances for every variable that has data collected).
During the periodic survey, large areas of continuous nonforest lands were not sampled with field plots.
Areas such as extensive agricultural lands, urban areas, hard chaparral, and desert were not sampled due
to the vastness of these areas, and also the fact that change in these areas happened over such a long
time that the current sampling methods were ill suited in these areas. It was also not a goal to track
resource data in nonforested areas, since the surveys were geared toward forested resources only.
pg.
238
SUBSECTION B.1.4 OCCASION 3 PLOT LAYOUT IN CALIFORNIA
Section B.2: The Inventory of Oregon and Washington
Figure B.1: Occasion 3 plot layout in California
SECTION B.2 THE INVENTORY OF OREGON AND WASHINGTON
SUBSECTION B.2.1 OREGON AND WASHINGTON INVENTORY BACKGROUND
In the late 1950s, PNW-FIA generated a grid of field locations across all lands in Washington and Oregon.
This was done on USGS maps or other available map coverage. To generate the grid on these maps, a
point was selected randomly, and from this point grid lines were mapped out on cardinal directions every
3.4 miles. The intersections of these east-west and north-south lines on the maps became the basis for
locating field plots on the ground in all PNW-FIA inventories since the late 1950s. In some cases, the grid
was drawn county by county, and errors caused gaps or concentrations in the grid where the lines did not
match up along county boundaries.
SUBSECTION B.2.2 OREGON/ WASHINGTON INVENTORY DESIGN
The Oregon and Washington annual inventory design is based on a double sample for stratification as
described by Cochran (1977, p. 327-335), but differing from Cochran's description in that both primary and
second phases are permanent, systematic grids of photo and field plots and therefore, not strictly allocated
proportionally by stratum. The primary plots are on a 0.85 mile (1.37 kilometer) grid that was established on
base maps and transferred to aerial photos. The primary grid is subsampled by the secondary field grid.
The field plot grid is laid out with 1 field plot per 6,000 acres, providing an average of one secondary field
grid location for every 13 primary photo plots. The primary phase--the photo grid--is used to stratify
inventoried area by land class and degree of urbanization, and, where forest land, by forest condition. The
stratification reduces overall variance, resulting in more precise estimates of forest area and volume
statistics. Data collected on the field plots are used to adjust area estimates developed from classification of
the primary grid and to obtain comprehensive information about forest conditions that is of known precision.
239
pg.
SUBSECTION B.2.3 OREGON
Occasion 1
All Oregon counties were assigned to one of five administrative units, the Southwest unit, West-Central,
Northwest, Central, or the Blue Mountain unit. Plots were established in 1961-1962 (Southwest, WestCentral, and Northwest), 1964 (Central) and 1969 (Blue Mountains) using a 10-subplot, 1-acre plot. The
counties and their units are listed in Appendix C (Reference Information).
Occasion 2
At Occasion 2 the 1-acre, 10-subplot plots were remeasured in Douglas County in 1973, the Southwest
unit in 1974, the West-Central in 1975, and the Northwest in 1976. In 1977 a new 5-subplot, 10-acre plot
was established in the Central unit, and 3 of the 10 original subplots were remeasured. The Blue
Mountain unit was measured in 1977 with a “walk-through” inventory that classified trees as living,
mortality or cut, and which updated the seedling, sapling and tree tally.
Occasion 3
In 1984-1986 the new 5-sublpot, 10-acre plot design was established in western Oregon, and 3 of the
previous 10 subplots were remeasured. About 99 hardwood plot areas were projected at this time with
models in western Oregon. In Central Oregon 1/6 of the 5-subplot, 7.5-acre plots were remeasured in
1986. In 1987 the remaining 5/6 of these plots were surveyed with the “walkthrough” method described
above. Also in 1987, the 5-subplot, 7.5-acre plot design was established in the Blue Mountains, while 3
of the previous 10 subplots were remeasured. In eastern Oregon at this time, about 57 5-subplot, 10acre juniper plots were established for the Oregon juniper inventory.
Occasion 4
At Occasion 4 the 5-subplot, 7.5-acre plot design was used for remeasurement and new data in western
Oregon in 1995-1997, and for eastern Oregon timberland plots in 1998 and 1999. In 1999 approximately
600 juniper plots were established in eastern Oregon using the 4-subplot, 24.0 foot fixed-radius plot
design.
SUBSECTION B.2.4 WASHINGTON
All Occasions
See Subsection B.2.5, Oregon and Washington Previous Plot Layouts.
SUBSECTION B.2.5 OREGON AND WASHINGTON PREVIOUS PLOT LAYOUTS
The location of subplots that were not on the standard pattern was determined one of two ways:
1. A substitute subplot location (a "substituted subplot") was adopted if the center of the standard
subplot location was in different forest land class or forest condition than was present at the field grid
location.
2. If the subplot center was in the same forest land class and forest condition class as the field grid
location, but was within 58.9 feet of a different land class or forest condition class, the standard
subplot center was moved (a "moved subplot") until 58.9 feet inside the same forest land class and
forest condition present at the field grid location.
At Occasion 3, a single fixed-radius plot (16.95, or 17.0 meter radius) for sampling the vegetation profile
was installed at field grid locations that fell in forest land classified as other forest-rocky, chaparral, or
unsuitable site (GLCs 41, 45, 46) or were at locations that ordinarily required a 5-subplot plot but were too
hazardous (cliffs etc.) to allow its installation.
At Occasion 4, the 5-subplot plot installed on all western Oregon and all eastern Oregon timberland
locations is diagramed in Figure B.2: Previous plot layouts in Oregon and Washington. All subplots are laid
out in their standard location across condition classes to collect data about the current status of forest
resources.
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
Usually, the 5-subplot plots installed at occasions 2 and 3 were laid out in the standard pattern diagrammed
in Figure B.2: Previous plot layouts in Oregon and Washington. However, subplots were installed at
positions off of the standard pattern in order to keep all five subplots entirely within the same forest land
class and stand condition (broad forest type and stand size); i.e., subplots were never split between forest
and nonforest land or between different stand condition classes.
pg.
240
The 1999 eastern Oregon juniper inventory used the same plot layout as the annual inventory.
Section B.3: PNW Tree History Codes and Definitions from Periodic Inventories
Blue Mountain Unit Oc3
Oc4 (no R-points included)
Puget Unit, Oc1
Olympic Unit, Oc1
Point 1 to 2 = 42.6m (140’)
Western OR, Oc3
Oc4 (no R-points included)
Southwestern WA Unit, Oc2 & Oc3
Point 1 to 2 = 55m (180’)
Eastern WA unit Oc2, Oc3 & Oc4
Central OR; Oc2, Oc3 & Oc4 (no R-points inluded
Oc 4 (no R-points included)
Point 1 to 2 = 64m (210’)
Figure B.2: Previous plot layouts in Oregon and Washington
SECTION B.3 PNW TREE HISTORY CODES AND DEFINITIONS FROM PERIODIC
INVENTORIES
“Cond Class”, codes 1-5, indicates the condition class that the tree is located in. The second digit indicates
the tree history (TH) needed for all trees.
Cond Class
1-5
1
1
2-5
TH Tree History
0 No tally
1
2
2
Description
Enter a line with TH 0 for subplots that do not have any live tally trees (TH
1,2,4,6). Enter a line for nonforest subplots and GLC 44 subplots, which
are not on the 11K grid.
Remeasured
Tree tallied live at OCC2 and still live at OCC3.
Reconstructed
Live tree in condition class 1 tallied for the first time at OCC 3.
Not reconstructed Live tree in condition class 2-5 at OCC 3.
241
pg.
1
3
Culturally-killed
1
4
OCC3 Ingrowth
1
5
Mortality
1
6
Missed tree
1-5
7
Snag
1
8
Harvested
1-5
9
Reference
Culturally-killed tree that was live at OCC 2. Tree was not harvested. It can
be a stump, standing, or felled. Include trees killed in logging but not felled.
Not tallied on N# subplots.
Tree tallied live at OCC 3 on 10.8 feet fixed-radius plot which was not alive
at OCC 2 or was< 1 inch at OCC 2. Not tallied on N# subplots.
Tree tallied or reconstructed as live at OCC 2 but now dead. Death was
natural and not due to human activity. Include partially uprooted
windthrows leaning more than 45 degrees. If the dead tree qualifies as a
snag, record snag information on a separate line with the same 5-digit line
# and a TH 7. Not tallied on N# subplots.
Live tree on a remeasured subplot, which should have been tallied at OCC
2. Or a tally tree on the 10.89 feet fixed-radius which was > 1 inch DBH at
OCC 2 but did not qualify for tally at OCC 2. Requires reconstruction. Not
tallied on N# subplots.
A standing dead tree which is > 9 inches DBH and > 6.6 feet tall at OCC 3.
On remeasured subplots: Leave as TH 7 a snag tallied at OCC 2 but gone
at OCC 3; leave as TH 7 a snag tallied at OCC 2 but <9 inches DBH or <
6.6 feet tall at OCC 3. Do not tally snags on remeasured subplots which
have "grown in" since OCC 2 and died, but tally missed snags.
A tree tallied or reconstructed as live and > 5 inches DBH at OCC2 which
has been harvested for industrial supply, firewood, local use or incidental
reasons. Not tallied on N# subplots.
Reference only.
SECTION B.4 FOREST HEALTH MONITORING PROGRAM
SUBSECTION B.4.1 CALIFORNIA FOREST HEALTH MONITORING PROGRAM
Since 1992, Forest Health Monitoring (FHM) plots, now called Phase 3 (P3) plots, have been established
on a subset of FIA Phase 2 (P2) plots across all lands in California. One tenth of these plots (approximately
100 to 110 plots) are measured each year, with around 40 to 50 of these plots being forested and field
measured. These P3 plots utilize the same plot design as the P2 plots, with the same base information
collected as outlined in the national core FIA field manual. In addition, a lichen survey, erosion assessment,
ground and soils samples, and crown ratings for health monitoring purposes are evaluated on each P3 plot.
SUBSECTION B.4.2 OREGON/ WASHINGTON FOREST HEALTH MONITORING PROGRAM
SECTION B.5 ADDITIONAL SOURCES OF DOCUMENTATION FOR PERIODIC
INVENTORIES
More information on the procedures detailed above is available from the following documents, on file at the
PNW-FIA Lab in Portland, Oregon:
SUBSECTION B.5.1 CALIFORNIA
1. Field instructions for the inventory of California --1965/72, 1981-1984.
2. California PI manual for 1981-84.
3. California PI manual for 1991-94.
4. California inventory techniques manual and study plan.
5. Complete documentation for the inventory of California, 1991-1994.
6. Field Instructions for the Annual Inventory of Oregon and California, 2002
7. Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide: Phase 2 Version 1.4 February 2000
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
In 1997, P3 (FHM) plots were installed at the grid locations on 207 forested plots in Oregon and 144 plots in
Washington. Each year crews measure about 58 plots in Oregon and about 52 in Washington on a 5-year
cycle, resulting in an eventual total of approximately 250 and 200 plots respectively. On P3 plots, tree,
vegetation, lichens, ozone, and soils data are collected. P3 plots use the same 4-subplot, 24.0-foot fixedradius design used for the P2 annual inventory..
pg.
242
8. Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide: Phase 2 Version 1.5 2001
9. Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide: Phase 2 Version 1.6 2002
10.Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide: Version 2.0 2004
11. Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide: Version 3.0 2006
12.Region 5 FIA Users Guide, 2000.
SUBSECTION B.5.2 OREGON AND WASHINGTON
1. Forest Survey Field Instructions; Oregon and Washington – 1961-62.
2. Manual of Field Instructions for Forest Survey and Timber Management Inventories; Oregon and
Washington – 1964.
Section B.6: Forest Service Administered Lands: Previously Used References, Procedures, and Codes
3. Field Instructions for Integrated Forest Survey and Timber Management Inventories in Oregon,
Washington, and California – 1969.
4. Forest Survey Field Instructions for Oregon, Washington, and California – 1973.
5. Forest Survey Field Instructions for Southwest Oregon – 1974.
6. Forest Survey Field Instructions for West Central Oregon – 1975.
7. Forest Survey Field Instructions for Northwest Oregon – 1976.
8. Forest Survey Field Instructions for Eastern Oregon – 1977.
9. Field Instructions for the Inventory Clatsop & Columbia counties, Western Oregon – 1984.
10.Field Instructions for the Inventory of Western Oregon – 1985-86.
11. Field Instructions for the Inventory of Eastern Oregon – 1986-87.
12.Field Instructions for the Inventory of Western Oregon – 1995-97.
13.Field instructions for the Inventory of Eastern Oregon – 1998.
SECTION B.6 FOREST SERVICE ADMINISTERED LANDS: PREVIOUSLY USED
REFERENCES, PROCEDURES, AND CODES
SUBSECTION B.6.1 REGION 1 AND REGION 4
PNW field crews measure plots on R egion 1 (R1) Forest Service administered lands in Washington (Idaho
Panhandle National Forest) and Region 4 (R4) Forest Service administered lands in California (Toiyabe
National Forest). See Subsection 2.3.2 (Region 1 and Region 4 Plots), for more information about
measuring plots on R1 or R4 administered lands.
•
Previous Rocky Mountain Research Station (RMRS) plot layouts
In the previous inventory, the sampling factor designated the plot layout and sampling system used. For
plots with the sampling factor coded as a 20 or 40, a 5-point, 7-point, or 10-point variable radius
timberland plot was established. On locations with the Sampling Factor coded as 01, 02, 05, 91, 92, or
95, a fixed-radius woodland plot was established.
A. Variable-radius plots.
The LC (location center) was designated as point 1 of 5, 7, or 10 points on the plot. Points 2
through 5, 7, or 10 were distributed around the LC, and within the condition of the LC, using a
triangular grid pattern with 100 foot or 70 foot intervals (Figure B.3: Previous RMRS variableradius plot layouts).
In the previous inventory, when points 2 through 5, 7, or 10 fell into vegetation conditions different
than the condition at the LC, those points were redistributed back into the LC condition. At each of
the points, timber species 5.0 inches DBH and larger, and woodland species 3.0 inches DRC and
larger, were tallied on a variable-radius main plot; a 20 or 40 basal area factor (BAF) angle gauge,
depending on forest type, was used to select tally trees. In addition, saplings were tallied or
counted, and seedlings were counted, on a 1/300 acre fixed-radius microplot centered on the
point stake.
B. Fixed-radius plots
243
pg.
In general, fixed-radius plots were used to sample locations consisting of woodland tree species;
however, some inventories used fixed-radius plots to sample locations consisting of timber
species. The LC was the center point of a fixed-radius circular plot.
Figure B.3: Previous RMRS variable-radius plot layouts
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
pg.
244
SUBSECTION B.6.2 REGION 5 (CALIFORNIA)
A. Region 5 national forest and ranger district codes
•
Used to identify plots on Forest Service administered lands (used in R5 past data only)
Section B.6: Forest Service Administered Lands: Previously Used References, Procedures, and Codes
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
•
Forest
Angeles
Cleveland
Eldorado
Inyou
Klamath
Lassen
Los Padres
Mendocino
Modoc
Code
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
Forest
Six Rivers
Plumas
San Bernardino
Sequoia
Shasta-Trinity
Sierra
Stanislaus
Tahoe
Lake Tahoe Basin
Used to identify ranger districts (used in R5 past data only):
National Forest (Administered) Ranger District
Angeles
Los Angeles River
San Gabriel
Santa Clara/Mojave Rivers
Cleveland
Trabuco
Palomar
Descanso
Eldorado
Amador
Georgetown
Pacific
Placerville
Placerville Nursery &
Forest Genetics Lab
Inyo
Mono Lake
Mammoth
White Mountain
Mt. Whitney
Klamath
Oak Knoll
Happy Camp
Salmon River
Scott River
Goosenest
Ukonom
Lassen
Almanor
Hat Creek
Eagle Lake
Los Padres
Monterey
Santa Lucia
Santa Barbara
Ojai
Mt. Pinos
Mendocino
Corning
Chico Tree Improvement
Stonyford
Upper Lake
Covelo
Modoc
Warner Mt.
Big Valley
Devil's Garden
Doublehead
Ranger District Number
51
52
53
52
53
54
51
53
55
56
57
51
52
53
54
51
52
54
55
57
58
51
53
58
51
53
54
55
57
51
52
53
54
56
53
54
55
56
245
pg.
Six Rivers
Plumas
San Bernardino
Sequoia
Shasta-Trinity
Sierra
Stanislaus
Tahoe
Lake Tahoe Basin
51
52
53
54
69
51
52
53
51
52
53
54
55
51
52
53
54
56
51
52
54
56
58
59
61
51
53
54
55
56
51
52
53
54
53
54
55
56
57
51
B. R5 Periodic Survey tree type measurement codes (Used in R5 past data only)
The type of record for each item that was measured or tallied on each subplot.
Code
P
M
N
S
F
D
R
X
•
Record Type
Prism tree record
Measured tree record for prism plot
Measured tree record for fixed area plot
Seedling record for fixed area plot
Fixed area plot tree/snag record
Down log record for fixed area plot
Root collar record for fixed area plot
Non-stockable plot
Type "S" records show the number of seedlings that exist on that point. This number would be "0"
if no seedlings exist on the point and the area is capable of growing trees (does not qualify as
non-stockable). If the point is non-stockable, an X was recorded.
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
Gasquet
Orleans
Lower Trinity
Mad River
Humboldt Nursery
Beckwourth
Mount Hough
Feather River
Arrowhead
Big Bear
Cajon
San Gorgonio
San Jacinto
Hume Lake
Tule River
Hotsprings
Greenhorn
Cannell Meadow
Yolla Bolla
Hayfork
Big Bar
Weaverviller
Shasta Lake
Mt. Shasta
McCloud
Mariposa
Pineridge
Kings River
Minarets
San Joaquin Exp.Ranger
Mi-Wok
Calaveras
Summit
Groveland
Downieville
Foresthill
Nevada City
Sierraville
Truckee
Lake Tahoe Basin
pg.
246
Section B.6: Forest Service Administered Lands: Previously Used References, Procedures, and Codes
•
Even if a point had no tree or down log records at all, as a minimum the point must have had
either a null seedling record ("S" record with zero in the tree number field), or an "X" record. This
assures that the point was counted in the statistics and not dropped.
Figure B.4: Sample of R5 Survey Tree Data Sheet
C. Region 5 Periodic Survey plot vegetation profile information (used in R5 past data only)
When seedlings and sapling size conifers and hardwood trees are collected in the tree samples on the
Tree Plot Record, do not collect data on these species groups as part of the understory vegetation.
Code
C
H
B
E
G
K
Z
•
•
•
•
•
Record Type
Conifer
Hardwood
Shrub (Brush)
Herbaceous
Grasses
Special Features
Other
Point Number: Record the point number at which the information is being taken.
Plot Factor: Record the fixed plot code for the area being sampled. A 1/2-acre plot is usually
used, and recorded as 500. Plot sizes other than 1/2-acre can be used where appropriate.
Species: For each species group: conifer, hardwood, shrub (brush), herbaceous, and grasses,
record the three most common species in order of prevalence.
Percent Cover: Record the percent cover on the plot. These should be recorded by cover classes
Height: Record the average height of the plants to the nearest foot for each species. Do not
record the height of the ground cover component (herbaceous, grass, and other records).
247
pg.
Figure B.5: Sample of R5 survey data sheet
D. Prism factors used on past R5 survey plots: 20 or 40 BAF
Table B.1: Limiting distance tables for each factored prism of 20 and 40
Limiting Distance = Factor X DBH
Dist in Feet
53.8
55.8
57.8
59.8
61.8
63.8
65.8
67.8
69.8
71.8
73.8
75.8
77.8
79.8
81.8
83.7
85.7
87.7
89.7
BAF 40
DBH
Dist in Feet
DBH
Factor = 1.375
0.1
0.1
27
.2
.3
28
.3
.4
29
.4
.6
30
.5
.7
31
.6
.8
32
.7
1.0
33
.8
1.1
34
.9
1.2
35
1
1.4
36
2
2.8
37
3
4.1
38
4
5.5
39
5
6.9
40
6
8.2
41
7
9.6
42
8
11.0
43
9
12.4
44
10
13.8
45
Dist in Feet
37.1
38.5
39.9
41.2
42.6
44.0
45.4
46.8
48.1
49.5
50.9
52.2
53.6
55.0
56.4
57.8
59.1
60.5
61.9
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
BAF 20
DBH
Dist in Feet
DBH
Factor = 1.994
.01
.2
27
.2
.4
28
.3
.6
29
.4
.8
30
.5
1.0
31
.6
1.2
32
.7
1.4
33
.8
1.6
34
.9
1.8
35
1
2.0
36
2
4.0
37
3
6.0
38
4
8.0
39
5
10.0
40
6
12.0
41
7
14.0
42
8
16.0
43
9
17.9
44
10
19.9
45
pg.
248
Section B.6: Forest Service Administered Lands: Previously Used References, Procedures, and Codes
Table B.1: Limiting distance tables for each factored prism of 20 and 40
Limiting Distance = Factor X DBH
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Factor = 1.994
21.9
23.9
25.9
27.9
29.9
31.9
33.9
35.9
37.9
39.9
41.9
43.9
45.9
47.9
49.9
51.8
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
91.7
93.7
95.7
97.7
99.7
101.7
103.7
105.7
107.7
109.7
111.7
113.7
115.7
117.6
119.6
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Factor = 1.375
E. R5 Past survey plot designs
Figure B.6: R5 past plot design
15.1
16.5
17.9
19.2
20.6
22.0
23.4
24.8
26.1
27.5
28.9
30.2
31.6
33.0
34.4
35.8
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
63.2
64.6
66.0
67.4
68.8
70.1
71.5
72.9
74.2
75.6
77.0
78.4
79.8
81.1
82.5
249
pg.
F. Various sampling radii that were used during the R5 survey. See Table B.2: R5 sampling radii.
Table B.2: R5 sampling radii
Note: Plot dimensions are in horizontal distances
Plot Factor
1000
500
500
250
250
250
200
125
125
100
25
10
Plot Size
1 acre (1.00)
1/2 acre (.50)
1/2 acre (.50)
1/4 acre (.25)
1/4 acre (.25)
1/4 acre (.25)
1/5 acre (.20)
1/8 acre (.125)
1/8 acre (.125)
1/10 acre (.010)
1/40 acre (.025)
1/100 acre (.001)
Plot Dimensions
66 feet X 330 feet rectangle
83.3-foot radius circle
66 feet X 165 feet rectangle
33 feet X 330 feet rectangle
58.9-foot radius circle
52.7-foot radius circle
33 feet X 165 feet rectangle
41.6-foot radius circle
37.2-foot radius circle
18.6-foot radius circle
11.8-foot radius circle
SUBSECTION B.6.3 REGION 6 (OREGON AND WASHINGTON)
Region 6 past survey plot designs (CVS)
Region 6 plots were installed using horizontal distances. Stake positions were located as shown in
Figure B.7: Locating stake positions 1-5 (Distance and cardinal directions from stake position). Stake
position 1 represents the plot center. Stake positions 2 through 5 form an annular ring around stake
position 1, each in a different cardinal direction and 133.9 feet distance from stake position 1.
Traverse offsets may have been used to navigate around obstructions and one or more of the stake
positions may not have been installed if:
1. A stake position is not on Forest Service administered land, or
2. A stake position on Forest Service administered land is not accessible by foot travel.
Stake positions were marked by a stake with an aluminum nail on the top of the stake to define the
center of each circular subplot and the beginning of each planar subplot. A 10 inch length by 3/8th inch
diameter piece of rebar was placed in the ground next to the stake unless a stake position falls on a road
or trail.
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
Stake position reference: Stake positions are referenced by three items, including non-tally references
in some cases. All references used to identify the stake position are monumented with a 3-inch by 3-inch
aluminum tag (Figure B.8). Each reference tag includes the following information: reference type (SPR),
PSU number, azimuth (from the stake position to the reference) and distance (direct slope distance
between the nail in the stake and the head of the nail affixing the aluminum number tag to each tally tree,
or to the bottom nail of the aluminum reference tag on non-tally references). The aluminum tag is
attached to each reference between ground level and 12 inches above ground level with two nails, and
facing the stake position. Two orange tags are also attached to the stake position reference tree at DBH
or eye level, one facing the plot stake and the other facing 180 degrees from the plot.
pg.
250
2
360 o
133.9 ft.
(40.8m)
270 o
5
133.9 ft.
(40.8m)
133.9 ft.
(40.8m)
1
90 o
3
133.9 ft.
(40.8m)
180 o
4
Figure B.7: Locating stake positions 1-5 (Distance and cardinal directions from stake position)
R e fe re n ce Ty p e
PSU num ber
A zim u th (S ta k e to S P R )
H o rizo n ta l D ista n c e (S ta k e to S P R )
SPR
1 1 00 2 5 6
1 1 0o
2 5 .4 '
Figure B.8: Stake position reference (SPR) tag
Section B.7: Previous Ground Land Class
SECTION B.7 PREVIOUS GROUND LAND CLASS
PREVIOUS GROUND LAND CLASS is downloaded/printed for plots that were classified at the previous
inventory. See Item 4.2.1.20, PREVIOUS GROUND LAND CLASS , for more information.
Ground Land Class
Code
20 Timberland
Definition
Forest land which is potentially capable of producing at least 20 cubic
feet/acre/year at culmination in fully stocked, natural stands of
continuous crops of trees to industrial roundwood size and quality and
which is not withdrawn from timber utilization. Industrial roundwood
requires species that grow to size and quality adequate to produce
lumber and other manufactured products (exclude fence posts and
fuel wood which are not considered manufactured). Timberland is
characterized by no severe limitations on artificial or natural restocking
with species capable of producing industrial roundwood.
251
pg.
41
42
43
44
45
48
49
61
62
Other forest land which can produce tree species of industrial
roundwood size and quality, but which is unmanageable because the
site is steep, hazardous, and rocky, or is predominantly nonstockable
rock or bedrock, with trees growing in cracks and pockets. Other
forest-rocky sites may be incapable of growing continuous crops due
to inability to obtain adequate regeneration success.
Other forest-unsuitable Other forest land which is unsuited for growing industrial roundwood
site (wetland, subalpine because of one of the following environment factors: willow bogs,
or coastal conifer scrub) spruce bogs, sites with high water tables or even standing water for a
portion of the year, and harsh sites due to extreme climatic and soil
conditions. Trees present are often extremely slow growing and
(CA only)
deformed. Examples: whitebark pine, lodgepole, or mountain
hemlock stands at timberline; shore pine along the sparkling blue
Pacific Ocean (Monterey, Bishop, and Douglas-Fir); willow wetlands
with occasional cottonwoods present; Sitka spruce-shrub communities
bordering tidal flats and channels along the coast. Includes aspen
stands in high-desert areas or areas where juniper/mountain
mahogany are the predominate species.
Other forest-pinyonAreas currently capable of 10 percent or more tree stocking with forest
juniper
trees, with juniper species predominating. These areas are not now,
and show no evidence of ever having been, 10 percent or more
stocked with trees of industrial roundwood form and quality. 10
percent juniper stocking means 10 percent crown cover at stand
maturity.
Other forest-oak
Areas currently 10 percent or more stocked with forest trees, with low
quality forest trees of oak, gray pine, madrone, or other hardwood
species predominating, and which are not now, and show no evidence
of ever having been, 10 percent or more stocked with trees of
industrial roundwood form and quality. Trees on these sites are
usually short, slow growing, gnarled, poorly formed, and generally
suitable only for fuel wood. The following types are included: blue oak,
white oak, live oak, oak-gray pine.
Other forest-chaparral Areas covered with heavily branched dwarfed trees or shrubs, usually
evergreen, the crown canopy of which currently covers greater than
10 percent of the ground. The principal species are dwarf Quercus,
Cercocarpus (except Cercocarpus ledifolius), Garrya, Ceanothus,
Arctostaphylos, Baccharis, and Adenostoma. Areas in which the
predominate cover is Artemisia, Purshia, Gutierrezia, Opuntia, or
semi-desert species are considered nonforest.
Other forest-unsuitable Other forest land which is unsuited for growing industrial roundwood
site
because of one of the following environment factors: willow bogs,
(OR & WA Only)
spruce bogs, sites with high water tables or even standing water for a
portion of the year, and harsh sites due to climatic conditions. Trees
present are often extremely slow growing and deformed. Examples:
whitebark pine or mountain hemlock stands at timberline, shore pine
along the Pacific Ocean, willow wetlands with occasional cottonwoods
present, and sitka spruce-shrub communities bordering tidal flats and
channels along the coast. Aspen stands in high-desert areas, or areas
where juniper/mountain mahogany are the predominate species, are
considered other forest-unsuitable site.
Other forest-cypress
Forest land with forest trees with cypress predominating. Shows no
(CA Only)
evidence of having had 10 percent or more cover of trees of industrial
roundwood quality and species.
Other forest-low site
Forest land capable of growing crops of trees to industrial roundwood
quality, but not able to grow wood at the rate of 20 cubic feet/acre/
year. Included are areas of low stocking potential and/or very low site
index.
Cropland
Improved pasture
Appendix B: Historical Inventory Information
46
Other forest-rocky
pg.
252
63
64
65
66
67
Section B.7: Previous Ground Land Class
68
69
92
Natural range land
Farmland
Marsh
Cultural nonforest
stringer
Urban
Includes abandoned farmland.
Includes homesteads.
16.5-foot wide and wider constructed roads, power lines, pipelines
and railroads.
Town sites and areas of clustered suburbs, residential industrial
buildings. (Forest 7.5 acres or more in urban areas are classed as
forest land).
Naturally nonvegetated Barren rock, sand, and glaciers.
Christmas tree lands
Includes nurseries.
Water
Includes lakes 1.0 to 40 acres and streams 30 to 660 feet wide.
253
pg.
APPENDIX C REFERENCE INFORMATION
SECTION C.1 STATE CODES
Code
06
16
32
41
53
State
California
Idaho (used for R6 administered plots in Idaho)
Nevada (used for R5-administered plots in Nevada)
Oregon
Washington
SECTION C.2 COUNTY CODES AND DECLINATIONS
SUBSECTION C.2.1 CALIFORNIA COUNTY CODES (06)
Code
Alameda
Alpine
Amador
Butte
Calavaras
Colusa
Contra Costa
Del Norte
El Dorado
Fresno
Glenn
Humboldt
Imperial
Inyo
Kern
Kings
Lake
Lassen
Los Angeles
Madera
Marin
Mariposa
Mendocino
Merced
Modoc
Mono
Monterey
Napa
Nevada
Decl.
East
14
14
14
15
14
15
14
16
14
14
15
15
12
13
13
14
15
15
13
14
15
14
15
14
15
14
14
15
15
Unit
Code
County
CC
SJ
SJ
SA
SJ
SA
CC
NC
SA
SJ
SA
NC
SO
SO
SJ
SJ
SA
NI
SO
SJ
CC
SJ
NC
SJ
NI
SJ
CC
SA
SA
059
061
063
065
067
069
071
073
075
077
079
081
083
085
087
089
091
093
095
097
099
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
Orange
Placer
Plumas
Riverside
Sacramento
San Benito
San Bernardino
San Diego
San Francisco
San Joaquin
San Luis Obispo
San Mateo
Santa Barbara
Santa Clara
Santa Cruz
Shasta
Sierra
Siskiyou
Solano
Sonoma
Stanislaus
Sutter
Tehama
Trinity
Tulare
Tuolumne
Ventura
Yolo
Yuba
Decl.
East
13
14
15
12
14
14
12
12
14
14
14
14
13
14
14
15
15
15
14
15
14
15
15
15
13
14
13
15
15
Unit
SO
SA
SA
SO
SA
CC
SO
SO
CC
SJ
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
NI
SA
NI
CC
NC
SJ
SA
SA
NI
SJ
SJ
CC
SA
SA
• Units codes: (NC) North Coast, (NI) North Interior, (SA) Sacramento, (CC) Central Coast, (SJ) San
Joaquin, (SO) Southern.
Appendix C: Reference Information
001
003
005
007
009
011
013
015
017
019
021
023
025
027
029
031
033
035
037
039
041
043
045
047
049
051
053
055
057
County
pg.
254
Section C.2: County Codes And Declinations
SUBSECTION C.2.2 OREGON COUNTY CODES (41)
Code
001
003
005
007
009
011
013
015
017
019
021
023
025
027
029
031
033
035
037
039
041
043
045
047
049
051
053
055
057
059
061
063
065
067
069
071
County
Baker
Benton
Clackamas
Clatsop
Columbia
Coos
Crook
Curry
Deschutes
Douglas
Gilliam
Grant
Harney
Hood River
Jackson
Jefferson
Josephine
Klamath
Lake
Lane
Lincoln
Linn
Malheur
Marion
Morrow
Multnomah
Polk
Sherman
Tillamook
Umatilla
Union
Wallowa
Wasco
Washington
Wheeler
Yamhill
Declination degrees-East
15
16.5
16.5
17
16.5
16
15.5
16
16
16
16
15.5
15
16.5
15.5
16
16
15.5
15.5
16
16.5
16
14.5
16.5
16
16.5
16.5
16
16.5
15.5
15.5
15
16
16.5
16
16.5
Unit
B
WC
NW
NW
NW
SW
C
SW
C
SW
C
B
B
NW
SW
C
SW
C
C
WC
WC
WC
B
NW
B
NW
NW
C
NW
B
B
B
C
NW
C
NW
East or West
E
W
W
W
W
W
E
W
E
W
E
E
E
W
W
E
W
E
E
W
W
W
E
W
E
W
W
E
W
E
E
E
E
W
E
W
• Western Oregon Unit codes: NW = Northwest, SW = Southwest, WC = Westcentral
• Eastern Oregon Unit codes: B = Blue Mountains, C = Central
255
pg.
SUBSECTION C.2.3 WASHINGTON COUNTY CODES (53)
County
Adams
Asotin
Benton
Chelan
Clallam
Clark
Columbia
Cowlitz
Douglas
Ferry
Franklin
Garfield
Grant
Grays Harbor
Island
Jefferson
King
Kitsap
Kittitas
Klickitat
Lewis
Lincoln
Mason
Okanogan
Pacific
Pend Oreille
Pierce
San Juan
Skagit
Skamania
Snohomish
Spokane
Stevens
Thurston
Wahkiakum
Walla Walla
Whatcom
Whitman
Yakima
Declination Degrees - East
16
15.5
16
17
17.5
16.5
15.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16
15.5
16.5
17
17.5
17.5
17
17
16.5
16
17
16
17
17
17
16
17
17.5
17
16.5
17
16
16
17
17
16
17.5
15.5
16.5
Unit
E
E
E
C
OLY
SW
E
SW
C
E
E
E
E
OLY
PS
OLY
PS
PS
C
C
SW
E
OLY
C
SW
E
PS
PS
PS
SW
PS
E
E
OLY
SW
E
PS
E
C
East or West
E
E
E
E
W
W
E
W
E
E
E
E
E
W
W
W
W
W
E
E
W
E
W
E
W
E
W
W
W
W
W
E
E
W
W
E
W
E
E
• Western Washington Unit Codes: OLY = Olympic Unit, PS = Puget Sound unit, SW = Southwest Unit
• Eastern Washington Unit Codes: C = Central Washington Unit, E = Eastern Washington Unit
Appendix C: Reference Information
Code
001
003
005
007
009
011
013
015
017
019
021
023
025
027
029
031
033
035
037
039
041
043
045
047
049
051
053
055
057
059
061
063
065
067
069
071
073
075
077
pg.
256
SUBSECTION C.2.4 NEVADA COUNTY CODES (32)
Code
510
3
5
7
9
13
19
21
23
29
31
County
Carson City
Clark County
Douglas County
Elko County
Esmeralda County
Humboldt County
Lyon County
Mineral County
Nye County
Storey County
Washoe County
Declination Degrees - East
14
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
14
15
SUBSECTION C.2.5 IDAHO COUNTY CODES (16)
Section C.2: County Codes And Declinations
Code
3
9
17
21
27
49
55
57
61
69
73
75
85
87
County
Adams
Benewah
Bonner
Boundary
Canyon
Idaho
Kootenai
Latah
Lewis
Nez Perce
Owyhee
Payette
Valley
Washington
Declination Degrees - East
15
15.5
15.5
16
14.5
15
15.5
15.5
15
15
14
14.5
14.5
15
257
pg.
SECTION C.3 SLOPE CORRECTION TABLE
Percent
Expansion
Factor
Expansion Factor
Reciprocal
-------Slope Distance-------
10
15
20
25
30
1.005
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
0.995
0.99
0.98
0.97
0.96
24.0 feet
24.1
24.3
24.5
24.7
25.1
58.9 feet
59.2
59.6
60.1
60.7
61.5
100 feet
100.5
101.1
102.0
103.1
104.4
185.1 feet
186.0
187.2
188.8
190.8
193.3
35
40
45
50
55
1.06
1.08
1.10
1.12
1.14
0.94
0.93
0.91
0.89
0.88
25.4
25.8
26.3
26.8
27.4
62.4
63.4
64.6
65.9
67.2
105.9
107.7
109.7
111.8
114.1
196.1
199.4
203.0
206.9
211.2
60
65
70
75
80
1.17
1.19
1.22
1.25
1.28
0.86
0.84
0.82
0.80
0.78
28.0
28.6
29.3
30.0
30.7
68.7
70.2
71.9
73.6
75.4
116.6
119.3
122.1
125.0
128.1
215.9
220.8
225.9
231.4
237.0
85
90
95
100
105
1.31
1.35
1.38
1.41
1.45
0.76
0.74
0.72
0.71
0.69
31.5
32.3
33.1
33.9
34.8
77.3
79.2
81.2
83.3
85.4
131.2
134.5
137.9
141.4
145.0
242.9
249.0
255.3
261.8
268.4
110
115
120
125
130
1.49
1.52
1.56
1.60
1.64
0.67
0.66
0.64
0.62
0.61
35.7
36.6
37.5
38.4
39.4
87.6
89.8
92.0
94.3
96.6
148.7
152.4
156.2
160.1
164.0
275.2
282.1
289.1
296.3
303.6
135
140
145
150
155
1.68
1.72
1.76
1.80
1.84
0.60
0.58
0.57
0.55
0.54
40.3
41.3
42.3
43.3
44.3
99.0
101.3
103.7
106.2
108.6
168.0
172.0
176.1
180.3
184.5
311.0
318.5
326.0
333.7
341.4
Appendix C: Reference Information
pg.
258
SECTION C.4 METRIC EQUIVALENTS AND AIDS
Length
=
2.54 centimeters (cm.)
=
3.048 centimeters (cm.)
=
0.3048 meter (m.)
=
1.609 kilometers (km.)
=
.03 foot (ft.)
=
3.2808 feet (ft.)
=
5280 feet
Area
1 acre
=
0.4 hectare (ha.) (approximately)
5 acres
=
2 hectares (ha.) (approximately)
1,000 acres
=
404.7 hectares (ha.)
1 hectare
=
2.471 acres (ac.)
2.5 hectares
=
6 acres (ac.) (approximately)
Volume
1,000 cubic feet
=
28.3 meters (m3)
1 cubic foot per acre
=
0.07 cubic meter per hectare (m3/ha)
Condition Class Minimum Area
0.4 hectares (1 acre)
=
4,000 square meters
=
40 meters x 100 meters
=
35 meter radius circle
1 acre
=
118 foot radius circle
=
209 feet x 209 feet
=
43,560 square feet
Metric System - Length
1 meter
=
10 decimeters (dm.)
1 meter
=
100 centimeters (cm.)
1 meter
=
1,000 millimeters (mm.)
.001 meters
=
1 millimeter
.01 meters
=
1 centimeter
.1 meters
=
1 decimeter
1 meter
=
1 meter
10 meters
=
1 decameter
100 meters
=
1 hectometer
1,000 meters
=
1 kilometer
Photo Scales
Scale
Length on Photo
Length on Ground
1:15,840
1 mm.
15.8 meters
1:24,000
1 mm.
24.0 meters
1:31,680
1 mm.
31.7 meters
1:40,000
1 mm.
40.0 meters
1:15,840
1 inch
1,320 feet
0.1 inch
132 feet
.05 inch (1/20)
66 feet
1:24,000
1 inch
2,000 feet
0.1 inch
200 feet
.05 inch (1/20)
100 feet
1:31,680
1 inch
2,640 feet
0.1 inch
264 feet
.05 inch (1/20)
132 feet
1:40,000
1 inch
3,333 feet
0.1 inch
333 feet
.05 inch (1/20)
166 feet
Section C.4: Metric Equivalents and Aids
1 inch
0.1 feet
1 foot
1 mile
1 centimeter (cm.)
1 meter (m.)
1 mile
259
pg.
APPENDIX D PLANT ASSOCIATION REFERENCE
This appendix identifies which PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION (Item 5.5.3.40) to use to determine
the PLANT ASSOCIATION (Item 5.5.3.38) for each plot. Note: “Plant association guide” and “plant
association publication” are one in the same, and may be used interchageably in this appendix.
SECTION D.1 CALIFORNIA
SUBSECTION D.1.1 CALIFORNIA PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATIONS
Fites, J. A. 1993. Ecological Guide to Mixed Conifer Plant Associations; Northern Sierra Nevada and
Southern Cascades: Lassen, Plumas, Tahoe, and El Dorado National Forests. R5-ECOL-TP-001.
USDA Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Region.
Gordon, H.; and White, T. C. 1994. Ecological Guide to Southern California Chaparral Plant Series;
Transverse and Peninsular Ranges: Angeles, Cleveland, and San Bernardino National Forests.
USDA Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Region.
Jimerson, T. M.; Hoover, L. D.; McGee, E. A .; et al. 1995. A Field Guide to Serpentine Plant
Associations and Sensitive Plants in Northwestern California. R5-ECOL-TP-006. USDA Forest
Service Pacific Southwest Region.
Jimerson, T. M.; McGee, E. A.; Jones, D. W.; et al. 1996. A Field Guide to the Tanoak and the Douglasfir Plant Associations in Northwestern California. R5-ECOL-TP-009. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Southwest Region.
Potter, D. 1994. A Classification of Upper Montane Forests in the Central and Southern Sierras of
California, Zone 5. R5-ECOL-TP-003. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Region.
Smith, S. 1988. Ecological Guide to Eastside Pine Plant Associations; Northern California: Modoc,
Lassen, Klamath, Shasta-Trinity, Plumas, and Tahoe National Forests. 1988.USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Southwest Region.
SUBSECTION D.1.2 CALIFORNIA REFERENCE PLANT ID GUIDES
Sawyer, J. O.; and Keeler-Wolf, T. 1995. A manual of California vegetation. Sacramento, CA : California
Native Plant Society (http://davisherb.ucdavis.edu/cnpsActiveServer/index.html).
SECTION D.2 OREGON
SUBSECTION D.2.1 COUNTY PLANT ASSOCIATION KEY
Baker Co.—see map on following pages
Crook Co.—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Deschutes Co.—East Cascades PA Guide
Gilliam Co.—no PA Guide available
Grant Co.—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Harney Co.—north of US 20: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Hood River Co.—
generally above 3000 feet: Mt. Hood Silver Fir Zone PA Guide
generally below 3000 feet: Mt. Hood Ponderosa-Doug-fir-Grand Fir PA Guide
Jefferson Co.—see map on following pages
timberlands on the Warm Springs Reservation: Warm Springs PA Guide
south of Warm Springs Reservation and west from east half of Range 11E: East Cascades PA Guide
east of Range 14E: Blue Mountain PA Guide
east half of Range 11E east thru Range 14E: Crooked River Grasslands PA Guide
Klamath Co.—East Cascades PA Guide
Lake Co.—East Cascades PA Guide
Appendix D: Plant Association Reference
north and east of US 80-: Wallowa-Snake PA Guide
south and west of US 80: Blue Mountain PA Guide
pg.
260
Malhuer Co.—no PA Guide available
Morrow Co.—see map on following pages
south of Township 2S: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Sherman Co.—no PA Guide available
Umatilla Co.—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Union Co.—see map on following pages
east of US 80 and the Grande Ronde River: Wallowa-Snake PA Guide
west of US 80 and the Grande Ronde River: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Wallowa Co.—see map on following pages
east of the Grande Ronde River: Wallowa-Snake PA Guide
west of the Grande Ronde River: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Wasco Co.—see map on following pages
timberlands on the Warm Springs Reservation: Warm Springs PA Guide
north of Warm Springs Reservation, generally above 3000 feet: Mt. Hood Silver Fir Zone PA Guide
north of Warm Springs Reservation, generally below 3000 feet: Mt. Hood Ponderosa-Doug-fir-Grand Fir
PA Guide
SUBSECTION D.2.2 OREGON PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATIONS
Willamette and Mt. Hood, westside: McCain, C.; Diaz, N. 2002. Field guide to the forested plant
associations of the westside central Cascades of northwest Oregon. R6-NR-ECOL-TP-02-02. USDA
Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Mt. Hood, eastside Hemlock zone (TSHE): Halverson, N. M.; Topik, C.; and Van Vickle, R. 1986. Plant
Association and Management Guide for the Western Hemlock Zone, Mt. Hood National Forest. R6ECOL-232A-1986. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Mt. Hood, eastside Ponderosa, Douglas-fir, and Grand fir zones (PIPO, PSME, ABGR): Topik, C.;
Halverson, N. M.; and High, T. 1988. Plant Association and Management Guide for the Ponderosa Pine,
Douglas-fir, and Grand Fir Zones, Mt. Hood National Forest. R6-ECOL-TP-004-88. USDA Forest
Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Siuslaw, not Oregon Dunes: McCain, C.; Diaz, N. 2002. Field guide to the forested plant associations of the
northern Oregon Coast Range. R6-NR-ECOL-TP-03-02. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Region.
Siuslaw, Oregon Dunes NRA: Christy, J. A.; Kagan, J. S.; and Wiedemann, A. M. 1986. Plant Associations
of the Oregon Dunes National Recreation Area. R6-NR-ECOL-TP-09-98. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Region.
Atzet, T.; White, D. E.; McCrimmon, L. A.; Martinez, P. A.; et al.1996. Field Guide to the Forested Plant
Associations of Southwestern Oregon. Technical Paper R6-NR-ECOL-TP-17-96. USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Northwest Region.
Deschutes, Winema, and Fremont: Simpson, Michael. 2007. Forested Plant Associations of the Oregon
East Cascades. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-NR-ECOL-TP-2007
Ochoco: Johnson, C. Jr.; and Clausnitzer, R. 1992. Plant Associations of the Blue and Ochoco Mountains.
R6-ERW-TP-036-92. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Section D.2: Oregon
Crooked River grasslands and PIPO (Ochoco): Hopkins, W.; and Kovalchik, B. 1983. Plant Associations of
the Crooked River National Grasslands, Ochoco National Forest. R6-ECOL-133-1983. USDA Forest
Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
RIPARIAN, all forests: Kovalchik, B. 1987. Riparian Zone Associations: Deschutes, Ochoco, Fremont, and
Winema National Forests. R6-ECOL-TP-279-87. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Wallowa-Whitman National Forest (Wallowa Valley, Hells Canyon NRA, Eagle Cap, Pine, and eastern
portion of La Grande Districts): Johnson, C.G. Jr.; Simon, S. A. 1987. Plant Associations of the WallowaSnake Province, Wallowa-Whitman National Forest. R6-ECOL-TP-255B-86. USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Northwest Region.
Malheur National Forest, Umatilla National Forest, and Wallowa-Whitman National Forest (Unity, Baker,
and western portion of La Grande Districts): Johnson, C. G. Jr.; Claunitzer, R. R. 1992. Plant
Associations of the Blue and Ochoco Mountains, Wallowa-Whitman National Forest. R6-ERW-TP-03692. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
261
Figure D.1: Oregon plant association guides
Appendix D: Plant Association Reference
s
s
pg.
pg.
262
SUBSECTION D.2.3 OREGON INDICATOR PLANT ID GUIDES:
Halverson, N. M. 1986. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National Forests of Western Oregon and
Southwestern Washington. R6-TM-229-1986. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Seda, A.; Atzet, T.; and Wheeler, D. 1989 (updated 1997). Key Species for Plant Associations on the Rogue
River, Siskiyou, and Umpqua National Forests. R6-NR-ECOL-TP-026-97. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Region.
Uplands: Hopkins, W.; and Rawlings, R. 1988 (revised version). Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on
National Forests of Eastern Oregon. R6-TM-190-1985. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Johnson, C. G. Jr. 1993. Common Plants of the Inland Pacific Northwest, Malheur, Umatilla, WallowaWhitman National Forests. R6-ERW-TP051-93. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Riparian: Kovalchik, B. L.; Hopkins, W. E.; and Brunsfeld, S. J. 1988. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs in
Riparian Zones on National Forests of Central Oregon. R6-ECOL-TP-005-88. USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Northwest Region.
Noxious and sensitive: Hopkins, W. E.; and Garrett, S. 1990. Sensitive Plant—Animal and Noxious Weeds
Guide for Deschutes, Fremont, Ochoco and Winema National Forests—Area IV. R6-DES-TP-017-90.
USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Johnson, C. G. Jr. 1993. Common Plants of the Inland Pacific Northwest, Malheur, Umatilla, WallowaWhitman National Forests. R6-ERW-TP051-93. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
SECTION D.3 WASHINGTON
SUBSECTION D.3.1 COUNTY PLANT ASSOCIATION KEY
Asotin Co. (3)—south of Grande Ronde River: Wallowa-Snake PA Guide
Asotin Co. (3)—north of Grande Ronde River: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Columbia Co. (13)—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Cowlitz Co. (15)—west of I5: Olympic PA Guide; east of I5: Gifford-Pinchot PA Guide
Ferry Co. (19)—North of the Colville reservation: Colville NF PA Guide; south of the Colville reservation's
north border: Colville Reservation PA Guide
Garfield Co. (23)—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Klickitat Co. (39)—on National Forest: Gifford-Pinchot PA Guides; east of National Forest: Wenatchee PA
Guide
Lewis Co. (41)—west of I5: Olympic PA Guide; east of I5: Gifford-Pinchot PA Guide
Lincoln Co. (43)—Northeast section: Spokane Reservation PA Guide
Okanagon Co. (47)—west of the Okanogan River: Wenatchee PA Guide; east of Okanogan River and north
of the Colville Reservation: Colville National Forest PA Guide; east of Okanogan River and south of the
Colville Reservation's north border: Colville Reservation PA Guide
Skagit Co. (57)—east of North Cascades National Park: Wenatchee PA Guide; otherwise: Mt. BakerSnoqualmie PA Guide
Spokane Co. (63)—No Plant Association Guides Available
Stevens Co. (65)—North of the Spokane Reservation: Colville National Forest PA Guide; south of the
Spokane Reservation's north border: Spokane Reservation PA Guide
Section D.3: Washington
Thurston Co. (67)—west of I5: Olympic PA Guide; east of I5: Gifford-Pinchot PA Guides
Walla Walla Co. (71)—all: Blue Mountain PA Guide
Whatcom Co. (73)—east of North Cascades National Park: Wenatchee PA Guide; otherwise: Mt. Baker
Snoqualmie PA Guide
Yakima Co. (77)—on National Forest: Gifford-Pinchot PA Guides; east of National Forest: Wenatchee PA
Guide; Yakama Reservation and north of Yakama Reservation: Wenatchee PA Guide
263
pg.
SUBSECTION D.3.2 WASHINGTON PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATIONS
Mt. Baker-Snoqualmie: Henderson, J.A.; Lesher, R.D.; Peter, D. H.; and Shaw, D.C.1992. Field Guide to
the Forested Plant Associations Of The Mt. Baker-Snoqualmie National Forest. Technical Paper R6ECOL-TP-028-91. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Olympic: Henderson, J.A.; Lesher, R.D.; Peter, D. H.; and Shaw, D.C. 1989. Forested Plant Associations Of
The Olympic National Forest. Technical Paper R6-ECOL-TP-001-88. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Region.
Non-forest: Hall, Frederick C. 1998. Pacific Northwest ecoclass codes for seral and potential natural
communities. General Technical Report PNW-GTR-418. Portland, OR: USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Research Station.
Colville National Forest and Okanogan National Forest east of the Okanogan River: Williams, C. K.;
Lillybridge, T. R.; and Smith, B. G. 1995. Forested Plant Associations of the Colville National Forest.
PNW-GTR-360. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station.
Wenatchee National Forest and Okanogan National Forest west of Okanogan River: Lillybridge, T. R.;
Kovalchik, B. R.; Williams, C. K.; and Smith, B. G. 1995. Field Guide for Forested Plant Associations of
the Wenatchee National Forest. PNW-GTR-359. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research
Station.
ABAM Zone: Brockway, D.G.; Topik, C.; Hemstrom, M. A.; and Emmingham, W. H. 1983. Plant Association
and Management Guide for the Pacific Silver Fir Zone, Gifford Pinchot National Forest. R6-Ecol-130a1983. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
TSME Zone: Diaz, N. M.; High, C. T.; Mellen, T. K.; et al. 1997. Plant Association and Management Guide
for the Mountain Hemlock Zone, Gifford Pinchot and Mt. Hood National Forests. R6-MTH-GP-TP-08-95.
USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
TSHE Zone: Topik, C.; Halverson, N. M.; and Brockway, D. G. 1986. Plant Association and Management
Guide for the Western Hemlock Zone, Gifford Pinchot National Forest. R6-ECOL-230A-1986. USDA
Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
ABGR Zone: Topik, C. 1989. Plant Association and Management Guide for the Grand Fir Zone Gifford
Pinchot National Forest. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region R6-Ecol-TP-006-88.
Appendix D: Plant Association Reference
264
Section D.3: Washington
pg.
Figure D.2: Washington plant association guides
265
pg.
SUBSECTION D.3.3 WASHINGTON INDICATOR PLANT ID GUIDES
Lesher, R. D. and Jan A. Henderson. 1992. Indicator Species of Forested Plant Associations on National
Forests of Northwestern Washington. MBS-TP-041-1992. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Region R6.
Non-forest, weed, or sensitive plants: No Guide. Use Hitchcock, C.L.; and Cronquist, A. 1973. Flora of the
Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press, Seattle, WA. or Pojar, J.; and MacKinnon, A. 1994.
Plants of the Pacific Northwest Coast. Lone Pine Publishing, Vancouver, BC.
Halverson, N.M. 1986. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National Forests of Western Oregon and
Southwestern Washington. R6-TM-229-1986. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Williams, C. K.; and Lillybridge, T.R. 1987. Major Indicator Shrubs and Herbs on National Forests of Eastern
Washington. R6-TM-TP-304-87. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region.
Weeds: Smith-Kuebel, C.; and Lillybridge, T. R. Sensitive Plants and Noxious Weeds of the Wenatchee
National Forest. R6-WEN-93-014. USDA Forest Service, Wenatchee National Forest.
Appendix D: Plant Association Reference
Section D.3: Washington
pg.
266
267
pg.
APPENDIX E FOREST TYPE CODES
The following list includes all forest types in the Continental U.S. and Alaska. Types designated East/West
are commonly found in those regions, although types designated for one region may occasionally be found
in another. These codes are used for FOREST TYPE (Item 5.5.2.4).
Appendix E: Forest Type Codes
East
West Code
Species Type
White / Red / Jack Pine Group
E
101 Jack pine
E
102 Red pine
E
103 Eastern white pine
E
104 Eastern white pine / eastern hemlock
E
105 Eastern hemlock
Spruce / Fir Group
E
121 Balsam fir
E
122 White spruce
E
123 Red spruce
E
124 Red spruce / balsam fir
E
W
125 Black spruce
E
126 Tamarack
E
127 Northern white-cedar
E
128 Fraser fir
E
129 Red spruce / Fraser fir
Longleaf / Slash Pine Group
E
141 Longleaf pine
E
142 Slash pine
Tropical Softwoods Group
E
151 Tropical pines
Loblolly / Shortleaf Pine Group
E
161 Loblolly pine
E
162 Shortleaf pine
E
163 Virginia pine
E
164 Sand pine
E
165 Table-mountain pine
E
166 Pond pine
E
167 Pitch pine
E
168 Spruce pine
Other Eastern Softwoods Group
E
171 Eastern redcedar
E
172 Florida softwoods
Pinyon / Juniper Group
E
W
182 Rocky Mountain juniper
E
W
184 Juniper woodland
E
W
185 Pinyon-juniper woodland
Douglas-fir Group
E
W
201 Douglas-fir
W
202 Port-Orford-cedar
W
203 Bigcone Douglas-fir
Ponderosa Pine Group
E
W
221 Ponderosa pine
W
222 Incense-cedar
W
224 Sugar pine
W
225 Jeffrey pine
W
226 Coulter pine
Western White Pine Group
pg.
268
West Code
Species Type
W
241 Western white pine
Fir / Spruce / Mountain Hemlock Group
W
261 White fir
W
262 Red fir
W
263 Noble fir
W
264 Pacific silver fir
W
265 Engelmann spruce
W
266 Engelmann spruce / subalpine fir
W
267 Grand fir
W
268 Subalpine fir
W
269 Blue spruce
W
270 Mountain hemlock
W
271 Alaska-yellow-cedar
Lodgepole Pine Group
W
281 Lodgepole pine
Hemlock / Sitka Spruce Group
W
301 Western hemlock
W
304 Western redcedar
W
305 Sitka spruce
Western Larch Group
W
321 Western larch
Redwood Group
W
341 Redwood
W
342 Giant sequoia
Other Western Softwoods Group
W
361 Knobcone pine
W
362 Southwestern white pine
W
363 Bishop pine
W
364 Monterey pine
W
365 Foxtail pine / bristlecone pine
W
366 Limber pine
W
367 Whitebark pine
W
368 Misc. western softwoods
W
369 Western juniper
California Mixed Conifer Group
W
371 California mixed conifer
Exotic Softwoods Group
E
381 Scotch pine
E
W
383 Other exotic softwoods
E
384 Norway spruce
E
385 Introduced larch
Other Softwoods Group
391 Other softwoods
Oak / Pine Group
E
401 Eastern white pine / N. red oak / white ash
E
402 Eastern redcedar / hardwood
E
403 Longleaf pine / oak
E
404 Shortleaf pine / oak
E
405 Virginia pine / southern red oak
E
406 Loblolly pine / hardwood
E
407 Slash pine / hardwood
E
409 Other pine / hardwood
Oak / Hickory Group
E
501 Post oak / blackjack oak
E
502 Chestnut oak
:
East
269
pg.
Appendix E: Forest Type Codes
East
West Code
Species Type
E
503 White oak / red oak / hickory
E
504 White oak
E
505 Northern red oak
E
506 Yellow-poplar / white oak / N. red oak
E
507 Sassafras / persimmon
E
508 Sweetgum / yellow-poplar
E
509 Bur oak
E
510 Scarlet oak
E
511 Yellow-poplar
E
512 Black walnut
E
513 Black locust
E
514 Southern scrub oak
E
515 Chestnut oak / black oak / scarlet oak
E
516 Cherry / white ash / yellow-poplar
E
517 Elm / ash / black locust
E
519 Red maple / oak
E
520 Mixed upland hardwoods
Oak / Gum / Cypress Group
E
601 Swamp chestnut oak / cherrybark oak
E
602 Sweetgum / Nuttall oak / willow oak
E
605 Overcup oak / water hickory
E
606 Atlantic white-cedar
E
607 Baldcypress / water tupelo
E
608 Sweetbay / swamp tupelo / red maple
E
609 Baldcypress / pondcypress
Elm / Ash / Cottonwood Group
E
701 Black ash / American elm / red maple
E
702 River birch / sycamore
E
W
703 Cottonwood
E
W
704 Willow
E
705 Sycamore / pecan / American elm
E
706 Sugarberry / hackberry / elm / green ash
E
707 Silver maple / American elm
E
708 Red maple / lowland
E
W
709 Cottonwood / willow
W
722 Oregon ash
Maple / Beech / Birch Group
E
801 Sugar maple / beech / yellow birch
E
802 Black cherry
E
805 Hard maple / basswood
E
809 Red maple / upland
Aspen / Birch Group
E
W
901 Aspen
E
W
902 Paper birch
E
903 Gray birch
E
W
904 Balsam poplar
E
W
905 Pin cherry
Alder / Maple Group
W
911 Red alder
W
912 Bigleaf maple
Western Oak Group
W
921 Gray pine
W
922 California black oak
W
923 Oregon white oak
W
924 Blue oak
pg.
270
East
West Code
Species Type
W
931 Coast live oak
W
933 Canyon live oak
W
934 Interior live oak
W
935 California white oak (valley oak)
Tanoak / Laurel Group
W
941 Tanoak
W
942 California laurel
W
943 Giant chinkapin
Other Harwoods Group
W
961 Pacific madrone
W
962 Other hardwoods
Woodland Hardwoods Group
W
971 Deciduous oak woodland
W
972 Evergreen oak woodland
W
973 Mesquite woodland
W
974 Cercocarpus (Mountain brush) woodland
W
975 Intermountain maple woodland
W
976 Misc. woodland hardwoods
Tropical Hardwoods Group
E
982 Mangrove
E
W
983 Palms
E
989 Other tropical hardwoods
Exotic Hardwoods Group
E
991 Paulownia
E
992 Melaleuca
E
W
993 Eucalyptus
E
W
995 Other exotic hardwoods
:
For nonstocked stands, see FOREST TYPE (Item 5.5.2.4) for procedures to determine FOREST TYPE.
271
pg.
APPENDIX F TREE SPECIES LIST
This list includes all tree species tallied in the Continental U.S. and Alaska. Woodland species designate
species where DRC is measured instead of DBH.
Species tallied as trees which are common to the PNW area are in bold. Shaded species are “Core” and are
tallied in all regions.
”Genus-only” codes are not valid in PNW.
PLANTS
Code
ABAM
ABBA
ABBR
ABCO
ABFR
ABGR
ABLAA
ABLA
ABMA
ABSH
ABPR
CHLA
CHNO
CHTH2
CUAR
CUBA
CUFO2
CUMA2
CUSA3
CUMA
JUPI
JUCO11
JUFL
JUAS
JUCA7
JUDE2
JUOC
JUOS
JUSC2
JUVIS
JUVI
JUMO
LALA
LALY
LAOC
CADE27
PIAB
PIBR
PIEN
PIGL
PIMA
PIPU
PIRU
PISI
PIAL
PIAR
Common name
Genus
Pacific silver fir
balsam fir
Santa Lucia fir, bristlecone fir
white fir
Fraser fir
grand fir
corkbark fir
subalpine fir
California red fir
Shasta red fir
noble fir
Port-Orford-cedar
Alaska yellow-cedar
Atlantic white-cedar
Arizona cypress
Baker cypress, Modoc cypress
tecate cypress
Monterey cypress
Sargent's cypress
MacNab's cypress
Pinchot juniper
redberry juniper
drooping juniper
Ashe juniper
California juniper
alligator juniper
western juniper
Utah juniper
Rocky Mountain juniper
southern redcedar
eastern redcedar
oneseed juniper
tamarack (native)
subalpine larch
western larch
incense-cedar
Norway spruce
Brewer spruce
Engelmann spruce
white spruce
black spruce
blue spruce
red spruce
Sitka spruce
whitebark pine
Rocky Mountain bristlecone pine
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Abies
Chamaecyparis
Chamaecyparis
Chamaecyparis
Cupressus
Cupressus
Cupressus
Cupressus
Cupressus
Cupressus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Juniperus
Larix
Larix
Larix
Calocedrus
Picea
Picea
Picea
Picea
Picea
Picea
Picea
Picea
Pinus
Pinus
Species
amabilis
balsamea
bracteata
concolor
fraseri
grandis
lasiocarpa var. arizonica
lasiocarpa
magnifica
shastensis
procera
lawsoniana
nootkatensis
thyoides
arizonica
bakeri
forbesii
macrocarpa
sargentii
macnabiana
pinchotii
coahuilensis
flaccida
ashei
californica
deppeana
occidentalis
osteosperma
scopulorum
virginiana var. silicicola
virginiana
monosperma
laricina
lyallii
occidentalis
decurrens
abies
breweriana
engelmannii
glauca
mariana
pungens
rubens
sitchensis
albicaulis
aristata
Appendix F: Tree Species List
Woodland FIA
Code
0011
0012
0014
0015
0016
0017
0018
0019
0020
0021
0022
0041
0042
0043
0051
0052
0053
0054
0055
0056
w
0058
w
0059
w
0060
w
0061
w
0062
w
0063
0064
w
0065
w
0066
0067
0068
w
0069
0071
0072
0073
0081
0091
0092
0093
0094
0095
0096
0097
0098
0101
0102
pg.
272
Woodland FIA
Code
0103
0104
0105
w
0106
w
w
w
w
w
w
:
w
0107
0108
0109
0110
0111
0112
0113
0114
0115
0116
0117
0118
0119
0120
0121
0122
0123
0124
0125
0126
0127
0128
0129
0130
0131
0132
0133
0134
0135
0136
0137
0138
0139
0140
0141
0142
0143
0144
0201
0202
0211
0212
0221
0222
0223
0231
0232
0241
0242
PLANTS
Code
PIAT
PIBA
PIBA2
PIED
PICL
PICO
PICO3
PIEC2
PIEL
PIEN2
PIFL2
PIST3
PIGL2
PIJE
PILA
PILE
PIMO3
PIMU
PIPA2
PIPO
PIPU5
PIRA2
PIRE
PIRI
PISA2
PISE
PIST
PISY
PITA
PIVI2
PIMO
PIDI3
PIAR5
PINI
PIWA
PIQU
PITO
PICE
PIRE5
PILO
PIMOF
PIELE2
PSMA
PSME
SESE3
SEGI2
TADI2
TAAS
TAMU
TABR2
TAFL
THOC2
THPL
Common name
knobcone pine
foxtail pine
jack pine
Common pinyon, two-needle
pinyon
sand pine
lodgepole pine
Coulter pine
shortleaf pine
slash pine
Apache pine
limber pine
southwestern white pine
spruce pine
Jeffrey pine
sugar pine
Chihuahua pine
western white pine
bishop pine
longleaf pine
ponderosa pine
Table Mountain pine
Monterey pine
red pine
pitch pine
gray pine, California foothill pine
pond pine
eastern white pine
Scotch pine
loblolly pine
Virginia pine
singleleaf pinyon
border pinyon
Arizona pine
Austrian pine
Washoe pine
four-leaf pine, Parry pinyon pine
Torrey pine
Mexican pinyon pine
papershell pinyon pine
Great Basin bristlecone pine
Arizona pinyon pine
Carribean pine
bigcone Douglas-fir
Douglas-fir
redwood
giant sequoia
baldcypress
pondcypress
Montezuma baldcypress
Pacific yew
Florida yew
northern white-cedar
western redcedar
Genus
Pinus
Pinus
Pinus
Pinus
Species
attenuata
balfouriana
banksiana
edulis
Pinus
clausa
Pinus
contorta
Pinus
coulteri
Pinus
echinata
Pinus
elliottii
Pinus
engelmannii
Pinus
flexilis
Pinus
strobiformis
Pinus
glabra
Pinus
jeffreyi
Pinus
lambertiana
Pinus
leiophylla
Pinus
monticola
Pinus
muricata
Pinus
palustris
Pinus
ponderosa
Pinus
pungens
Pinus
radiata
Pinus
resinosa
Pinus
rigida
Pinus
sabiniana
Pinus
serotina
Pinus
strobus
Pinus
sylvestris
Pinus
taeda
Pinus
virginiana
Pinus
monophylla
Pinus
discolor
Pinus
arizonica
Pinus
nigra
Pinus
washoensis
Pinus
quadrifolia
Pinus
torreyana
Pinus
cembroides
Pinus
remota
Pinus
longaeva
Pinus
monophylla var. fallax
Pinus
elliottii var. elliottii
Pseudotsuga
macrocarpa
Pseudotsuga
menziesii
Sequoia
sempervirens
Sequoiadendron giganteum
Taxodium
distichum
Taxodium
ascendens
Taxodium
mucronatum
Taxus
brevifolia
Taxus
floridana
Thuja
occidentalis
Thuja
plicata
273
pg.
PLANTS
Code
TOCA
TOTA
TSCA
TSCA2
TSHE
TSME
ACFA
ACGR
ACBA3
ACMA3
ACNE2
ACNI5
ACPE
ACRU
ACSA2
ACSA3
ACSP2
ACPL
ACGR3
ACLE
AEGL
AEFL
AECA
AEGLA
AEPA
AESY
AIAL
ALJU
ALRU2
ALRH2
ALOB2
ALGL2
AMAR3
AMSA
ARME
ARAR2
ARXA80
ASTR
BEAL2
BELE
BENI
BEOC2
BEPA
BEUB
BEUT
BEPO
SILAL3
CACA18
CAAQ2
CACO15
CAGL8
CAIL2
CALA21
CAMY
Common name
California torreya (nutmeg)
Florida torreya (nutmeg)
eastern hemlock
Carolina hemlock
western hemlock
mountain hemlock
sweet acacia
catclaw acacia
Florida maple
bigleaf maple
boxelder
black maple
striped maple
red maple
silver maple
sugar maple
mountain maple
Norway maple
bigtooth maple
chalk maple
Ohio buckeye
yellow buckeye
California buckeye
Texas buckeye
red buckeye
painted buckeye
ailanthus
mimosa/silktree
red alder
white alder
Arizona alder
European alder
common serviceberry
roundleaf serviceberry
Pacific madrone
Arizona madrone
Texas madrone
Pawpaw
yellow birch
sweet birch
river birch
water birch
paper birch
Virginia roundleaf birch
northwestern paper birch
gray birch
Chittamwood, gum bumelia
American hornbeam, musclewood
water hickory
bitternut hickory
pignut hickory
pecan
shellbark hickory
nutmeg hickory
Genus
Torreya
Torreya
Tsuga
Tsuga
Tsuga
Tsuga
Acacia
Acacia
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Acer
Aesculus
Aesculus
Aesculus
Aesculus
Aesculus
Aesculus
Ailanthus
Albizia
Alnus
Alnus
Alnus
Alnus
Amelanchier
Amelanchier
Arbutus
Arbutus
Arbutus
Asimina
Betula
Betula
Betula
Betula
Betula
Betula
Betula
Betula
Sideroxylon
Carpinus
Carya
Carya
Carya
Carya
Carya
Carya
Species
californica
taxifolia
canadensis
caroliniana
heterophylla
mertensiana
farnesiana
greggii
barbatum
macrophyllum
negundo
nigrum
pensylvanicum
rubrum
saccharinum
saccharum
spicatum
platanoides
grandidentatum
leucoderme
glabra
flava
californica
glabra var. arguta
pavia
sylvatica
altissima
julibrissin
rubra
rhombifolia
oblongifolia
glutinosa
arborea
sanguinea
menziesii
arizonica
xalapensis
triloba
alleghaniensis
lenta
nigra
occidentalis
papyrifera
uber
X utahensis
populifolia
lanuginosum ssp. lanuginosum
caroliniana
aquatica
cordiformis
glabra
illinoinensis
laciniosa
myristiciformis
Appendix F: Tree Species List
Woodland FIA
Code
0251
0252
0261
0262
0263
0264
w
0303
w
0304
0311
0312
0313
0314
0315
0316
0317
0318
0319
0320
w
0322
0323
0331
0332
0333
0334
0336
0337
0341
0345
0351
0352
0353
0355
0357
0358
0361
0362
w
0363
0367
0371
0372
0373
0374
0375
0377
0378
0379
0381
0391
0401
0402
0403
0404
0405
0406
pg.
274
:
Woodland FIA
Code
0407
0408
0409
0410
0411
0412
0413
0421
0422
0423
0424
0431
0451
0452
0461
0462
0463
0471
0481
0491
0492
0501
0502
0503
0504
0505
0506
0507
0508
0509
5091
5092
5093
0511
0512
0513
0514
0521
0522
w
0523
0531
0541
0542
0543
0544
0545
0546
0547
0548
0549
5491
0551
0552
0555
PLANTS
Code
CAOV2
CATE9
CAAL27
CAPA24
CAFL6
CAOV3
CACA38
CADE12
CAPU9
CAPUO
CAMO83
CHCHC4
CABI8
CASP8
CELA
CEOC
CELAR
CECA4
CLKE
COFL2
CONU4
CRCR2
CRMO2
CRBR3
CRCA
CRCH
CRDI
CRFL
CRMO3
CRPE
CRPH
CRSU5
CRUN
EUGL
EUCA2
EUGR12
EURO2
DIVI5
DITE3
EHAN
FAGR
FRAM2
FRLA
FRNI
FRPE
FRPR
FRQU
FRVE2
FRCA3
FRTE
FRBE
GLAQ
GLTR
GOLA
Common name
Genus
shagbark hickory
Carya
black hickory
Carya
mockernut hickory
Carya
sand hickory
Carya
scrub hickory
Carya
red hickory
Carya
southern shagbark hickory
Carya
American chestnut
Castanea
Allegheny chinkapin
Castanea
Ozark chinkapin
Castanea
Chinese chestnut
Castanea
giant chinkapin, golden chinkapin Chrysolepis
southern catalpa
Catalpa
northern catalpa
Catalpa
sugarberry
Celtis
hackberry
Celtis
netleaf hackberry
Celtis
eastern redbud
Cercis
yellowwood
Cladrastis
flowering dogwood
Cornus
Pacific dogwood
Cornus
cockspur hawthorn
Crataegus
downy hawthorn
Crataegus
Brainerd hawthorn
Crataegus
pear hawthorn
Crataegus
fireberry hawthorn
Crataegus
broadleaf hawthorn
Crataegus
fanleaf hawthorn
Crataegus
oneseed hawthorn
Crataegus
scarlet hawthorn
Crataegus
Washington hawthorn
Crataegus
fleshy hawthorn
Crataegus
dwarf hawthorn
Crataegus
Tasmanian bluegum, eucalyptus Eucalyptus
river redgum
Eucalyptus
grand eucalyptus
Eucalyptus
swamp mahogany
Eucalyptus
common persimmon
Diospyros
Texas persimmon
Diospyros
Anacua
Ehretia
American beech
Fagus
white ash
Fraxinus
Oregon ash
Fraxinus
black ash
Fraxinus
green ash
Fraxinus
pumpkin ash
Fraxinus
blue ash
Fraxinus
velvet ash
Fraxinus
Carolina ash
Fraxinus
Texas ash
Fraxinus
Berlandier ash
Fraxinus
waterlocust
Gleditsia
honeylocust
Gleditsia
loblolly bay
Gordonia
Species
ovata
texana
alba
pallida
floridana
ovalis
carolinae-septentrionalis
dentata
pumila
pumila var. ozarkensis
mollissima
chrysophylla var. chrysophylla
bignonioides
speciosa
laevigata
occidentalis
laevigata var. reticulata
canadensis
kentukea
florida
nuttallii
crus-galli
mollis
brainerdii
calpodendron
chrysocarpa
dilatata
flabellata
monogyna
pedicellata
phaenopyrum
succulenta
uniflora
globulus
camaldulensis
grandis
robusta
virginiana
texana
anacua
grandifolia
americana
latifolia
nigra
pennsylvanica
profunda
quadrangulata
velutina
caroliniana
texensis
berlandieriana
aquatica
triacanthos
lasianthus
275
pg.
Woodland FIA
Code
0561
0571
0581
0582
w
0583
0591
0601
0602
0603
0604
0605
0606
0611
0621
0631
0641
0651
0652
0653
0654
0655
PLANTS
Code
GIBI2
GYDI
HACA3
HADI3
HAPA2
ILOP
JUCI
JUNI
JUHI
JUCA
JUMI
JUMA
LIST2
LITU
LIDE3
MAPO
MAAC
MAGR4
MAVI2
MAMA2
MAFR
Common name
Species
Ginkgo
Gymnocladus
Halesia
Halesia
Halesia
Ilex
Juglans
Juglans
Juglans
Juglans
Juglans
Juglans
Liquidambar
Liriodendron
Lithocarpus
Maclura
Magnolia
Magnolia
Magnolia
Magnolia
Magnolia
biloba
dioicus
carolina
diptera
parviflora
opaca
cinerea
nigra
hindsii
californica
microcarpa
major
styraciflua
tulipifera
densiflorus
pomifera
acuminata
grandiflora
virginiana
macrophylla
fraseri
Magnolia
Magnolia
Malus
Malus
Malus
Malus
Morus
Morus
Morus
Morus
Nyssa
Nyssa
Nyssa
Nyssa
Ostrya
Oxydendrum
Paulownia
Persea
Persea
Planera
Platanus
Platanus
Platanus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
Populus
pyramidata
tripetala
fusca
angustifolia
coronaria
ioensis
alba
rubra
microphylla
nigra
aquatica
ogeche
sylvatica
biflora
virginiana
arboreum
tomentosa
borbonia
americana
aquatica
racemosa
occidentalis
wrightii
balsamifera
deltoides
grandidentata
heterophylla
deltoides ssp. monilifera
tremuloides
balsamifera ssp. trichocarpa
fremontii
angustifolia
Appendix F: Tree Species List
Ginkgo, maidenhair tree
Kentucky coffeetree
Carolina silverbell
two-wing silverbell
little silverbell
American holly
butternut
black walnut
Northern California black walnut
Southern California black walnut
Texas walnut
Arizona walnut
sweetgum
yellow-poplar
tanoak
Osage-orange
cucumbertree
southern magnolia
sweetbay
bigleaf magnolia
mountain magnolia, Fraser
magnolia
0657 MAPY
pyramid magnolia
0658 MATR
umbrella magnolia
0661 MAFU
Oregon crabapple
0662 MAAN3 southern crabapple
0663 MACO5 sweet crabapple
0664 MAIO
prairie crabapple
0681 MOAL
white mulberry
0682 MORU2 red mulberry
0683 MOMI
Texas mulberry
0684 MONI
black mulberry
0691 NYAQ2 water tupelo
0692 NYOG
Ogeechee tupelo
0693 NYSY
blackgum
0694 NYBI
swamp tupelo
0701 OSVI
eastern hophornbeam
0711 OXAR
sourwood
0712 PATO2 paulownia, empress-tree
0721 PEBO
redbay
7211 PEAM3 avocado
0722 PLAQ
water-elm, planertree
0730 PLRA
California sycamore
0731 PLOC
American sycamore
0732 PLWR2 Arizona sycamore
0741 POBA2 balsam poplar
0742 PODE3 eastern cottonwood
0743 POGR4 bigtooth aspen
0744 POHE4 swamp cottonwood
0745 PODEM plains cottonwood
0746 POTR5 quaking aspen
0747 POBAT black cottonwood
0748 POFR2 Fremont's cottonwood
0749 POAN3 narrowleaf cottonwood
Genus
pg.
276
Woodland FIA
Code
0752
0753
w
0756
w
w
w
w
w
:
w
0757
0758
0761
0762
0763
0764
0765
0766
0768
0769
0770
0771
0772
0773
0774
0801
0802
0803
0804
0805
0806
0807
0808
0809
0810
0811
0812
0813
0814
0815
0816
0817
0818
0819
0820
0821
0822
0823
0824
0825
0826
0827
0828
0829
0830
0831
0832
0833
0834
0835
PLANTS
Common name
Code
POAL7 silver poplar
PONI
Lombardy poplar
PRGL2 honey mesquite,western honey
mesquite
PRVE
velvet mesquite
PRPU
screwbean mesquite
PRPE2 pin cherry
PRSE2 black cherry
PRVI
common chokecherry
PRPE3 peach
PRNI
Canada plum
PRAM
American plum, wild plum
PREM
bitter cherry
PRAL5 Allegheny plum
PRAN3 Chickasaw plum
PRAV
sweet cherry (domesticated)
PRCE
sour cherry (domesticated)
PRDO
European plum (domesticated)
PRMA
Mahaleb plum (domesticated)
QUAG
California live oak, coast live oak
QUAL
white oak
QUAR
Arizona white oak and gray oak
QUBI
swamp white oak
QUCH2 canyon live oak
QUCO2 scarlet oak
QUDO
blue oak
QUSIS Durand oak
QUEL
northern pin oak
QUEM
Emory oak
QUEN
Engelmann oak
QUFA
southern red oak
QUPA5 cherrybark oak
QUGA
Gambel oak
QUGA4 Oregon white oak
QUIL
scrub oak
QUIM
shingle oak
QUKE
California black oak
QULA2 turkey oak
QULA3 laurel oak
QULO
California white oak
QULY
overcup oak
QUMA2 bur oak
QUMA3 blackjack oak
QUMI
swamp chestnut oak
QUMU
chinkapin oak
QUNI
water oak
QUTE
Nuttall oak, Texas red oak
QUOB
Mexican blue oak
QUPA2 pin oak
QUPH
willow oak
QUPR2 chestnut oak
QURU
northern red oak
QUSH
Shumard's oak
QUST
post oak
Genus
Species
Populus
Populus
Prosopis
alba
nigra
glandulosa
Prosopis
Prosopis
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Prunus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
velutina
pubescens
pensylvanica
serotina
virginiana
persica
nigra
americana
emarginata
alleghaniensis
angustifolia
avium
cerasus
domestica
mahaleb
agrifolia
alba
arizonica
bicolor
chrysolepis
coccinea
douglasii
sinuata var. sinuata
ellipsoidalis
emoryi
engelmannii
falcata
pagoda
gambelii
garryana
ilicifolia
imbricaria
kelloggii
laevis
laurifolia
lobata
lyrata
macrocarpa
marilandica
michauxii
muehlenbergii
nigra
texana
oblongifolia
palustris
phellos
prinus
rubra
shumardii
stellata
277
pg.
PLANTS
Code
QUSI2
QUVE
QUVI
QUWI2
QUMA6
QUMI2
QUIN
QUHY
QUOG
QUPR
QUGR3
QURU4
QUGR
QUGR2
QUPO2
QUBU2
QULA
AMEL
ANGL4
BUSI
CAGL11
CALE28
CICA
CIFR
CODI8
COEL2
COSE2
COBO2
CUAN4
COHO
EBEB
LEPU3
SOAF
EURH
EXPA
FIAU
FICI
GUDI
HIMA2
LYLA3
MAIN3
METO3
PIPI3
SCAC2
SIFO
SISA6
SIGL3
SYCU
TAIN2
ROPS
RONE
ACWR4
COAR
CONU
Common name
Delta post oak
black oak
live oak
interior live oak
dwarf post oak
dwarf live oak
bluejack oak
silverleaf oak
Oglethorpe oak
dwarf chinkapin oak
gray oak
netleaf oak
Chisos oak
Graves oak
Mexican white oak
Spanish oak
lacey oak
torchwood
pond apple
gumbo limbo
gray sheoak
Australian pine
camphor tree
fiddlewood
pigeon plum, tietongue
soldierwood
geiger tree
anacahuita
carrotwood
bluewood
blackbead ebony
great leucaena
Texas sophora
red stopper
Inkwood, butterbough
strangler fig
shortleaf fig, wild banyantree
Blolly, beeftree
manchineel
false tamarind
mango
poisonwood
fishpoison tree
schefflera, octopus tree
false mastic
white bully, willow bustic
paradise tree
Java plum
tamarind
black locust
New Mexico locust
paurotis palm
silver palm
coconut palm
Genus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Quercus
Amyris
Annona
Bursera
Casuarina
Casuarina
Cinnamomum
Citharexylum
Coccoloba
Colubrina
Cordia
Cordia
Cupaniopsis
Condalia
Ebenopsis
Leucaena
Sophora
Eugenia
Exothea
Ficus
Ficus
Guapira
Hippomane
Lysiloma
Mangifera
Metopium
Piscidia
Schefflera
Sideroxylon
Sideroxylon
Simarouba
Syzygium
Tamarindus
Robinia
Robinia
Acoelorraphe
Coccothrinax
Cocos
Species
similis
velutina
virginiana
wislizeni
margarettiae
minima
incana
hypoleucoides
oglethorpensis
prinoides
grisea
rugosa
graciliformis
gravesii
polymorpha
buckleyi
laceyi
elemifera
glabra
simaruba
glauca
lepidophloia
camphora
fruticosum
diversifolia
elliptica
sebestena
boissieri
anacardioides
hookeri
ebano
pulverulenta
affinis
rhombea
paniculata
aurea
citrifolia
discolor
mancinella
latisiliquum
indica
toxiferum
piscipula
actinophylla
foetidissimum
salicifolium
glauca
cumini
indica
pseudoacacia
neomexicana
wrightii
argentata
nucifera
Appendix F: Tree Species List
Woodland FIA
Code
0836
0837
0838
0839
0840
0841
0842
w
0843
0844
0845
w
0846
w
0847
0851
8511
8512
8513
8514
0852
0853
0854
0856
0857
0858
0859
0863
0864
0865
8651
0866
w
0867
0868
0869
0870
0873
0874
0876
0877
0882
0883
0884
0885
0886
0887
0888
0890
0891
0895
0896
0897
0901
w
0902
0906
0907
0908
pg.
278
Woodland FIA
Code
0911
0912
0913
0914
0915
:
w
PLANTS
Code
SAME8
SAPA
THMO4
THRA2
ARECA
Common name
Mexican palmetto
cabbage palmetto
key thatch palm
Florida thatch palm
other palms
Genus
Sabal
Sabal
Thrinax
Thrinax
Family
Arecaceae
0919 SASAD western soapberry
Sapindus
0921 SAAM2 peachleaf willow
Salix
0922 SANI
black willow
Salix
0923 SABE2 Bebb willow
Salix
0924 SABO
red willow
Salix
0925 SACA5 coastal plain willow
Salix
0926 SAPY
balsam willow
Salix
0927 SAAL2 white willow
Salix
0928 SASC
Scouler's willow
Salix
0929 SASE10 weeping willow
Salix
0931 SAAL5 sassafras
Sassafras
0935 SOAM3 American mountain ash
Sorbus
0936 SOAU
European mountain ash
Sorbus
0937 SODE3 northern mountain ash
Sorbus
0940 SWMA2 mahogany
Swietenia
0951 TIAM
American basswood
Tilia
0952 TIAMH white basswood
Tilia
0953 TIAMC Carolina basswood
Tilia
0971 ULAL
winged elm
Ulmus
0972 ULAM
American elm
Ulmus
0973 ULCR
cedar elm
Ulmus
0974 ULPU
Siberian elm
Ulmus
0975 ULRU
slippery elm
Ulmus
0976 ULSE
September elm
Ulmus
0977 ULTH
rock elm
Ulmus
0981 UMCA
California laurel
Umbellularia
0982 YUBR
Joshua tree
Yucca
0986 AVGE
black mangrove
Avicennia
0987 COER2 buttonwood mangrove
Conocarpus
0988 LARA2 white mangrove
Laguncularia
0989 RHMA2 American mangrove
Rhizophora
0990 OLTE
desert ironwood,tesota, Arizona- Olneya
ironwood
0992 MEQU
melaleuca
Melaleuca
0993 MEAZ
chinaberry
Melia
0994 TRSE6 Chinese tallowtree
Triadica
0995 VEFO
tungoil tree
Vernicia
0996 COOB2 smoketree
Cotinus
0997 ELAN
Russian-olive
Elaeagnus
Species
mexicana
palmetto
morrisii
radiata
not listed above
saponaria var. drummondii
amygdaloides
nigra
bebbiana
bonplandiana
caroliniana
pyrifolia
alba
scouleriana
sepulcralis
albidum
americana
aucuparia
decora
mahagoni
americana
americana var. heterophylla
americana var. caroliniana
alata
americana
crassifolia
pumila
rubra
serotina
thomasii
californica
brevifolia
germinans
erectus
racemosa
mangle
tesota
quinquenervia
azedarach
sebifera
fordii
obovatus
angustifolia
279
pg.
APPENDIX G TREE CODING GUIDE
Previous Measurement
Present Measurement
PREVIOUS PRESENT RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE OF
TREE
TREE
DEAD
DEATH
STATUS STATUS
SAMPLE KIND 1 or 3
Live 1.0+DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
SAMPLE KIND 2
(Remeasurement)
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC on
microplot
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC on
microplot
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1 inch +
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC on
microplot
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC on
microplot
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1 inch +
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1 inch +
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 5.0+ DBH
1
1
1
1
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC on
microplot
Live but shrank < 5.0 and
on microplot
Live but land no longer
qualifies as forest
Standing dead 5.0+
Down dead 5.0+
Dead 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
0
0
10-80
10-80
10-80
Dead 5.0+ (standing or
down)
Cruiser unable to locate
tree due to a weather
(including geologic, such
as landslide) or fire event &
assume tree is down dead
or you can see tree and it
is dead and off the plot
Cut and left in the woods
Dead and land no longer
qualifies as forest (land
clearing or conversion to
nonforest land use)
Tree removed (cut and
hauled away)
Gone (cut and removed?)
and land no longer
qualifies as forest
Dead standing 5.0 DBH/
DRC
Dead down 5.0+
Dead DBH/DRC < 5.0
Cruiser is unable to locate
tree due to a weather
(including geologic) or fire
event & assume it is down
dead
Tree removed (cut and
hauled away)
Live tree shrank <5.0 and
NOT on microplot
Tree shrank <1.0
1
2
0 or 1
10-80
1
2
0
30 or 50
1
1
2
2
0
0 or 1
80
10-80
1
3
80
1
3
80
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
2
3
1
0
5
1
0
5
Appendix G: Tree Coding Guide
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
1
2
pg.
280
Previous Measurement
Present Measurement
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC
Live 1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC,
shouldn’t have been
tallied—beyond 6.8—
cruiser error
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC,
shouldn’t have been tallied
–beyond 24.0—cruiser
error
No longer a tally species
Tree moved off plot due to
a geologic (i.e., slight earth
movement) or weather
event (i.e., hurricane) and
you can still see it (Live
before, live now)
Nonsampled area now
No longer a tally species
Tree moved off plot due to
a geologic (i.e., small earth
movement) or weather
event (i.e., hurricane) and
you can still see the tree
Nonsampled area now
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
5.0+ DBH/DRC live (not on
the microplot)
1.0-4.9 DBH/DRC live (on
the microplot)
5.0+ DBH/DRC live (on the
microplot) (Through
growth)
Live 1 inch +
Forest now, Live 1 inch+
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
5.0+ DBH/DRC dead (very
rare)
Standing Dead 5 inch+
Forest now, Statnding
Dead 5 inch+
Dead <5.0 inch DBH/DRC
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1.0+ DBH/DRC
Live 1 inch +
Dead 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Dead 5.0 DBH/DRC
Dead 5 inch +
Missed live
< 5.0 live
< 1.0 live
< 1.0 live
Nonsampled area before
Nonforest before
Missed dead
Missed live
< 5.0 live
Nonsampled area before
Nonforest before
:
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
PREVIOUS PRESENT RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE OF
TREE
TREE
DEAD
DEATH
STATUS STATUS
1
0
7
1
0
7
1
1
0
0
8
6
1
2
2
0
0
0
9
8
6
2
-
0
1
1
9
3
1
-
1
1
-
1
2
-
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
4
3
1
-
2
2
3 or 4
1
1
2
1
1
0 or 1
10-80
10-80
0
10-80
281
pg.
APPENDIX H SITE INDEX EQUATION NUMBERS
California
Equation Number
26
Base Age
100
26
100
25
50
3
50
4
50
5
50
22
50
8
50
9
50
17
50
18
50
21
50
20
50
Appendix H: Site Index Equation Numbers
Rules
Mixed Conifer Site = true
Spcd = 202,122,15,20,117,116,21
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Spcd = 201
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Spcd = 211
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Site Index Equation Method = Kings
Spcd = 202,17
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Site Index Equation Method = Primary (McCardle)
TreeAge < 40
Spcd = 202, 17
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Site Index Equation Method = Primary (McCardle)
TreeAge ≥ 40
Spcd = 202, 17
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Spcd = 20
Mixed Conifer Site = false
TreeAge ≤ 120
Spcd = 98, 263
Mixed Conifer Site = false
TreeAge > 120
Spcd = 98, 263
Mixed Conifer Site = false
TreeAge ≤ 50
Spcd = 242
Mixed Conifer Site = false
TreeAge > 50
Spcd = 242
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Spcd = 747, 748
Mixed Conifer Site = false
Spcd ≥ 300 and ≤ 746 OR
Spcd ≥ 748 and ≤ 999
pg.
282
Oregon
Equation Number
1
Base Age
50
2
50
6
100
7
100
10
100
11
100
14
100
15
100
16
24
20
100
50
50
21
13
50
50
8
50
9
50
17
50
18
50
3
50
4
50
5
50
10
100
11
100
16
100
Rules
Countycd = 29,33
Spcd = 202
Countycd = 29,33
Spcd = 15,17
Treeage ≤ 100
Countycd = east side county
Spcd = 202,17,15
Treeage > 100
Countycd = east side county
Spcd = 202,17,15
Treeage ≤ 100
Spcd = 21,22,11,19,264
Treeage > 100
Spcd = 21,22,11,19,264
Treeage ≤ 130
Spcd = 116, 122
Treeage > 130
Spcd = 116, 122
Spcd = 108
Spcd = 73
(Spcd ≥ 300 and ≤746) OR
(spcd ≥ 748 and ≤ 999)
Spcd = 747
Treeage < 182
Spcd = 93
Treeage ≤ 120
Spcd = 98,263
Treeage > 120
Spcd = 98,263
Treeage ≤ 50
Spcd = 242
Treeage > 50
Spcd = 242
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Kings
Treeage < 40
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Primary
Treeage ≥ 40
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Primary
Treeage ≤ 100
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 15
Treeage > 100
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 15
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 119
Oregon East Side Counties: 1,13,17,21,23,25,31,35,37,45,47,49,55,59,61,63,65,69
:
Oregon West Side Counties: 3,5,7,9,11,15,19,27,29,33,39,41,43,47,51,53,57,67,71
283
pg.
Washington
Equation Number
Base Age
100
7
100
10
100
11
100
14
100
15
100
16
29
20
100
50
50
21
13
50
50
8
50
9
50
17
50
18
50
3
50
4
50
5
50
10
100
11
100
16
100
Rules
Treeage ≤ 100
Countycd = east side county
Spcd = 202,17,15
Treeage > 100
Countycd = east side county
Spcd = 202,17,15
Treeage ≤ 100
Spcd = 21,22,11,19,264
Treeage > 100
Spcd = 21,22,11,19,264
Treeage ≤ 130
Spcd = 116, 122
Treeage > 130
Spcd = 116, 122
Spcd = 108
Spcd = 73
(Spcd ≥ 300 and ≤746) OR
(spcd ≥ 748 and ≤ 999)
Spcd = 747
Treeage < 182
Spcd = 93
Treeage ≤ 120
Spcd = 98,263
Treeage > 120
Spcd = 98,263
Treeage ≤ 50
Spcd = 242
Treeage > 50
Spcd = 242
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Kings
Treeage < 40
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Primary
Treeage ≥ 40
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 202,17
Equation Method = Primary
Treeage ≤ 100
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 15
Treeage > 100
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 15
Countycd = west side county
Spcd = 119
Washington East Side Counties: 1,3,5,7,13,17,19,21,23,25,37,39,43,47,51,63,65,71,75,77
Washington West Side Counties: 9,11,15,27,29,31,33,35,41,45,49,53,55,57,59,61,67,69,73
Appendix H: Site Index Equation Numbers
6
284
:
pg.
285
pg.
APPENDIX I INVASIVE SPECIES LISTS
SECTION I.1 CALIFORNIA INVASIVE SPECIES
Table I.1: Invasive plant species coded on Region 5 Forest Service administered lands
Code
CANU4
CEDI3
CESO3
CEBI2
CHJU
CIAR4
EUES
EUOB4
GEMO2
HYPE
TACA8
2PLANT
PLANTS Species
Carduus nutans
Centaurea diffusa
Centaurea solstitialis
Centaurea bieberstinii
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Euphorbia esula
Euphorbia oblongata
Genista monspessulana
Hypericum perforatum
Taeniatherum caput-medusae
Unknown plant
Region 5 Species
Carduus nutans
Centauria diffusa
Centauria solstitialis
Centauria maculosa
Chondrilla juncea
Cirsium arvense
Euphorbia esula
Euphorbia oblongata
Genista monspessulana
Hypericum perforatum
Taeniatherum caputmedusa
Unknown plant
Common Name
musk thistle
diffuse knapweed
yellowstar thistle
spotted knapweed
Rush skeleton weed
Canada thistle
leafy spurge
oblong spurge
French broom
Klamath weed
medusa head
unknown plant
Appendix I: Invasive Species Lists
Section I.1: California Invasive Species
pg.
286
287
pg.
APPENDIX J DETERMINATION OF STOCKING VALUES FOR LAND USE
CLASSIFICATION
When CONDITION STATUS is in question, stocking values are required to determine if a CONDITION
STATUS = 1 (accessible forest land) exists on a plot. This will determine which data items must be recorded
for the condition. When the CONDITION STATUS is in question (usually a nonforest area that is in the
process of reverting to forest land or a marginal site that can only support a low number of trees), the crew
must determine if there is sufficient stocking to classify the condition as forest. A minimum stocking value of
10 percent is required for accessible forest land (unless the condition was previously forested, such as a
recent clear cut).
The following tables show the stocking values to assign to trees or the number of trees per acre to
determine if a plot meets the minimum stocking to be considered forest land. In the determination of
stocking for this purpose, the field crew should consider the condition over its entire area, not just the trees
and seedlings that would be tallied on the subplots and microplots, especially when the plot straddles
conditions. Also, for stocking purposes, consider a clump of trees (e.g., stump sprouts) less than 5 inches
DBH to be a single tree.
The number of trees per acre needed to obtain minimum stocking depends on the DBH of the largest tree
on the plot in the condition being evaluated, and the species and DBH of each of the tally trees. If the
condition occurs on all four subplots and the trees are distributed fairly evenly over the entire condition
area, the following steps can be used to determine if the condition has the minimum number of trees per
acre for forest land.
When using a Stocking Values table, begin a tally of each subplot and microplot and sum the stocking
values for each tree tallied based upon its species and size class. When the stocking values for the tallied
trees equals or exceeds 10, the condition meets the minimum stocking requirement for forest land.
For example, a condition that was formerly nonforest is no longer being maintained as nonforest and has
begun to revert. A check of all four subplots and microplots confirms that the largest tree there is in the 3.0
– 3.9 inches DBH class. The tally of microplot 1 is one red maple (species code = 316) seedling. The sum
of the stocking value (table 5a) to this point is 2.4 and the tally continues on microplot 2.
Subplot Number
1
Total
Plot Type
2
Species
316
Size Class
< 1.0
Number Tallied Stocking Value
1
2.4
2.4
The tally at microplot 2 is two red maple seedlings. The stocking value for the two seedlings is 4.8. The
cumulative stocking value to this point is 7.2. Since the minimum value of 10 percent stocking has not been
reached, the tally continues to subplot 3.
Subplot Number
1
2
Total
Plot Type
2
2
Species
316
316
Size Class
< 1.0
< 1.0
Number Tallied Stocking Value
1
2.4
2
4.8
7.2
At microplot 3 one sugar maple (species code = 318) sapling in the 1.0 – 1.9-inch DBH class is tallied. The
cumulative stocking value is now 13.1 and the condition meets the minimum stocking to be considered
forest land.
Subplot Number
1
2
3
Total
Plot Type
2
2
2
Species
316
316
318
Size Class
< 1.0
< 1.0
1.0 – 1.9
Number Tallied Stocking Value
1
2.4
2
4.8
1
5.9
13.1
When trees of more than one diameter class are present, their contribution towards meeting the minimum
must be combined. For example:
Appendix J: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
Observe all of the trees on the plot and classify the condition, based on the tree with the largest DBH, into
one of the following groups; the largest tree observed has a DBH of 5 inches or greater, 4.0-4.9 inches, 3.03.9 inches, 2.0-2.9 inches, 1.0-1.9 inches or less than 1.0 inch DBH. If you are using the Stocking Values
table to determine if the condition meets minimum stocking, use table 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, or 5f. For trees <
5”, use table 5c because tally from microplots can be highly variable. If you are using the Number of Trees
table to determine if the condition meets minimum stocking, use table 5g.
pg.
288
In a lodgepole pine stand (species code = 108), the largest tree in the condition is 5.0+ inches DBH. If at
least 20 trees that are 5.0-6.9 inches DBH are found on the four subplots, the minimum stocking of 10
percent (table 5b: 5th row, 1st column) is met. In the same condition only 5 tally trees in the 13.0-14.9-inch
DBH class are needed to meet minimum stocking of 10 percent. If the tally were three 5.0-6.9-inch trees
and two 13.0-14.9-inch DBH class trees (total stocking of 3 x 0.5 + 2 x 2.2 = 5.9), the combined stocking
would not meet the minimum 10 percent (5.9 < 10) and the condition would be classified nonforest.
When using the Number of Trees table (table 5g), estimate the number of trees per acre by the diameter
classes. When a condition exists on all 4 of the 24-foot radius subplots, each tally tree (DBH > 5.0 inches)
represents 6 trees per acre and each sapling (DBH > 1.0 inch to < 5.0 inches) or seedling observed on the
4 microplots represents 75 trees per acre.
In sparse stands of smaller trees, a more accurate observation of trees per acre can be determined by
observing trees < 5.0 inches DBH on the 24-foot radius subplot. In many forest types no more than 180
trees per acre of the largest diameter class are needed to meet the minimum stocking requirements, a total
of 30 trees on all 4 subplots, 7 or 8 smaller trees on each subplot, will provide minimum stocking.
Other things observed on the plot will influence the determination of condition status. In the last lodgepole
pine example, evidence of a recent disturbance that reduced the stocking (cutting, fire, etc.) should be
considered. Also, a very uneven distribution of the trees across the condition can greatly change the
observed number of trees per acre on plots installed across the condition.
If the condition does not cover all four subplots entirely, trees per acre must be expanded using an
expansion factor. The expansion factor is equal to 400/sum of the percent of subplot area (%ARE) for the
condition. The trees per acre value of every diameter class is multiplied by this expansion factor.
If the trees are not uniformly distributed throughout the condition or the condition occurs on only a small
portion of the plot (half the plot or less), use your best judgment in assigning status. You may place several
additional temporary subplots in the condition in order to get a larger sample to base stocking on. When
additional temporary subplots or judgment is used to assign land use, a note should be made on the plot
sheet. Use the following procedure to establish these temporary subplots in a condition:
Step 1. Consider locations 120.0 feet horizontal distance from the highest numbered subplot in the
condition. First consider the location 0o azimuth from the subplot center. If this location is
unsuitable, consider in order locations at azimuth 120o, and 240o. When a suitable location has
been found, establish the temporary subplot. Temporary subplots should be entirely within the
condition (locations should not be within 24.0 feet of a mapped boundary).
Step 2. If Step 1 fails to yield a suitable subplot location, repeat Step 1 at each of the next highestnumbered regular subplots in the condition.
Step 3. If Steps 1 and 2 have been exhausted and a suitable temporary subplot still has not been found,
repeat Step 1 at each temporary subplot in turn, beginning with the first temporary subplot that
was established.
If more than one temporary subplot is to be established, repeat Steps 1 and 2 to establish the second
lowest- numbered temporary subplot next, and continue in order until you have enough temporary subplots
established in the condition to get a good, representative estimate of stocking. The general rule for
establishing temporary subplots is:
• Install the lowest temporary subplot off the highest established subplot, until all the established
subplots have been exhausted.
• Then establish the lowest temporary subplot yet to be established off the lowest one already
established (lowest off highest, then lowest off lowest).
:
If there is a transition zone between two conditions use your best judgment to be sure that trees tallied in
the transition zone do not have too much weight in the assignment of a land use.
pg.
289
This page intentionally left blank!
Appendix J: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
290
pg.
Section J.1: Stocking Values for all Tallied Trees on the Four Subplots/ Microplots
SECTION J.1 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TALLIED TREES ON THE FOUR SUBPLOTS/ MICROPLOTS
Table 5a.
DBH of the largest tally tree in the condition
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
DBH of tally tree
DBH of tally tree
5.0+
DBH of tally tree
5.06.9
0.7
19, 93
0.6
72, 73
1.0
130, 299
0.5
108
0.4
103, 104, 119
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 0.5
65, 66, 101, 102,
106, 109, 113,
116, 117, 120,
122, 124, 127,
133, 137, 138,
139, 321, 475,
756, 757, 758, 811
15, 201, 202, 511 0.7
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 0.5
22, 41, 42, 81, 92,
98, 231, 242, 251,
263, 264
0.4
211, 212
1.0
312, 341, 421,
631, 763, 768,
821, 997, 999
1.3
351, 352, 492
1.2
333
1.1
375
1.2
361, 431, 661,
801, 805, 807,
815, 818, 839, 981
1.4
603, 604
1.2
741, 746
1.0
540, 542
1.2
313, 345, 463,
730, 747, 748
Species
Seedling
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
DBH of tally tree DBH of tally tree
4.04.9
6.9
5.6
9.1
5.0
4.2
5.0
3.03.9
5.2
4.3
6.9
3.7
3.1
3.8
2.02.9
4.0
3.3
5.3
2.9
2.4
2.9
1.01.9
2.6
2.1
3.4
1.9
1.6
1.9
Seedling
1.2
1.0
1.6
0.8
0.7
0.9
4.04.9
7.9
6.4
10.4
5.7
4.7
5.7
3.03.9
6.2
5.1
8.3
4.5
3.8
4.6
2.02.9
4.6
3.8
6.1
3.3
2.8
3.4
1.01.9
3.0
2.5
4.0
2.2
1.8
2.2
Seedling
1.4
1.1
1.9
1.0
0.8
1.0
3.03.9
7.6
6.3
10.1
5.5
4.6
5.6
2.02.9
5.7
4.6
7.5
4.1
3.4
4.1
1.01.9
3.7
3.0
4.9
2.7
2.2
2.7
Seedling
1.8
1.4
2.3
1.3
1.1
1.3
2.02.9
7.4
6.1
9.9
5.4
4.5
5.4
1.01.9
4.9
4.0
6.5
3.5
2.9
3.6
Seedling
2.3
1.9
3.1
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.01.9
7.2
5.9
9.6
5.2
4.4
5.3
Seedling
Seedling
3.5
2.9
4.7
2.5
2.1
2.6
7.0
5.7
9.3
5.1
4.2
5.1
6.8
4.8
5.1
3.6
4.0
2.8
2.6
1.8
1.2
0.8
7.7
5.4
6.2
4.3
4.6
3.2
3.0
2.1
1.4
1.0
7.5
5.3
5.6
3.9
3.7
2.6
1.7
1.2
7.3
5.1
4.8
3.4
2.3
1.6
7.1
5.0
3.5
2.4
6.9
4.8
3.8
9.6
2.9
7.2
2.2
5.6
1.4
3.6
0.6
1.6
4.3
10.9
3.4
8.7
2.5
6.4
1.7
4.2
0.8
2.0
4.2
10.6
3.1
7.9
2.0
5.2
1.0
2.4
4.1
10.3
2.7
6.8
1.3
3.3
4.0
10.0
1.9
4.9
3.8
9.8
11.7
10.9
10.5
11.6
8.8
8.2
7.9
8.8
6.8
6.3
6.1
6.8
4.4
4.1
4.0
4.4
2.0
1.8
1.8
2.0
13.3
12.4
12.0
13.2
10.6
9.8
9.5
10.5
7.9
7.3
7.1
7.8
5.1
4.8
4.6
5.1
2.4
2.2
2.1
2.4
13.0
12.1
11.6
12.9
9.6
9.0
8.7
9.6
6.3
5.9
5.7
6.3
3.0
2.8
2.7
3.0
12.6
11.7
11.3
12.5
8.3
7.7
7.4
8.2
4.0
3.7
3.6
3.9
12.3
11.4
11.0
12.2
5.9
5.5
5.3
5.9
11.9
11.1
10.7
11.8
12.7
10.9
9.3
10.8
9.6
8.3
7.0
8.1
7.4
6.4
5.4
6.3
4.8
4.1
3.5
4.1
2.2
1.9
1.6
1.8
14.5
12.5
10.6
12.3
11.5
9.9
8.4
9.8
8.5
7.3
6.3
7.2
5.6
4.8
4.1
4.7
2.6
2.2
1.9
2.2
14.1
12.1
10.3
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.7
8.9
6.9
5.9
5.0
5.8
3.2
2.8
2.4
2.7
13.7
11.8
10.0
11.6
9.0
7.8
6.6
7.6
4.3
3.7
3.2
3.7
13.3
11.5
9.8
11.3
6.5
5.6
4.7
5.5
12.9
11.1
9.5
11.0
SECTION J.2 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TREES TALLIED ON THE SUBPLOT ONLY
Table 5b.
Species
19, 93
72, 73
130, 299
108
103, 104, 119
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65, 66, 101, 102, 106,
109, 113, 116, 117, 120, 122, 124, 127,
133, 137, 138, 139, 321, 475, 756, 757,
758, 811
15, 201, 202, 511
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 41, 42, 81, 92, 98,
231, 242, 251, 263, 264
211, 212
312, 341, 421, 631, 763, 768, 821, 997,
999
351, 352, 492
333
375
361, 431, 661, 801, 805, 807, 815, 818,
839, 981
603, 604
741, 746
540, 542
313, 345, 463, 730, 747, 748
5.0-6.9 7.0-8.9 9.010.9
0.7
1.1
1.6
0.6
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
2.2
0.5
0.9
1.3
0.4
0.7
1.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
11.012.9
2.1
2.0
3.0
1.7
1.5
2.2
13.014.9
2.6
2.6
3.8
2.2
1.9
2.9
15.016.9
3.2
3.3
4.7
2.8
2.4
3.8
17.018.9
3.8
4.0
5.6
3.4
3.0
4.9
19.020.9
4.4
4.9
6.6
4.1
3.6
6.0
21.022.9
5.1
5.7
7.7
4.8
4.2
7.3
23.024.9
5.8
6.7
8.9
5.6
4.9
8.6
25.026.9
6.5
7.6
10.1
6.4
5.6
10.1
27.028.9
7.2
8.7
11.4
7.3
6.4
11.8
8.0
9.8
12.7
8.2
7.2
13.5
0.7
0.5
1.1
0.8
1.6
1.2
2.1
1.6
2.7
2.1
3.3
2.6
4.0
3.2
4.7
3.8
5.4
4.5
6.2
5.2
7.0
5.9
7.8
6.7
8.7
7.5
0.4
1.0
0.7
1.6
1.0
2.2
1.3
3.0
1.7
3.8
2.1
4.6
2.6
5.5
3.1
6.5
3.6
7.5
4.2
8.6
4.8
9.7
5.4
10.9
6.1
12.1
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.9
2.0
1.9
2.0
2.6
3.0
3.0
2.9
3.3
4.2
4.2
3.9
4.1
5.6
5.6
5.0
5.0
7.2
7.2
6.2
5.9
9.0
9.0
7.5
6.8
11.0
11.0
8.9
7.8
13.1
13.1
10.4
8.9
15.4
15.5
11.9
9.9
17.8
18.0
13.6
11.0
20.5
20.7
15.3
12.1
23.3
23.6
17.2
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.2
2.1
1.8
1.4
2.0
2.9
2.5
1.8
3.0
3.9
3.2
2.2
4.2
4.9
4.0
2.6
5.6
5.9
4.9
3.0
7.2
7.1
5.8
3.5
8.9
8.3
6.8
3.9
10.9
9.6
7.8
4.3
13.0
10.9
8.9
4.8
15.2
12.3
10.0
5.2
17.7
13.7
11.1
5.7
20.3
15.2
12.3
6.2
23.1
29.0+
291
pg.
Appendix J: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
SECTION J.3 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TREES < 7 INCHES, OBSERVED ON THE FOUR SUBPLOTS ONLY
292
pg.
Section J.3: Stocking Values for All Trees < 7 Inches, Observed on the Four Subplots Only
Table 5c.
5.06.9
0.74
19, 93
0.60
72, 73
0.98
130, 299
0.53
108
0.45
103, 104, 119
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65, 0.54
66, 101, 102, 106,
109, 113, 116, 117,
120, 122, 124, 127,
133, 137, 138, 139,
321, 475, 756, 757,
758, 811
0.73
15, 201, 202, 511
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 0.51
41, 42, 81, 92, 98,
231, 242, 251, 263,
264
0.41
211, 212
1.03
312, 341, 421, 631,
763, 768, 821, 997,
999
1.25
351, 352, 492
1.17
333
1.13
375
1.25
361, 431, 661, 801,
805, 807, 815, 818,
839, 981
1.36
603, 604
1.17
741, 746
1.00
540, 542
1.16
313, 345, 463, 730,
747, 748
Species
DBH of the largest tally tree in the condition
3.0-3.9
4.0-4.9
DBH of tally tree
DBH of tally tree
3.0- 2.0- 1.0- Seed 3.0- 2.0- 1.0- Seed3.9 2.9 1.9 -ling 3.9 2.9 1.9 ling
0.50 0.37 0.24 0.11 0.61 0.45 0.30 0.14
0.41 0.30 0.20 0.09 0.50 0.37 0.24 0.11
0.66 0.49 0.32 0.15 0.81 0.60 0.39 0.19
0.36 0.27 0.17 0.08 0.44 0.33 0.21 0.10
0.30 0.22 0.15 0.07 0.37 0.27 0.18 0.08
0.36 0.27 0.18 0.08 0.45 0.33 0.22 0.10
2.0-2.9
DBH of tally tree
2.0- 1.0- Seed2.9 1.9 ling
0.59 0.39 0.19
0.49 0.32 0.15
0.79 0.52 0.25
0.43 0.28 0.13
0.36 0.24 0.11
0.43 0.29 0.14
Seedling
1.0-1.9
DBH of tally tree
1.0-1.9 Seedling Seedling
0.58
0.47
0.77
0.42
0.35
0.42
0.28
0.23
0.37
0.20
0.17
0.20
0.56
0.46
0.74
0.40
0.34
0.41
0.54 0.41 0.32 0.20 0.09 0.62 0.49 0.36 0.24 0.11 0.60 0.45 0.29 0.14
0.38 0.29 0.22 0.14 0.06 0.43 0.34 0.26 0.17 0.08 0.42 0.31 0.21 0.10
0.59 0.39 0.18
0.41 0.27 0.13
0.57
0.40
0.28
0.19
0.55
0.39
0.30 0.23 0.18 0.11 0.05 0.34 0.27 0.20 0.13 0.06 0.34 0.25 0.16 0.08
0.77 0.58 0.45 0.29 0.13 0.87 0.69 0.52 0.34 0.16 0.85 0.63 0.41 0.20
0.33 0.21 0.10
0.83 0.54 0.26
0.32
0.80
0.15
0.39
0.31
0.78
5.0+
DBH of tally tree
4.0- 3.0- 2.0- 1.04.9 3.9 2.9 1.9
0.55 0.42 0.32 0.21
0.45 0.34 0.26 0.17
0.73 0.55 0.43 0.28
0.40 0.30 0.23 0.15
0.33 0.25 0.19 0.13
0.40 0.30 0.24 0.15
Seed
-ling
0.09
0.08
0.12
0.07
0.06
0.07
4.04.9
0.63
0.51
0.83
0.45
0.38
0.46
0.93
0.87
0.84
0.93
0.71
0.66
0.63
0.70
0.55
0.51
0.49
0.54
0.35
0.33
0.32
0.35
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.16
1.07
0.99
0.96
1.06
0.85
0.79
0.76
0.84
0.63
0.58
0.56
0.62
0.41
0.38
0.37
0.41
0.19
0.18
0.17
0.19
1.04
0.96
0.93
1.03
0.77
0.72
0.69
0.77
0.50
0.47
0.45
0.50
0.24
0.22
0.21
0.24
1.01
0.94
0.91
1.00
0.66
0.62
0.60
0.66
0.32
0.30
0.28
0.32
0.98
0.91
0.88
0.97
0.48
0.44
0.43
0.47
0.95
0.89
0.85
0.95
1.01
0.87
0.74
0.86
0.77
0.66
0.56
0.65
0.59
0.51
0.43
0.50
0.38
0.33
0.28
0.32
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.15
1.16
1.00
0.85
0.98
0.92
0.79
0.67
0.78
0.68
0.59
0.50
0.58
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.38
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.18
1.13
0.97
0.83
0.96
0.84
0.72
0.61
0.71
0.55
0.47
0.40
0.47
0.26
0.22
0.19
0.22
1.10
0.94
0.80
0.93
0.72
0.62
0.53
0.61
0.34
0.30
0.25
0.29
1.07
0.92
0.78
0.90
0.52
0.45
0.38
0.44
1.03
0.89
0.76
0.88
SECTION J.4 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TREES 5.0 INCHES AND GREATER OBSERVED ON THE FOUR SUBPLOTS ONLY
Table 5d.
Species
5.06.9
19, 93
0.7
72, 73
0.6
130, 299
1.0
108
0.5
103, 104, 119
0.4
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65, 66, 101, 102, 106, 109, 113, 116, 117, 0.5
120, 122, 124, 127, 133, 137, 138, 139, 321, 475, 756, 757,
758, 811
15, 201, 202, 511
0.7
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 41, 42, 81, 92, 98, 231, 242, 251, 263, 0.5
264
211, 212
0.4
312, 341, 421, 631, 763, 768, 821, 997, 999
1.0
351, 352, 492
1.3
333
1.2
375
1.1
361, 431, 661, 801, 805, 807, 815, 818, 839, 981
1.2
603, 604
1.4
741, 746
1.2
540, 542
1.0
313, 345, 463, 730, 747, 748
1.2
7.08.9
1.1
1.0
1.5
0.9
0.7
1.0
9.010.9
1.6
1.5
2.2
1.3
1.1
1.5
11.012.9
2.1
2.0
3.0
1.7
1.5
2.2
13.014.9
2.6
2.6
3.8
2.2
1.9
2.9
15.016.9
3.2
3.3
4.7
2.8
2.4
3.8
17.018.9
3.8
4.0
5.6
3.4
3.0
4.9
19.020.9
4.4
4.9
6.6
4.1
3.6
6.0
21.022.9
5.1
5.7
7.7
4.8
4.2
7.3
23.024.9
5.8
6.7
8.9
5.6
4.9
8.6
25.026.9
6.5
7.6
10.1
6.4
5.6
10.1
27.028.9
7.2
8.7
11.4
7.3
6.4
11.8
8.0
9.8
12.7
8.2
7.2
13.5
1.1
0.8
1.6
1.2
2.1
1.6
2.7
2.1
3.3
2.6
4.0
3.2
4.7
3.8
5.4
4.5
6.2
5.2
7.0
5.9
7.8
6.7
8.7
7.5
0.7
1.6
1.9
2.0
1.9
2.0
2.1
1.8
1.4
2.0
1.0
2.2
2.6
3.0
3.0
2.9
2.9
2.5
1.8
3.0
1.3
3.0
3.3
4.2
4.2
3.9
3.9
3.2
2.2
4.2
1.7
3.8
4.1
5.6
5.6
5.0
4.9
4.0
2.6
5.6
2.1
4.6
5.0
7.2
7.2
6.2
5.9
4.9
3.0
7.2
2.6
5.5
5.9
9.0
9.0
7.5
7.1
5.8
3.5
8.9
3.1
6.5
6.8
11.0
11.0
8.9
8.3
6.8
3.9
10.9
3.6
7.5
7.8
13.1
13.1
10.4
9.6
7.8
4.3
13.0
4.2
8.6
8.9
15.4
15.5
11.9
10.9
8.9
4.8
15.2
4.8
9.7
9.9
17.8
18.0
13.6
12.3
10.0
5.2
17.7
5.4
10.9
11.0
20.5
20.7
15.3
13.7
11.1
5.7
20.3
6.1
12.1
12.1
23.3
23.6
17.2
15.2
12.3
6.2
23.1
29.0+
293
pg.
Appendix J: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
294
pg.
Section J.5: Stocking Values for all Trees <7 Inches Observed on One Acre
SECTION J.5 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TREES <7 INCHES OBSERVED ON ONE ACRE
Table 5e.
Species
19, 93
72, 73
130, 299
108
103, 104, 119
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65,
66, 101, 102, 106, 109,
113, 116, 117, 120,
122, 124, 127, 133,
137, 138, 139, 321,
475, 756, 757, 758, 811
15, 201, 202, 511
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22,
41, 42, 81, 92, 98, 231,
242, 251, 263, 264
211, 212
312, 341, 421, 424,
631, 763, 768, 821,
997, 999
351, 352, 492
333
375
361, 431, 661, 801,
805, 807, 815, 818,
839, 981
603, 604
741, 746
540, 542
313, 345, 463, 730,
747, 748
3.03.9
0.069
0.057
0.092
0.050
0.042
0.051
2.02.9
0.054
0.044
0.071
0.039
0.032
0.039
1.01.9
0.035
0.028
0.046
0.025
0.021
0.025
3.0-3.9
DBH of tally tree
4.0-4.9
DBH of tally tree
5.0+
DBH of tally tree
Seedling
0.016
0.013
0.021
0.011
0.009
0.011
4.04.9
0.105
0.086
0.139
0.075
0.063
0.077
3.03.9
0.083
0.068
0.110
0.060
0.050
0.061
2.02.9
0.062
0.050
0.082
0.044
0.037
0.045
1.01.9
0.040
0.033
0.053
0.029
0.024
0.029
Seedling
0.019
0.015
0.025
0.013
0.011
0.014
3.0- 2.0- 1.0- Seed3.9 2.9 1.9 ling
0.102 0.076 0.050 0.023
0.083 0.062 0.041 0.019
0.135 0.100 0.066 0.031
0.073 0.055 0.036 0.017
0.062 0.046 0.030 0.014
0.074 0.055 0.036 0.017
1.0-1.9
2.0-2.9
DBH of tally tree DBH of tally
tree
2.0- 1.0- Seed- 1.0- Seedlin
1.9 g
2.9 1.9 ling
0.099 0.065 0.031 0.096 0.047
0.081 0.053 0.025 0.079 0.038
0.131 0.086 0.041 0.128 0.062
0.071 0.047 0.022 0.069 0.034
0.060 0.039 0.019 0.058 0.028
0.072 0.048 0.023 0.070 0.034
Seedling
Seedling
5.06.9
0.12
0.10
0.16
0.09
0.07
0.09
4.04.9
0.092
0.075
0.122
0.066
0.055
0.067
0.12
0.09
0.090 0.068 0.053 0.034 0.015 0.103 0.082 0.061 0.040 0.018 0.100 0.075 0.049 0.023 0.098 0.064 0.031 0.095 0.046
0.063 0.048 0.037 0.024 0.011 0.072 0.057 0.043 0.028 0.013 0.070 0.052 0.034 0.016 0.068 0.045 0.022 0.067 0.032
0.092
0.065
0.07
0.17
0.050 0.038 0.029 0.019 0.009 0.057 0.046 0.034 0.022 0.010 0.056 0.042 0.027 0.013 0.054 0.036 0.017 0.053 0.026
0.128 0.097 0.075 0.048 0.022 0.146 0.116 0.086 0.056 0.026 0.142 0.105 0.069 0.033 0.138 0.091 0.043 0.134 0.065
0.051
0.130
0.21
0.19
0.19
0.21
0.156
0.145
0.140
0.155
0.118
0.110
0.106
0.117
0.091
0.085
0.082
0.090
0.059
0.055
0.053
0.058
0.026
0.025
0.024
0.026
0.178
0.165
0.160
0.176
0.141
0.131
0.127
0.140
0.105
0.097
0.094
0.104
0.068
0.063
0.061
0.068
0.032
0.030
0.028
0.032
0.173 0.128 0.084 0.040
0.161 0.120 0.078 0.037
0.155 0.115 0.076 0.036
0.172 0.128 0.084 0.039
0.168 0.111 0.053
0.156 0.103 0.049
0.151 0.099 0.047
0.167 0.110 0.053
0.163
0.152
0.147
0.162
0.079
0.074
0.071
0.079
0.159
0.148
0.142
0.158
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.19
0.169
0.146
0.124
0.143
0.128
0.110
0.094
0.109
0.099
0.085
0.072
0.084
0.064
0.055
0.047
0.054
0.029
0.025
0.021
0.024
0.193
0.166
0.141
0.164
0.153
0.132
0.112
0.130
0.114
0.098
0.083
0.097
0.074
0.064
0.054
0.063
0.034
0.030
0.025
0.029
0.188 0.140 0.091 0.043
0.162 0.120 0.079 0.037
0.138 0.102 0.067 0.032
0.159 0.118 0.078 0.037
0.183 0.120 0.057
0.157 0.103 0.049
0.134 0.088 0.042
0.155 0.102 0.049
0.178
0.153
0.130
0.151
0.086
0.074
0.063
0.073
0.172
0.148
0.126
0.146
0.094
0.076
0.124
0.067
0.056
0.068
SECTION J.6 STOCKING VALUES FOR ALL TREES 5.0 INCHES AND GREATER OBSERVED ON ONE ACRE
Table 5f.
Species
5.06.9
19, 93
0.12
72, 73
0.10
130, 299
0.16
108
0.09
103, 104, 119
0.07
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65, 66, 101, 102, 106, 109, 113, 116, 117, 0.09
120, 122, 124, 127, 133, 137, 138, 139, 321, 475, 756, 757,
758, 811
15, 201, 202, 511
0.12
11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 41, 42, 81, 92, 98, 231, 242, 251, 263, 0.09
264
211, 212
0.07
312, 341, 421, 631, 768, 821, 997, 999
0.17
351, 352, 492
0.21
333
0.19
375
0.19
361, 431, 661, 801, 805, 807, 815, 818, 839, 981
0.21
603, 604
0.23
741, 746
0.20
540, 542
0.17
313, 345, 463, 730, 747, 748
0.19
7.08.9
0.19
0.17
0.26
0.14
0.12
0.16
9.010.9
0.26
0.24
0.37
0.21
0.18
0.25
11.012.9
0.34
0.33
0.49
0.29
0.25
0.36
13.014.9
0.43
0.44
0.63
0.37
0.32
0.49
15.016.9
0.53
0.55
0.78
0.47
0.41
0.64
17.018.9
0.63
0.67
0.94
0.57
0.50
0.81
19.020.9
0.73
0.81
1.11
0.69
0.60
1.00
21.022.9
0.84
0.95
1.29
0.81
0.70
1.21
23.024.9
0.96
1.11
1.48
0.94
0.82
1.44
25.026.9
1.08
1.27
1.68
1.07
0.94
1.69
27.028.9
1.20
1.45
1.89
1.22
1.07
1.96
1.33
1.63
2.11
1.37
1.20
2.25
0.19 0.27
0.14 0.20
0.35
0.27
0.45
0.35
0.55
0.44
0.66
0.53
0.78
0.64
0.90
0.75
1.03
0.86
1.16
0.98
1.30
1.11
1.45
1.25
0.11
0.27
0.31
0.33
0.32
0.33
0.35
0.30
0.23
0.33
0.22
0.49
0.56
0.71
0.70
0.64
0.64
0.54
0.36
0.70
0.28
0.63
0.69
0.94
0.93
0.83
0.81
0.67
0.43
0.93
0.35
0.77
0.83
1.21
1.20
1.03
0.99
0.82
0.50
1.19
0.43
0.92
0.98
1.50
1.50
1.24
1.18
0.97
0.58
1.49
0.51
1.08
1.14
1.83
1.83
1.48
1.38
1.13
0.65
1.81
0.60
1.25
1.31
2.18
2.19
1.73
1.60
1.30
0.72
2.16
0.69
1.43
1.48
2.56
2.58
1.99
1.82
1.48
0.80
2.54
0.79
1.62
1.65
2.97
3.00
2.27
2.05
1.66
0.87
2.95
0.90
1.81
1.83
3.41
3.45
2.56
2.29
1.85
0.95
3.38
1.01
2.01
2.02
3.88
3.93
2.86
2.54
2.05
1.03
3.85
0.16
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.49
0.48
0.49
0.41
0.30
0.50
29.0+
295
pg.
Appendix J: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
SECTION J.7 MINIMUM NUMBER OF TREES PER ACRE FOR FOREST LAND BASED ON LARGEST TALLY TREE
Table 5g.
DBH of largest tally tree
3.0Seed- 1.0- 2.0Species
3.9
2.9
1.9
ling
106.9 103.8 100.9 98.1
19, 93
130.8 127.0 123.4 120.0
72, 73
78.3 76.1 74.0
80.6
130, 299
148.4
144.1 140.0 136.2
108
177.2 172.0 167.2 162.6
103, 104, 119
53, 54, 55, 62, 64, 65, 146.4 142.1 138.1 134.3
66, 101, 102, 106, 109,
113, 116, 117, 120,
122, 124, 127, 133,
137, 138, 139, 321,
475, 756, 757, 758,
811
108.5 105.3 102.4 99.6
15, 201, 202, 511
154.8 150.3 146.1 142.0
22,
11, 14, 17, 20, 21,
41, 42, 81, 92, 98, 231,
242, 251, 263, 264
195.0 189.3 184.0 178.9
211, 212
76.9
74.6 72.5 70.5
312, 341, 421, 631,
763, 768, 821, 997,
999
61.2 59.5 57.8
63.0
351, 352, 492
65.8 63.9 62.2
67.8
333
70.2
68.1 66.2 64.4
375
63.5
61.6 59.9 58.2
361, 431, 661, 801,
805, 807, 815, 818,
839, 981
56.3 54.7 53.2
58.0
603, 604
65.4 63.6 61.8
67.4
741, 746
79.2
76.9 74.7 72.6
540, 542
66.4 64.5 62.7
68.4
313, 345, 463, 730,
747, 748
11.012.9
29.1
29.9
20.3
34.7
40.5
27.8
13.014.9
23.2
22.9
15.9
26.7
31.1
20.4
15.016.9
19.0
18.2
12.9
21.3
24.7
15.6
17.018.9
16.0
14.8
10.7
17.4
20.1
12.3
19.020.9
13.7
12.4
9.0
14.6
16.8
10.0
21.022.9
11.9
10.5
7.8
12.4
14.2
8.3
23.024.9
10.4
9.0
6.8
10.7
12.2
6.9
25.026.9
9.3
7.9
5.9
9.3
10.6
5.9
27.028.9
8.3
6.9
5.3
8.2
9.4
5.1
29.0+
96.9 82.4 52.9 37.5
138.2 117.5 72.7 50.1
28.3
36.9
22.3
28.5
18.2
22.8
15.2
18.8
12.9
15.7
11.1
13.4
9.7
11.6
8.6
10.2
7.7
9.0
6.9
8.0
174.1 148.0 91.3 62.7
68.7 58.4 37.6 26.7
46.2
20.2
35.7
16.0
28.5
13.0
23.4
10.9
19.6
9.2
16.7
8.0
14.4
7.0
12.6
6.2
11.1
5.5
9.9
5.0
4.04.9
95.5
116.8
72.0
132.6
158.2
130.7
5.06.9
81.2
99.3
61.2
112.7
134.5
111.1
7.08.9
53.0
60.3
38.7
69.1
81.8
62.5
9.010.9
38.1
41.0
27.2
47.3
55.6
40.0
7.5
6.1
4.7
7.3
8.3
4.4
56.3
60.5
62.7
56.7
47.8
51.4
53.3
48.2
31.9
30.1
30.9
30.1
23.3
19.9
20.3
20.9
18.0
14.2
14.4
15.6
14.5
10.6
10.7
12.1
12.0
8.3
8.3
9.7
10.2
6.7
6.7
8.0
8.8
5.5
5.5
6.8
7.7
4.6
4.6
5.8
6.8
3.9
3.9
5.0
6.1
3.4
3.3
4.4
5.5
2.9
2.9
3.9
4.9
2.6
2.5
3.5
51.8
60.2
70.7
61.0
44.0
51.2
60.1
51.9
28.6
33.6
43.4
30.4
20.5
24.3
33.7
20.1
15.6
18.6
27.5
14.3
12.3
14.8
23.1
10.7
10.1
12.2
19.8
8.4
8.5
10.3
17.4
6.7
7.2
8.8
15.4
5.5
6.3
7.7
13.8
4.6
5.5
6.8
12.5
3.9
4.9
6.0
11.5
3.4
4.4
5.4
10.5
3.0
3.9
4.9
9.8
2.6
296
pg.
Section J.7: Minimum Number of Trees Per Acre for Forest Land Based on Largest Tally Tree
297
pg.
APPENDIX K NORTHWEST FOREST PLAN AREA IN REGION 5
Appendix K: Northwest Forest Plan Area in Region 5
Figure K.1: Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP) Area in Region 5
298
:
pg.
299
pg.
APPENDIX L STOCKABILITY INDICATORS
SECTION L.1 STOCKABILITY INDICATORS FOR OREGON
In Oregon, stockability indicators are collected in Jackson, Josephine, and Douglas counties. Refer to the
table below to determine when stockability indicators should be recorded.
Table L.1: Stockability indicators for Oregon
County
Jackson
Josephine
Douglas
Code
ABGR
PIJE
QUGA4
ARVI4
CECU
PAMY
SYMPH
AICA
PIJE
QUCH2
QUGA4
ASDE6
DRAR3
ANTEN
ERLA6
ELEL5
Scientific Name
Abies grandis
Pinus jeffreyi
Quercus garryana
Arctostaphylos viscida
Ceanothus cuneatus
Paxistima myrsinites
Symphoricarpos spp.
Aira caryophyllea
Pinus jeffreyi
Quercus chrysolepis
Quercus garryana
Aspidotis densa
Dryopteris arguta
Antennaria spp.
Eriophyllum lanatum
Elymus elymoides
Common Name
Grand fir
Jeffrey pine
Oregon white oak
Whiteleaf manzanita
Wedgeleaf ceanothus
Oregon boxwood
Snowberry
Hairgrass
Jeffrey pine
Canyon live oak
Oregon white oak
Serpentine pod fern
Coastal wood fern
Pussytoes
Woolly sunflower
Squirreltail
SECTION L.2 STOCKABILITY INDICATORS FOR CALIFORNIA
The state of California has eight ecological units to which some counties in the state have been assigned. In
order to estimate the stocking capacity of each condition class, separate stockablility equations have been
developed for these units, with the exception of unit 8. Counties not assigned to an ECOLOGICAL UNIT
(Item 4.2.1.21) also lack stockability equations. The equations are based, in part, on the presence or
absence of certain plants. The plant indicators required for each ecological unit are listed below in the
tables below.
Counties within each Ecological Unit:
•
Ecological Unit 1: Shasta and Trinity
•
Ecological Unit 2: Western Tehama, Glenn, Colusa, Sutter, Lake , Napa, and Yolo
•
Ecological Unit 3: Modoc, Lassen, eastern Plumas, eastern Sierra, eastern Nevada, eastern Placer
and eastern Eldorado
•
Ecological Unit 4: Western Sierra, western Nevada, Yuba, western Placer, and western El Dorado
Ecological Unit 5: Amador, Calaveras, Tuolumne, Mariposa, Madera, Fresno, Tulare, Kern
•
Ecological Unit 6: Eastern Tehama, Butte, western Plumas
•
Ecological Unit 7: Siskiyou
•
Ecological Unit 8: Del Norte, Humboldt, Mendocino, Sonoma, Marin, San Francisco, San Mateo,
Santa Cruz, Monterey, and Santa Clara (Note: There are no equations for Ecological Unit 8)
•
No Ecological Unit: Alpine, Mono, Inyo, Sacramento, Solano, Contra Costa, Alemeda, San Joaquin,
Stanislaus, Merced, San Benito, Kings, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Los Angeles,
Orange, San Bernardino, Riverside, San Diego, Imperial.
Appendix L: Stockability Indicators
•
pg.
300
Code
Trees: ABMA
PILA
PIPO
PSME
QUGA4
QUKE
QUWI2
Shrubs: CHSE11
CEMOG
Section L.2: Stockability Indicators for California
CECU
CELE
CELE3
CEOR9
CEPR
PREM
QUGAB
Forbs: ASARU
CHUM
PTAN2
PYPI2
MAIAN
TRBOL
Table L.1: Ecological Unit 1
Shasta and Trinity counties
Scientific name
Common name
Abies magnifica
Red fir, California red fir
Pinus lambertiana
Sugar pine
Pinus ponderosa
Ponderosa pine
Pseudotsuga menziesii
Douglas-fir
Quercus garryana
Oregon white oak
Quercus kelloggii
California black oak
Quercus wislizeni
Interior live oak
Chrysolepis sempervirens
Bush chinquapin
Cercocarpus montanus var.
Birchleaf mountain-mahogany
glaber
Ceanothus cuneatus
Wedgeleaf ceanothus
Ceanothus lemmonii
Lemmon ceanothus
Cercocarpus ledifolius
Curlleaf mountain-mahogany
Cercis orbiculata
California redbud
Ceanothus prostratus
Mahala mat
Prunus emarginata
Bitter cherry
Quercus garryana v breweri
Brewer oak
Asarum sp.
Herbaceous wild ginger
Chimaphila umbellata
Prince's pine
Pterospora andromedea
Pinedrops
Pyrola picta
White-veined pyrola
Maianthemum spp
False Solomon-seal
Trientalis borealis spp. latifolia Broadleaf starflower
Table L.2: Ecological Unit 2
Western Tehama, Glenn, Coluca, Sutter, Lake, Napa, and Yolo counties.
Code
Scientific name
Common name
Trees: PISA2
Pinus sabiniana
Gray pine
QUGA4
Quercus garryana
Oregon white oak
Shrubs: ARCA5
Arctostaphylos canescens
Hoary manzanita
ARMA
Arctostaphylos manzanita
Big manzanita
ARVI4
Arctostaphylos viscida
Whiteleaf manzanita
CECO
Ceanothus cordulatus
Mountain whitethorn ceanothus
CEIN3
Ceanothus integerrimus
Deerbrush
QUDU
Quercus dumosa
Scrub oak
QUGAB
Quercus garryana var. brewerii Brewer oak
ROGY
Rosa gymnocarpa
Wild rose
Forbs: PHSPO
Phlox speciosa ssp.
Phlox
occidentalis
301
pg.
Table L.3: Ecological Unit 3
Modoc, Lassen, eastern Plumas, eastern Sierra, eastern Nevada, eastern Placer and eastern
Eldorado counties
Code
Scientific name
Common name
Trees: ABMA
Abies magnifica
Red fir, California red fir
Shrubs: CEMOG
Cercocarpus montanus var.
Birchleaf mountain mahogany
glaber
CELE3
Cercocarpus ledifolius
Curlleaf mountain mahogany
RICE
Ribes cereum
Squaw currant
RIRO
Ribes roezlii
Sierra gooseberry
SYMPH
Symphoricarpos spp.
Snowberry
Forbs: ACMIO
Achillea millefolium var.
Western yarrow
occidentalis
AGHE2
Agoseris heterophylla
Mountain dandelion
AGRE
Agoseris retrosa
Mountain dandelion
BALSA
Balsamorhiza spp.
Balsam root
BRTE
Bromus tectorum
Cheatgrass
CIUMU
Cistanthe umbellata var.
Pussypaws
umbellata
CHUM
Chimaphila umbellata
Prince's pine
ERCA14
Erysimum capitatum
Wallflower
LICI
Linanthus ciliatus
Bristly-leaved linanthus
LINU3
Linanthus nuttallii
Nutall's linanthus
LONU2
Lomatium nudicaule
Hog-fennel
LODO2
Lomatium donnellii
Hog-fennel
OSBE
Osmorhiza berteroi
Sweet-cicely
POTEN
Potentilla spp.
Cinquefoil
PTAN2
Pterospora andromedea
Pinedrops
PYPI2
Pyrola picta
White-veined pyrola
MAIAN
Maianthemum spp.
False Solomon-seal
ACHNA
Achnatherum spp.
Needlegrass
Table L.5: Ecological Unit 5
Amador, Calaveras, Tuolumne, Mariposa, Madera, Fresno, Tulare, Kern counties
Code
Scientific name
Common name
Trees: PIMO3
Pinus monticola
Western white pine
PISA2
Pinus sabiniana
Gray pine
QUDO
Quercus douglasii
Blue oak
UMCA
Umbellularia californica
California laurel-myrtle
Shrubs: CEMOG
Cercocarpus montanus
Birchleaf mountain mahogany
var.glaber
CELE3
Cercocarpus ledifolius
Curlleaf mountain mahogany
CECU
Ceanothus cuneatus
Wedgeleaf ceanothus
GAFR
Garrya fremontii
Garrya silktassel
QUGAS
Quercus garryana var. semota Kaweah oak
RHIL
Rhamnus ilicifolia
Redberry
Forbs: ADBI
Adenocaulon bicolor
Trail plant
Appendix L: Stockability Indicators
Table L.4: Ecological Unit 4
Western Sierra, western Nevada, Yuba, western Placer, and western El Dorado counties
Code
Scientific name
Common name
Shrubs: ARVI4
Arctostaphylos viscida
Whiteleaf manzanita
CECU
Ceanothus cuneatus
Wedgeleaf ceanothus
RULE
Rubus leucodermis
Western raspberry
Forbs: GOOB2
Goodyera oblongifolia
Rattlesnake plaintain
POCO4
Polygala cornuta
Milkwort
ELEL5
Elymus elymoides
Bottlebrush squirreltail
VILO2
Viola lobata
Violet
pg.
302
CHME
CHRYS9
CHUM
DISPO
GOOB2
PESE2
PTAN2
PYPI2
ELEL5
MAIAN
VILO2
Chimaphila menziesii
Chrysothamnus spp.
Chimaphila umbellata
Disporum spp.
Goodyera oblongifolia
Pedicularis semibarbata
Pterospora andromedea
Pyrola picta
Elymus elymoides
Maianthemum spp.
Viola lobata
Pipsissewa
Rabbit-brush
Prince’s pine
Fairy bells
Rattlesnake plantain
Indian warrior
Pinedrops
White-veined pyrola
Bottlebrush squirreltail
False Solomon-seal
Violet
Section L.2: Stockability Indicators for California
Table L.6: Ecological Unit 6
Eastern Tehama, Butte, western Plumas counties
Code
Scientific name
Common name
Trees: ABCO
Abies concolor
White fir
ABGR
Abies grandis
Grand fir
ABMA
Abies magnifica
Red fir, California red fir
QUGA4
Quercus garryana
Oregon white oak
Shrubs: CEMOG
Cercocarpus montanus var.
Birchleaf mountain-mahogany
glaber
CECU
Ceanothus cuneatus
Wedgeleaf ceanothus
CELE
Ceanothus lemmonii
Lemmon ceanothus
CELE3
Cercocarpus ledifolius
Curlleaf mountain-mahogany
CEOR9
Cercis orbiculata
California redbud
CEPR
Ceanothus prostratus
Mahala mat
PRSU2
Prunus subcordata
Klamath plum
Forbs: BRTE
Bromus tectorum
Cheatgrass
CHUM
Chimaphila umbellata
Prince's pine
PYPI2
Pyrola picta
White-veined pyrola
Code
Trees: ABMA
ABSH
JUOC
PICO
QUGA4
SALIX
Shrubs: ARVI4
RHTR
ARTR2
Forbs: AGROP2
PSSPS
ADBI
CAAP4
CHRYS9
FESTU
LONU2
MAIAN
Table L.7: Ecological Unit 7
Siskiyou county
Scientific name
Common name
Abies x magnifica
Red fir, California red fir
Abies shastensis
Shasta red fir
Juniperus occidentalis
Western juniper
Pinus contorta
Lodgepole pine
Quercus garryana
Oregon white oak
Salix spp.
Willow
Arctostaphylos viscida
Whiteleaf manzanita
Rhus trilobata
Skunk bush
Artemisia tridentata
Big sage brush
Agropyron spp.
Wheatgrass
Pseudoroegneria spicata ssp. Bluebunch wheatgrass
spicata
Adenocaulon bicolor
Trail plant
Castilleja applegatei
Indian paintbrush
Chrysothamnus spp.
Rabbit-brush
Festuca spp.
Fescue
Lomatium nudicaule
Hog-fennel
Maianthemum spp.
False Solomon-seal
303
pg.
APPENDIX M SUDDEN OAK DEATH SYNDROME ASSESSMENT
Any time DAMAGE AGENT 31 (Item 8.7.2.2) is coded, a sample of the damage is required.
Example:
•
+/- leafspots on known hosts- bay laurel (Umbellaria californica), rhododendron (Rhododendron
spp.), toyon (Heteromeles arbutioflia), big leaf maple (Acer macrophyllum), Buckeye (Aesculus
californica).
•
+/- bleeding- Surveyor needs to check bole of coast live oak (Quercus agrifolia), California Black Oak
(Quercus kellogii), and tanoak (Lithocarpus densiflorus) for bleeding.
If symptoms are found, a sample should be taken as follows:
Leafspots – Collect symptomatic leafspots, 30 leaves total. If more than one host, can be a mix (i.e., 10
bay leaves). Bay is the preferred host for isolation, so if it is present, select 10 leaves. If more than one bay
tree is present with symptoms, collect samples from each bay tree with leafspots. Samples should strive to
include all hosts with leafspots. Clip the twigs with the leaves attached and send the entire branch tip since
this keeps specimens fresher longer.
Bleeding – Samples of oozing sap is no longer collected, but can be used as an indicator to collect leaves.
Leaves should be double bagged and labeled with the following location information: the county, the date of
collection, and crew leader name. A clean dry paper towel should be inserted in the bag with the leaves to
absorb excess moisture. The crew will mail the sample to the Rizzo Lab at UC Davis (address below) along
with the top copy only (minus the hex #) of the Pest Detection Report (PD) collection slip (details below).
The crew will write the hex # on the rest of the copies of the PDR, inserting the pink copy in the plot jacket
and send the two remaining blue and yellow copies to the CA state coordinator. The material should be kept
cool and mailed within 2 days after collection. Mailing labels and containers will be supplied for each crew.
A Pest Detection Report collection slip should be filled out.
•
“Private” or “Public”
leave blank due to confidentially rules within FIA
“PNW-FIA”
County name of where specimen was collected
Davis
species name of sample
what checking for, and what is being submitted, on leaf samples
Send yellow and blue copy of report to (503) 808-2081 Attn: Scott Rash
Mail all samples collected to:
Kamyar Aram
UC Davis
Dept. of Plant Pathology
ONE Shields Ave
Davis, CA 95616
Each crew will call ahead or email Kamyar that they intend to ship samples to him. His phone is (530) 7549894 in the lab, email kamaram@ucdavis.edu
Note: It is imperative that field gear and boots be disinfected using bleach, Lysol, or 70+% alcohol after
working in confirmed or suspected SOD areas. The underside of vehicles must be washed daily if offpavement travel has occurred in SOD areas and before leaving any county where SOD is known to occur
(Humboldt, Mendocino, Lake, Napa, Sonoma, Solano, Marin, San Francisco, Contra Costa, Alameda, San
Mateo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz and Monterey counties).
Appendix M: Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Assessment
Owner name slot
Address
Collector
Quarantine Origin
Destination
Host collected
Remarks section
Send Report to
304
:
pg.
305
pg.
APPENDIX N DISEASE KEYS
SECTION N.1 GENERAL ROOT DISEASE SYMPTOMS
Root disease centers or "pockets" usually appear as patches or groups of dead and dying trees. Trees in all
stages of decline (long-dead trees, recent kills, declining live trees) are usually present; old dead trees are
found at the center of the pocket, while declining trees occur near the leading edge of the expanding
infected area. In contrast, bark beetle group kills usually consist of trees that died suddenly and
simultaneously. Wind thrown trees with decayed roots broken off close to the root collar (root ball) may be
evident, except for Black Stain root disease and Annosus in pines, which do not form root balls. Individual
trees affected by root disease may exhibit the following above-ground symptoms:
1. Reduced height growth increment (as compared to neighboring healthy trees). This results from
gradual decline as the root system is slowly destroyed. Look for progressively short internodes of the
terminal leader.
2. Sparse, yellow crowns. Trees infected by root disease fungi often lose needles; needles that remain
are often yellow (chlorotic). The crown appears "transparent".
3. Distress cone crop. In the later stages of decline, infected trees may produce an abundant crop of
unusually small cones.
SECTION N.2 INDIVIDUAL DISEASE DESCRIPTIONS
Laminated root disease
Affects all conifers to varying degrees. The most susceptible species are Douglas-fir, true firs, and
mountain hemlock. Wind thrown trees have decayed roots broken close to root collar, forming root balls.
When duff and soil are removed to expose roots, look for grey-white mycelium on surface of roots; these
mycelium penetrate only the outermost few millimeters of bark, forming a crusty sheath that cannot be
rubbed off easily. In comparison, Armillaria will have white mycelium on the inside of roots, between the
bark and wood.
Laminated root rot is most easily identified by examining decayed wood which can be found on root balls
or in stump hollows. Decayed wood separates readily along annual tree growth rings, hence the name
"laminated" root rot. Yellowish-brown decayed wood is usually dry and contains numerous 1 millimeterlong oval pits. Reddish-brown wiry whiskers can usually be found between layers of decayed wood and
are best seen with a 10X magnifying lens. These whiskers are the best diagnostic indicator of laminated
root rot.
Armillaria root disease
Affects all conifers and hardwoods. Root balls on fallen trees may occur in disease centers. Heavy resin
flow near base of tree is common. Chopping into root collar or root will reveal white, fan-shaped mats of
mycelium between wood and bark. The mats have a texture that may remind one of peeling partially-dry
latex paint off a glass surface (if one has ever done that). The mycelium can penetrate a few millimeters
into the inner bark, but never evident on the outside of the bark or root surfaces. In comparison,
laminated root rot has grey-white mycelium on the outside. Decay in root balls and stumps is soft,
spongy, yellowish, usually wet, stringy, and often contains numerous black lines. Honey-colored
mushrooms may be present at the base of infected trees and stumps. Black thread-like structures
(rhizomorphs) may be present in decaying wood or in infected roots.
Pines are the primary host in eastern Oregon. Hemlocks and Douglas-fir can also be affected. Infected
trees occasionally have resin flow at the base. Brown to black streaks in the sapwood--usually in the last
3 to 4 annual rings--of the root collar and roots are the best indication of the disease. You must chop into
the wood to diagnose Black Stain; it does not occur in or on the bark or bole of roots. Root balls are not
present in Black Stain disease centers (unless another root disease is also present) because the fungus
does not rot roots--it plugs sapwood tracheids causing trees to die standing. Black Stain is most
common in young plantations.
Appendix N: Disease Keys
Black Stain root disease
pg.
306
Annosus root disease
Most common on true firs, pine, and hemlock. Most difficult to identify of the major root diseases. Look
for groups of trees that have not died all at the same time. Bark beetles usually will be present,
especially in true fir, ponderosa pine, and sugar pine. Root balls may be present in disease centers,
particularly in true fir stands. In true firs, the decayed wood is soft, spongy, white (often with silvery cast)
with black flecks (like small wild rice grains scattered through the decay). Small bracket-shaped conks
may be present in stump hollows or under the duff near the root collar of infected dead trees or stumps.
Annosus is often identified by default--if it is not one of the other root diseases, and if the symptoms
suggest root disease and the decay is similar to the description, then it is probably Annosus. In pines,
small "button" conks may be present on the root collar beneath the duff. The roots of infected pines are
usually resin-soaked.
SECTION N.3 LISTING OF DISEASE- TOLERANT SPECIES BY ROOT DISEASE
Root disease
Laminated root rot
Armillaria root disease
Section N.3: Listing of Disease- Tolerant Species by Root Disease
Annosus root disease
Disease-tolerant species
Larch, pines, cedars
Larch, lodgepole pine. On a few sites,
ponderosa pine may be susceptible. If this is
the case, only larch and lodgepole should be
considered tolerant.
On sites with abundant true fir, lodgepole and
ponderosa pines are tolerant. On ponderosa
pine sites, larch and Douglas-fir are tolerant.
307
pg.
APPENDIX O QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION O.1 CHECK PLOTS
The goal of the FIA Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) program is to ensure that all resource
inventory data are scientifically sound, of known quality, and are thoroughly documented. Measurement
quality objectives (MQO) are established as standards to define data quality.
Measurement quality and consistency are assessed by using three methods: hot checks; cold checks; and
blind plots. Periodic on-site inspections of field locations are conducted to ensure that the field work is being
performed with the required accuracy and precision.
SUBSECTION O.1.1 CHECK PLOT OBJECTIVES
Check plots are performed for several purposes:
1. To promote consistency in interpretation of data collection field procedures
2. To assess and track production crew performance
3. To monitor quality of data collected by field staff
4. To measure the variability of the field data
5. To identify training needs and protocol clarifications
SUBSECTION O.1.2 CHECK PLOT POLICIES
The following policies for conducting check plots will be followed:
1. Inspectors will conduct a “hot check” on each person within the first month of field work.
2. Check plots will continue throughout the field season; each crew is checked multiple times.
3. All check plot items count equally for each person who did the plot.
4. Cold check files do not replace production plot data.
SUBSECTION O.1.3 TYPES OF CHECK PLOTS
Hot Check - An informal inspection done as part of the training process. The inspector is present on the
plot with the trainee and provides immediate feedback regarding data quality. Data errors are corrected. Hot
checks can be done on test plots or production plots.
Blind Check - A formal inspection done without crew data on hand; a full re-installation of the plot for the
purpose of obtaining a measure of data variability. The two data sets are maintained separately. Data errors
are not corrected. Blind checks are done on production plots only.
Appendix O: Quality Assurance/Quality Control
Cold Check - A formal or informal inspection done either as part of the training process, or as part of an
ongoing QC program. The inspector checks completed work after a crew has turned it in. Cold checks are
done on production plots only.
pg.
308
SECTION O.2 BLIND PLOT PROTOCOL
SUBSECTION O.2.1 WHAT ARE BLIND PLOTS?
Blind plots are plots where a second crew revisits a plot during the same season and takes a second set of
measurements, but they don’t have data from the initial visit of that year. It is important to remember that
blind plots are not check plots. They are not used to evaluate an individual’s or crew’s work; that is the
purpose of hot and cold checks. Even if data from the two visits are different, it is not know which are
correct. Current blind plot protocol was established in 2005.
Collecting a second, almost-independent set of measurements through the blind plot protocols provides an
estimate of natural measurement variation. Every measurement or estimate is variable and blind plots will
help quantify that variation. Such variation is expected and should not make people feel they are being
judged on their blind plot performance. One set of data is no better than another; there is no way to tell
which measurement is closer to the “true” value. The names of the crew are not used except to check that
the same person didn’t participate in both visits.
Measurement variations stem from many sources, and can be constant or variable in nature. Constant
measurement variations lead to biases within the data, while variable ones produce random variations. For
example, a bias would be introduced if a tape broke, was tied back together, but continued to be read as if
several tenths were not taken up by the knot. All measurements past the knot would be off by a constant
amount. Random variation might occur if a person tipped the laser/clinometer to the side while measuring
heights. This would inhibit accurate measurement of slope, and the calculated height would vary depending
on how the laser/clinometer was operated each time.
The more carefully measurements are taken, the less chance of significant variation between
measurements. But blind plots, as used in the PNW region, require that no extra care be taken. In order for
the blind plots to be useful, they should reflect reality. If a measurement is normally estimated or taken
quickly on standard production plots, it should be done the same on the blind plot.
When you are the second crew on a blind plot (if you’re on the first visit you should not know that it is going
to be a blind plot later), it is vital that you adopt the mind-set that blind plots are not a check on your abilities.
This is emphatically not a competition to see which crew collected the “best” data, because there are no
“best” data in this case. No-one is right and no-one is wrong. Differences in measurements, estimates,
condition class calls, etc are perfectly normal.
Data from blind plots will be used to determine range and magnitude of measurement variation for all
variables. This is valuable to researchers who incorporate FIA data into their studies. The blind plot data will
also be useful in measuring the sensitivity of various office-calculated values to measurement variation.
Further uses of these data will be to test whether current measurement tolerances are appropriate and to
determine measurement repeatability. In addition to finding the range and the most likely measurement
variation magnitude, blind plot data will be used to answer many other questions, such as: Is a largediameter tree more likely to have a larger measurement variation than a small-diameter tree?
With some exceptions (listed later) blind plots should be representative of the population of plots: they
should span the range of difficulty, conditions, locations, time-of-year, etc. This allows us to apply inferences
resulting from analysis of the blind plots to all plots.
Section O.1: Blind Plot Protocol
SUBSECTION O.2.2 BLIND PLOT SELECTION
At least 15 blind plots will be randomly selected from Phase 2 (P2) plots per state per year by the QA
Coordinator. Blind plots are randomly selected from all the P2 plots in the current year’s panel that are
going to the field. When a co-visited plot is selected, Phase 3 (P3) variables are measured.
Contracted plots will be included in the 15 randomly selected plots. The number of contracted blind plots
will thus vary, but will be a proportion roughly equal to the proportion of contracted plots. To ensure more
care is not taken with first visits, whenever possible the contractor should not be aware of the plot numbers
before the first visit. Contractor crews should be provided with copies of the current blind plot protocols.
There should be a mix of contractor/contractor and contractor/FIA blind plots.
Blind plots should be remeasured as soon as possible after the first crew’s visit. This helps avoid
confounding measurement variation with variation from external influences such as harvest, fire, or
seasonal change in vegetation cover.
309
pg.
SUBSECTION O.2.3 STATE COORDINATOR PROTOCOLS
State coordinators implement the remeasurement of blind plots from the list provided by the QA
Coordinator. This includes appropriate crew assignments and scheduling assuring that remeasurement
crews exclude individuals with knowledge of calls made on the first visit. Information from the first visit
should be removed from the plot jacket and the directions to the plot should be copied to a new plot card.
The first crew should not know this is going to be a blind plot. Further assure that no members of the first
crew go out on the second crew. Make sure the blind crew sees as little of the first crew’s work as possible.
The blind crew should be unaware of the existence of more than one condition class, or if such knowledge
cannot be avoided, at least unaware of the first crew’s location of the condition boundaries. The blind crew
should not be able to see mortality information from the first crew.
Remind crews that with PNW blind plots, there is no “wrong” and no “right” value. Variation exists, and blind
plots are there to assess it with no impact on any individual or crew. There should be no concern with
proving who is “correct” on the part of either crew. The coordinator/field leader will not use blind plot data to
attempt to assess the accuracy of any individual or crew. Doing so would undermine the idea that there will
be no repercussions and would not be valid.
The blind crew should not include any members of the first crew or anyone who might have detailed
knowledge of the calls made on the first visit – that includes someone who edited it. QA personnel may go
on a blind plot provided they encountered no detailed information about the plot this year. Data collected by
QA personnel will not be treated any differently than those from a production crew.
Blind crews should never have the first crew’s data or printout. Old plot records are okay; the first crew had
these too.
Copy Directions. The blind crew should not come into contact with information from the first crew. The
state coordinator should provide an entirely new plot card in which directions to the plot have been copied
from the first crew’s plot card. The less the blind crew sees of the plot card, the less opportunity for
influence.
SUBSECTION O.2.4 FIELD PROCEDURES
Measure Plot. The blind plot crew makes an entirely new plot card, complete with mapping. Directions
don’t have to be filled in, since they were copied. Remember to code the plot as a blind plot by recording
QA STATUS = 6 (Item 4.3.1.2).
Established plot, subplot, and microplot centers should be used, even if the blind crew does not agree
with their location. Why: even though it would be useful to determine how measurements taken at different
subplot locations would alter figures reported in research publications, specific data are currently needed on
measurement variation for the same trees and vegetative cover for the same area.
Take all measurements just as if the plot were being done for the first time this year. The following three
exceptions apply:
1. The blind plot crew should not monument their measurements – no diameter nails, no tree number,
or reference tags, etc. Do not install reference-only trees. Do not change any existing
monumentation. Because only data from the first visit will be used to compile the official inventory
statistics, removing or adding tree numbers, or moving DBH nails, could greatly confuse crews at the
next inventory cycle.
2. On subplot 1 and subplot 2, diameter should be taken at the point the blind plot crew thinks correct,
ignoring the nail; on subplot 3 and subplot 4, measure diameter at nails left by previous crew. Why:
there are two measurements involved with diameter – measuring 4.5’ from the base, and measuring
around the tree. There can be variation in both of these. Measuring at the nail on subplots 3 and 4
will give an estimate of one; and on subplots 1 and 2 it will allow us to estimate the combined effects.
For each tree on subplot 1 and subplot 2, please make a note in the TREE NOTES field whenever
diameter is measured more than 2 inches above or below the nail. Why: this will allow those trees
where there was little difference in diameter measurement position to be pooled with trees where
diameter was taken at the nail, if necessary.
Appendix O: Quality Assurance/Quality Control
Take site trees if needed – they do not have to be the same trees used by the first crew.
pg.
310
3. On subplot 1 and subplot 2, place transects where you think they should go. On subplot 3 and
subplot 4, use indications of where the previous transect was run (flagging at end of transect, etc) to
duplicate the first crew’s transect position. Why: trying to duplicate transect positioning on two points
might give a comparison of measurement repeatability unconfounded by transect placement with the
variation caused by a different transect placement.
Trees should be bored for age and growth estimates when required by the field procedures. The previous
core should not be used, because using the same core is simply a counting exercise and is not
independent.
Understory vegetation cover should be estimated for existing vegetation only. This will confound estimation
variation with trampling/time effects. If it is apparent that trampling/seasonal changes have occurred, please
make a note on the plot card for each point and rank it for each lifeform category as: low (≤ 25 percent
apparently altered by trampling, senescence, or growth), medium (26-50 percent), or high (> 50 percent).
Tree mortality is a rare but important event. Every effort should be made to obtain an independent
assessment of mortality on the second visit. If mortality information is written on the old tree printout or tree
data are written on the head of the diameter nail, the blind plot crew should not look at it to avoid biases.
Edit and FTP Plot. Edit and FTP the plot to the office as usual. The filename for the blind plot will have a
“QAB” suffix, as opposed to a “P” suffix for a regular production plot, because the blind plot code was
entered into the PDR.
Section O.1: Blind Plot Protocol
Remember not to change any data from either visit based on information you may have on the other. To
avoid problems, the two sets of data should never be compared in the field.
311
pg.
APPENDIX P GPS OPERATING GUIDE
SECTION P.1 OVERVIEW
Global Positioning Systems (GPS) technology uses signals from satellites to triangulate and compute the
coordinates of locations on the ground. PNW-FIA uses coordinates to correlate plot information with
remotely sensed imagery and data, and to relocate plots at future inventories.
GPS units can also be used to create and navigate to waypoints. A waypoint is a fairly precise location that
a GPS user may assign a number and/or label to identify. Waypoints can be entered into the GPS unit to
navigate to, or they can be recorded while navigating to mark a particular location.
PNW-FIA uses the UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate system. This format requires the
following information:
•
Zone, a 2 digit number (01-60) with a letter (C-X) attached. All zones in the western U.S. will be a
combination of the numbers 10 and 11, and letters U, T, or S.
•
Easting, a seven digit number (the first digit is often a zero) that represents distance from the eastern
boundary of the particular zone.
•
Northing, a seven digit number that represents distance north of the equator (northing numbers are
usually instrumental in determining what zone the coordinates are in).
PNW-FIA uses Magellan Meridian and Garmin Oregon 400t GPS receivers.
SECTION P.2 MAGELLAN MERIDIAN GPS UNIT
SUBSECTION P.2.1 KEYPAD COMMANDS
PWR: turns the unit on and off (to turn the unit on, hit the PWR key, then the ENTER key)
ENTER: confirms data entry or menu selections
MENU: provides access to waypoint and setup functions
ESC: cancels the operation of the last button pressed
NAV: accesses the various navigation screens
GOTO: creates a direct route to any waypoint stored in memory, and is used to MARK a position
IN: zooms in the display of the Map screen
OUT: zooms out the display of the Map screen
LEFT/RIGHT arrow keys move the cursor left or right while entering data
UP/DOWN arrow keys move the cursor up and down while entering data or selecting menu options
To initiate the screen backlight, press and hold the PWR key for 2 seconds. The backlight quickly drains the
batteries, so avoid accidentally turning on the backlight.
Appendix P: GPS Operating Guide
To adjust the screen backlight, after turning the screen backlight on, press and hold the PWR key for 2
seconds. This will increase the strength of the backlight. Press and hold the PWR key for 2 seconds again
to turn the backlight off.
pg.
312
Figure P.1: Megellan Meridian keypad
SUBSECTION P.2.2 NAVIGATION SCREENS
The Meridian has nine navigation screens that can be displayed or turned off. Some screens must be
displayed to collect coordinate information. Several screens show similar or the same information and it is
recommended these screens not be displayed.
Section P.2: Magellan Meridian GPS Unit
Turn the unit on and press NAV until the Map screen appears. Press MENU and select Setup by scrolling
down until it is highlighted and press the ENTER key. Select NAV Screens in the same manner.
Sat Status = On
Compass = Off
Large Data = On
Position = On
Road = Off
Data = Off
Speed = Off
313
pg.
SUBSECTION P.2.3 CUSTOMIZING NAVIGATION SCREENS
It is important that navigation screens are setup consistently among all units.
• Large Data screen:
Press NAV until the Large Data screen displays. Press MENU and select Customize. Press ENTER,
select Bearing, and press ENTER. Press ENTER, select Distance, and press ENTER. Press ENTER,
select Heading, and press ENTER. Press ENTER, select Speed, press ENTER.
• Position screen:
Press NAV until the Position screen displays. Press MENU and select Customize. Press ENTER, select
EPE (estimated position error), and press ENTER. Now the EPE will be displayed while the unit is
averaging. Monitor EPE to ensure that readings are not taken at greater than 70 feet.
SUBSECTION P.2.4 SETUP UNITS
The parameters to be set up before collecting satellite readings are listed below. Once these parameters
are set up for the first time they will not need to be reset. Periodically (at least weekly), settings should be
checked to verify they have not been inadvertently changed.
Press MENU key, use up or down arrow to select Setup option, then press the ENTER key to enter the
setup pages. To scroll through the following pages use the up/down arrows. Once the desired setup menu
option is highlighted, press the ENTER key to select it.
Coordinate System: Primary = UTM, Secondary = UTM
Map Datum: Primary = NAD83, Secondary = NAD83
Elev Mode: 3D
Time Format: Local AM/PM
Nav Units: Miles/Ft/MPH
North Reference: True
Daylight Savings: United States
Power Off Timer: On/Time/30 minutes
Light Timer: 4 Minutes
Beeper: Off
Power Key: On/Off protected
Appendix P: GPS Operating Guide
pg.
314
SUBSECTION P.2.5 OPERATING THE GPS ON PLOT
1. Turn on the GPS unit.
2. Check to see if the unit is receiving satellite readings by pressing the NAV key until the Satellite Status
screen (Figure P.2) is visible. The Satellite Status screen shows two circles at the top of the screen, and
the horizontal battery status bar at the bottom. If there are four vertical black bars below the two circles
and above the battery status bar, then the unit is receiving enough satellites to calculate your position.
Figure P.2: GPS Satellite Status screen
Figure P.3: GPS Satellite Status screen description
Section P.2: Magellan Meridian GPS Unit
3. When the unit has locked onto four satellites, push the NAV key until the Position screen is displayed
(Figure P.4).
•
The current UTM coordinates and elevation are displayed in the upper screen.
•
The time, date, and GPS Status (including position error/EPE) are shown in the center of the screen.
If the GPS unit is not receiving satellites the GPS Status will show "Searching - nth sat", and the UTM
coordinates shown at the top of the screen will be the last location where the unit was able to lock
onto four satellites. The GPS Status may display other messages; see Figure P.5 for message
descriptions.
315
pg.
•
The EPE is displayed in the GPS Status field just above the trip odometer. The GPS receiver will
enter averaging mode anytime it is stationary. To ensure that only readings collected at plot center
are averaged, from several feet away, slowly move the unit onto plot center and let it remain
stationary in averaging mode for at least 3 minutes.
Figure P.4: Position screen
Figure P.5: GPS Status Messages
SUBSECTION P.2.6 CREATING A WAYPOINT (WHEN COORDINATES ARE PROVIDED)
When you have entered all the necessary data, highlight Save, and press ENTER.
Appendix P: GPS Operating Guide
To create a new waypoint when the UTM coordinates are provided with the plot data, turn on the GPS and
then hold down the GOTO button. This will bring up the Mark screen with Save highlighted. Push either the
up or down arrow until Location is highlighted. Press ENTER. The "UTM hemi" screen is displayed.
Highlight North and press ENTER. Edit line one of the location field by pressing the up or down arrow until
the desired digit is displayed, then press the right arrow to move to the next digit. When the desired zone
and easting coordinate are displayed, press ENTER. Edit line two of the location field in the same manner
for northing, and press ENTER. Edit the elevation field in the same manner, and press ENTER. If you need
to edit the icon, name, or message for a waypoint, use the up or down arrows to highlight the field you wish
to change and press ENTER. You are then placed in the edit mode. Use the arrow and ENTER keys to
select the icons or letters you wish to use. After you are finished changing the name or message, highlight
the OK button and press ENTER to return to the Mark screen.
pg.
316
SUBSECTION P.2.7 MARKING (STORING) CURRENT LOCATION AS A WAYPOINT
This feature is used to mark (store) a current location as a waypoint in the GPS unit’s internal memory.
Storing the location of a vehicle, RP, campsite, or starting point are examples of how this feature can be
used in the field. Stored waypoints can be useful for approaching locations in a different way, taking a
different route back to the vehicle, or when lost (see Subsection P.2.8, Navigating to a Waypoint).
To start, verify that the GPS unit is receiving signals from at least four satellites. If moving, the GPS status
should have EPE of less than 70 feet. If standing still, the GPS status should show that the unit is
averaging. Once good signal reception is confirmed, push the GOTO button and hold it down until the Mark
screen appears. Select a name to assign as a waypoint for the current location. Push the UP/DOWN arrows
until Name is highlighted, then press ENTER. Use the arrow and ENTER keys to select the letters or
symbols. Once the name has been changed, highlight the OK button and press ENTER to return to the
Mark screen. Scroll down, highlight the Save button, and press ENTER.
The GPS’s current location (under the assigned name), is now stored in memory and can be used for
navigation.
SUBSECTION P.2.8 NAVIGATING TO A WAYPOINT
To begin navigation, a waypoint must be stored in the GPS unit (Subsection P.2.6). Once the unit has
locked onto four satellites, push the GOTO button. Highlight User in the menu, and press the right or left
arrow buttons until Alphabetical shows in the field under Find By at the bottom of the screen. Press the
ENTER button. A list of user-stored waypoints appears. Scroll down to find the name or number of the
desired waypoint, highlight the desired waypoint, and press ENTER.
If satellite signals are not being received, the bearing and distance to the waypoint from the last position the
GPS unit obtained satellite signals will be displayed. Move in the general direction of the waypoint until
satellite signals are obtained, or let the GPS sit for a few minutes to lock on to satellites.
Once receiving satellite signals, press the NAV button to find the Large Data screen. This screen displays
the bearing (azimuth) and distance to the waypoint and also the heading and speed of the GPS receiver.
Follow the bearing while moving towards the waypoint and the distance should steadily decrease. As the
waypoint gets closer, the distance will get very small (about 10-30 feet), and the bearing will begin to jump
around dramatically. This means the waypoint is very close.
Section P.2: Magellan Meridian GPS Unit
SUBSECTION P.2.9 OTHER INFORMATION ON NAVIGATION SCREENS
•
Bearing – The direction to your destination from your present position, in degrees, from north.
•
Distance – The distance (measured in the Nav Units selected in Setup) to your destination.
•
Speed – The rate that you are traveling. The unit of measure is selected in Setup, Nav Units.
•
Heading – The direction you are moving (measured in degrees). When the heading and bearing are the
same, you are traveling on a direct line to your destination.
•
VMG (Velocity Made Good) – The speed that you are getting closer to your destination. If the heading
and bearing are the same, then VMG will be the same as Speed since all of the speed that you are
traveling is being applied to arriving to your destination. However, if you are off course, your VMG will be
less than the speed that you are traveling.
•
CTS (Course To Steer) – The angle that you need to turn to put you back on course.
•
ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival) – The local time that you will arrive at your destination based on the rate
of speed that you are moving to your destination (see VMG).
•
ETE (Estimated Time en Route) – How long, in time, that it will take you to arrive at your destination
based upon your present speed to the destination.
•
XTE (Cross Track Error) – The perpendicular distance from your present position to the course line you
should be on to go to your destination.
•
Turn – The direction you need to turn to put you on the shortest distance to your destination from your
present position.
•
Elevation – The distance above sea level that you are presently at.
•
Time – Local time
•
Date – Current date
317
pg.
SUBSECTION P.2.10 BATTERIES
The Magellan Meridian unit uses two AA batteries, which usually last for eight hours of use. Replace the
batteries when the Power Indicator (found on the bottom of the Satellite Status screen) is low. The GPS
may have trouble locating satellites if the battery is low.
SECTION P.3 GARMIN OREGON GPS UNIT
SUBSECTION P.3.1 BUTTON COMMANDS
There is only one button on the Oregon; it is the On/Off button on the upper right side of the unit. Press this
button once to turn the unit on. Pressing this button again brings up a screen which allows you to adjust
screen brightness and to lock the screen. Hold the button down for 2 seconds to turn the unit off.
The Oregon is operated with touch-screen buttons (Figure P.6). The left/right arrows at the bottom of the
screen allow you to access all buttons within each menu. Touching the Battery/Satellite icon on the bottom
of the main menu screen will show the number of satellites acquired and position. The “X” or the bent left
pointing arrow icon on the bottom of each screen will back out of each screen into the main menu.
Figure P.6: Oregon touch screens
Turn the unit on and press Setup/ Main Menu. Choose the Profile Change icon and then choose the
Recreational profile. Choose each navigation screen that will not be used, and then touch the garbage can
icon. The order how each icon appears on the Main Menu can be altered by touching the icon you want first
on the list when the GPS is turned on, then scroll over to the left using the left arrow and touch the first icon.
For example, if you would like the Average Waypoint icon to be the first one, touch that then scroll over and
touch the Map icon. The Average Waypoint icon will now be first, and the Map icon will be second. Repeat
this process for the Automotive profile.
Appendix P: GPS Operating Guide
SUBSECTION P.3.2 NAVIGATION SCREENS
pg.
318
SUBSECTION P.3.3 SETUP UNITS
The parameters to be set up before collecting satellite readings are listed below. Once these parameters
are set up for the first time they will not need to be reset. Periodically (at least weekly), settings should be
checked to verify they have not been inadvertently changed.
Touch the Profile Change icon
Touch the Recreational icon
Press the Setup icon, then Position Format
Position Format: UTM UPS
Map Datum: NAD83
Map Speroid: GR S80
Go back to the setup screen using the bent left arrow and touch the Units icon.
Distance/Speed: Statute
Elevation (Ver.Speed): Feet (feet/minute)
Repeat this process for the Automotive profile
SUBSECTION P.3.4 OPERATING THE GPS ON PLOT
1. Turn on the GPS.
2. Check to see if the unit is receiving satellite readings by pressing the Battery/Satellite icon. The satellite
status screen shows “acquiring satellites” until it has enough satellites to calculate your position. When
the unit has acquired at least four satellites it will display position coordinates in the upper left of the
screen and the GPS accuracy in the upper right of the screen. Verify that the GPS unit is in the
Recreational profile by choosing Change Profile from the main menu, then choose Recreational.
3. When the GPS accuracy is below 70 feet, make a note of the GPS accuracy, go back to the main menu
and touch the Waypoint Averaging icon. A screen with sample confidence, averaged location
coordinates, and averaging time (Figure P.7) will appear. Leave the GPS unit in one place until the
average function is completed. It is possible to reach 3 minutes of averaging time before the sample
confidence has reached 100 percent. For more accurate coordinates, save the waypoint once the
sample confidence has reached 100 percent. Note the averaging time before saving the waypoint. Save
the averaged coordinates by touching the Save icon; a waypoint will be saved and named automatically.
To edit the name of the waypoint go to the main menu and touch Waypoint Manager, the saved
waypoint, and Change Name. The “<“ icon to the right of the name erases the name. Type letters or
numbers to name the waypoint. Touch the green check icon to save the new name.
Section P.3: Garmin Oregon GPS Unit
.
Figure P.7: Sample confidence
319
pg.
4. To view the averaged waypoint coordinates from the main menu, touch Waypoint Manager and the
name of the waypoint. Touch the down arrow and then touch View Map. Touch the name of the waypoint
in the icon at the top of the map screen. The elevation and waypoint coordinates will be displayed. The
GPS accuracy will not be displayed. You will need to view the GPS accuracy either before or after the
waypoint is averaged.
SUBSECTION P.3.5 CREATING A WAYPOINT (WHEN COORDINATES ARE PROVIDED)
Turn on the GPS and touch the Mark Waypoint icon. Touch the Save and Edit icon. Touch the Change
Name icon. Touch the < icon to the right of the waypoint name to delete the name automatically given to
the waypoint. Type in the name you want to give the waypoint using letters, numbers, and/or symbols.
Numbers and symbols can be accessed by touching the right arrow at the bottom of the screen. When
you are done, press the green check icon at the bottom of the screen to save the new name. Touch the
Change Location icon. Edit the coordinates by touching the right/left arrows to highlight the values you
would like to change. Touch the number buttons to enter new values. When you are done entering the
coordinates, touch the green check icon at the bottom of the screen. Touch the down arrow until you see
the View Map icon. Touch the View Map icon and the waypoint will be displayed on the map.
SUBSECTION P.3.6 MARKING (STORING) YOUR CURRENT LOCATION
This feature is used to mark (store) a current location as a waypoint in the GPS unit’s internal memory.
Once the GPS accuracy is less than 70 feet, touch the Mark Waypoint icon. Touch the Save and Edit
icon. Touch the Change Name icon. Touch the “<“ icon to the right of the waypoint name to delete the
name automatically given to the waypoint. Type a name for the waypoint using letters, numbers, and/or
symbols. Numbers and symbols can be accessed by touching the right arrow at the bottom of the
screen. To save the new name, press the green check icon at the bottom of the screen. Press the “X”
icon at the bottom of the screen to access the main menu.
SUBSECTION P.3.7 NAVIGATING TO A WAYPOINT
To begin navigation, a waypoint must be stored in the GPS unit (Subsection P.3.5). On the initial screen,
touch the Profile Change icon. Touch Recreational. If your GPS unit is in Automotive profile mode the GPS
will give you directions along roads and will not show your “tracks”. Make sure the GPS is in Recreational
profile to show the most direct route to your waypoint, topographic lines, and to show the route you took to
the waypoint. After the unit has locked onto four satellites, touch the “Where To?” icon. Touch the Waypoints
icon. Touch Waypoints. You can search for a waypoint in this screen by touching the ABC icon at the bottom
of the screen and entering the name of the waypoint. Touch the name of the waypoint you want. Touch the
green GO button at the bottom of the screen. A map will appear on screen with your current location.
Distance to destination and bearing will show at the top of the screen.
SUBSECTION P.3.8 BATTERIES
Appendix P: GPS Operating Guide
The Garmin Oregon GPS unit uses two AA batteries, which usually last for eight hours of use. Replace the
batteries when the low battery screen is displayed or the power indicator located at the bottom of the main
menu screen is low. The GPS may have trouble locating satellites if the battery is low.
pg.
320
SECTION P.4 COLLECTING GPS INFORMATION
SUBSECTION P.4.1 GPS READINGS
GPS information is recorded in the PDR (see Section 4.4, GPS Coordinates). For Magellan Meridian and
Garmin Oregon 400t GPS receivers, record GPS UNIT TYPE code 2.
The PDR requires the number of averaged readings be entered. The Magellan unit does not have a number
of readings counter, instead it utilizes a timer. The timer is displayed on the position screen. It displays in
hours, minutes, and seconds. The GPS receiver collects one reading per second while averaging. To
correctly enter the number of readings in the data recorder, the time in minutes and seconds must be
converted to number of readings. Since the unit collects 60 readings per minute of averaging crews must
remember to multiply the number of minutes by 60 and then add the number of seconds shown to that
figure.
Section P.4: Collecting GPS Information
For example, if the Magellan receiver averages for 3 minutes and 12 seconds it will display 00:03:12. To
convert this to number of readings multiply 3 minutes by 60, then add 12 (3 X 60 = 180 + 12 = 192); the
number of readings would be 192.
321
pg.
APPENDIX Q LASER 200 INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION Q.1 OVERVIEW
Accurate heights are necessary in order to determine tree volume and for other uses. The laser can be
used to get fast and accurate tree heights. It can also be used to measure distances and percent slope.
This instrument is more fragile than the GPS units. Some precautions must be taken with the lasers to keep
them working properly. These are:
Never look at the sun through the scope. Looking directly at the sun can permanently damage your eyes.
Never point the laser directly at the sun. Exposing the lens system to direct sunlight, even for a brief period,
may permanently damage the laser transmitter.
Do not expose the laser to extreme temperatures. It is rated for a temperature range of -22 to +140 degrees
fahrenheit. Don’t leave the instrument in the vehicle during the heat of the day.
Do not use batteries with “voltage check” features built on the batteries. The battery case of the laser is too
narrow for these batteries, and they could get stuck in the instrument.
Do not drop the laser. Immediately return it to its case when you get back to the vehicle. There is usually
more danger of damaging the instrument in the vehicle than out in the woods.
SECTION Q.2 BASIC OPERATION
All directions for using the laser buttons are given assuming you are holding the instrument with the LCD
display screen facing you and the 2 round lenses are facing the object you want to measure. The buttons
will be referred to as:
L1 - the left button closest to you
L2 - the left button in the middle
L3 - the left button furthest away from you
R1 - the right button closest to you
R2 - the right button in the middle
R3 - the right button furthest away from you
•
Turn the laser on by pushing L1 or R1
•
Turn it off by pushing L2 and L3 at the same time. The laser may turn itself off after a period of inactivity.
Once the instrument is on, push the R1 button to make the red dot appear in the sighting scope. If there
is no red sighting dot, repeatedly push the L2 button until the red dot appears and is the correct
brightness.
•
To light up the display screen, press L3. Press L3 again to turn off the light.
SECTION Q.3 SETTINGS
Step 1. Press R2 or R3 to scroll through the menu until SYS is displayed in the upper right hand corner
of the screen.
Step 2. Press R1. ON or OFF will show in the center of the screen. FILTER will flash at the bottom.
Step 3. Press R2 until OFFSET is flashing. The number displayed should be 0000.00. This means that
the starting measuring point is the center of the instrument.
Step 4. Press R2 until PIVOT is flashing. The number displayed should be 0000.59. When this number
is set at 0.00, the laser is set to calculate heights using a tripod attached to the center of the
instrument. The pivot point is the center of the laser. We use the pivot value at 0.59 because this
sets the pivot point at the rear of the instrument, and this allows you to shoot a height while using
your head as the pivot point. To change this number, press L1 until the number you want to
change is flashing. Press L2 or L3 until the correct number is showing. When the number is set
at 0000.59, press R1.
Step 5. Press R2 until UNITS is flashing. Select F (feet) using the R1 button.
Appendix Q: Laser 200 Instructions
Make sure the settings are correct before using the laser. To set the correct measurement units, go into the
main menu and:
pg.
322
Step 6. Press R2 again and D (degrees) should be flashing. If not, press R1 to toggle on D.
Step 7. Press R2 again and “%” should be flashing. It should say ON. If not, press R1.
Step 8. Press R3 twice to accept the new settings and back out to the main display.
SECTION Q.4 FILTER AND REFLECTORS
When you are working in areas of dense brush, you need to make sure the laser is giving you the distance
to the correct target. The best way to do this is to use a reflector as a target and use the filter option on the
laser. The laser will only lock onto the highly reflective targets and ignore the less reflective brush. To use
the filter option:
Step 1. Place a reflector (or have someone hold it) on the tree where it can be seen from the required
distance. The laser will not work in the filter mode without a reflector as a target.
Step 2. Go to the main menu on the laser and push R2 or R3 until SYS is displayed on the screen.
Step 3. Press R1 to select the SYS option. The FILTER option will blink, and it will say the FILTER is
OFF or ON.
Step 4. Push R1 to toggle FILTER between ON and OFF.
Step 5. Press R3 to save the desired setting and to back out into the main display. When the FILTER is
on, FILTER will appear at the bottom of the screen when the laser is measuring distances.
SECTION Q.5 DISTANCE AND PERCENT SLOPE
Horizontal distance (HD): Turn the laser on. The top-middle of the LCD screen will say HD. Point the red
sighting dot at the target. Press R1 and hold it down until the laser locks on the target, then release. You
can tell when the instrument locks onto its target by sound. It buzzes while it is searching for the target,
then beeps when it locks on to a target or there is an error. If you get an error message, simply aim again
and press R1.
Slope distance (SD) and Vertical distance (VD): Push R2 or R3 until the correct display is shown. Then
aim and press R1 until the laser locks on target. Or, measure a horizontal distance, then push R2 until
the correct display is shown.
Percent slope: Press R2 or R3 until INC is displayed. Then aim and press R1.
SECTION Q.6 TREE HEIGHTS
The best way to measure a tree height is to make sure you have a clear shot at the leader or a clear shot of
the tree trunk. Make sure you are getting a distance to the tree trunk, and not some branches in front of it. If
you can’t get a clear shot at the leader or the tree trunk, use a reflector (Section Q.4). Once you are in
position with your target in sight, go to the main menu:
Step 1. Push R2 or R3 until HT is displayed in the upper left of the screen.
Step 2. Push R1 once, aim at the target, then push R1 until the laser locks on target. This will measure
the horizontal distance.
Section Q.4: Filter and Reflectors
Step 3. The down arrow will flash. Aim at the base of the tree and push R1 to get the percent slope.
Step 4. The up arrow will flash. Aim at the top of the tree and push R1 again to get another percent
slope.
Step 5. Press R1 once more and the laser will display the height. Make sure this height is reasonable
before recording it in the PDR.
323
pg.
SECTION Q.7 GATES
The gate option can extend the laser’s minimum range or restrict its maximum range. It is most often used
to help you make sure you are hitting the right target when objects near you or just beyond your target might
give you false readings. You don’t have to set both gates. You will probably only need to set the short gate
because of brush or fog between you and your target. You can set a gate by shooting a target or by entering
distances into the instrument. To set a short gate by laser, go to the main menu and:
Step 1. Press R2 or R3 until GATE is shown on the display.
Step 2. Push R1 to select the gate option.
Step 3. Press R1 to toggle the gate between ON and OFF.
Step 4. Push R2. The S indicator will flash.
Step 5. Aim at a target that is at the distance you want to set as the short gate and press R1.
Step 6. Now you can either set a long gate, or press R3 to go back to save the short gate and return to
the main menu. The S will be displayed when you are measuring distances to show the short
gate is on.
Step 7. To set a long gate:
Step 8. Push R2. The L indicator will flash.
Step 9. Aim at an appropriate target and press R1
Step 10.Press R3 to save the gate and go back to the main display. The L will be displayed when
measuring distances.
The gates are reset to OFF when the laser is turned off, but gate values are saved in memory. This means
that if you have saved a gate and turn off the instrument, when you turn it back on the gate will be set to
OFF. If you go back into the gate option and turn the gate ON, it will remember the last distances you shot
for the long and short gates.
To clear out a gate value: Display the gate values by following the instructions in this section. When the
desired gate value is displayed, press and hold down R3 until the number is deleted.
SECTION Q.8 CUMULATIVE DISTANCES
A cumulative distance measurement allows you to move from one target point to the next, stopping at each
one to measure the distance to the next target point. The laser accumulates the measured distances in both
slope and horizontal distances (SD and HD) to give you a running total.
To take a cumulative distance, go to the main menu and:
Step 1. Press R2 or R3 until MULTI is displayed on the screen.
Step 2. Press R1 to enter the MULTI option. DIFF will be displayed.
Step 3. Press R2 once. CUM will be displayed.
Step 5. Aim at the target and press R1 to fire the laser.
Step 6. If you are not satisfied with the measurement, repeat step 5 to retake the measurement. If you
are satisfied with the measurement, and wish to add it to your total, press R2. The new total will
be displayed.
Step 7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 to add more measurements to the total.
You can choose whether you want horizontal or slope distances at any time. If a distance has been
measured, you can change from slope or horizontal distance by pressing R3 twice. SEL will be displayed.
Push R1 to toggle between SD and HD. Press R2 twice to get back to the total distance. Go to step 5 to add
more distances.
Appendix Q: Laser 200 Instructions
Step 4. Press R1. Either SEL or a number will be displayed. If SEL is displayed, HD will flash on and off.
Press R1 to toggle between HD and SD. Press R2 when the correct indicator is flashing. If a
number is displayed, that means there is already a cumulative distance saved on this
instrument. You can either clear out this distance by holding down R3 until 0.00 appears, or
continue to add to the distance by going to step 5.
pg.
324
:
The cumulative measurement total is saved in memory even if the instrument is turned off. Turn the
instrument on and scroll back to the MULTI-CUM option and resume the procedure with step 5. To clear out
the current total and begin another series of measurements, hold down R3 while the cumulative distance is
showing until the number is deleted.
325
pg.
APPENDIX R PLOT JACKET
In this section, items that field crews are responsible for filling out are in bold and underlined.
The plot jacket is used to store hard copies of all pertinent past and present information pertaining to an FIA
plot. The outside cover contains labels with plot information, and inside contents include: plot card, edit
sheet, past and present plot data printouts, landowner contact sheet and aerial photos. Most plot jackets
also contain a USGS map printout and a digital ortho quad (DOQ) showing the approximate plot center
location. Occasionally, county tax assessor information and tax parcel maps are included to aid crews in
contacting the correct landowners for permission to access or cross multiple properties. For P3 (FHM)
plots, there are pre-printed labels for use when collecting soil samples. The following provides a description
of each part of a plot jacket and what is required of the field crew for plot completion.
SECTION R.1 PLOT LABELS
There are typically four labels on the outside front cover of the plot jacket.
Two of the labels are pre-printed and little
action is required of the field staff. One
label contains plot identification information
such as: the P2 panel number, STATE, FIA
Hex ID (i.e., PLOT NUMBER), county
number and name, USFS plot number (i.e.,
NFS PLOT NUMBER) or PERIODIC PLOT
NUMBER when applicable, and the duty
station name. A second label indicating the
RESERVED STATUS may be included
(Figure R.1). If the plot is located on
Forest Service administered lands, field
crews should verify the USFS plot # on
the plot jacket matches the USFS plot#
downloaded in the PDR. If they do not
match contact the PDR programmer.
P2 Panel 2
3145
California
FIA Hex ID #
USFS Plot # 7180
Ventura (111) County
Santa Clarita Duty Station
Reserved
Santa Clarita Duty Station
California (6) Hex 3145
Los Padres National Forest
Sespe Wilderness
Figure R.1: Plot identification labels
Another label contains ownership
information (see Figure R.2). It includes the California Hex 3145 Ownership 2010
name and address of the legal owner of the Owner: Los Padres National Forest
Sespe Wilderness
land where the plot is located based on
county tax assessor records. There is also
Ventura County
a place for notes, a legal description of the Twn 6N Rng 25 E Sec 20
Duty Station: Santa Clarita UTM Zone 10 Elevation: 2136
plot location with approximate elevation,
Access Granted Y/N Need Key/Combo Y/N Overnighter Y/N Water Available Y/N
and four “yes” or “no” questions. Field
Notes: Cliffs, Steep Rocky Slope
crews are required to update
Figure R.2: Landowner information label
information on this label when there is a
change to the owner of the plot location
or if the contact person is someone different. On every plot, field crews must circle ‘Y’ or ‘N’ for
each of the four questions: Access granted; need key/combo; overnighter; and water available.
For access denied plots it is only necessary to circle ‘N’ for access granted.
ANNUAL INVENTORY 2010
Completed By:
Date:
Edit Sheet Completed By:
FDM Edit By:
Final Electronic Corrections:
FTPed By:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Check Plotted By:
Edited By:
QA Jacket Check:
Date:
Type:
FTP’ed Date:
Date:
Figure R.3: Crew information label
Appendix R: Plot Jacket
The last label is for crew information
and must be filled out by field crews for
every plot, as well as QA inspectors for
any plot he or she checks. Field crews
completing a plot must fill out the top part
which contains the following information:
completed by; edit sheet completed by;
FDM edit by; final electronic corrections;
and FTPed by. The label also includes
dates for each of these items (Figure R.3).
pg.
326
Write in the name of each person who collected measurements on the plot in the ‘completed by’ section
with the date the plot was completed. This date should be consistent with the date on the plot card and
in the electronic plot data.
•
Note: If more than one day was necessary to complete the plot, write the date the plot was
completed. Write in the name[s] of whoever did the edit sheet, FDM, electronic corrections and FTP,
with the date(s) they completed these items.
The bottom part of this label is for quality assurance inspectors to fill out and pertains mainly to a check
plot. It contains the following information: Check plotted by; date; type; edited by; FTPed date; jacket
check; and date. Write in the names of the inspectors, date the check plot was completed, what type of
inspection (cold or hot), name of whoever did the edit, and the date check plot files were FTPed. Fill in
the name of whoever completed the jacket check and date it was done.
•
Note: All people should be identified by their first initial and full last name on this label.
SECTION R.2 PLOT CARD
The plot card is like a cover sheet containing many different pieces of information pertaining to an individual
plot. A copy of the plot card can be found in Appendix S, Plot Forms.
SUBSECTION R.2.1 HEADER
This is the box at the top of the plot card on the front side and contains the following parts: PLOT NUMBER,
STATE, COUNTY, date, crew leader (name and number); and crew members (name and number). This
part must be completed for every plot. Fill in the PLOT NUMBER, state abbreviation and number, county
name and number, date on which the plot was completed, the crew leader’s name, and names of all crew
members who took measurements on the plot.
•
Note: All people should be identified by their first initial and last name.
SUBSECTION R.2.2 RP DATA
This box is found directly under the header on the left side of the page and includes: species; diameter (to
nearest inch); azimuth (from RP to PC); horizontal distance (to nearest foot); and, to subplot number. This
item must be completed for all plots in which there is a reference point established and the data
should match the plot printout and RP info on the back of the aerial photos.
SUBSECTION R.2.3 PLOT ACCESS DESCRIPTION
This box is directly under the header and to the right of the RP data. Directions should be written so they
are easy to read and understand, and include information that will aid future crews in relocating the plot.
Directions must be filled out for every plot field visited (i.e., plot center occupied or nonforest/access
denied/hazardous plots viewed from a distance).
Section R.2: Plot Card
Directions should include the following:
1. Starting point: Select a permanent feature easily identifiable on the map, aerial photos (if they cover
it) and on the ground. It should be referenced to a minimum of two county highways using names or
numbers found on the ground (maps may have different road names and this must be noted as well).
In some cases (wilderness access) the starting point may be a trailhead or the end of a local road.
Make sure to include the trail name and number.
2. Reference the starting point to a town including direction and approximate mileage from the town
(e.g., ‘10 miles north of Portland’, ‘~half mile southwest of Salem’).
3. Identify the mode of travel (e.g., driving, hiking).
4. Include the distance traveled between road or trail segments.
5. Give the direction of travel when turning onto a road or trail (e.g., ‘turn west [left] onto Forest Lane
and proceed...’). Use compass references first in case the plot must be approached from a direction
other than the way described. Wording such as left, right or straight should be included in
parentheses.
6. Note all gates or other pertinent information that may aid future crews in re-locating the plot (e.g.,
‘there is an old road on the west [left] with a locked gate [contact DNR for combination]’).
327
pg.
7. Describe any prominent features present in the plot area that are unlikely to change in the next ten
years. Include details such as streams, rock outcrops, benches, man-made features, unusual or
large trees, slope, aspect or topographic position.
8. If finding a place to park is difficult, provide directions for where to park the truck. This information
can prevent numerous turn-arounds on potentially hazardous roads.
9. Points of Reference (POR): If PORs are used, include them in the route descriptions to the RP. A
POR is typically a tree or object and is used when foot travel becomes the primary means of
accessing the RP or when the travel route is long or complex. Use the same methods of
monumentation as those for the RP and include that information in this description.
10.Include the RP location in reference to the ending distance or POR (e.g., ‘the RP is a large Douglasfir [over 120 feet tall] in a draw ~10 feet east [right] of FS Road 32’, or ‘from POR, RP is located 450
feet at 250 degrees).
SUBSECTION R.2.4 PLOT NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION
This is the box directly under RP data and plot access description and it provides a written description of the
plot as well as relevant information to land owners, analysts, crew supervisors, crew leaders and QA
inspectors. Analysts use it to provide an explanation for any major changes that have occurred since the
previous inventory, especially those related to condition class attributes, as well as any anomalies in the
data. They also use the historical information to better understand why the plot conditions are what they are
today. Crew supervisors and crew leaders review previous narratives to determine the overall level of
difficulty of a plot, anticipate access problems, and explain any oddities about previously collected data. QA
inspectors review narratives as part of overall plot quality. This item must be filled out for every plot.
The plot narrative should observe the following guidelines:
•
Writing must be clear and legible.
•
Describe species, stand structure, damages, etc., with words rather than using the corresponding
data item codes.
•
Exclude unprofessional comments. Plot cards are public documents being scanned to electronic files
available for viewing by anyone. They are also copied and mailed to the landowner upon request.
•
Transfer relevant information written on the outside of the plot jacket.
Provide documentation for the following information in the order listed under each category.
Accessible Forest Land
Appendix R: Plot Jacket
1. RESERVED STATUS – If it is classified as reserved write the name of the park, wilderness
area, national monument, etc. (e.g., plot is located in Sequoia National Park).
2. Condition class – Write a description of each condition class present on plot.
• Include changes to CONDITION CLASS STATUS (forest, nonforest, noncensus water,
Census water, nonsampled).
• Write a description of any changes to CONDITION CLASS STATUS since the previous visit
(e.g., ‘at the previous inventory plot was called nonforest rangeland but now trees are
regenerating and condition is 10-percent stocked; therefore it is now forest land’, or ‘at the
previous inventory plot was accessible forest land, but has since been cleared for
development’).
• If the CURRENT GROUND LAND CLASS has changed since the previous inventory describe
the reason(s) for this change.
• Stand description, including but not limited to, the following: Age; stand size; physiographic
information; tree species present; regeneration, including relative abundance and species;
present and past treatments; present or past disturbances from insects, disease, weather,
environment, human, etc.; and understory species of shrubs, forbs and graminoids using
English or Latin names (codes change over time).
• Pertinent information or plot anomalies – Describe any information pertinent to the plot
including things that might not be represented in the data (e.g., ‘subplot 3 has a higher tree
tally because of a dense thicket of Douglas-fir lining a seasonal stream’, or ‘root disease was
coded at the previous inventory but there is currently no evidence of it’, or ‘tree number 101
was called a limber pine at the last inventory but it is a whitebark pine’, or ‘Pacific dogwood
and yew are present in the condition but did not show up in tally or veg profile’).
pg.
328
3. On remeasurement plots, if the crew determines there is a physical change to the previously
mapped boundaries, describe why/how they have changed.
4. Ownership changes – If the owner has changed since the previous visit, note why (e.g., land
swap, a park bought the land, last occasion had the wrong owner, etc.).
5. Hazards – Describe any human or environmental hazard[s] found on the plot (e.g., ‘subplot two
has a bees nest near the microplot center’).
6. Inability to install any portion of the plot - These are typically human or environmental related and
require an explanation as to why it was not installed.
7. Mortality assessment – Describe pertinent information pertaining to the collection of mortality data
on those plots applicable (e.g., ‘all trees on subplot 5 were not found but assumed dead because
a crown fire completely destroyed everything in this area’, or ‘ran out of time and did not collect
mortality information for subplot 4’).
8. Any deviation from prescribed monumentation – If unable to use monumentation described in the
manual, explain why and what the crew did to work around the issue (e.g., ‘no squares, rounds,
or DBH nails in trees per landowner’s request’, or ‘microplot 2 center fell on a large, sloped rock
slab with no way to stabilize metal pin, instead used orange crayon to make a 2-inch circle with
center dot showing where pin should have been’).
9. Site tree information – Describe why site trees were not collected. “No suitable site trees
available” is not an acceptable reason. Explain why none are available (e.g., ‘crew ran out of
time’, ‘all western redcedar trees were rotten’, ‘stand age is too old/young’). Describe any hazards
preventing the collection of site information. Also explain why site index is not within the specified
ranges (e.g., ‘stand is a 15-year old Douglas-fir plantation and due to variability in site index at
this age’ or ‘crew could not get ten trees to satisfy the range limits for King’s method’).
10. Plant association – if there is no suitable plant association then explain why (e.g., ‘no plant
association guide covers this region’, or ‘there is no mixed conifer plant association for the
southern Sierra’).
Nonforest Land
Describe the NONFOREST LAND USE class. Include a list of the species present on the condition
and any disturbances that may have occurred since a previous visit, especially important if the
condition was accessible forest land and is now nonforest. Note whether this condition has the
potential to become forested in the future. If the entire plot is nonforest state whether plot center is
occupied or viewed from a distance. If plot center was occupied and no stake was put in the ground,
explain why.
Field Visited Marginally Stocked Land
Explain how the plot or condition did or did not meet the stocking requirement that defines accessible
forest land. If the crew completed a stocking check include which tables were used to determine
stocking and all the percent stocking numbers that were derived for each subplot/macroplot,
including the total.
Noncensus or Census Water
State that the plot/subplot center (or the entire plot) lands in either noncensus or census water and
provide a description of the body of water (e.g., lake, river, etc.).
Section R.2: Plot Card
Nonsampled – Access Denied and Hazardous
Describe why the condition is nonsampled. If the condition is access denied, state this here and write
the reason why, if given one by the landowner. If the condition is hazardous, explain why (e.g., ‘crew
attempted to reach subplot 3, but due to unstable slopes and cliffs it is not possible to occupy subplot
center’).
Special Studies
If the plot is being completed as part of a special study, identify the name of this study early in the
narrative.
329
pg.
SUBSECTION R.2.5 PLOT DIAGRAM
This item is located in the box directly under the plot narrative on the left side. It contains a diagram of the
plot layout. It is used as a tool to help relocate plots. Roughly sketch in condition class changes as they
appear on the ground, landforms, hazards and any other pertinent information that could aid a future crew
in relocating the plot. This item must be filled out for every plot in which the crew occupies plot
center.
SUBSECTION R.2.6 PLOT ACCESS
This is the box located next to plot diagram and is meant to be a sketch map that correlates to the directions
provided in the plot access description. Provide road/trail names or numbers, mileage between reference
points, any gates or other obstructions blocking road access, the approximate location of the RP and PC,
and any other pertinent information that may aid a future crew in relocating the plot. This item must be
filled out for every plot for which the crew collects directions.
SUBSECTION R.2.7 FOOTER
This is the box located on the bottom of the front side of the plot card. It contains two items: ‘Notes to field
crew from office review’ which should include comments from the reviewer (e.g., “possible forested
conditions on subplots 3 and 4”); and ‘Is the documented owner correct?’, requiring a check next to ‘yes’ or
‘no’. This item must be filled out for every plot.
SUBSECTION R.2.8 MAPPING
This is the dot map on the back side of the plot card. Draw in any boundaries mapped on the microplots,
subplots, macroplots, and hectare plot (when applicable) and label each condition class appropriately. If any
of these boundaries were adjusted to compensate for limitations of the PDR, include a sketch of the
boundary as it appears on the ground, in a different color of ink or pencil. Also include sketches of any
nonforest inclusion areas and/or root disease mapping and include labels for each of these as well. This
item must be filled out for every plot with any type of mapping.
•
Note: Fill in the state code and plot number on the back side of the plot card if it is not preprinted (e.g.,
4101234: ‘41’ is the state code and ‘01234’ is the plot number). Plot cards are scanned and stored
electronically; these identifiers ensure that information contained on the back of the plot card is tied to
the correct plot.
SUBSECTION R.2.9 RECORD PERCENTAGE OF NONFOREST INCLUSION AND ROOT
DISEASE
This is the box on the bottom of the back side of the plot card. Record the percentage of each nonforest
inclusion sketched and each root disease mapped on a subplot/macroplot including the condition class
number to which it pertains. If there are none, record zeroes for each condition class present on plot, for
both “% NF Inclusion” and “% Root Disease”. This item must be filled out for every plot containing at
least one accessible forest land condition and for all forest and nonforest conditions present on
that plot.
Appendix R: Plot Jacket
pg.
330
SECTION R.3 PHOTOS
Plot jackets typically contain one or more sets of aerial photos. Write the plot number and county name of
the plot on the back of every photo at the top. Figure R.4shows the correct way to label aerial photos.
The ‘main’ photo from each set of photos in the plot jacket should
contain a circled and labeled pinprick of the plot center (PC) location.
Copy/transfer the pinprick to the ‘main’ photo for each set that is
missing its PC pinprick. Some plots will have photos already
containing a pinprick of the center location. If PC is not located at the
pinprick, re-pinprick the photo with the correct location. When the
new pinprick is different from the old one, write a note in the plot
narrative section of the plot card explaining why they do not match
(Subsection R.2.4).
The reference point used at the current inventory should also be
H
pinpricked, circled and labeled as long as it does not obscure another
pinprick. If the RP will obscure another pinprick write “RP too close to
Figure R.4: Correct aerial photo
pinprick” on the back of the photo. Write the current RP information
labeling
next to the pinprick/note including: species code, DBH (to nearest
inch), horizontal distance (to nearest foot), azimuth and the subplot it
is referencing. Always reference the RP to the cedar stake unless one of the exceptions listed in Subsection
3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center, applies.
Points of reference (POR) used at the current inventory should also be pinpricked, circled, and labeled.
Write the current POR information next to the appropriate pinprick in the same manner as for RP data
including: species code or object name, DBH (to nearest inch), horizontal distance (to nearest foot),
azimuth and what it is referencing (e.g., RP, POR2, etc.).
Each unique set of photos must be labeled with all appropriate identification information and
contain a pinprick of the plot center location and a pinprick of the current inventory’s RP location.
When used, the current inventory’s PORs must also be pinpricked and labeled. This is required for
all plots.
SECTION R.4 LANDOWNER CONTACT SHEET
Crews should record information on the provided form as completely as possible. Required fields are the
following: plot number, state, county, date, time of contact, full name of contact, address, status, detailed
contact information and name of the crew member who contacted the landowner. Record any and all
contact with the landowner before and after the plot is completed (e.g., ‘gate key returned’, or ‘land owner
was notified when plot was completed’, or ‘landowner was called to confirm historical treatments/
disturbances’). The remaining fields should be filled out when applicable. This item must be filled out,
and the completed form included in the plot jacket, for every plot except those on Forest Service
administered lands.
•
Note: If the plot is on Forest Service administered lands and someone not affiliated with the Forest
Service was contacted about access, complete a landowner contact sheet.
Section R.4: Photos
SECTION R.5 PLOT EDIT SHEET
An edit is part of completing a plot. Print out the current version of the edit sheet for every plot. Review each
applicable item on the edit sheet and circle ‘OK’ when the item is complete. Make updates to any data on
the plot printout in ink and initial it when the electronic corrections are made. Complete the following items
on the header of the edit sheet: plot number, county, ‘printout edited by’ with the date of the edit, ‘electronic
files corrected by’ with the date corrections were made to the electronic files. If no corrections are needed,
write ‘N/A’ in the ‘electronic files corrected by’ part and write ‘no corrections needed’ on the plot printout
including the editors initials and date of edit.
Every plot must go through this edit process; the edit sheet must be completed and included in the
plot jacket.
331
pg.
SECTION R.6 TREE DBH VS. LENGTH GRAPH
The Tree DBH/Length graph is a tool used to aid the editing process and is one of the items referenced by
the edit sheet. Open up the file to generate this graph and print out a hard copy whenever there are live tally
trees on the plot. Review the graph to make sure there are no outliers or anomalies in the DBH/Length data
resulting in improbable DBH/Length combinations. For example, a sapling size tree (1.5 inch DBH) coded
as 300 feet tall. Confirm any other outliers due to damage or unusual circumstances—have the appropriate
damage agent or tree note coded.
Every plot with at least one live tally tree must have a Tree DBH/Length graph printed and included
in the plot jacket.
SECTION R.7 BOUNDARY VIEWER
Boundary Viewer is a tool used to aid the editing process and is another item referenced by the edit sheet.
When multiple condition classes, with a corresponding mapped boundary, exist on a plot, open up the file in
Boundary Viewer. Review the mapping to verify all boundary references are correct and accurately
represent the area of the condition classes on plot. Print out a hard copy of the boundary viewer screen for
any plot with a mapped condition class boundary.
The Boundary Viewer application is also used as a tool for adjusting map lines when difficult mapping
situations occur and cannot be input as they exist on the ground due to limitations in the PDR program.
Every plot with mapped condition class boundaries must have the Boundary Viewer screen printed
and included in the plot jacket.
SECTION R.8 FIELD DATA MANAGER (FDM)
Field Data Manager (FDM) is a program that runs comprehensive logic checks on the data and produces a
spreadsheet of any outstanding errors and warnings. FDM is a vital part of completing a plot. Every error or
warning that FDM identifies must be resolved by re-editing the work, or it must have an adequate
explanation written to describe why it cannot be resolved.
Run FDM on every plot after completing the edit sheet and successfully editing the plot files in MIDAS
(MIDAS – mobile integrated data acquisition system – the PDR program). Input the name of the crew
member addressing the FDM logic checks in the header of the spreadsheet. Print out the initial
spreadsheet (or blank page if there are no errors or warnings) before making any corrections to the data or
writing explanations. If there are errors or warnings that require a correction, make the edits in the
electronic data file and document the edit on the original plot printout. Any time an edit is made during the
FDM phase, the entire edit process will need to be completed again (i.e., re-edit the production files in
MIDAS, check tree DBH/length graph and boundary viewer for changes, then re-run FDM). Once a logic
check is adequately addressed by an electronic edit to the data file, it will no longer appear on the FDM
spreadsheet. For errors or warnings that cannot be corrected, or for data that appears to be an anomaly but
is valid (because of unique circumstances), provide a detailed explanation in the spreadsheet. Write "check
error" at the beginning of an explanation for any logic check that is incorrect (i.e., never a true error or a true
warning) and provide a detailed description of the issue. Print out the final spreadsheet with explanations
(or the blank spreadsheet if all errors and warnings disappear after making corrections). It is necessary to
have both the initial and final explanations pages printed out and put in the plot jacket for documentation of
changes to the data collected in the field, and for review of completed explanations.
Appendix R: Plot Jacket
Every plot must be run through FDM process correctly and both the initial and final FDM
spreadsheet pages must be printed out and retained in the plot jacket.
Section R.8: Field Data Manager (FDM)
pg.
332
333
pg.
APPENDIX S PLOT FORMS
SECTION S.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA FORM
Plot Number:
Sample Method Code
QA Status
Crew Type
Crew Number 1
Crew Number 2
Crew Number 3
Crew Number 4
Crew Number 5
Current Date - Month
Current Date - Day
Current Date - Year
Travel Time to Plot
Measurement Time on Plot
Travel Time from Plot
Stocking Plot Type
Plot Status
Plot Nonsampled Reason
Subplots Examined
Sample Kind
PNW Plot Kind
Previous Plot Number
Landowner Plot Summary Request
Topographic Position
Horizontal Distance to Improved Road
Water On Plot
Plot Notes:
RP Type
RP Species
RP Diameter
RP Azimuth
RP Horizontal Distance
RP Azimuth / Distance to Subplot Number
RP Notes:
.
.
.
......
......
......
......
......
..
..
..
...
...
...
.
.
..
.
.
.
.....
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
....
.
.
......
.....
.
..
...
.......
.......
.....
...
...
...........
...
...
Appendix S: Plot Forms
GPS Unit Type
GPS Serial Number
GPS Datum
Coordinate System
GPS Location Type
UTM Zone
Easting (X)
Northing (Y)
GPS Elevation
GPS Error
Number of Readings
GPS FileName
Azimuth to Plot Center
Distance to Plot Center
GPS Notes:
Date:
pg.
334
SECTION S.2 CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES FORM
Section S.1: Condition Class Attributes Form
Plot Number:
Condition Class Number
Condition Class Status
Previous Condition Class Status
Reserved Status
Owner Group
Previous Owner Group
Forest Type
Stand Size Class
Regeneration Status
Tree Density
Owner Class
Administrative Forest Code
Private Owner Industrial Status
Artificial Regeneration Species
Age Basis Code
Stand Age
Physiographic Class
Current Ground Land Class
Soil Depth
Stand Structure
Stand Condition / Stage Of Development
Disturbance 1
Disturbance Year 1
Disturbance 2
Disturbance Year 2
Disturbance 3
Disturbance Year 3
Historical Disturbance 1
Historical Disturbance Year 1
Historical Disturbance 2
Historical Disturbance Year 2
Historical Disturbance 3
Historical Disturbance Year 3
Treatment 1
Treatment Year 1
Treatment 2
Treatment Year 2
Treatment 3
Treatment Year 3
Historical Treatment: 1
Historical Treatment Year 1
Historical Treatment 2
Historical Treatment Year 2
Historical Treatment 3
Historical Treatment Year 3
Evidence of Stumps
Evidence of Fire
Plant Association Code
Plant Association Nonsampled Reason
Plant Association Publication
Present Nonforest Land Use
Condition Nonsampled Reason
Estimated Nonsampled Land Cover Type
Nonsampled Forest Type
Stockability Data Items
Condition Class Notes:
Date:
1
.
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
.
...
....
.
....
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
.
....
.
....
.
.
........
.
...
2
.
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
.
...
....
.
....
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
.
....
.
....
.
.
........
.
...
3
.
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
.
...
....
.
....
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
.
....
.
....
.
.
........
.
...
4
.
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
.
...
....
.
....
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
.
....
.
....
.
.
........
.
...
5
.
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
.
...
....
.
....
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
..
....
..
....
..
....
.
....
.
....
.
....
.
.
........
.
...
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
...
Use Stockability Indicators form for stockability data items
335
pg.
SECTION S.3 STOCKABILITY INDICATORS FORM
Plot Number:
Stockability Indicator
Species
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
Oregon Stockability
Discount Factor
....
....
....
....
....
Species Condition
Class Number
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Condition Class
Number
.
.
.
.
.
Date:
Stockability Indicator
Species
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
Oregon Stockability
Discount Factor
....
....
....
....
....
Species Condition
Class Number
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Condition Class
Number
.
.
.
.
.
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
336
SECTION S.4 SUBPLOT INFORMATION FORM
Plot Number:
Date:
1
Subplot Number
.
Subplot / Macroplot Status
..
Subplot / Macroplot Nonsampled Reason
Previous Subplot / Macroplot Center
Condition
.
Subplot / Macroplot Center Condition
Subplot/Macroplot Center CC Status
.
Change
....
Subplot / Macroplot Condition List
.
Microplot Center Condition
..
Macroplot Physiographic Class
...
Subplot Slope
...
Subplot Aspect
..
Snow / Water Depth
Subplot / Macroplot Notes:
Water on Macroplot
Water Proximity
Burn Assessment (CA only)
Mechanical Management (CA only)
Subplot Number of Nonforest Inclusion
Condition Class Number of Nonforest
Inclusion
% Nonforest Inclusion on the Subplot
% Nonforest Inclusion on the Macroplot
Subplot Number of Root Disease
Condition Class Number of Root Disease
Root Disease Code
Percent Root Disease on the Macroplot
Root Disease Severity Rating
2
.
..
3
.
..
4
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
....
.
..
...
...
..
....
.
..
...
...
..
....
.
..
...
...
..
.
...
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
.
Section S.5: Subplot Information Form
SECTION S.5 FUEL LOADING ON THE MICROPLOT FORM
Plot Number:
Date:
Subplot Live Shrub Live Shrub Dead Shrub Dead Shrub Live Herbs Live Herbs Dead Herbs Dead Herbs Litter
Number % Cover
Height
% Cover
Height
% Cover
Height
% Cover
Height
% Cover
1
..
...
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
2
..
...
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
3
..
...
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
4
..
...
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
Fuel Loading Notes:
337
pg.
SECTION S.6 BOUNDARY DATA
Subplot Number
Plot Type
Boundary Change
Contrasting Condition
Left Azimuth
Corner Azimuth
Corner Distance
Right Azimuth
Boundary 1 Notes:
Boundary #1
1
2
3
4
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
Boundary #2
Plot Type
Boundary Change
Contrasting Condition
Left Azimuth
Corner Azimuth
Corner Distance
Right Azimuth
Boundary 2 Notes:
Boundary #3
Plot Type
Boundary Change
Contrasting Condition
Left Azimuth
Corner Azimuth
Corner Distance
Right Azimuth
Boundary 3 Notes:
Boundary #4
Plot Type
Boundary Change
Contrasting Condition
Left Azimuth
Corner Azimuth
Corner Distance
Right Azimuth
Boundary 4 Notes:
Boundary #5
Appendix S: Plot Forms
Plot Type
Boundary Change
Contrasting Condition
Left Azimuth
Corner Azimuth
Corner Distance
Right Azimuth
Boundary 5 Notes:
pg.
338
Section S.5: Tree Tracking Form
SECTION S.7 TREE TRACKING FORM
Plot Number:
Subplot Number
Tree Record Number
Tree Tag Number
Previous Tree Tag Number
Condition Class Number
Present Tree Status
Subplot Tally Tree Witness
Standing Dead
Reconcile
Species
Azimuth
Horizontal Distance
Slope Distance to Witness
Previous Diameter (DBH/DRC)
Diameter (DBH/DRC)
Snag Estimated Diameter
DRC Stem Status
Current Numer of Stems
Diameter Check
Tree Age
Tree Age Method
Number of Rings
Number of Rings in Inner 2 Inches
Length of Measured Core
10-Year Increment
5-Year Increment
5-Year Height Growth
Previous Actual Length
Actual length
Previous Total Length
Total length
Length Method
Compacted Crown Ratio
Crown Class
Damage Location 1
Damage Agent 1
Damage Severity 1A / 1B
Unknown Damage Type 1
Damage Location 2
Damage Agent 2
Damage Severity 2A / 2B
Unknown Damage Type 2
Dwarf Mistletoe Class
Rotten/Missing Cull
Rough Cull
Cavity Presence
Remnant Tree
Hardwood Clump
Form Class
Cause of Death
Mortality Year
Decay Class/Snag Reason for Disappearance
Culturally Killed
Platform Abundance
Moss Abundance
Tree Notes:
Date:
Page
of
339
pg.
SECTION S.8 SEEDLING DATA FORM
Plot Number
Date
Seedling Count
Subplot
CC #
2
...
.
Species
CC #
...
.
Subplot
1
...
.
Subplot
4
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
CC #
.
Subplot
3
...
CC #
Seedling Notes:
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
340
SECTION S.9 SITE TREE INFORMATION FORM
Section S.5: Site Tree Information Form
Plot Number:
Date
Site Tree Number
Subplot #
Site Tree Status
Questionable Site Tree
Flag
CC List
Tree Tag Number
Azimuth
HorizontalDistance
Species
Diameter
Site Tree Length
Tree Age at Diameter
Site Tree Selection
Method
Site Tree Notes:
Page
of
SECTION S.10 VEGETATION PROFILE FORM
Subplot:
1
2
3
4
Percent Tree Seedling Cover
Percent Shrub Cover
Percent Forb Cover
Percent Graminoid Cover
Percent Bare Soil
Percent Total Vegetation Cover
Subplot:
1
2
4
3
Height % Cover % Cover % Cover % Cover
TREE
Species
Growth
Habit
SHRUB
Species
Subplot:
1
3
2
4
Growth Stage Height % Cover % Cover % Cover % Cover
Habit
of Dev
Plot Number ________________ Date ____/____/____
NOTES:
FORB
Species
Subplot:
1
Growth Height %
Habit
Cover
2
%
Cover
3
%
Cover
4
%
Cover
GRAMINOID
Species
Subplot:
1
Growth Height %
Habit
Cover
2
%
Cover
3
%
Cover
4
%
Cover
341
pg.
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
342
SECTION S.11 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES DATA FORM
Section S.5: Invasive Plant Species Data Form
Species Canopy Cover
Species
Date:
Unique Species #
Subplot #
Plot Number:
Invasive Plant Notes
SECTION S.12 WOODLAND STEM DIAMETER AT ROOT COLLAR (DRC) DATA FORM
Plot Number:
Date:
DRC STEM DIAMETER
[Record each live stem with an “L” (DRC STEM STATUS=0), and each dead stem with a “D” (DRC STEM STATUS=1).]
Subplot
Tree #
#
Current
a
# of Dia 1 Dia 2 Dia 3 Dia 4 Dia 5 Dia 6 Dia 7 Dia 8 Dia 9 Dia 10 Dia 11 Dia 12 Dia 13 Dia 14 Dia 15 Dia 16 Dia 17 Dia 18 Dia 19 Dia 20 DRC
(computed)
Stems
a.Transfer computed DRCs from this form to their respective “Diameter”’ fields on the “Tree Tracking Form.”
343
pg.
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
344
SECTION S.13 TRANSECT LINE SEGMENTING DATA FORM
Plot Number:
Subplot
Number
1
1
2
2
3
3
Section S.5: Transect Line Segmenting Data Form
4
4
Transect
(Azimuth)
150
150
150
150
270
270
270
270
30
30
30
30
150
150
150
150
30
30
30
30
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
270
270
270
270
Segment
Number
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Date:
Condition
Class #
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Beginning
Distance
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
Slope %
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Ending
Distance
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
345
pg.
SECTION S.14 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) DATA FORM
Plot Number:
Date
Page
of
Subplot Number
CWD ID
Transect
CWD Slope
Distance
CWD Decay Class
Species
Diameter at Point of
Intersection
Diameter at the
Small End
Diameter at the
Large End
CWD Total Length
Hollow
Percent of Log
Charred by Fire
CWD History
CWD Notes:
SECTION S.15 SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES ON THE MACROPLOT FORM
Pile Azimuth
Pile Shape
Pile Length 1
Pile Length 2
Pile Width1
Pile Width 2
Pile Height 1
Pile Height 2
Pile Density
Horizontal
Distance to Pile
.
.
.
.
Residue Pile Notes:
Date:
Condition Class
Pile Number
Subplot
Number
Plot Number:
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
346
SECTION S.16 FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD) FORM
Plot Number:
Date:
[All subplots: 150° transect only]
Small FWD
Medium FWD
Large FWD
Residue
Subplot Transect Condition Class
Count
High Count
Count
Count
Pile on
#
Number
Number
(0.01 to 0.24
Reason
(0.25 to 0.9 inch) (1.0 to 2.9 inch)
Transect
inch)
1
.
...
...
...
.
.
2
.
...
...
...
.
.
3
.
...
...
...
.
.
4
.
...
...
...
.
.
FWD Notes:
SECTION S.17 DUFF, LITTER, AND FUELBED DEPTH MEASUREMENTS FORM
Plot Number:
Subplot
Number
150°
270°
30°
2
150°
30°
3
150°
4
150°
270°
Duff, Litter, Fuelbed Notes:
Section S.17: Fine Woody Debris (FWD) Form
1
Transect (Azimuth)
Date:
Duff, Litter, and
Fuelbed Sample
Duff Depth
(0.1 inch)
Litter Depth
(0.1 inch)
Fuelbed Depth
(0.1 foot)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
347
pg.
SECTION S.18 MORTALITY AND GROWTH ASSESSMENT FORM
Plot Number:
Previous
Previous
Subplot #
Species
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
Mortality Tree Notes:
Mortality
Tree Tag #
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Mortality Tree
History
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Date:
Cause of Death /
Damaging Agent
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Remeasured
Diameter (DBH)
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
Remeasured
Diameter Check
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Appendix S: Plot Forms
pg.
348
SECTION S.19 GROUND COVER ON FOREST SERVICE LANDS FORM
Section S.17: Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands Form
Plot Number:
Subplot
Transect
Number
(Azimuth)
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
.
...
Ground Cover Notes:
Date:
Segment ID=1 (4.0-14.0 feet)
Page
of
Segment ID=2 (14.0-24.0 feet)
Ground Cover Type
Cover (%)
Ground Cover Type
Cover (%)
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
...
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
349
pg.
SECTION S.20 PLOT CARD
PLOT NUMBER _____________ STATE ________ (
) COUNTY ________________ (
) DATE ____/____/____
CREW LEADER (Name & Number) _________________CREW (Name & Number)________________________________________
RP Data:
Plot Access Description: travel route
Species #
Diameter
in.
Azimuth
°
Horiz. dist.
ft.
To subplot #
Plot Narrative Description: condition(s), disturbance(s), treatment(s), hazard(s), and issues not evident in the data
Plot Diagram: landforms, etc (to locate plot)
Plot Access: location sketch map
2
1
4
3
Is the Documented Owner Correct? ___ Yes ___ No
If not, update Owner on Plot Jacket.
Appendix S: Plot Forms
Notes to field crew from office review
Section S.17: Plot Card
pg.
350
351
pg.
APPENDIX T IMPORTANT PHONE NUMBERS
SECTION T.1 PNW - FIA
Name
Office
Extra Info
Mobile
FAX
AMT
PFSL Front Desk
503-808-2000
503-808-2020
Melvin, Carol – Travel
503-808-3135
503-808-2020
Polisky, Candice – Purchasing
503-808-2011
503-808-2020
Rilatos, Darlene – Support Services Supervisor
503-808-2032
503-808-2020
Willis, Yolanda – Mail / Leave / FedEx / Time
503-808-2009
503-808-2020
AMT – mobile (from Data Collection mobile phones)
503-708-8420
AMT – mobile (from Data Collection mobile phones), possible backup
503-708-8421
Data Collection (DC)
Colclasure, Perry – Data Manager / plot location
503-808-2054
503-808-2020
Cromwell, Shirley – Data Collection
503-808-2049
503-808-2020
Peterson, Charley – FIA Program Manager
503-808-2026
503-808-2020
Rash, Scott – QA Coordinator
503-808-2081
503-539-8672 503-808-2020
Reis, Jeff – FIA Data Collection Team Leader
503-808-2022
503-539-8811 503-808-2020
Terzibashian, Jane – Oregon State Coordinator
503-808-3127
503-539-8689
Vacant – Washington State Coordinator
Waddell, Karen – Forest Resource Analyst
503-808-2046
503-808-2020
Williams, Jon – California State Coordinator
503-808-3131
916-261-4080 503-808-2020
Information Management (IM)
Chase, John – GIS
503-808-2089
Wanek, Ron – Programmer
503-808-2048
Weyermann, Dale – GIS
503-808-2042
Veneklase, Chuck – Data Recorder Programmer
503-808-2045
Human Resources (HR)
Magallanez, Patti – HR Manager
503-808-2616
Albuquerque Service Center
877-372-7248 http://fsweb.asc.fs.fed.us
503-593-7846 503-808-2610
Vehicle Contacts
GSA Maintenance Center (all GSA repairs/service)
888-622-6344
Voice Mail
800-327-4706 ext#, password#
To call someone in the office
Get into mailbox (above): 0*, ext#
Daily Departure/Return Check In
800-830-4075 (there are no alternate phone numbers)
Customer Help Desk – Computer Assistance (24 Hour)
866-945-1354 http://fsweb.chd.fs.fed.us
Mobile Phone Unlock Code
4801
Webmail
https://entr6a.fs.fed.us/webmail.nsf
Webmail
https://entr6c.fs.fed.us
PNW-FIA Office Address
Portland Forestry Sciences Lab
620 SW Main Street, Suite 400
Portland, OR 97205
Region 5/Region 6 National Forest System (NFS) Contract Inspectors/Contracting Officers Representives (COR)
Kennedy, Kama – Region 5, RSL
916 640-1253
Needham, Dell – Olympic, Gifford Pinchot, Mt. BakerSnoqualmie
Peterson, Betsy – Eastside Oregon/Washington
425-783-6038
509-826-3773
Robison, Dolly – Umatilla, Wallowa Whitman, Malheur
541-278-6471
Vacant – West Side Oregon
Appendix T: Important Phone Numbers
To check voice mail
pg.
352
SECTION T.2 REGIONAL INSECT AND DISEASE CONTACTS
Name
Office
Extra Info
FAX
Insects/Disease Contacts
Angwin, Paul – Entomologist (CA, Shasta-Trinity NF)
530-242-2336
Bohne, Michael – Entomologist (R5)
530-759-1745
Bulaon, Beverly – Entomologist (CA, Stanislaus NF)
209-532-3671 x242
Flowers, Rob – Entomologist (OR Dept of Forestry)
503-945-7396
Kanaskie, Alan – Pathologist (OR Dept of Forestry)
503-945-7397
Koonce, Andi – Pathologist (CA, San Bernardino NF)
909-382-2673
MacKenzie, Martin – Pathologist (CA, Stanislaus NF)
209-532-3671 x242
Omdal, Dan – Pathologist (WA DNR-Oympia)
360-902-1692
Ripley, Karen – Entomologist (WA DNR-Olympia)
360-902-1691
Smith, Sheri – Entomologist (CA, Lassen NF)
530-252-6667
Woodruff, Bill – Pathologist (CA, Lassen NF)
530-252-6680
Zambino, Paul – Pathologist (CA, San Bernardino NF)
909-382-2727
R6 Forest Health Protection Staff
http://www.fs.fed.us/r6/nr/fid/staffweb/field.shtml
Blue Mountains Service Center (LaGrande, OR):
Forestry Sciences Laboratory
1401 Gekeler Lane
La Grande, OR 97850
FAX: 541-962-6504
Schmitt, Craig – Plant Pathologist
541-962-6544 clschmitt@fs.fed.us
Scott, Donald W.– Entomologist
541-962-6545 dwscott@fs.fed.us
Spiegel, Lia – Entomologist
541-962-6574 lspiegel@fs.fed.us
Section T.2: Regional Insect and Disease Contacts
Central Oregon Service Center (Bend, OR):
Deschutes National Forest
1001 SW Emkay Drive
Bend, OR 97702
FAX: 541-383-5531
Eglitis, Andris – Entomologist
541-383-5701 aeglitis@fs.fed.us
Maffei, Helen – Plant Pathologist
541-383-5591 hmaffei@fs.fed.us
Simpson, Mike – Silviculturist/Analyst {available parttime to FHP}
Smith, Aaron L. – Plant Pathologist (SCEP)
541-383-5575 mlsimpson@fs.fed.us
541-383-5771 alsmith@fs.fed.us
Southwest Oregon Service Center (Central Point, OR):
Herbert Stone Nursery
2606 Old Stage Road
Central Point, OR 97529
FAX: 541-858-6110
Betlejewski, Frank – Port-Orford-cedar Program
Manager
Goheen, Don – Pathologist/Entomologist
541-858-6127 fbetlejewski@fs.fed.us
541-858-6125 dgoheen@fs.fed.us
Goheen, Ellen Michaels – Pathologist
541-858-6126 egoheen@fs.fed.us
Mallams, Katy – Pathologist
541-858-6124 kmallams@fs.fed.us
Schroeter, Bob – Aerial Observer
541-858-6123 rschroeter@fs.fed.us
Wenatchee Service Center (Wenatchee, WA):
Forestry Sciences Laboratory
1133 N. Western
Wenatchee, WA 98801
Carlson, Darci M. – Entomologist (SCEP)
FAX: 509-826-3789
509-664-1745 dmcarlson@fs.fed.us
Hadfield, James S. – Plant Pathologist
509-664-9215 jshadfield@fs.fed.us
Magelssen, Roy W. – Biological Science Technician
509-664-9214 rmagelssen@fs.fed.us
Mehmel, Connie J. – Entomologist
509-664-9213 cmehmel@fs.fed.us
Saavedra, Angel – Plant Pathologist
509-664-9223 alsaavedra@fs.fed.us
353
pg.
Name
Office
Extra Info
Westside Service Center (Sandy, OR):
Mount Hood National Forest
16400 Champion Way
Sandy, OR 97055
Chadwick, Kristen – Plant Pathologist
503-668-1474 klchadwick@fs.fed.us
Hildebrand, Diane M. – Plant Pathologist
503-668-1474 dhildebrand@fs.fed.us
Hostetler, Bruce B. – Entomologist
503-668-1475 bhostetler@fs.fed.us
Smith, Ben – Aerial Observer
503-668-1761 bsmith02@fs.fed.us
Sprengel, Keith – Forestry Technician
503-668-1476 ksprengel@fs.fed.us
Willhite, Beth – Entomologist
503-668-1477 bwillhite@fs.fed.us
FAX
FAX: 503-668-1423
Region 5 NFS/Remote Sensing Lab Contacts
Marshall, Jack (CDF Pathologist) - Willits, CA
707-459-7448
Owen, Don (CDF Entomologist) - Redding, CA
530-224-2494
Smith, Tom (CDF Pathologist) - Davis, CA
530-758-0306 tom.smith@fire.ca.gov
Appendix T: Important Phone Numbers
pg.
354
SECTION T.3 24-HOUR EMERGENCY SHERIFF DISPATCH NUMBERS
SUBSECTION T.3.1 CALIFORNIA
Section T.3: 24-Hour Emergency Sheriff Dispatch Numbers
County
Alameda
Alpine
Amador
Butte
Calaveras
Colusa
Contra Costa
Del Norte
El Dorado
Fresno
Glenn
Humboldt
Imperial
Inyo
Kern
Kings
Lake
Lassen
Los Angeles
Madera
Marin
Mariposa
Mendocino
Merced
Modoc
Mono
Monterey
Napa
Phone Number
510-667-7721
530-694-2231
209-223-6500
530-538-7321
209-754-6500
530-458-0200
925-335-1500
707-464-4191
530-621-6600
559-488-3111
530-934-6431
707-445-7251
760-339-6311
760-878-0383
661-861-3110
559-584-9276
707-263-2331
530-257-6121
Crescent Valley
Altadena
Lancaster
559-675-7770
415-499-7233
209-966-3614
707-463-4086
209-385-7445
530-233-4416
760-932-7549
831-755-4451
707-253-4451
Extra Info
opt 0;
818-248-3464
626-798-1131
661-948-8466
County
Nevada
Orange
Placer
Plumas
Riverside
Sacramento
San Benito
San Bernardino
San Diego
San Francisco
San Joaquin
San Luis Obispo
San Mateo
Santa Barbara
Santa Clara
Santa Cruz
Shasta
Sierra
Siskiyou
Solano
Sonoma
Stanislaus
Sutter
Tehama
Trinity
Tulare
Tuolumne
Ventura
Yolo
Yuba
Phone Number
530-265-1172
714-647-7000
530-886-5375
530-283-6300
951-776-1099
916-874-5111
831-636-4102
909-387-8313
858-565-5200
415-558-2411
209-468-4400
805-781-4550
650-363-4000
805-683-2724
408-299-2505
831-471-1121
530-245-6025
530-289-3700
530-841-2900
707-421-7090
701-565-2121
209-552-2468
530-822-7307
530-529-7900
530-623-8128
559-733-6218
209-533-5815
850-654-2311
530-666-8920
530-749-7777
Extra Info
County
Lake
Lane
Lincoln
Linn
Malheur
Marion
Morrow
Multnomah
Polk
Sherman
Tillamook
Umatilla
Union
Wallowa
Wasco
Washington
Wheeler
Yamhill
Phone Number Extra Info
541-947-2504
541-681-4141
541-265-4231
541-967-3911
541-473-5124
503-588-5032
800-606-4460
541-676-5317
503-823-3333
503-585-8910
541-384-2080
503-842-3442
541-966-3651
541-963-1017
541-426-3131
541-296-5454
503-629-0111
541-384-2080
503-434-6500
800-950-2444
831-636-4103
opt 1
SUBSECTION T.3.2 OREGON
County
Baker
Benton
Clackamas
Clatsop
Columbia
Coos
Crook
Curry
Deschutes
Douglas
Gilliam
Grant
Harney
Hood River
Jackson
Jefferson
Josephine
Klamath
Phone Number Extra Info
541-523-6415
541-766-6911
503-655-8911
503-325-2061
503-397-1521
541-396-2106
541-416-0854
541-247-3242
541-388-0170
541-440-4471
541-384-2080
541-575-0030
541-573-6028
541-386-2711
541-776-7206
or 7207
541-475-2201
541-479-3311
541-884-6849
355
pg.
SUBSECTION T.3.3 WASHINGTON
County
Adams
Asotin
Benton
Chelan
Clallam
Clark
Columbia
Cowlitz
Douglas
Ferry
Franklin
Garfield
Grant
Grays Harbor
Island
Jefferson
King
Kitsap
Kittitas
Klickitat
Phone Number
509-659-1122
509-758-2331
509-628-0333
509-663-9911
360-417-2459
360-696-4461
509-382-2518
360-577-3090
509-663-9911
509-775-3132
509-545-3510
509-843-3494
509-762-1160
360-533-8765
360-679-9567
360-385-3831
206-296-3311
360-478-0011
509-925-8534
509-773-4547
Extra Info
or 1100
or 3136
opt 1
County
Lewis
Lincoln
Mason
Okanogan
Pacific
Pend Oreille
Pierce
San Juan
Skagit
Skamania
Snohomish
Spokane
Stevens
Thurston
Wahkiakum
Walla Walla
Whatcom
Whitman
Yakima
Phone Number
360-740-1105
509-725-3501
360-427-9670
509-422-7232
360-875-9397
509-447-3151
253-798-4721
360-378-4151
360-428-3211
509-427-9490
425-407-3970
509-456-2233
509-684-2555
360-704-2740
360-795-3242
509-527-1960
360-676-6912
509-332-2521
509-574-2500
Extra Info
x226
opt 0
opt 1
or 3265
Appendix T: Important Phone Numbers
356
:
pg.
357
pg.
APPENDIX U GLOSSARY
Note: Data items listed as glossary terms are shown in all capital letters (e.g., ACTUAL LENGTH).
Accessible - Can be safely reached and occupied (access denied, Census water, and noncensus water
are never accessible).
ACTUAL LENGTH - The ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree is measured from ground level (measured from the
uphill side of a tree on a slope) to the highest remaining portion of the tree still present and attached to the
bole. For trees with missing tops (top on live trees is completely detached; top on dead trees is greater than
50 percent detached from the tree), measure the ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree from ground level to the
break. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees.
Agricultural land - Land managed for crops, pasture, or other agricultural use. Evidence includes
geometric field and road patterns, fencing, and the traces produced by livestock or mechanized equipment.
The area must be at least 1.0 acre in size and meet the minimum width requirement of 120.0 feet to qualify.
Annular plot - A circular ring with a beginning radius of 24.0 feet from subplot center and an ending radius
of 58.9 feet.
ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES - Indicates the predominant species that is planted or seeded in
an artificially regenerated condition.
Aspect - Compass direction that a slope faces.
Basal area - The area of a given section of land that is occupied by the cross-section of a tree trunk, or a
stem, at its base.
Baseline - a line on an aerial photo used as a datum for further work. When the azimuth and length of the
line are known (provided, or determined by taking ground measurements), the orientation and scale of the
photo can be determined.
Blind check - A re-installation of a production plot done by a qualified crew without production crew data on
hand. A full re-installation of the plot is recommended for the purpose of obtaining a measure of uncertainty
in the data. All plot-level information (e.g., boundary and condition information) will be collected on each
blind check plot. The two data sets are maintained separately. Discrepancies between the two sets of data
are not reconciled. Blind checks are done on production plots only.
Board foot - A volume measure of lumber 1-foot wide,1-foot long, and 1 inch thick equal to 144 cubic
inches.
Bole - The main stem of a tree, extending from one foot above the ground to the point on the tree where
diameter outside bark (DOB) reaches 4 inches.
Botched plot - A plot that should not be included in the standard inventory data base due to data collection
errors or other problems.
Boundary - The intersection of two or more conditions on a subplot, macroplot, hectare plot, or microplot.
Each boundary is described by recording the azimuth and horizontal distance from the subplot, macroplot,
hectare plot, or microplot center to the left and right points of where the boundary intersects the perimeter of
the respective fixed-radius plot. An azimuth and distance to a corner point may also be described, if one
exists. If multiple boundaries exist at a subplot, they are recorded in the order of their occurrence on the
subplot, starting from north and proceeding around the compass.
Census water - Rivers, streams, and canals etc. that are more than 200 feet wide and ocean, lakes,
reservoirs, ponds, and similar bodies of water that are greater than 4.5 acres in size.
Certification plot - A plot installed by a certification candidate. It may be a training plot or a production plot.
The candidate working alone installs the plot.
Chaparral - Areas covered with heavily branched dwarfed trees or shrubs, usually evergreen, the crown
canopy of which currently covers greater than 10 percent of the ground. The principal species are dwarf
Quercus, Cercocarpus, Garrya, Ceanothus, Arctostaphylos, Baccharis, and Adenostoma.
Glossary
Clump - Three or more live hardwood stems, 1.0 inch or greater, originating from a common root system;
includes stumps and forks below DBH, but not seedling-sized sprouts or suckers.
pg.
358
Cold check - An inspection of a production plot done either as part of the training process, periodic review
of field crew performance, or as part of the ongoing QA/QC program. Normally the installation crew is not
present at the time of inspection. The inspector has the completed data in-hand at the time of inspection.
The inspection can include the whole plot or a subset of the plot. Cold checks are done on production plots
only.
Compaction (soil) - Process by which soil grains are rearranged so as to come into closer contact with one
another, resulting in a decrease in void space and an increase in soil bulk density (Helms 1998).
Condition class - The combination of discrete attributes that describe the area associated with a plot.
These attributes include condition status (land use), forest type, stand origin, stand size, owner group,
reserve status, and stand density, as well as other ancillary and computed attributes.
Corporate land - An ownership class of private lands owned by a company, corporation, legal partnership,
investment firm, bank, timberland investment management organization (TIMO), or real estate investment
trust (REIT).
Crook - Abrupt bend in a tree or log (Helms 1998).
Cropland - Land under cultivation within the past 24 months, including orchards and land in soil improving
crops, but excluding land cultivated in developing improved pasture.
CROWN CLASS - A classification of trees based on dominance in relation to adjacent trees within the
stand as indicated by crown development and the amount of sunlight received from above and sides.
Cull - Portions of a tree that are unusable for industrial wood products because of rot, form, or other defect.
Declination - The azimuth correction used to adjust magnetic north to true north with a compass,
measured in degrees.
Defoliation - Premature removal of foliage (Goheen and Willhite 2006).
Diameter at breast height (DBH) - The diameter of the bole of a tree at breast height (4.5 feet above the
ground on the uphill side of tree), measured outside of the bark.
Diameter at root collar (DRC) - The diameter of a tree measured at the ground line or stem root collar,
measured outside of the bark.
Diameter outside bark (DOB) - A diameter that may be taken at various points on a tree, or log, outside of
the bark. Diameter outside bark is often estimated.
Disturbance - Any relatively discrete event in time that disrupts ecosystem, community, or population
structure and changes resources, substrate availability, or the physical environment (Helms 1998).
Down woody material (DWM) - Dead material on the ground in various stages of decay, including coarse
and fine woody material.
Duff - Duff is the layer just below litter. It is the soil layer dominated by organic material derived from the
decomposition of plant and animal litter and deposited on either an organic or a mineral surface. This layer
is distinguished from the litter layer in that the original organic material has undergone sufficient
decomposition that the sources of this material (e.g., individual plant parts) can no longer be identified.
Ecological unit - Zones defined in an FIA stockability study that share similar plant species.
FDM - Field Data Manager (also known as Plot Edit Tools) is a Microsoft Access Application which runs on
a PC. It is used as a secondary edit of plot data which captures the crew’s explanations for errors and
warnings found in the data.
Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) - A unique code identifying U.S. States and counties (or
units in Alaska).
Forest industry land - Land owned by companies or individuals that operate a primary wood processing
plant.
Glossary
Forest Service administered lands - Land owned or administered by the Forest Service; includes national
forests, national grasslands, wilderness, national scenic areas, etc.
FOREST TYPE - A classification of forest land based upon, and named for, the tree species that forms the
plurality of live-tree stocking.
359
pg.
Forked tree - A tree with a stem that is at least 1/3 the diameter of the main stem and branches out from
the main stem at an angle of 45 degrees or less. Forks originate at the point on the bole where the piths
intersect.
Fuelbed - The accumulated mass of dead, woody material on the surface of the forest floor.
GPS - Global Positioning System. Information from this system is collected and used to determine the
latitude and longitude of each plot.
Graminoid - Grasses (family Gramineae or Poaceae) and grasslike plants such as sedges (family
Cyperaceae) and rushes (family Juncaceae).
Hardwoods - Tree species belonging to the botanical subdivision Angiospermae, class Dicotyledonous,
usually broad-leaved and deciduous.
Hazardous - An area that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example: cliffs, quarries,
strip mines, illegal substance plantations, high water, etc.
Hectare plot - A circular, fixed area plot with a radius of 185.1 feet. Hectare plots are used for sampling
very large trees on qualifying federal lands.
Hex number - Previous terminology for “plot number”; hex number equals plot number.
Hot check - An inspection normally done as part of the training process. The inspector is present on the
plot with the trainee and provides immediate feedback regarding data quality. Data errors are corrected. Hot
checks can be done on training plots or production plots.
Idle farmland - Former cropland or pasture that has not been tended within the last two years and that has
less than 10 percent stocking with live trees.
Improved pasture - Land that is currently maintained and used for grazing. Evidence of maintenance,
besides the degree of grazing, includes condition of fencing, presence of stock ponds, periodic brush
removal, seeding, irrigation, or mowing.
Improved road - Paved roads, gravel roads, or improved dirt roads regularly maintained for longterm
continuing use by normal passenger vehicles. Generally constructed using machinery. The area where the
original topography has been disturbed by cutbanks and fill is considered part of the road, if that area is
maintained. Unimproved traces and roads created for skidding logs are not considered improved roads.
Inclusion - An area that would generally be recognized as a separate condition, except that it is not large
enough to qualify. For example, a ½ acre pond within a forested stand.
Industrial roundwood - Trees that are capable of growing to size and quality adequate to produce lumber
and other manufactured products (exclude fence posts and fuel wood which are not considered
manufactured).
Industrial wood - All roundwood products, except firewood.
Inspector - A qualified QC/QA individual whose primary responsibility is the training, certification and
inspection of production crews.
Krummholz - The shrubby, multistemmed form assumed by trees near treeline.
Land area - As defined by the Bureau of the Census: The area of dry land and land temporarily or partially
covered by water such as marshes, swamps, and river flood plains (omitting tidal flats below mean tide);
streams, sloughs, estuaries and canals less than 200 feet in width, and ponds less than 4.5 acres in area.
Litter - Undecomposed or only partially decomposed organic material that can be readily identified.
Includes the layer of freshly fallen leaves, needles, twigs (< 0.25 inch in diameter), cones, detached bark
chunks, dead moss, dead lichens, detached small chunks of rotted wood, dead herbaceous stems and
flower parts (detached and not upright).
Macroplot - A circular, fixed area plot with a radius of 58.9 feet. Macroplots may be used for sampling
relatively rare events, such as large trees or mortality.
Glossary
Marsh - Low, wet areas characterized by heavy growth of herbaceous plants and grasses and an absence
of trees.
pg.
360
Measurable nonforest condition class - Nonforest condition classes on Region 5 or Region 6 Forest
Service administered lands. Certain data items are recorded in measurable nonforest conditions that are
not typically measured in nonforest conditions; these are identified in the associated “when collected” field
for individual data items.
Measurement quality objective (MQO) - Describes the acceptable tolerance for each data element.
MQOs consist of two parts: a statement of the tolerance and a percentage of time when the collected data
are required to be within tolerance.
Merchantable top - The point on the tree bole above which merchantable material cannot be produced.
Merchantable top is 1.5 inches for woodland species and 4.0 inches for all other species.
Microplot - A circular, fixed-radius plot with a radius of 6.8 feet that is used to sample trees less than 5.0
inches at DBH/DRC, as well as other vegetation and fuel measurements. Microplot center is 90 degrees
and 12 feet offset from the center of each subplot.
MIDAS - Mobile integrated data acquisition system; the portable data recorder program used by PNW-FIA.
Native American (Indian) land - Tribal lands held in fee, or trust, by the Federal government but
administered for Indian tribal groups and Indian trust allotments. This land is considered “Private Lands”,
Owner Group 40.
Noncensus water - Bodies of water from 1 to 4.5 acres and water courses from 30 feet to 200 feet in width.
New installation - The initial establishment of the “annual” four-subplot national plot design; includes plots
field-visited for the first time (i.e., no ground plot exists) and periodic revisited plots (periodic to annual;
annual plot is being established at the periodic plot location).
Nonforest land - Land that does not support, or has never supported, forests, and lands formerly forested
where use for timber management is precluded by development for other uses. Includes areas used for
crops, improved pasture, residential areas, city parks, improved roads of any width and adjoining rights-ofway, power line clearings of any width, Census and noncensus water. If intermingled in forest areas,
unimproved roads and nonforest strips must be more than 120.0 feet wide, and clearings, etc., more than
one acre in size, to qualify as nonforest land.
Nonstockable - Areas of forest land that are not capable of supporting trees because of the presence of
rock, water, etc.
Nonstocked - Timberland less than 10 percent stocked with live trees. Recent clearcuts scheduled for
planting are classified as nonstocked area.
Other federal lands - Federal land other than Forest Service administered lands. These include lands
administered by the USDI Bureau of Land Management, USDI National Park Service, USDI Fish and
Wildlife Service, Department of Defense, Department of Energy, Army Corps of Engineers, and military
bases.
OWNER CLASS - A classification that divides land into fine categories of ownership.
OWNER GROUP - A classification that divides land into broad categories of ownership: Forest Service,
Other Federal Agency, State and Local Government, and Private. Differing categories of Owner Group on a
plot require different conditions.
Ownership - A legal entity having an ownership interest in land, regardless of the number of people
involved. An ownership may be an individual; a combination of persons; a legal entity such as corporation,
partnership, club, or trust; or a public agency. An ownership has control of a parcel or group of parcels of
land (USDA Forest Service 2006).
PDR - Portable data recorder.
Pathogen - Parasitic organism directly capable of causing disease (Helms 1998).
Perennating - To survive from one growing season to the next, often with a period of reduced or arrested
growth between seasons.
Glossary
Phase 1 (P1) - FIA activities done as part of remote-sensing and/or aerial photography.
Phase 2 (P2) - FIA activities done on the network of ground plots formerly known as FIA plots.
Phase 3 (P3) - FIA activities done on a subset of Phase 2 plots formerly known as Forest Health Monitoring
plots. Additional ecological indicator information is collected from Phase 3 plots.
361
pg.
Plot - A cluster of four subplots that samples approximately 1/6 acre. The subplots are established so that
subplot 1 is centered within the sample and the centers of subplots 2, 3,and 4 are located 120.0 feet from
the center of subplot 1 at azimuths of 360, 120, and 240 degrees, respectively. Each subplot has an
associated microplot and macroplot.
Plot card - A paper form, included in each plot jacket, containing the following information: plot number;
state; county; date; crew leader name; crew member name(s); reference point (RP) data; plot access
information; plot narrative description (condition[s], disturbance, treatments, hazards, pertinent notes/
information); plot diagram; plot access sketch map; notes to field crew from office review; ownership
verification; and boundary, root disease, and nonforest inclusion mapping.
Plurality - An amount or group (as of stocking points) that is greater than any other amount or group within
a total but that is not necessarily a majority (more than half).
PRIVATE OWNER INDUSTRIAL STATUS - Indicates whether Private land owners own and operate a
wood processing plant.
Production crew - A crew containing at least one certified individual. The crew is involved in routine
installation and measurement of plots.
Production plot - A plot measured by a production crew. These plots may also be used for training
purposes.
Reference plot (off grid) - A plot that is used for crew certification. These plots are NOT included in the
ongoing inventory process and data from these plots do not become part of the standard inventory
database. To ensure that these plots do not enter into the inventory database, they are assigned plot
numbers outside the normal range of production plots or other invalid plot identification information such as
an invalid STATE code (STATECD).
REGENERATION STATUS - A stand descriptor that indicates whether a stand has been naturally or
artificially regenerated.
Reserved land - Land that is withdrawn from timber utilization by a public agency or by law.
RESERVED STATUS - An indication of whether the land in a condition has been reserved.
Sapling - A live tree 1.0 to 4.9 inches DBH.
Seedling - A live tree less than 1.0 inch DBH that are at least one foot tall for hardwoods and 0.5 feet tall for
conifers.
Senescence - The life phase of an organism or a part of the organism that precedes natural death, usually
involving a decreased ability to repair damage and degradation. For plants, this is when the current
season's growth (foliage) begins to fade before dormancy, or death for annuals.
Site index - The average total height that dominant and co-dominant trees in fully stocked, even-aged
stands will obtain at key ages, as determined by an equation.
Slope - Measure of change in surface value over distance, expressed as a percentage (Helms 1998).
Softwoods - Coniferous trees, usually evergreen having needles or scale-like leaves.
Snag - A standing dead tree that must be at least 5.0 inches in diameter (DBH or DRC), have a bole which
has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of at least 4.5 feet (DBH species) or 1.0 feet (DRC species with single
stems), and lean less than 45 degrees from vertical as measured from the base of the tree to the point of
diameter measurement.
STAND AGE - A stand descriptor that indicates the average age of the live trees not overtopped in the
predominant stand size-class of a condition.
Standing dead tree - A dead tree that must be at least 5.0 inches in diameter (DBH or DRC), have a bole
which has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of at least 4.5 feet (DBH species) or 1.0 feet (DRC species with
single stems), and lean less than 45 degrees from vertical as measured from the base of the tree to the
point of diameter measurement.
State, county and municipal lands - Lands owned by states, counties, and local public agencies or
municipalities, or lands leased to these government units for 50 years or more.
Glossary
STAND SIZE - A stand descriptor that indicates which size-class of trees constitutes the majority of
stocking in the stand.
pg.
362
Stocking - The relative degree of occupancy of land by trees, measured as basal area or the number of
trees in a stand by size or age and spacing, compared to the basal area or number of trees required to fully
utilize the growth potential of the land; that is, the stocking standard.
Subplot - A circular, fixed-area plot with a radius of 24.0 feet. Each subplot represents ¼ of the fixed plot
sample unit.
TOTAL LENGTH - The total length of the tree, recorded to the nearest 1.0 foot from ground level to the tip
of the apical meristem. For trees growing on a slope, measure on the uphill side of the tree. If the tree has a
broken or missing top, the total length is estimated to what the length would be if there were no missing or
broken top. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees.
Training (practice) plot - A plot established for training or certification purposes only. It is NOT a plot in the
ongoing inventory process and data from these plots do not become part of the standard inventory data
base. To ensure that these plots do not enter into the inventory data base, they are assigned plot numbers
outside the normal range of production plots or other invalid plot identification information such as an invalid
STATE code (STATECD).
Transect - A narrow sample strip or a measured line laid out through vegetation chosen for study (Helms
1998).
Transition zone - An area where a distinct boundary between two or more different conditions cannot be
determined.
Glossary
TREE DENSITY - A stand descriptor that indicates the relative tree density of a condition class. The
classification is based on the number of stems/unit area, basal area, tree cover, or stocking of all live trees
in the condition which are not overtopped, compared to any other condition class tree density recorded on
the plot.
363
pg.
APPENDIX V CHANGES FROM CORE PHASE 2 FIELD GUIDE VERSION 3.0 TO
VERSION 4.0
This appendix lists major Core protocol changes between Core Field Guide 3.0 to Core Field Guide 4.0. To
see all changes in PNW protocols and procedures, see the summary of manual changes (Appendix W).
Note: Section/Item numbers listed in this appendix are Core section/item numbers.
These change pages are intended to highlight significant changes to the Core field guide and do not contain
all of the details or minor changes.
Clarified: 1.7 SUBPLOTS EXAMINED. Clarified text by adding “By default, PLOT STATUS = 1 plots
have all 4 subplots examined.”
Modified: 1.9 FIELD GUIDE VERSION. Modified the Values from “3.0” to “4.0”.
Modified: 1.11 DECLINATION (CORE OPTIONAL). Modified the Values from “-359.0 to + 359.0” to “+/50”.
Added:1.15 CREW NUMBER.
Modified: 1.16.9 UTM ZONE. Modified the Values from “03-19Q and 03-19W” to “Number varies from 2
in Alaska to 19 on the East Coast. The letter varies from Q in Hawaii to W in Alaska”
Added: 1.16.10 EASTING (X) UTM. Added Values to be “0000000-9999999”.
Added: 1.16.11 NORTHING (Y) UTM. Added Values to be “0000000-9999999”.
Modified: 1.16.16 GPS ERROR. Modified Values from “000 to 070 if possible” to “000 – 999”.
Modified: 1.18 PL0T-LEVEL NOTES. Modified the variable title to “PLOT NOTES”.
Clarified: 2.5.1 RESERVED STATUS. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in CORE
in CORE OPTIONAL also.
Clarified: 2.5.2 OWNER GROUP. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in CORE in
CORE OPTIONAL also.
Clarified: 2.5.7 OWNER CLASS. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in CORE in
CORE OPTIONAL also.
Clarified: 2.5.8 PRIVATE OWNER INDUSTRIAL STATUS. Under When collected, repeated the
information listed in CORE in CORE OPTIONAL also.
Modified: 2.5.11 DISTURBANCE 1. Deleted code 55. Added codes 90 through 95.
Modified: 2.5.12 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1. Added the Values 9999 that is currently in the text.
Clarified: 2.5.23 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS. Clarified code 33 by deleting “…sites in the Lake States
with lowland swamp conifers or…”.
Added: 3.2 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT STATUS. Added a code 4 defined as “QA crew did not measure
trees, saplings, or seedlings. QA crew did measure all other data items (condition, boundary, and
subplot-level data). For use only on check plots (QA STATUS = 2-6). Not a legal entry on production
plots (QA STATUS = 1 or 7)”.
Modified: 3.5 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION. Modified When collected from “All microplots where
subplot center is CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, 2, 3” to “All microplots”.
Modified: 3.9 SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT CONDITION LIST (CORE OPTIONAL). Changed variable from
CORE OPTIONAL to CORE. Also changed When collected from “All forested Phase 3 plots” to “All
plots”.
Added: 4.2.2 PLOT TYPE. Added code 4 defined as “hectare plot boundary (coded from subplot 1
only).”
Added: 4.2.7 CORNER DISTANCE. Added to Values: “hectare 001 to 185 feet”. Also added leading
zeros to other codes as appropriate and changed Field width from “2” to “3”.
Appendix V: Changes from Core Phase 2 Field Guide Version 3.0 to Version 4.0
Modified: 1.16.18 GPS FILENAME (CORE OPTIONAL). Modified Field width from “8 characters.3
characters (e.g., R0171519.ssf)” to “15 characters”. Modified Values from “Letters and numbers’ to
“English words, phrases, and numbers”.
pg.
364
Clarified: 5.14 TOTAL LENGTH. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in Phase 2
CORE OPTIONAL in Phase 3 CORE OPTIONAL also.
Clarified: 5.15 ACTUAL LENGTH. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in Phase 2
CORE in Phase 2 CORE OPTIONAL and Phase 3 CORE.
Clarified: 5.16 LENGTH METHOD. Under When collected, repeated the information listed in Phase 2
CORE OPTIONAL in Phase 3 CORE OPTIONAL.
Modified: 5.26 MISTLETOE CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL). Changed the variable name from
“MISTLETOE CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL) to “DWARF MISTLETOE CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL)”.
Modified: 7.2.1 CONDITION CLASS LIST. Changed Field width from 5 digits to 4 digits. Also changed
the Values from “1 to 9 or 10000 to 98765” to “1000 to 9876”.
Added: Chapter. Site Tree Information. B. Western U.S. Site-Tree Selection Criteria. Added code 0042
Alaska yellow-cedar (Chamaecyparis nootkatensis) as a valid species, with PNWRS listed as the
region.
Modified: Appendix: Forest Type Codes. Some codes were retired, some codes were added, and some
forest types were reassigned to different codes:
Old Code
181
183
223
382
803
807
925
926
932
951
952
953
954
955
New Code
128
129
151
172
171
369
225, 226, 203
384
385
391
609
516
517
903
905
971
972
933, 934
935
961
973
974
975
962, 976
962
981
983
989
Forest Type
Fraser fir
red spruce/Fraser fir
tropical pines
Florida softwoods
Eastern redcedar
Western juniper
Jeffrey-Coulter-bigcone Douglas-fir divided to separate types
Delete Australian pine and aggregate with 995 exotic hardwoods
Norway spruce
introduced larch
other softwoods
baldcypress/pondcypress
cherry-white ash-yellow-poplar
elm-ash-black locust
gray birch
pin cherry
deciduous oak woodland
evergreen oak woodland
canyon-interior live oak divided to canyon live oak and interior
live oak
California white oak (valley oak)
Pacific madrone
mesquite woodland
cercocarpus (Mountain brush) woodland
intermountain maple woodland
misc. woodland hardwoods
other hardwoods
Sabal Palm is no longer tallied as a tree. Change any 981 to
either 983 (Palms) or 962 (Other hardwoods)
palms
other tropical hardwoods
:
Also, in the Forest Type descriptions, some descriptions were retired, some were added, and some
were modified. See the change proposal for a complete list.
365
pg.
Added: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Added several new species based primarily in west Texas,
codes 0060, 0061, 0141, 0223, 0363, 0523, 0851, 0867, 0868, 0869, 0870, 0911, 5491, 8511, 8512,
8513, 8514, and 8651.
Added: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Added common name columns for species in the North, South,
Rocky Mountain, and Pacific Northwest regions to national field guide version.
Added: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Added “W” to the West region designation column, codes 130,
341, and 374.
Added: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Added “w” to the West region designation column, codes 138,
303, and 304.
Changed: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Code 0583, change the PLANTS code from HACA3 to
HAPA2. Code 0828, change the PLANTS code to from QUBU2 to QUTE.
Changed: Appendix:Tree Species Codes. Code 0800, change the national Common Name from ‘Oak –
deciduous spp.’ to ‘Oak spp.’
Changed: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Code 0828, change the scientific name from Quercus
buckleyi to Quercus texana.
Added: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Code 0828, add Texas red oak to the common name.
Deleted: Appendix: Tree Species Codes. Code 0850, Oak, evergreen spp. – drop this code.
Changed: Appendix: Tree Coding Guide for RECONCILE. Changed the title of appendix from “Tree
Coding Guide for RECONCILE” to “Tree Coding Guide”.
Appendix V: Changes from Core Phase 2 Field Guide Version 3.0 to Version 4.0
Clarified: Appendix: Glossary. Clarified the definitions of the following terms: blind check, cold check,
hot check, production plot, reference plot, and training plot. Also added a definition for the term ‘botched
plot’.
366
:
pg.
367
pg.
APPENDIX W SUMMARY OF MANUAL CHANGES
Core 4.0 Field Guide / 2009 PFSL Manual
(Core section/item numbers followed by regional section/item numbers in brackets)
Entire Manual
All Chapters
Modified chapter order, removed references to PDR, deleted MQO's,
added Core/Regional identifier in parenthesis, added NIMS code or
PNW database code in brackets, updated language to match Core,
integrated PFSL language, updated "National Forest land" to "Forest
Service administered lands", made minor modifications to text and
added clarification as necessary.
Chapter: Introduction
[1.1] Organization of this Manual
Plot Layout
[1.5.1] Plot Dimensions
[1.5.2] Data are collected on field plots at
the following levels
[1.6] Safety
Updated section with organization of 2010 manual.
Subsection added.
Plot diagram included in Plot Layout subsection; the rest of the section
moved to Plot Layout and Referencing.
Added regional items/descriptions to list: "Vegetation", "Invasive
Species", and "Down Woody Materials".
Dropped section; relocated information to manual supplement (Note:
Important Phone Numbers are included in the manual as an appendix).
Chapter: Locating the Plot
General
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Re-organized 2008 chapter Locating and Laying Out Standard Plots into
two new chapters: "Locating the Plot" and "Plot Layout and
Referencing". Removed all information relating to plot layout and
referencing from chapter.
General
Integrated reference to other types of imagery (digital, orthos, etc) in
addition to photos.
[2.3 through 2.5] Sections and Subsections Relocated to new chapter Plot Layout and Referencing.
regarding Plot/Subplot Layout, Referencing
and Monumentation
[2.1] Preliminary Preparation
Dropped.
[2.1.1 through 2.1.3] Landowner Contact,
Removed references to Landowner Contact, Recording Conversations
Recording Conversations with Landowners, With Landowners and Data Requests From Landowners; to be
Data Requests
incorporated in other sections.
[2.1.4] Before Leaving for the Field
Dropped.
[2.2] Navigating to the Plot
Deleted umbrella title; subsections became chapter sections.
[2.2.1] Locating an Established Plot
Tolerance for transferred pinpricks changed from "+/-1mm" to "without
error"; text about using photography relocated to subsection Navigating
With Photography; text referring to "difficulty finding an established plot"
relocated to subsection Difficulty Finding Established Plots. Deleted
instructions for recording difference between measured RP azimuth/
distance and actual RP azimuth/distance.
Established Plot Issues
Section added. Provided search guidelines.
[2.2.2] Locating a Plot with a Reference
Relocated to subsection Locating Plots Using Photos.
Point and Baseline
[2.2.3] Replacement Plot (Lost Plot)
Relocated to section Lost Plots [Plot Level Data] and section
Replacement Plots [Plot Level Data].
[2.2.5] Plots with Active Logging
Removed subsection, incorporated active logging instructions in
Circumstances Precluding Plot Establishment.
[2.2.6] Situations That Prevent Visiting Plots Removed subsection, incorporated text into Circumstances Precluding
Plot Establishment.
[2.2.5 and 2.2.6]Situations That Prevent
Added instructions for census and noncensus water.
Visiting a Plot
pg.
368
[2.5.1] Incorrectly Installed Subplot or
Microplot
[2.5.1] PC Stake or Subplot/Microplot Pin
Missing or Moved
[2.5.1] Remeasurement Issues
[2.6.1] FHM and Eastern Oregon Juniper
Plots
[2.6.2] R1 (Idaho) and R4 (Nevada) Plots
Chapter: Plot Layout and Referencing
Clarified section.
Re-organized 2008 chapter Locating and Laying Out Standard Plots into
two new chapters: "Locating the Plot" and "Plot Layout and
Referencing". Removed all "Ns" preceding subplot numbers.
General
References to ortho and aerial photo changed to generic "photo".
Plot Design
Added section.
Plot Layout
Added subsection.
Plot Dimensions
Added subsection.
Plot Establishment
Added section.
Plot Establishment Guidelines
Added subsection.
Plot Establishment Tolerances
Added subsection.
[2.3] Plot/Subplot Layout and Referencing Renamed/replaced section with new sections (text incorporated): Plot
Design and Plot Setup. Removed specific instructions about leaving 2
inches of nail exposed (AFSL nails only 2" long).
[2.3.1] The Reference Point
Removed photo instructions.
[2.3.1] The Reference Point
Added instructions for "noting any irregularities."
Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center Added section. Including new rule: "All field plots are monumented at the
plot center, referenced with an RP and witnessed by two trees/objects".
Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center
Added subsection.
[2.3.2] Witness Trees
Modified monumetation protocol for subplots 2, 3, & 4 in Subplot Witness
Monumentation table.
[2.4] Establishing and Monumenting New
Deleted section. Integrated with previously visited plot info. and moved
Plots
to new sections: Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center, Exceptions
to Monumenting Plot Center, and Monumenting and Referencing
Subplots 2 Through 4.
[2.4.1] Reference and Monument the Plot Moved "exception" text to new subsection Exceptions to Monumenting
Center - Exception
Plot Center.
Monumenting and Referencing Subplots 2 Section added.
through 4
Locate and Monument Subplot Center
Added subsection.
Establishing Subplots When Plot Center is Added subsection.
Inaccessible
[2.4.2] Locate, Reference, and Monument Dropped. Replaced by section Monumenting and Referencing Subplots
the Other Subplots
2 through 4.
[2.5] Monumenting Annual to Annual
Dropped. Replaced by section Monumenting Plot Center. Integrated text
Remeasurement Plots
regarding referencing and monumenting revisited plots into steps for
establishing and monumenting new plots. Added new rule: "All field plots
are monumented at the plot center, referenced with an RP and
witnessed by two trees/objects".
[2.5.1] Remeasurement Issues
Deleted section. Text incorporated into new sections/subsections. Bullet
#4: Lost Subplots--text moved to new subsection Plot Establishment
Guidelines.
[2.7] Referencing and Monumenting Entirely Removed reference to appendix A National Forest special rules;
Nonforest Plots; [2.7.1] Plots Located on
information is included in the "when collected" fields of all data item
National Forest Ownership
tables (within appropriate chapters).
:
General
Deleted instructions to contact data manager about mislocated subplots
and added instructions to document location of incorrectly installed
subplots in plot notes.
Added instructions for how to locate lost pin/stake, added instructions for
mislocated microplots.
Added instructions for locating missing microplot pin. Numbered bullet
points became subsections in new section Established Plot Issues; Lost/
Replacement Plot/Subplot coding instructions relocated to chapters for
Plot Level Data, Subplot Data and Tree Data.
Clarified section.
369
pg.
[2.7] Referencing and Monumenting Entirely Deleted text about monumenting and referencing when stocking
Nonforest Plots; [2.7.2] Plots Located on All subplots are installed.
Other Ownerships
Referencing and Monumenting Wilderness Added section and subsections.
and National Parks
Chapter: Plot Level Data
1.0 [3.0] General
Lost Plot/Replacement Plot
Lost Plots
Replacement Plots
[3.1.3] PLD Downloaded to PDR
1.3 [3.1.3.3]Plot Number
1.3 [3.1.3.3] Plot Number
Cycle
Subcycle
[3.1.3.4]Old PNW-FIA Plot Number
Periodic Plot Number
1.9 [3.1.3.6] Core Field Guide Version
Number
[3.1.3.7] PDR Data Recorder Version #
PDR Ending Data Recorder Version
Number
Northwest Forest Plan
[3.1.3.13] Hectare Plot
Fire Plot
Crew Visit Information
Sample Method Code
1.14 [3.1.6.9] QA Status
[3.1.6.8] Crew Type
[3.1.6.10] Crew Leader
[3.1.6.11]Crew Member
1.15 Crew Number
[3.1.1] Time Spent on Plot
Plot Level Fundamentals
Stocking Plot Type
1.4 [3.1.6.2]Plot Status
1.5 [3.1.6.3] Plot Nonsampled Reason
Changed title. Plot start date is recorded.
Added.
Added.
Updated when collected criteria: hectare plot is installed on each
condition class within the hectare plot radius that meets the criteria for a
qualifying condition class.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Dropped.
Dropped.
Dropped.
Dropped.
Moved subsection to the "Plot Level Data Downloaded to the PDR"
section.
Added.
Subsection added.
Added.
Dropped code 8 and File Name Codes.
Data item dropped from Core; added as regional data item for both labs.
Dropped; replaced by Crew Number.
Dropped; replaced by Crew Number.
Added to replace Crew Leader and Crew Member.
Relocated entire subsection and data items.
Added subsection.
Added.
Modified data item text, added example for coding inaccessible
nonforest plots, modified code 3 description.
Added note about remeasurement plots to code 7 description.
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Hectare Plot Breakpoint Diameter
Invasive Plant Sampling Status
Invasive Plant Specimen Collection Rule
Year of Previous Inventory
Month of Previous Inventory
[3.1.3.14] Remeasurement Period
[3.1.3.9] Elevation
[3.1.3.10] Precipitation
[3.1.3.11] Hydrologic unit code
[3.1.4] Special Studies
In general, and where appropriate, the term "subplot" has been replaced
with "macroplot".
Section added.
Subsection added.
Subsection added.
Added data tables to all variables: Macroplot Breakpoint Diameter;
Hectare Plot Breakpoint Diameter; Date of Previous Inventory;
Remeasurement Period; Previous Ground Land Class; Ecological Unit.
Deleted "Do not change the downloaded printed code."
Changed procedures for dealing with lost plot.
Added.
Added.
Dropped; replaced by new data item "Periodic Plot Number".
Added.
Deleted 'Core" and "Number" from title.
pg.
370
1.6 [3.1.6.4] Subplots Examined
Added regional clarification for use of codes. Added "all plots" to the
when collected field to match NIMS.
1.7 [3.1.6.5] Sample Kind
Rewrote regional text in code 3 description. Deleted "note on the Plot
Card in 'Items for office attention'” and replaced with "contact office
immediately". Deleted chart for replacement plots.
[3.1.6.6] PNW Plot Kind
Updated codes 3 and 4. Added code 6. Removed example 1B. Added
example for code 6.
1.8 Previous Plot Number
Added.
Periodic Mortality Number of Subplots
Dropped (was present only in PDR).
Additional Items
Added Section.
[3.1.8.1] Landowner Plot Summary Request Deleted instructions to write special comments on plot jacket and
address label; replaced with "electronic plot notes".
[3.1.8.2] Owner Name/Address Update
Dropped.
1.13 Water on Plot
Added.
1.18 [3.1.8.5] Plot Level Notes
Renamed Plot Notes.
RP Type
Added.
[3.1.2.1] RP Species
Updated "field width" from 4 digits to 3 digits, to reflect regional species'
codes.
[3.1.2.1] RP Species
Removed "If it is not [a tree or a stump], record 999' from item
description. Updated "when collected" field in data table to "when RP
Type=1".
[3.1.2.2] RP Diameter
Removed "If it is not [a tree or a stump], record 999' from item
description. Added "/DRC" to item description. Updated "when collected"
field in data table to "when RP Type=1".
[3.1.2.3] RP Azimuth
Changed when collected field to "When Sample Method Code = 1".
[3.1.2.4] RP Distance
Data item name updated to "RP Horizontal Distance". RP Distance
changed from "slope distance" to "horizontal distance". Changed when
collected field to "When Sample Method Code = 1".
[3.1.2.5] RP Az/Dist to Subplot #
Data item name updated. Changed when collected field to "When
Sample Method Code = 1".
RP Notes
Added.
1.16 [3.1.9] GPS Info
Added text to clarify when to collect.
1.16.3 [3.1.9.1] GPS Unit Type
Changed when collected field.
1.16.4 [3.1.9.2] GPS Serial Number
Updated Values in when collected table to "000001 to 999999".
1.16.5 [3.1.9.3] GPS Datum
Updated to NAD83.
GPS Location Type
Added.
1.16.9 [3.1.9.5] UTM Zone
Added geographical descriptions for zones S, T, and U.
1.16.18 GPS Filename
Added.
GPS Notes
Added.
[3.1.5.1] Previous UTM Zone
Added when collected table and information.
[3.1.5.2] Previous Easting (X) UTM
Added when collected table and information.
[3.1.5.3] Previous Northing (X) UTM
Added when collected table and information.
[3.1.5.4] Previous Coordinates Method
Added codes T, I, N, and S; modified code P.
Chapter: Condition Class
2.0 [4.0] General
2.0 [4.0] General
2.1.1 [4.1.1] Determination of Condition
Class Step 1
:
2.1.2 [4.1.2]Determination of Condition
Class Step 2
2.2 [4.2.1] Accessible Forest Land
2.2 [4.2.2] Nonforest Land
Reorganized chapter, putting definitions and instructions in first half and
data items grouped differently in second half.
Added National Forest Nonforest Exceptions to appropriate "when
collected" fields.
Removed "accessible" and added "measurable nonforest" to the
population of interest statement. Removed entire last paragraph in Step
1.
Removed most of last statement in PFSL section. Removed the end of
the last paragraph.
Removed table of species unlikely to be found at PNW.
Added "measurable nonforest" definition. Removed sentence stating
that all nonforest conditions are assigned a Present Nonforest Land Use.
Refined first example and added "Invasive plant protocol is completed".
371
pg.
2.2 [4.2.3] Noncensus Water
2.2 [4.2.4] Census Water
2.2 [4.2.4] Census Water
2.2 [4.2.5] Nonsampled
2.2 [4.2.5] Nonsampled
2.3 [4.3] Condition Class Attributes
General Condition Class Attributes
2.4.1 [4.4.2.1] Condition Class Number
Previous Condition Class Status
Nonsampled Condition Class Attributes
2.4.3 [4.4.2.3] Condition Nonsampled
Reason
Estimated Nonsampled Landcover Type
Added statement that no field measurements other than recording
transect line segments are recorded within the noncensus condition (and
only if subplot center is an accessible condition class). Added
clarification for noncensus water delineation and for the width of linear
water features.
Added text recognizing a difference between accessible census at
subplot center and accessible center with a census condition present.
Added ocean to list. Added clarification for the width of linear water
features.
Added statement that no field measurements other than recording
transect line segments are recorded within the census condition. Added
clarification for Census water delineation and for the width of linear water
features.
Included more scenarios. Removed partial list of nonsampled reasons
and substituted ALL in first full paragraph.
Changed "access denied" to "nonsampled" in last paragraph.
Hid Core text for Present Nonforest Land Use in last row of chart in intro.
Added regional data items to Core list in table.
Created a new subsection for data items that apply to all conditions that
are recorded as part of general chapter reorganization.
Removed reference to remeasurement instructions. Reiterated note
regarding remeasurement plots.
Added.
Added subsection.
Added code 20.
Added Estimated Nonsampled Landcover Type variable to PFSL
protocols.
Added.
Added "macroplot" to definition of rule #1 and #3.
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Nonsampled Forest Type
2.5 [4.5]Delineating Condition Classed
within Accessible Forest Land
2.5 [4.5.1] Delineating Condition Classed
Added text to clarify delineation of riparian forests.
within Accessible Forest Land, 4
Accessible forest land delineating variables Created a new subsection for data items that are delineating variables
for accessible forested conditions as part of general chapter
reorganization. Included new intro for this subsection.
2.5.1 [4.5.1.1] Reserved Status
Changed "when collected".
2.5.2 [4.5.1.2] Owner Group
Modified when collected to "Condition Status = 1, 2 or 5". Deleted "(or
the managing agency for public lands)". Added "if value is downloaded
check to see if correct". Added examples to what kind of owner group
differences are identifiable on the ground.
Previous Owner Group
Added.
2.5.3 [4.5.1.3] Forest Type
Added definition of California Mixed conifer forest type from old Mixed
Conifer Site data item.
2.5.4 [4.5.1.4] Stand Size Class
Altered first sentence in last paragraph to clarify that crown cover can be
used instead of stocking in woodland stands. Removed "western" in
several places in the code table. Removed all text regarding use of
crown cover as a surrogate for stocking for woodland species.
2.5.4 [4.5.1.4] Stand Size Class
Added "When in doubt, do not split conditions."
2.5.5 [4.5.1.5] Regeneration Status
Added "macroplot" to explanatory text.
2.5.6 [4.5.1.6] Tree Density
Hid words "previously defined".
2.5.7 [4.5.2.2] Owner Class
Modified when collected to "Condition Status = 1, 2 or 5". Deleted "(or
the managing agency for public lands)".
2.5.7 [4.5.2.2] Owner Class
Modified data item text. Removed NF administrative codes from table.
Changed field width to 2.
Administrative Forest Code
Added.
Age Basis Code
Added.
pg.
372
2.5.10 [4.5.2.5] Stand Age
2.5.10 [4.5.2.5] Stand Age
2.5.11 [4.5.2.7] Disturbance
2.5.12 [4.5.2.8] Disturbance Year
[4.5.2.13] Historical Disturbance
2.5.17 [4.5.2.19] Treatment
2.5.17 [4.5.2.19] Treatment
2.5.18 [4.5.2.20]Treatment Year
[4.5.2.25] Historical Treatment
[4.5.2.26] Historical Treatment Year
2.5.23 [4.5.2.33] Physiographic Class
2.5.23 [4.5.2.33] Physiographic Class
[4.5.2.1] Current Ground Land Class
[4.5.2.35] Stand Condition/Stage of
Development
[4.5.2.37] Mixed Conifer Site
Changed when collected to "When Age Basis Code <60". Included
clarification for sapling only stands and whorl-counting. Added a
reference to Tree Age for regional standards for bore-able species.
Removed codes 997, 998 and 999 from having non-numeric meaning.
Added note to leave values field blank (null) if core is not counted in the
field. Added acceptable species for whorl-counting.
Added clarification regarding using cores from site trees. Deleted all
references to crown cover being used as a surrogate for stocking in
woodland stands.
Added instructions for when to code "00". Changed code 55 to code 95.
For codes 70 and 80, replaced Plot Notes with Condition Class Notes.
Added value "9999".
When collected changed so not recorded on remeasured plots.
Made an exception to size requirement for treatment codes 14 and 15.
Modified code 15. Removed "western" in the code table.
Clarified values field to be easier to understand.
When collected changed so not recorded on remeasured plots.
Updated values text to ">5 years prior to current year".
Added "when collected" table and values. Changed "when collected" to
include only specific nonforest land uses.
Updated notes reference to condition class notes rather than plot level
notes.
Added "Condition Class Status = 5 and Estimated Nonsampled Land
Cover Type = 1" to when collected field. Added instructions for forested
nonsampled conditions. Removed "or areas where juniper/mountain
mahogany are the predominant species" from description of codes 142
and 146. Removed from GLC 143: "Ten percent juniper stocking means
10% crown cover at stand maturity"; and “For woodland species where
stocking cannot be determined, 10 percent stocking means 5 percent
crown cover at stand maturity”. Dropped code 150.
Removed curlleaf mountain-mahogany from code 0.
:
Dropped. Definition of California mixed conifer forest type moved to
forest type item.
[4.5.2.38] Stockability Indicator Set
Dropped; data can be derived from new data items (Stockability
Indicator Species, Species Condition Class).
[4.5.2.36] Plant Association
Changed "when collected" and "field width" information. Added
reference to Plant Association Nonsampled Reason data item.
Plant Association Nonsampled Reason
Added.
Plant Association Publication
Added.
2.5.24 [4.6.1.1] Present Nonforest Land Use Added vegetated wetlands (code 42). Integrated new term "measurable
nonforest" into procedures.
2.5.24 [4.6.1.1] Present Nonforest Land Use Added instructions for nonforest nonsampled conditions. Removed
phrase, "regardless of past condition". Incorporated "always delineate
any census water and or not in the sample" into the procedures. Added
paragraph about remeasurement plots. Changed "when collected" field
to include nonsampled nonforest conditions.
[9.5] Stockability in Oregon and California Section relocated from Site Tree Information chapter. Two components
of previous section (Oregon and California stockability indicators lists)
were relocated to the Stockability Indicators for OR and CA appendix.
Stockability Indicator Species
Added.
Species Condition Class
Added.
[9.5.1.2] Oregon Stockability Discount
Relocated from Site Tree Information chapter. Converted metric
Factor
distances to standard english units.
Condition Class Notes
Added.
373
pg.
Chapter: Subplot Information
3.0 [5.0] General Format of Subplot
Information
3.0 [5.0] General
3.0 [5.0] Subplot Information
3.0 [5.0] Subplot Information Intro
3.1 [5.1.1.1] Subplot Number
3.2 [5.1.1.1] Subplot/Macroplot Status
Previous Subplot/Macroplot Center
Condition
Subplot/Macroplot Center Condition Class
Status Change
3.5 [5.1.4.1] Microplot Center Condition
[5.1.2.3] Macroplot Physiographic Class
3.8 [5.1.3.3] Snow/Water Depth
3.8 [5.1.3.3] Snow/Water Depth
[5.1.4.2] Subplot/Macroplot Notes
[5.1.3.2] Water Proximity
[5.2.5] Subplot/Macroplot Nonforest
Inclusions
Subplot Number of Nonforest Inclusion
Condition Class Number of Nonforest
Inclusion
Percent Nonforest Inclusion on the Subplot
Percent Nonforest Inclusion on the
Macroplot
[5.3] Root Disease Mapping/Rating
[5.3.4] Guide for Identifying Root Disease
[5.4.1.2] Mechanical Management
Assessment
Chapter: Boundary References
General
4.0 [Section 5.2] Boundary References
4.2.2 [5.2.2.2] Plot Type
4.1 [5.2.1] Reference Procedure
[5.2.3] Hectare Mapping
Boundaries on Remeasurement Plots
Boundary Notes
Added.
When collected updated to Core (all microplots).
Moved "when collected" and values table to the Condition Class chapter.
When Collected changed to match Core.
Added word "ice" to snow/water on subplot.
Added macroplot to name, updated field width to 2000 characters.
Added text “If the subplot center is in the water source, record ‘001’”.
Maximum recordable percentage changed to 100.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Maximum recordable percentage changed to 100.
Removed "insects" from subsection text; referenced appendix applies to
root disease.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Added.
Subsection moved to DWM chapter.
Subsection moved to its own chapter (Boundary References)
Added "when Administrative Forest Code = 501-599" to when collected
criteria (deleted State = 06).
Added "when Administrative Forest Code = 501-599" to when collected
criteria (deleted State = 06).
Re-ordered chapter/data items.
Added chapter (separated from Subplot Information).
Dropped parenthetical text from code 1.
Moved remeasurement bullet (#4) to new subsection: Boundaries on
Remeasurement Plots.
Section re-written. Changed title of section to "Hectare Plot Mapping".
Updated mapping criteria for R5 & R6. Added "previously installed
hectare plots will be remeasured". Changed procedures for R5 to: map
all qualifying condition classes present on the hectare plot.
Added subsection. Added text to keep boundary data recorded at
previous inventory if crew is unsure about whether or not a condition
change has occurred.
Added.
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Subplot Number of Root Disease
Condition Class Number of Root Disease
Root Disease Code
Root Disease on the Macroplot
[5.1.6] Fuel Loading on the Microplot
[5.2] Boundary Reference Mapping
[5.4.1.1] Burn Assessment
Broke Seedling Data and Boundary References into separate chapters
as in Core.
Changed chapter title to Subplot Information to match Core.
Edited out text from first paragraph.
Removed "incorrectly established or missing subplots" from intro to be
incorporated in Locating and Laying Out Standard Plots. Removed
information related to boundary data.
Added a data table.
Added code 4. Updated instructions for coding plots with subplot centers
landing in Census, noncensus, and hazardous conditions.
Added.
pg.
374
Chapter: Tree and Sapling Data
5.0 [7.0] General
[7.2.1] Where to Tally
[7.3] Conducting the Tree Tally
[7.3.1] Data Recording
Subplot Witness Trees/Objects
Subplot/Conditions Without Tally Trees
Hectare Plot Special Rules
Tree Tracking
[Section 7.4 and 7.5] PDR Generated
Tracking Variables, Field Generated
Tracking Variables
5.1 [7.4.1.3] Subplot Number
[7.4.1.1] Line Number
5.2 [7.4.1.2] Tree Record Number
[7.5.1.1] Tree Tag Number
[7.5.1.2] Previous Tree Tag Number
5.6 [7.5.1.4] Previous Tree Status
5.6 [7.5.1.5] Present Tree Status
5.7.1 [7.5.1.8] Reconcile
5.7.2 [7.5.1.7] Standing Dead
5.8 [7.5.1.9] Species
[7.6] Monumenting Information
[7.6.1] Distance and Azimuth
:
5.4 [7.6.1.1] Azimuth
Renamed chapter. Removed "western" from references to "woodland
species". Updated "National Forest land" to "Forest Service
administered lands".
Put all information into table format; updated all criteria included in
tables.
Section re-arranged. Deleted subsections "Condition Class Status=1:
Accessible Forest Land" and "Condition Class Not Accessible Forest
Land & Not R6 or R5 National Forests": incorporated lettered bullets into
Where to Tally tables in the Selecting Tally Trees section; incorporated
numbered bullets into new subsection "Subplots/Conditions Without
Tally Trees"; removed Summary of Tree Limiting Dimensions table.
Renamed. Modified monumentation requirement for entirely nonforest
plots and procedure for condition classes with "no live tally trees
present". Deleted "when stocking subplots were installed to determine
condition class status".
Added.
Added.
Added section (includes updated rules).
Added section.
Deleted sections, combined into new subsection: Tree Tracking Data
Items.
Dropped the "N" from the subplot number; replaced with 1-digit number.
Dropped Line Number (replaced by Tree Record Number).
Modified When Collected field.
Added number tag requirement for seedlings on microplot. Added
number tag requirement for snags. Added clarifications for driving nails
in live and dead trees. Modified When Collected criteria to include
saplings and snags.
Added examples of how to record for remeasurement/revisited plots with
multiple Previous Tree Tag Numbers.
Added text: "Add Previous Tree Status if null and tree was not tallied at
the previous inventory because of a definition or procedural change
(RECONCILE = 10)".
Included witness-only trees/stumps/objects in data item text. Dropped
Code "N" (No Tally). Added example of "natural causes" to code 0.
Added Regional text to code 2. Modified procedures for recording
stumps as a witness; added "Code 7 - Witness Stump".
Dropped "(or not in the inventory)" note from Codes 3 & 4. Renamed
Code 6 to "Moved". Added Code 10. Added "for office use only" column.
Standing Dead is now recorded for all trees.
Removed unknown species codes 299 and 998 from list of acceptable
codes. Modified text about when to correct Species to include all
previously tallied trees with an incorrect species recorded (including
Present Tree Status=0). Changed When Collected field to "All trees
(Present Tree Status = 0-8)".
Dropped section title and associated paragraphs only; incorporated data
items (Azimuth, Horizontal Distance, Slope Distance) into Tree Tracking
section.
Dropped subsection header (data items incorporated into Tree
Tracking).
Added text about Previous Azimuth being downloaded into the [current]
azimuth field on remeasurement/AK-Remeasurement plots. Added text
about taking new Azimuth for trees on the subplot that shrink to become
saplings on the microplot. Added +/-4 degree tolerance for witness-only
trees/objects.
375
pg.
5.4 [7.6.1.1] Azimuth
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Added text to collect new Azimuth from the subplot center for saplings
on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot remeasurement).
Added diagram and text for recording Azimuth to pistol butt trees.
5.5 [7.6.1.2] Horizontal Distance
Added text about previous Horizontal Distance being downloaded into
the [current] Horizontal Distance field on revisited plots. Added text
about taking new Horizontal Distance for trees on the subplot that shrink
to become saplings on the microplot.
5.5 [7.6.1.2] Horizontal Distance
Added text to collect new Horizontal Distance from the subplot center for
saplings on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot
remeasurement). Updated tolerances for "Macroplot" and "Macroplot
woodland species" to +/-3.0 feet and +/-6 feet, respectively. Updated
maximum value to 305.1 feet for hectare plots.
[7.6.1.3] Slope Distance to Witness Trees Changed field width to 4 digits.
[7.7.1] Marking Current Diameter
Added text for marking diameter on saplings and woodland species <
3.0 inches DBH/DRC. Added guidelines for re-locating diameter nail on
dead trees if the previous placement of the nail was out of tolerance,
including reference to procedure for estimating new Previous DBH, if
updated. Supplemented text for R6 Forest Service administered lands.
[7.7.1] Marking Current Diameter:
Dropped Regional text instructing crews to record missed fork as new
Remeasurement of forked trees
tree; adopted Core procedure for recording/reconciling a forked tree that
was recorded as one tree, but should have been recorded as two.
Clarified instructions for placing nails in trees >32.0 inches.
Diameter on Stump
Added subsection, listed Diameter of a Stump rules.
[7.7.2] Diameter at Breast Height: Diameter Removed bullet from subsection, relocated to Special Diameter
on Stump
Situations.
[7.7.2] Diameter at Breast Height: Special Added Special Diameter Situation (#13) for trees with stilted roots or
DBH Situations
growing on nurse logs.
5.9.1 [7.7.2.2] Previous Diameter at Breast Replaced PNW Plot Kind = 2 with Sample Kind = 2 in When Collected
Height
table. Modified procedure for estimating previous data. Modified field
width.
5.9.2 [7.7.2] Diameter at Breast Height
Added witness stumps to When Collected text.
Snag Estimated Diameter
Added.
5.9.3 [7.7.3.1] Previous DRC
Modified data item: included guidelines for updating previous
measurement; "update if off by more than 40%". Modified tolerance.
Added when collected table.
5.9.4 [7.7.3.2] Diameter at Root Collar
Added subsection for DRC. Removed Core text: "Whenever DRC is
impossible or extremely difficult to measure with a diameter tape (e.g.,
due to thorns, extreme number of limbs). Deleted "saplings" from When
Collected field because description (>1.0 inches) encompasses
saplings. DRC calculator on the PDR will calculate DRC for >20 stems.
5.9.4.1 [7.7.3.3] DRC Stem Diameter
Modified field width.
5.9.4.2 [7.7.3.4] DRC Stem Status
Updated values to "0 - live stem" and "1 - dead stem".
Additional Diameter Data Items
Added subsection.
5.12 [7.7.3.7] Diameter Check
Added clarification: "Do not remove moss, lichens, or vines." Modified
text for codes 1 and 2. Added column (for office use only) to When
Collected table to cross-walk regional codes into NIMS.
[7.8.1.1] Tree Age
Added selection criteria and clarification for whorl-count procedures.
Modified text for when to collect age for hectare trees. Updated Tree Age
Method code references. Modified and added to existing text about
where to bore trees.
[7.8.1.2] Tree Age Method
Dropped data item codes (+, *, p, e); replaced with 1, 2, 3, and modified
code descriptions.
Number of Rings
Added.
Number of Rings in Inner 2 Inches
Added.
Length of Measured Core
Added.
[7.8.1.4] 5-year Increment
Added text: "Do not collect for trees bored for age at the previous visit
(when Sample Kind = 2)".
pg.
376
Removed from 2 nd paragraph: "…for which a bored increment has not
already been measured". Added "on microplot" to when collected
criteria. Dropped list of species not to record for, replaced with list of
species to record for: "pine, spruce, Douglas-fir, and true fir". Added
guidelines for remeasurement plots. Increased Tolerance for trees <15
feet to +/-0.5 feet.
Previous Total Length
Added.
5.14 [7.8.2.2] Total Length
Added text about not adding length for crooks and sweeps.
5.15 [7.8.2.1] Actual Length
Added text about not adding length for crooks and sweeps.
5.16 [7.8.2.3] Length Method
Adopted Core Values (1,2,3) and dropped B, A, N.
Previous Length Method
Added.
5.19 [7.9.1.1] Compacted Crown Ratio
Added modified version of Core diagram, a comparison between
uncompacted and compacted crown ratio.
[7.10] Tree Damage
Restructured section.
[7.10.1] Damage Definitions
Relocated bullet D (unknown damage type) definitions to the Unknown
Damage Type 1 data item.
[7.10.2.2] Damage Agent 1
Updated values.
[7.10.2.5] Unknown Damage Type 1
Added instruction to assign code 40 if an unknown damage type is
recognizable as a canker. Added clarification for damaged or discolored
foliage in bullet 5.
5.13 [7.10.2.12] Rotten/Missing cull
Modified when collected to collect missing cull for dead trees only.
Updated Cubic Foot Volume Table so log percentages add up to 100%
for each tree. Added clarifying text for determining missing cull on snags.
[7.10.2.14] Cavity Presence
Relocated data item to Miscellaneous Tree Measured Data Items.
Added clarifying text to codes 1 and 2.
[7.11.1.2] Hardwood Clump
Added example for coding multiple clumps.
[7.11.1.3] Form Class
Dropped for conifers on R5 Forest Service lands. Dropped DRC from
data item text (applies to DBH species only). Modified When Collected
field to match data item description for when to record.
5.22 [7.12.1.2] Mortality Year
Modified values to begin with Year of Previous Inventory.
5.21 [7.12.1.1] Cause of Death
Relocated to follow Damage section. Added six new PNW codes (51, 52,
53, 54, 55, & 71). Added Reconcile code 10 (procedural change) to
When Collected criteria. Added column (for office use only) to When
Collected table to cross-walk regional codes into NIMS.
5.23 [7.12.1.4] [Snag] Decay Class
Dropped "Snag" from title.
5.23 [7.12.1.4] Decay Class
Added text to clarify what to do when snag has characteristics of more
than one decay class stage. Modified Values field to "1-5".
[7.12.1.3] Stump
Dropped.
[7.12.1.6] Utilization Class
Dropped; replaced by Culturally Killed data item.
Culturally Killed
Added.
[7.13.2] Special Studies Platform and Moss Removed optional procedure to record viewing position.
Abundance
[7.13.2.2] Moss Abundance
Modified field width and values.
Mortality and Growth Assessment-Added Subsection.
Downloaded to the PDR
7.14.1.1] Mortality Line Number
Added when collected table.
Previous Subplot Number
Added.
Previous Reference Tree Flag
Added.
Previous Species
Added.
Previous Azimuth
Added.
Previous Distance
Added.
Previous Diameter
Added.
Previous Height
Added.
[7.14.1.2] Mortality Tree Tag Number
Changed "record a Tree Number…" to "Downloaded code…". Added
when collected table.
Mortality and Growth Assessment
Added Subsection: Mortality and Growth Assessment Measurements
Measurements Collected in the Field
Collected in the Field.
:
[7.8.1.5] 5-Year Height Growth
377
pg.
[7.14.1.4] Cause of Death/Damaging Agent Modified "when collected" field to include codes 1, 3, 5, or 8.
[7.14.1.5] Remeasured Diameter
Modified data item text to specify live trees.
Mortality Tree Notes
Added.
Chapter: Seedling Data
6.0 [5.1.5] Intro
6.3 [5.1.5.2] Condition Class Number
6.3 [Item 3] Condition Class Number
6.4 [5.1.5.4] Seedling Count
6.4 [5.1.5.4] Seedling Count
Seedling Notes
Chapter: Site Tree Information
7.0 General
7.0 General
7.0 [9.2] General Instructions
[9.2.1] Plots With Site Trees Collected on
Previous Visits
[9.3.2] California Mixed Conifer Selection
Method
[9.3.4] Selection Hierarchy for Primary and
CA Mixed Conifer Methods
Site Tree Status
Questionable Site Tree Flag
7.2.1 [9.4.1.3] Condition Class List
7.2.4 [9.4.1.9] Site Tree Length
[9.4.1.11] Site Tree Selection Method
Changed subsection title "Microplot Seedling Count". Dropped text
about specific requirements for counting seedlings (<1.0 inches and 6
inches…). Added to General Instructions about when to count seedlings:
"or measurable nonforest land (Condition Class Status=2 and
Administrative Forest Code=501-699)."
Added a data table to data item Condition Class Number.
Added continuation of instructions.
Modified bullet about measuring seedling length to "Measure seedling
length, not “height”. Length is measured along the main stem from
ground level to the dominant apical leader". Added to When Collected:
"or measurable nonforest land".
Removed text "count only one seedling from a clump; a clump is three or
more live stems that sprouted from a common root base". This concept
is covered by Core bullet about "multiple suckers…".
Added Seedling notes to PFSL.
Chapter renamed.
Added database codes to all data items. Updated all language to define
tree age at breast height.
Changed minimum acceptable age of site trees to "15". Clarified all text.
Revised language regarding changes to down loaded site trees. Added
more examples for explaining when no site trees were collected.
Relocated to appear after Primary Selection Method.
14.0 General
14.0 [6.1] Introduction
14.1 [6.1.1] Definition of Down Woody
Materials (CWD)
Added to when collected: "in Condition Class Status =1 or, Condition
Class Status = 2 and Administrative Forest Code = 501-699".
Clarified nonforest condition, to include Census water, noncensus water,
and nonsampled area. Clarified definition for when multi-stemmed
western woodland species and single stem DRC are considered DWM.
Reworded and clarified R5 and R6 FS administered lands. Inserted the
word "vertical" to better describe the plane of the transect.
Added text to include pieces that intersect the vertical plane of the
transect not on the ground. Inserted words after language in point #4 to
clarify: "at or above the point of diameter measurement, either diameter
at breast height (DBH) or diameter at root collar (DRC)".
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Replaced subsection with new section; added "Site Tree" to title.
Updated ideal age ranges to be 35-80 years old at breast height.
Added.
Added.
Adopted Core Values 1000 to 9876.
Updated Site Tree Length tolerances to match those from tree tally.
Modified when collected field: Added ", and Forest Type is not mixed
conifer".
Site Index Equation Base Age
Added.
Site Index Equation Number
Added.
[9.5] Stockability in Oregon and California Relocated to Condition Class chapter.
[9.5.1.2]Oregon Stockability Discount Factor Relocated to Condition Class chapter. Converted metric distances to
standard english units.
[9.5.2.1] Stockability Indicators for California Relocated to new appendix: Stockability Indicators.
Chapter: Down Woody Material
pg.
378
14.2 [6.2] Locating and Establishing Line
Transects
14.3 [6.2.3] Transect Line Segmenting
Segment Number
14.4 [6.2.4] Sampling Methods for Coarse
Woody Debris
Coarse Woody Debris ID
14.4.3.3 [6.2.6.3] CWD Slope Distance
14.4.3.5 [6.2.6.5] Species
Added the word "connected" in second part of sentence of #2. Added
"noncensus water" to first sentence. Inserted instructions about
establishing transects on R5 and R6 Forest service nonforest conditions.
Replaced the word subplot with macroplot.
Added.
Made clarifications to entire subsection.
Added.
Updated field width to 4 digits.
Added "CWD Decay Class = 4" requirement for Species codes 299 and
998. Added 299 and 998 to values list.
[6.2.7.6] Percent of Log Charred by Fire
Updated when collected to "all tally pieces ≥20 inches…"
Coarse Woody Debris Notes
Added.
14.5 [6.2.8] Sampling Methods for FWD
Added "and measurable nonforest conditions on Forest Service land
administered by Region 5 or 6"
Transect
Added.
14.5.7 [6.2.8.3] Residue Pile on Transect
Relocated to appear after High Count Reason.
Fine Woody Debris Notes
Added.
14.6.1 [6.3.1] Definitions
Item 1. Removed the word "dead grasses" from this definition. Also
removed the words "Microplot Estimates" at the end of this definition.
Item 3. Inserted the word "entirely" before the words "dead woody
shrubs".
Duff and Litter
Added subsection.
Fuelbed
Added subsection.
14.6.2.1 [6.3.2] Overview of Measurements, Inserted the sentence "Mineral soil is usually cooler to the touch."
Duff and Litter
14.6.2.2 [6.3.2] Overview of Measurements, Added text regarding obstructions to measurement.
Fuelbed
14.6.6 [6.3.2.4] Duff Depth
Updated field width to 4 digits.
14.6.7 [6.3.2.5] Litter Depth
Updated field width to 4 digits.
14.6.8 [6.3.2.6] Fuelbed Depth
Updated field width to 4 digits.
Duff, Litter, Fuelbed Notes
Added.
14.7.1 [5.1.6] Fuel Loading on the Microplot Added section and contents(relocated from Subplot Attributes to DWM
Chapter to correlate with P3 core 4.0 manual location).
14.7.3 [5.1.6.3] Live Shrub Height
Updated field width.
14.7.5 [5.1.6.5] Dead Shrubs Height
Updated field width.
14.7.7 [5.1.6.7] Live Herbs Height
Updated field width.
14.7.9 [5.1.6.9] Dead Herbs Height
Updated field width.
Fuel Loading Notes
Added.
Pile Number
Added.
14.8.4 [6.4.1.4] Pile Shape [Shape]
Changed name to Pile Shape.
14.8.5 [6.4.1.5] Pile Length 1
Removed the "1" in "when collected" box referring to pile shape 1.
Updated field width.
14.8.6 [6.4.1.6] Pile Length 2
Updated field width.
14.8.7 [6.4.1.7] Pile Width 1
Updated field width.
14.8.8 [6.4.1.8] Pile Width 2
Updated field width.
Residue Pile Notes
Added.
Chapter: Vegetation Profile
General
:
[8.1] Vegetation Sampling
Incorporated special rules about nonforest plots/condition classes on R5
and R6 FS administered lands. Deleted all references to the R5 weed
list. Added administrative forest code to When Collected.
Added text, "No matter what proportion of the subplot is actually
measured, all covers are expressed as the portion of the entire subplot".
379
pg.
[8.2.1] Species Records
Subplot Number
[8.2.1.1] Species Growth Habit
[8.2.1.2] Species
Species Lifeform
[8.2.1.3] Species Height
[8.2.1.4] Species Cover
[8.3.1] Lifeform and Total Vegetation
Records
[8.3.1.1] Percent Tree Seedling Cover
[8.3.1.2] Percent Shrub Cover
[8.3.1.3] Percent Forb Cover
[8.3.1.4] Percent Graminoid Cover
[8.3.1.5] Percent Bare Soil
[8.3.1.6] Percent Total Vegetation Cover
[8.5.1] Indicator and Weed Lists (Region 6
Indicator Lists)
Chapter: Invasive Plants Protocol
Entire chapter
Added.
Chapter: Ground Cover on Forest Service Lands
Subplot Number
Transect
Segment ID
[10.1.1.4] Ground Cover Type
[10.1.1.5] Cover
Ground Cover Notes
Added.
Added.
Added.
Sixth sentence deleted: portions of each item that are viewed from
above is what will be selected and measured. Modified definitions for
LITT, ROCK, BAVE, and ASH. Added code "NONS - Nonsampled:
Condition class is not on R6 FS admin land".
Updated field width to 3 digits and values to 0 to 100.
Added.
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
Vegetation Profile Notes
[8.4] Collection and Identification of
Unknown Plants
[8.5] Indicator and Weed Lists (Region 6
Indicator Lists)
Changed: On R5 or R6 National Forest only, any additional species on
the Indicator list or Weed list are also recorded by species regardless of
abundance. To: On R6 Forest Service administered lands only, any
additional species on the Indicator list are also recorded by species
regardless of abundance. Moved to 5th sentence from last sentence:
Any additional species within a lifeform collectively having 3% cover, but
individually have < 3% cover, are recorded with the corresponding
“grouped species code” (see table under x.2.1.2) and overall cover and
estimated height. Added clarification to first paragraph. Added note
about relocating R5 weeds to a separate chapter.
Added.
Updated when collected, updated metric units to English units in
PLANTS definitions.
Added explanatory text about "abundant species". Clarified rules for R5/
R6 Forest Service administered lands. Updated when collected.
Added.
Added, "Note: A species can only count towards 1 of the top 3 most
abundant, even if it’s separated into different height groups". Updated
when collected.
Added, "plants do not have to be rooted in the subplot to be recorded."
Added, "do not project a plant’s potential growth." Updated field width.
Clarified instruction in paragraph 1 to include Growth Habit rather than
form.
Added data item text, when collected table, and updated field width.
Added data item text, when collected table, and updated field width.
Added data item text, when collected table, and updated field width.
Added data item text, when collected table, and updated field width.
Changed, "It therefore includes only areas of bare soil having no cover at
all, or only the cover of crowns on trees > (5.0)1.0 inches DBH." Added
clarification to soil definition: because they are considered non-erodible,
particles smaller than sand are considered soil. Added data item text,
when collected table, and updated field width.
Added data item text, when collected table, and updated field width.
Updated when collected criteria.
Added.
Clarified plant collection instructions for updating data with successfully
identified plant names.
Renamed section "Region 6 Indicator Lists". Removed reference to R5
or R6 "weeds"; this information is collected in the Invasives chapter for
R5, and it is not collected for R6.
Updated instructions for standard Phase 2 crews regarding search time
and identification expectations.
pg.
380
Appendix: National Forest Plots Special Rules
[Appendix A] National Forest Plots Special Dropped; replaced by Plots on Forest Service Lands.
Rules
Appendix: Plots on Forest Service Lands
Plots on Forest Service Lands
Plots on Forest Service Lands
Added appendix (replaces National Forest Plots Special Rules):
removed all references to special rules and data items to collect on
Forest Service administered lands (formerly called “NFS lands”);
incorporated special rules [e.g., measurable nonforest, chaparral] into
When Collected tables for all applicable data items.
Changed the following indicator species from “tree” to “shrub”
designation: Douglas maple (ACGLD4) and curlleaf mountain mahogany
(CELE3).
Appendix: Outside National Forests
[Appendix B] Outside National Forests
Dropped; replaced by appendix Historical Inventory Information.
Appendix: Historical Inventory Information
Historical Inventory Information
[Section B.1]
Added (replaces Outside National Forests appendix); contents same
with some additions.
Removed all references to California Occasion 4 inventory.
[Section B.7] Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Relocated to new appendix: Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Assessment.
Assessment in California
Previous Ground Land Class
Added section (relocated from separate appendix).
Appendix: Reference Information
[Appendix E] Reference Information
Re-ordered appendix. Added East/West designation to Washington
county codes. Added to the Nevada and Idaho county code list. Deleted
basal area factor information from Metric equivalents table.
Appendix: Plant Association Reference
[Appendix C] Plant Association and County Renamed Plant Association Reference. Updated list of publications to
match current list used by PFSL (see Plant Association Publication data
item).
Appendix: Forest Type Codes
Appendix: Tree Species List
Appendix 3 [I] Tree Species List
Dropped curlleaf mountain-mahogany and Rocky Mountain maple from
list; they are now recorded as shrubs.
Appendix: Tree Coding Guide
Core Appendix 8 [Section O.1] Tree Coding
Guide for Reconcile
[Section O.1] Tree Coding Guide for
Reconcile
Live 5.0+ DBH/DRC
Appendix: Site Index Equation Numbers
Added appendix (Tree Coding Guide separated from "Plot Forms"
appendix; formerly "Guidelines, Plot Forms").
added: the word "live" to "tree shrank <5.0 and not on microplot"/ Row =
Live 5.0+DBH/DRC.
Added row.
Site Index Equation Numbers
Appendix: Invasive Species Lists
Added.
Invasive Species Lists
Added.
Appendix: Determination of Stocking Values for Land Use Classification
[Appendix K] Determination of Stocking
General editing updates only.
Values for Land Use Classification
Appendix: Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP) Area
:
Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP) Area
Added.
381
pg.
Appendix: Stockability Indicators
Stockability Indicators
Added.
[9.5.2.1] Stockability Indicators for California Relocated from Condition Class chapter. Added list of counties found in
each Ecological Unit.
Appendix: Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Assessment
Sudden Oak Death Syndrome Assessment Added appendix; material relocated from former Outside National
Forests appendix.
Appendix: Previous Ground Land Class
[Appendix D] Previous Ground Land Class Dropped; incorporated information into Historical Inventory Information
appendix.
Appendix: Disease Keys
[Appendix J] Disease Keys
General editing updates only.
Appendix: Quality Assurance/Quality Control
[M.1.1] Objectives
[M.1.2] Check Plot Policies
[M.1.4] Check Plot Procedures
Appendix: GPS Operating Guide
Changed subsection name and updated check plot objectives.
Changed subsection name and updated check plot policies.
Dropped.
[Appendix F] Coordinates (GPS)
Appendix: Laser Operating Guide
Renamed GPS Operating Guide.
[Appendix] Laser 200 Instructions
Renamed appendix Laser Operating Guide.
Appendix: Correspondence and Contact
[Appendix L] Correspondence and Contact Dropped; relocated to manual supplement.
(PFSL)
Appendix: Plot Jacket
[Appendix N] Plot Jacket
Modified and clarified plot jacket / plot card / photos procedures.
[N.1] Plot Labels
Updated label information and images.
Tree DBH vs. Length Graph
Added section.
Boundary Viewer
Added section.
Field Data Manager
Added section.
Appendix: Plot Forms (PFSL formerly: Guidelines, Plot Forms; AFSL formerly: Forms)
[Section O.1] Tree Coding Guide
Stockability Indicators
Mortality and Growth Assessment on
Periodic Plots
Invasive Plants
Boundary Data
[O.2] Plot Card
Appendix: Important Phone Numbers
[Appendix P] Important Phone Numbers
Renamed Plot Forms.
Renamed sections (forms) to match new names for their respective
chapters/sections/subsections; added/deleted data items within forms to
match current field collected data items.
Dropped; relocated to new Tree Coding Guide appendix
Added section (form).
Added section (form).
Added section (form).
Added section (form).
Updated names.
Updated with current information.
Appendix W: Summary of Manual Changes
[Appendix O] Guidelines, Plot Forms
Throughout appendix
pg.
382
Appendix: Glossary
Added terms
Added terms
Modified terms
Modified terms
Deleted terms
Definition changed, Core is not correct
Appendix: Summary of Manual Changes
Accessible, aspect, basal area, baseline, board foot, botched plot,
compaction (soil), corporate land, crook, declination, defoliation,
disturbance, FDM, Forest Service administered lands, forked tree,
graminoid, hazardous, inspector, krummholz, new installation,
nonstocked, ownership, PDR, plot card, plurality, reference plot (off
grid), slope, snag, standing dead tree.
Chaparral, clump, down woody material (DWM), duff, ecological unit,
fuelbed, hectare plot, industrial roundwood, litter, measurable nonforest
condition class, pathogen, perennating, senesce, transect.
Actual length, agricultural land, blind check, Census water, diameter at
breast height (DBH), forest industry land, forest type, hardwoods, marsh,
microplot, nonforest land, other federal lands, owner class, owner group,
stand density (renamed to tree density), stand size, training (practice)
plot.
Actual length, boundary, macroplot, site index.
Forest trees, inspection crew, maintained road, national forest land.
Condition class.
:
[Appendix Q] Summary of Manual Changes Updated with changes for 2010.
from 2009
383
pg.
APPENDIX X 2010 MANUAL ERRATA
Field Instructions for the Annual Inventory of California, Oregon, and Washington
(2010 PFSL manual)
(2010 manual section/subsection/item numbers are listed)
Plot Level Data
4.2.2.1 Fire Plot
4.3.1.3 Crew Type
4.4.4.1 Previous UTM Zone
4.4.4.2 Previous Easting (X)
4.4.4.3 Previous Northing (Y)
Condition Class
Database code: [FIRE_PLOT_PNWRS]
Database code: [CREW_TYPE]
Database code: [HIST_PREV_UTM_ZONE]
Database code: [HIST_PREV_UTM_EASTING_X]
Database code: [HIST_PREV_UTM_NORTHING_Y]
5.5.3.6 Stand Age
5.5.3.10 Stand Structure
7.0 General
PDR procedure: For plots called nonsampled at the previous visit, all previous
boundary data will be deleted from the PDR. If the plot becomes sampled at the current
visit: delete the current plot; start the plot from the historical data again to restore the
previous boundary information.
Appendix X: 2010 Manual Errata
When collected field should be in italic font (i.e., regional)
Remove the following statement from the when collected field:
“When STATE = 06, 41, or 53”
5.5.3.36 Evidence of Stumps Remove the following statement from the when collected field:
“When STATE = 06, 41, or 53”
5.5.3.37 Evidence of Fire
Remove the following statement from the when collected field:
“When STATE = 06, 41, or 53”
5.5.3.38 Plant Association
Add text to end of second paragraph: “For some woodland and range types, 4-digit
codes are the best available and are acceptable to use. In these situations, PLANT
ASSOCIATION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.5.3.39) must be recorded.”
Add new paragraph following paragragh beginning “R5 Forest Service...”: “Colville,
Spokane, and Warm Springs Indian Reservations: Use the FIA version of these
publications and record the 6-digit code assigned to each plant association (e.g.,
CDS715).”
5.5.3.39 Plant Association
Add code: “Null – Plant association was sampled”.
Nonsampled Reason
Update code 1 description to: “Plot is in California (STATE = 06) and plant community
doesn’t match available plant association guides; or plot is in Oregon (STATE = 41) or
Washington (STATE = 53) and either a) no guide covers the area the plot is in, or b)
the appropriate code in the guide is a 4-digit code. Note: Code 1 should be used if a 2or 4-letter code was recorded for PLANT ASSOCIATION (PLANT ASSOCIATION
PUBLICATION is required when a 4-digit code is recorded).”
5.5.3.40 Plant Association
Database code: [HABTYPCD1_PUB_CD]
Publication
5.5.3.40 Plant Association
Add to end of data item text: “If the appropriate code in the publication used at the
Publication
current visit is a 4-digit code, record a PLANT ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION (note:
this data item is not required when a downloaded 4-digit code from the previous visit
cannot be updated).
5.5.3.40 Plant Association
Add to beginning of when collected field: “When PLANT ASSOCIATION
Publication
NONSAMPLED REASON = null and:”.
Add following the current when collected text: “or When PLANT ASSOCIATION
NONSAMPLED REASON = 1 and a 4-digit code was recorded for PLANT
ASSOCIATION.”
5.5.3.40 Plant Association
Add codes:
Publication
631 – Forest habitat types of the Colville Indian Reservation
635 – Plant association guide for the commercial forest of the Warm Springs Indian
Reservation
638 – Forest habitat types of the Spokane Indian Reservation
Boundary References
384
pg.
7.2.3.2 Plot Type
Tree and Sapling Data
Code “0” changed to “null”
8.3.1 Subplot Witness Trees/ Text should read “... to the head of the top nail affixing...”
Objects (page 102, fifth bullet
on page: SLOPE
DISTANCE...)
8.5.4.3 DRC Stem Status
Update codes: 1 = live stem, 2 = dead stem
8.6.1.6 10-Year Increment
Add to beginning of when collected field: “When TREE AGE ≥ 10 and TREE AGE
METHOD = 1:”
8.6.1.7 5-Year Increment
Add to beginning of when collected field: “When TREE AGE METHOD = 1:”
8.6.1.8 5-Year Height Growth For sentence beginning “Do not record for”, replace “and DAMAGE AGENT = 50” with
“and/or DAMAGE AGENT = 50”.
8.8.2.1 Cause of Death
Update when collected field to: “When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all PREVIOUS TREE
STATUS = 1 and PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 or 3; or PRESENT TREE STATUS =
2 and RECONCILE = 1, 2, or 3; or PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1, PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 2, and RECONCILE = 10”
8.8.2.2 Mortality Year
Update when collected field to: “When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all PREVIOUS TREE
STATUS = 1 and PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 or 3; or PRESENT TREE STATUS =
2 and RECONCILE = 1, 2, or 3; or PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1, PRESENT TREE
STATUS = 2, and RECONCILE = 10”
Site Tree Information
10.5.1.3 Site Tree Status
10.5.1.4 Questionable Site
Tree Flag
10.5.1.5 Condition Class List
10.5.1.6 Tree Tag Number
10.5.1.7 Azimuth
10.5.1.8 Horizontal Distance
10.5.1.9 Species
10.5.1.10 Diameter
10.5.1.11 Site Tree Length
10.5.1.12 Tree Age at
Diameter
Down Woody Materials
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and
CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
When collected field should read: “When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, CONDITION
CLASS STATUS = 1, and SITE TREE STATUS = N or O: all site trees”.
:
11.1.1 Coarse Woody Debris Last sentence beginning with “For multi-stemmed...”, delete the words “and on the
ground” from the sentence (all dead and detached pieces are recorded).
11.2.3.1 Subplot Number
Update when collected field to: “All tally segments”.
11.2.3.2 Transect
Update when collected field to: “All tally segments”.
11.2.3.3 Segment Number
Update when collected field to: “All tally segments”.
11.2.3.4 Condition Class
Number
11.2.3.5 Beginning Distance
Update when collected field to: “All tally segments”.
Update when collected field to: “All tally segments”.
11.2.3.6Slope Percent
Update when collected field to: “All tally segment